Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/416/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/416/ en-US All rights reserved Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:19 GMT Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:19 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/416/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/416/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/416/ thebookvoice.com no Dr. Jude Jacobson bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/416/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. With a library of over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you classics, Romantic Novels, and Mystical Fiction stories. Get 3 free audiobooks to start. Easily listen on iPhone, iPad, Android, and enjoy audiobooks whenever you want. Let the sounds of these wonderful stories accompany you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Manifest der kommunistischen Partei (Ungekürzt) Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Text von 1848, Utopie und Programm einer Bewegung, angetreten, die Welt zu verändern. Illusion und Hoffnung von Millionen.... Christian Brückner liest ein Stück Weltliteratur, liest an gegen das Vergessen, läßt Fragen und Nach-Denken entstehen, wo alle Antworten gegeben und das Urteil der Geschichte gefällt scheint. Karl Marx Fri, 09 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548036 thebookvoice.com 1:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Manifest der kommunistischen Partei (Ungekürzt) Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Text von 1848, Utopie und Programm einer Bewegung, angetreten, die Welt zu verändern. Illusion und Hoffnung von Millionen.... Christian Brückner liest ein Stück Weltliteratur, liest an gegen das Vergessen, läßt Fragen und Nach-Denken entstehen, wo alle Antworten gegeben und das Urteil der Geschichte gefällt scheint. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/548036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Manifest der kommunistischen Partei (Ungekürzt) Author: Karl Marx Narrator: Christian Brückner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Text von 1848, Utopie und Programm einer Bewegung, angetreten, die Welt zu verändern. Illusion und Hoffnung von Millionen.... Christian Brückner liest ein Stück Weltliteratur, liest an gegen das Vergessen, läßt Fragen und Nach-Denken entstehen, wo alle Antworten gegeben und das Urteil der Geschichte gefällt scheint. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El enemigo conoce el sistema: Manipulación de ideas, personas e influencias después de la economía de la atención Author: Marta Peirano Narrator: Martha Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Todo lo que no quieres pero necesitas saber sobre el poder, la economía, la sociedad y las telecomunicaciones en la era de la información. «Una de las raras periodistas que realmente se han especializado en la intersección de la tecnología y el poder.» EDWARD SNOWDEN La red no es libre, ni abierta ni democrática. Es un conjunto de servidores, conmutadores, satélites, antenas, routers y cables de fibra óptica controlados por un número cada vez más pequeño de empresas. Es un lenguaje y una burocracia de protocolos que hacen que las máquinas hablen, normas de circulación que conducen el tráfico, microdecisiones que definen su eficiencia. Si la consideramos un único proyecto llamado internet, podemos decir que es la infraestructura más grande jamás construida, y el sistema que define todos los aspectos de nuestra sociedad. Y sin embargo es secreta. Su tecnología está oculta, enterrada, sumergida o camuflada; sus algoritmos son opacos; sus microdecisiones son irrastreables. Los centros de datos que almacenan y procesan la información están ocultos y protegidos por armas, criptografía, propiedad intelectual y alambre de espino. La infraestructura crítica de nuestro tiempo está fuera de nuestra vista. No podemos comprender la lógica, la intención y el objetivo de lo que no vemos. Todas las conversaciones que tenemos sobre esa infraestructura son en realidad conversaciones sobre su interfaz, un conjunto de metáforas que se interpone entre nosotros y el sistema. Un lenguaje diseñado, no para facilitar nuestra comprensión de esa infraestructura, sino para ofuscarla. El enemigo conoce el sistema pero nosotros no. Este libro te ayudará a conocerlo, y a comprender por qué la herramienta más democratizadora de la historia se ha convertido en una máquina de vigilancia y manipulación de masas al servicio de regímenes autoritarios. Solo así podremos convertirla en lo que más falta noshace: una herramienta para gestionar la crisis que se avecina de la manera más humana posible. No tenemos un segundo que perder. La crítica ha dicho... «Marta Peirano es una de las voces más respetadas en nuestro país sobre privacidad y seguridad en internet.» Manuel Ángel Méndez, El Confidencial «Este nuevo ensayo de Marta Peirano dibuja el retrato de una derrota cuya épica reside en el mérito de contar lo que ha pasado y cómo hemos llegado hasta aquí para que el bando perdedor -al que usted pertenece, a no ser que sea un ejecutivo de Facebook o Google- adquiera conciencia sobre como 'el enemigo' ejerce un control y una influencia que va desde lo más pequeño -qué haces y cómo utilizas tu móvil- hasta lo más grande.» Daniel J. Ollero, El Mundo «En el libro de Peirano hay frases que son como pintadas subversivas [...] Tambiénlas hay con tanta sustancia que tienes que releerlas para asimilar toda su pólvora.» Sergi Pàmies, La Vanguardia «Un volumen de ágil lectura y profundamente documentado.» Pablo Romero, Público Marta Peirano Thu, 04 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547954 thebookvoice.com 13:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El enemigo conoce el sistema: Manipulación de ideas, personas e influencias después de la economía de la atención Author: Marta Peirano Narrator: Martha Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Todo lo que no quieres pero necesitas saber sobre el poder, la economía, la sociedad y las telecomunicaciones en la era de la información. «Una de las raras periodistas que realmente se han especializado en la intersección de la tecnología y el poder.» EDWARD SNOWDEN La red no es libre, ni abierta ni democrática. Es un conjunto de servidores, conmutadores, satélites, antenas, routers y cables de fibra óptica controlados por un número cada vez más pequeño de empresas. Es un lenguaje y una burocracia de protocolos que hacen que las máquinas hablen, normas de circulación que conducen el tráfico, microdecisiones que definen su eficiencia. Si la consideramos un único proyecto llamado internet, podemos decir que es la infraestructura más grande jamás construida, y el sistema que define todos los aspectos de nuestra sociedad. Y sin embargo es secreta. Su tecnología está oculta, enterrada, sumergida o camuflada; sus algoritmos son opacos; sus microdecisiones son irrastreables. Los centros de datos que almacenan y procesan la información están ocultos y protegidos por armas, criptografía, propiedad intelectual y alambre de espino. La infraestructura crítica de nuestro tiempo está fuera de nuestra vista. No podemos comprender la lógica, la intención y el objetivo de lo que no vemos. Todas las conversaciones que tenemos sobre esa infraestructura son en realidad conversaciones sobre su interfaz, un conjunto de metáforas que se interpone entre nosotros y el sistema. Un lenguaje diseñado, no para facilitar nuestra comprensión de esa infraestructura, sino para ofuscarla. El enemigo conoce el sistema pero nosotros no. Este libro te ayudará a conocerlo, y a comprender por qué la herramienta más democratizadora de la historia se ha convertido en una máquina de vigilancia y manipulación de masas al servicio de regímenes autoritarios. Solo así podremos convertirla en lo que más falta noshace: una herramienta para gestionar la crisis que se avecina de la manera más humana posible. No tenemos un segundo que perder. La crítica ha dicho... «Marta Peirano es una de las voces más respetadas en nuestro país sobre privacidad y seguridad en internet.» Manuel Ángel Méndez, El Confidencial «Este nuevo ensayo de Marta Peirano dibuja el retrato de una derrota cuya épica reside en el mérito de contar lo que ha pasado y cómo hemos llegado hasta aquí para que el bando perdedor -al que usted pertenece, a no ser que sea un ejecutivo de Facebook o Google- adquiera conciencia sobre como 'el enemigo' ejerce un control y una influencia que va desde lo más pequeño -qué haces y cómo utilizas tu móvil- hasta lo más grande.» Daniel J. Ollero, El Mundo «En el libro de Peirano hay frases que son como pintadas subversivas [...] Tambiénlas hay con tanta sustancia que tienes que releerlas para asimilar toda su pólvora.» Sergi Pàmies, La Vanguardia «Un volumen de ágil lectura y profundamente documentado.» Pablo Romero, Público Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El enemigo conoce el sistema: Manipulación de ideas, personas e influencias después de la economía de la atención Author: Marta Peirano Narrator: Martha Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Todo lo que no quieres pero necesitas saber sobre el poder, la economía, la sociedad y las telecomunicaciones en la era de la información. «Una de las raras periodistas que realmente se han especializado en la intersección de la tecnología y el poder.» EDWARD SNOWDEN La red no es libre, ni abierta ni democrática. Es un conjunto de servidores, conmutadores, satélites, antenas, routers y cables de fibra óptica controlados por un número cada vez más pequeño de empresas. Es un lenguaje y una burocracia de protocolos que hacen que las máquinas hablen, normas de circulación que conducen el tráfico, microdecisiones que definen su eficiencia. Si la consideramos un único proyecto llamado internet, podemos decir que es la infraestructura más grande jamás construida, y el sistema que define todos los aspectos de nuestra sociedad. Y sin embargo es secreta. Su tecnología está oculta, enterrada, sumergida o camuflada; sus algoritmos son opacos; sus microdecisiones son irrastreables. Los centros de datos que almacenan y procesan la información están ocultos y protegidos por armas, criptografía, propiedad intelectual y alambre de espino. La infraestructura crítica de nuestro tiempo está fuera de nuestra vista. No podemos comprender la lógica, la intención y el objetivo de lo que no vemos. Todas las conversaciones que tenemos sobre esa infraestructura son en realidad conversaciones sobre su interfaz, un conjunto de metáforas que se interpone entre nosotros y el sistema. Un lenguaje diseñado, no para facilitar nuestra comprensión de esa infraestructura, sino para ofuscarla. El enemigo conoce el sistema pero nosotros no. Este libro te ayudará a conocerlo, y a comprender por qué la herramienta más democratizadora de la historia se ha convertido en una máquina de vigilancia y manipulación de masas al servicio de regímenes autoritarios. Solo así podremos convertirla en lo que más falta noshace: una herramienta para gestionar la crisis que se avecina de la manera más humana posible. No tenemos un segundo que perder. La crítica ha dicho... «Marta Peirano es una de las voces más respetadas en nuestro país sobre privacidad y seguridad en internet.» Manuel Ángel Méndez, El Confidencial «Este nuevo ensayo de Marta Peirano dibuja el retrato de una derrota cuya épica reside en el mérito de contar lo que ha pasado y cómo hemos llegado hasta aquí para que el bando perdedor -al que usted pertenece, a no ser que sea un ejecutivo de Facebook o Google- adquiera conciencia sobre como 'el enemigo' ejerce un control y una influencia que va desde lo más pequeño -qué haces y cómo utilizas tu móvil- hasta lo más grande.» Daniel J. Ollero, El Mundo «En el libro de Peirano hay frases que son como pintadas subversivas [...] Tambiénlas hay con tanta sustancia que tienes que releerlas para asimilar toda su pólvora.» Sergi Pàmies, La Vanguardia «Un volumen de ágil lectura y profundamente documentado.» Pablo Romero, Público https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547941 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Justices Behind Roe V. Wade: The Inside Story, Adapted from The Brethren Author: Bob Woodward, Scott Armstrong Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A thrilling, behind-the-scenes account of the revolutionary Roe v. Wade Supreme Court ruling. The Justices Behind Roe V. Wade offers a front-row seat to the inner workings of the Supreme Court that led to the monumental Roe v. Wade decision. Spanning from 1969 to 1972, Pulitzer Prize–winning author Bob Woodward and coauthor Scott Armstrong report on the masterful maneuvering and politicking that affected the court’s decisions and created obstacles for the landmark ruling. Abridged from the #1 bestseller The Brethren, this is an exquisite work of reporting on one of the most important rulings of the United States. Bob Woodward, Scott Armstrong Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547941 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Justices Behind Roe V. Wade: The Inside Story, Adapted from The Brethren Author: Bob Woodward, Scott Armstrong Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A thrilling, behind-the-scenes account of the revolutionary Roe v. Wade Supreme Court ruling. The Justices Behind Roe V. Wade offers a front-row seat to the inner workings of the Supreme Court that led to the monumental Roe v. Wade decision. Spanning from 1969 to 1972, Pulitzer Prize–winning author Bob Woodward and coauthor Scott Armstrong report on the masterful maneuvering and politicking that affected the court’s decisions and created obstacles for the landmark ruling. Abridged from the #1 bestseller The Brethren, this is an exquisite work of reporting on one of the most important rulings of the United States. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Justices Behind Roe V. Wade: The Inside Story, Adapted from The Brethren Author: Bob Woodward, Scott Armstrong Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A thrilling, behind-the-scenes account of the revolutionary Roe v. Wade Supreme Court ruling. The Justices Behind Roe V. Wade offers a front-row seat to the inner workings of the Supreme Court that led to the monumental Roe v. Wade decision. Spanning from 1969 to 1972, Pulitzer Prize–winning author Bob Woodward and coauthor Scott Armstrong report on the masterful maneuvering and politicking that affected the court’s decisions and created obstacles for the landmark ruling. Abridged from the #1 bestseller The Brethren, this is an exquisite work of reporting on one of the most important rulings of the United States. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547912 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Philosophize with a Hammer and Sickle: Nietzsche and Marx for the Twenty-First Century Author: Jonas Ceika Narrator: Jonas Ceika Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Modernity has been defined by humanity’s capacity for self-destruction. In this timely and explosive book, philosopher and YouTuber Jonas Ceika (aka Cuck Philosophy) re-invigorates socialism for the 21st century. Leaving behind its past associations with bureaucracy and state tyranny, and it's lifeless and drab theoretical accounts, Ceika instead uses the works of Marx and Nietzsche to reconnect socialism with its human element, presenting it as something not only affecting, but created by living, breathing, suffering human individuals. At a time when ecological collapse is hurtling towards us, and capitalism offers no solution except more growth and exploitation, How to Philosophise with a Hammer and Sickle shows us the way forward to a socialism grounded in human experience and accessible to all. Jonas Ceika Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547912 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Philosophize with a Hammer and Sickle: Nietzsche and Marx for the Twenty-First Century Author: Jonas Ceika Narrator: Jonas Ceika Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Modernity has been defined by humanity’s capacity for self-destruction. In this timely and explosive book, philosopher and YouTuber Jonas Ceika (aka Cuck Philosophy) re-invigorates socialism for the 21st century. Leaving behind its past associations with bureaucracy and state tyranny, and it's lifeless and drab theoretical accounts, Ceika instead uses the works of Marx and Nietzsche to reconnect socialism with its human element, presenting it as something not only affecting, but created by living, breathing, suffering human individuals. At a time when ecological collapse is hurtling towards us, and capitalism offers no solution except more growth and exploitation, How to Philosophise with a Hammer and Sickle shows us the way forward to a socialism grounded in human experience and accessible to all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Philosophize with a Hammer and Sickle: Nietzsche and Marx for the Twenty-First Century Author: Jonas Ceika Narrator: Jonas Ceika Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Modernity has been defined by humanity’s capacity for self-destruction. In this timely and explosive book, philosopher and YouTuber Jonas Ceika (aka Cuck Philosophy) re-invigorates socialism for the 21st century. Leaving behind its past associations with bureaucracy and state tyranny, and it's lifeless and drab theoretical accounts, Ceika instead uses the works of Marx and Nietzsche to reconnect socialism with its human element, presenting it as something not only affecting, but created by living, breathing, suffering human individuals. At a time when ecological collapse is hurtling towards us, and capitalism offers no solution except more growth and exploitation, How to Philosophise with a Hammer and Sickle shows us the way forward to a socialism grounded in human experience and accessible to all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Free Speech Saved Democracy: The Untold History of How the First Amendment Became an Essential Tool for Secur ing Liberty and Social Justice Author: Christopher M. Finan Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A historical demonstration of the indispensability of the First Amendment [and] … an earnest and timely argument for [its] enduring value.”  —Kirkus Reviews   'Great storytelling about the history and importance of the First Amendment, from someone who has spent his life defending — and using — it.'  —Mary Beth Tinker Free speech is not an obstacle to change: it is the way change happens Uncovering vivid and engaging stories about First Amendment pioneers, How Free Speech Saved Democracy shows how their struggle made possible the surging protests that aim to expand democracy today. How Free Speech Saved Democracy is a revealing reminder that First Amendment rights have often been curtailed in efforts to block progress, and that current measures to reduce hurtful language and to end hate speech could backfire on those who promote them. To those who see free speech as a threat to democracy, Finan offers engaging evidence from a long and sometimes challenging history of free speech in America to show how free speech has been essential to expanding democracy. From the beginning of American history, free speech has been used to advocate for change. In the 19th century, abolitionists, advocates for women’s rights, and leaders of the labor movement had to fight for free speech. In the 20th century, the civil rights and anti-war movements expanded free speech, creating a shield for every protest movement we see today. Written by a historian who became a full-time defender of civil liberties and has spent four decades advocating for the rights of victims of censorship, this book grew out of Finan’s desire to address the declining support for free speech that is occurring as our country becomes increasingly polarized. Through his evocative storytelling Finan demonstrates how the most effective antidote for the growth of hate speech and violence is support for and cultivation of the robust alternative of free speech. Christopher M. Finan Tue, 26 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547910 thebookvoice.com 5:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Free Speech Saved Democracy: The Untold History of How the First Amendment Became an Essential Tool for Secur ing Liberty and Social Justice Author: Christopher M. Finan Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A historical demonstration of the indispensability of the First Amendment [and] … an earnest and timely argument for [its] enduring value.”  —Kirkus Reviews   'Great storytelling about the history and importance of the First Amendment, from someone who has spent his life defending — and using — it.'  —Mary Beth Tinker Free speech is not an obstacle to change: it is the way change happens Uncovering vivid and engaging stories about First Amendment pioneers, How Free Speech Saved Democracy shows how their struggle made possible the surging protests that aim to expand democracy today. How Free Speech Saved Democracy is a revealing reminder that First Amendment rights have often been curtailed in efforts to block progress, and that current measures to reduce hurtful language and to end hate speech could backfire on those who promote them. To those who see free speech as a threat to democracy, Finan offers engaging evidence from a long and sometimes challenging history of free speech in America to show how free speech has been essential to expanding democracy. From the beginning of American history, free speech has been used to advocate for change. In the 19th century, abolitionists, advocates for women’s rights, and leaders of the labor movement had to fight for free speech. In the 20th century, the civil rights and anti-war movements expanded free speech, creating a shield for every protest movement we see today. Written by a historian who became a full-time defender of civil liberties and has spent four decades advocating for the rights of victims of censorship, this book grew out of Finan’s desire to address the declining support for free speech that is occurring as our country becomes increasingly polarized. Through his evocative storytelling Finan demonstrates how the most effective antidote for the growth of hate speech and violence is support for and cultivation of the robust alternative of free speech. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Free Speech Saved Democracy: The Untold History of How the First Amendment Became an Essential Tool for Secur ing Liberty and Social Justice Author: Christopher M. Finan Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A historical demonstration of the indispensability of the First Amendment [and] … an earnest and timely argument for [its] enduring value.”  —Kirkus Reviews   'Great storytelling about the history and importance of the First Amendment, from someone who has spent his life defending — and using — it.'  —Mary Beth Tinker Free speech is not an obstacle to change: it is the way change happens Uncovering vivid and engaging stories about First Amendment pioneers, How Free Speech Saved Democracy shows how their struggle made possible the surging protests that aim to expand democracy today. How Free Speech Saved Democracy is a revealing reminder that First Amendment rights have often been curtailed in efforts to block progress, and that current measures to reduce hurtful language and to end hate speech could backfire on those who promote them. To those who see free speech as a threat to democracy, Finan offers engaging evidence from a long and sometimes challenging history of free speech in America to show how free speech has been essential to expanding democracy. From the beginning of American history, free speech has been used to advocate for change. In the 19th century, abolitionists, advocates for women’s rights, and leaders of the labor movement had to fight for free speech. In the 20th century, the civil rights and anti-war movements expanded free speech, creating a shield for every protest movement we see today. Written by a historian who became a full-time defender of civil liberties and has spent four decades advocating for the rights of victims of censorship, this book grew out of Finan’s desire to address the declining support for free speech that is occurring as our country becomes increasingly polarized. Through his evocative storytelling Finan demonstrates how the most effective antidote for the growth of hate speech and violence is support for and cultivation of the robust alternative of free speech. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547899 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Producing Politics: Inside the Exclusive Campaign World Where the Privileged Few Shape Politics for All of Us Author: Daniel Laurison Narrator: Daniel Martin Elliott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first book to uncover the hidden and powerful role campaign professionals play in shaping American democracy by delving into the exclusive world of politicos through off-the-record interviews We may think we know our politicians, but we know very little about the people who create them. Producing Politics will change the way we think about our country’s political candidates, the campaigns that bolster them, and the people who craft them. Political campaigns are designed to influence voter behavior and determine elections. They are supposed to serve as a conduit between candidates and voters: politicos get to know communities, communicate their concerns to candidates, and encourage individuals to vote. However, sociologist Daniel Laurison reveals a much different reality: campaigns are riddled with outdated strategies, unquestioned conventional wisdom, and preconceived notions about voters that are more reflective of campaign professionals’ implicit bias than the real lives and motivations of Americans. Through over 70 off-the-record interviews with key campaign staff and consultants, Laurison uncovers how the industry creates a political environment that is confusing, polarizing, and alienating to voters. Campaigns are often an echo chamber of staffers with replicate backgrounds and ideologies; most political operatives are white men from middle- to upper-class backgrounds who are driven more by their desire to climb the political ladder than the desire to create an open conversation between voter and candidate. Producing Politics highlights the impact of national campaign professionals in the US through a sociological lens. It explores the role political operatives play in shaping the way that voters understand political candidates, participate in elections, and perceive our democratic process—and is an essential guide to understanding the current American political system. Daniel Laurison Tue, 14 Jun 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547899 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Producing Politics: Inside the Exclusive Campaign World Where the Privileged Few Shape Politics for All of Us Author: Daniel Laurison Narrator: Daniel Martin Elliott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first book to uncover the hidden and powerful role campaign professionals play in shaping American democracy by delving into the exclusive world of politicos through off-the-record interviews We may think we know our politicians, but we know very little about the people who create them. Producing Politics will change the way we think about our country’s political candidates, the campaigns that bolster them, and the people who craft them. Political campaigns are designed to influence voter behavior and determine elections. They are supposed to serve as a conduit between candidates and voters: politicos get to know communities, communicate their concerns to candidates, and encourage individuals to vote. However, sociologist Daniel Laurison reveals a much different reality: campaigns are riddled with outdated strategies, unquestioned conventional wisdom, and preconceived notions about voters that are more reflective of campaign professionals’ implicit bias than the real lives and motivations of Americans. Through over 70 off-the-record interviews with key campaign staff and consultants, Laurison uncovers how the industry creates a political environment that is confusing, polarizing, and alienating to voters. Campaigns are often an echo chamber of staffers with replicate backgrounds and ideologies; most political operatives are white men from middle- to upper-class backgrounds who are driven more by their desire to climb the political ladder than the desire to create an open conversation between voter and candidate. Producing Politics highlights the impact of national campaign professionals in the US through a sociological lens. It explores the role political operatives play in shaping the way that voters understand political candidates, participate in elections, and perceive our democratic process—and is an essential guide to understanding the current American political system. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Producing Politics: Inside the Exclusive Campaign World Where the Privileged Few Shape Politics for All of Us Author: Daniel Laurison Narrator: Daniel Martin Elliott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The first book to uncover the hidden and powerful role campaign professionals play in shaping American democracy by delving into the exclusive world of politicos through off-the-record interviews We may think we know our politicians, but we know very little about the people who create them. Producing Politics will change the way we think about our country’s political candidates, the campaigns that bolster them, and the people who craft them. Political campaigns are designed to influence voter behavior and determine elections. They are supposed to serve as a conduit between candidates and voters: politicos get to know communities, communicate their concerns to candidates, and encourage individuals to vote. However, sociologist Daniel Laurison reveals a much different reality: campaigns are riddled with outdated strategies, unquestioned conventional wisdom, and preconceived notions about voters that are more reflective of campaign professionals’ implicit bias than the real lives and motivations of Americans. Through over 70 off-the-record interviews with key campaign staff and consultants, Laurison uncovers how the industry creates a political environment that is confusing, polarizing, and alienating to voters. Campaigns are often an echo chamber of staffers with replicate backgrounds and ideologies; most political operatives are white men from middle- to upper-class backgrounds who are driven more by their desire to climb the political ladder than the desire to create an open conversation between voter and candidate. Producing Politics highlights the impact of national campaign professionals in the US through a sociological lens. It explores the role political operatives play in shaping the way that voters understand political candidates, participate in elections, and perceive our democratic process—and is an essential guide to understanding the current American political system. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547620 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Broken Elections: How the Left Changed the Way You Vote Author: John Fund, Hans Von Spakovsky Narrator: Robert Rivington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Behind the deeply contentious 2020 election stands a real story of a broken election process. Election fraud that alters election outcomes and dilutes legitimate votes occurs all too often, as is the bungling of election bureaucrats. Our election process is full of vulnerabilities that can be?and are?taken advantage of, raising questions about, and damaging public confidence in, the legitimacy of the outcome of elections. This book explores the reality of the fraud and bureaucratic errors and mistakes that should concern all Americans and offers recommendations and solutions to fix those problems. John Fund, Hans Von Spakovsky Tue, 02 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547620 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Broken Elections: How the Left Changed the Way You Vote Author: John Fund, Hans Von Spakovsky Narrator: Robert Rivington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Behind the deeply contentious 2020 election stands a real story of a broken election process. Election fraud that alters election outcomes and dilutes legitimate votes occurs all too often, as is the bungling of election bureaucrats. Our election process is full of vulnerabilities that can be?and are?taken advantage of, raising questions about, and damaging public confidence in, the legitimacy of the outcome of elections. This book explores the reality of the fraud and bureaucratic errors and mistakes that should concern all Americans and offers recommendations and solutions to fix those problems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547620]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Broken Elections: How the Left Changed the Way You Vote Author: John Fund, Hans Von Spakovsky Narrator: Robert Rivington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Behind the deeply contentious 2020 election stands a real story of a broken election process. Election fraud that alters election outcomes and dilutes legitimate votes occurs all too often, as is the bungling of election bureaucrats. Our election process is full of vulnerabilities that can be?and are?taken advantage of, raising questions about, and damaging public confidence in, the legitimacy of the outcome of elections. This book explores the reality of the fraud and bureaucratic errors and mistakes that should concern all Americans and offers recommendations and solutions to fix those problems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547573 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sherlock Effect: How Forensic Doctors and Investigators Disastrously Reason Like the Great Detective Author: Thomas W. Young Narrator: Thomas W. Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forensic science is in crisis and at a cross-roads. Movies and television dramas depict forensic heroes with high-tech tools and dazzling intellects who—inside an hour, notwithstanding commercials—piece together past-event puzzles from crime scenes and autopsies. Likewise, Sherlock Holmes—the iconic fictional detective, and the invention of forensic doctor Sir Arthur Conan Doyle—is held up as a paragon of forensic and scientific inspiration—does not 'reason forward' as most people do, but 'reasons backwards.' Put more plainly, rather than learning the train of events and seeing whether the resultant clues match those events, Holmes determines what happened in the past by looking at the clues. Impressive and infallible as this technique appears to be—it must be recognized that infallibility lies only in works of fiction. Reasoning backward does not work in real life: reality is far less tidy. In courtrooms everywhere, innocent people pay the price of life imitating art, of science following detective fiction. In particular, this book looks at the long and disastrous shadow cast by that icon of deductive reasoning, Sherlock Holmes. Thomas W. Young Tue, 23 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547573 thebookvoice.com 12:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sherlock Effect: How Forensic Doctors and Investigators Disastrously Reason Like the Great Detective Author: Thomas W. Young Narrator: Thomas W. Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forensic science is in crisis and at a cross-roads. Movies and television dramas depict forensic heroes with high-tech tools and dazzling intellects who—inside an hour, notwithstanding commercials—piece together past-event puzzles from crime scenes and autopsies. Likewise, Sherlock Holmes—the iconic fictional detective, and the invention of forensic doctor Sir Arthur Conan Doyle—is held up as a paragon of forensic and scientific inspiration—does not 'reason forward' as most people do, but 'reasons backwards.' Put more plainly, rather than learning the train of events and seeing whether the resultant clues match those events, Holmes determines what happened in the past by looking at the clues. Impressive and infallible as this technique appears to be—it must be recognized that infallibility lies only in works of fiction. Reasoning backward does not work in real life: reality is far less tidy. In courtrooms everywhere, innocent people pay the price of life imitating art, of science following detective fiction. In particular, this book looks at the long and disastrous shadow cast by that icon of deductive reasoning, Sherlock Holmes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547573]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sherlock Effect: How Forensic Doctors and Investigators Disastrously Reason Like the Great Detective Author: Thomas W. Young Narrator: Thomas W. Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Forensic science is in crisis and at a cross-roads. Movies and television dramas depict forensic heroes with high-tech tools and dazzling intellects who—inside an hour, notwithstanding commercials—piece together past-event puzzles from crime scenes and autopsies. Likewise, Sherlock Holmes—the iconic fictional detective, and the invention of forensic doctor Sir Arthur Conan Doyle—is held up as a paragon of forensic and scientific inspiration—does not 'reason forward' as most people do, but 'reasons backwards.' Put more plainly, rather than learning the train of events and seeing whether the resultant clues match those events, Holmes determines what happened in the past by looking at the clues. Impressive and infallible as this technique appears to be—it must be recognized that infallibility lies only in works of fiction. Reasoning backward does not work in real life: reality is far less tidy. In courtrooms everywhere, innocent people pay the price of life imitating art, of science following detective fiction. In particular, this book looks at the long and disastrous shadow cast by that icon of deductive reasoning, Sherlock Holmes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547572 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Party and the People: Chinese Politics in the 21st Century Author: Bruce Dickson Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since 1949, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has maintained unrivalled control over the country, persisting even in the face of economic calamity, widespread social upheaval, and violence against its own people. Yet the party does not sustain dominance through repressive tactics alone—it pairs this with surprising responsiveness to the public. The Party and the People explores how this paradox has helped the CCP endure for decades, and how this balance has shifted increasingly toward repression under the rule of President Xi Jinping. Delving into the tenuous binary of repression and responsivity, Bruce Dickson illuminates numerous questions surrounding the CCP's rule: How does it choose leaders and create policies? When does it allow protests? Will China become democratic? Dickson shows that the party's dual approach lies at the core of its practices—repression when dealing with existential, political threats or challenges to its authority, and responsiveness when confronting localized economic or social unrest. With the CCP's greater reliance on suppression since Xi Jinping’s rise to power in 2012, Dickson considers the ways that this tipping of the scales will influence China's future. Bruce Dickson Fri, 31 Dec 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547572 thebookvoice.com 10:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Party and the People: Chinese Politics in the 21st Century Author: Bruce Dickson Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since 1949, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has maintained unrivalled control over the country, persisting even in the face of economic calamity, widespread social upheaval, and violence against its own people. Yet the party does not sustain dominance through repressive tactics alone—it pairs this with surprising responsiveness to the public. The Party and the People explores how this paradox has helped the CCP endure for decades, and how this balance has shifted increasingly toward repression under the rule of President Xi Jinping. Delving into the tenuous binary of repression and responsivity, Bruce Dickson illuminates numerous questions surrounding the CCP's rule: How does it choose leaders and create policies? When does it allow protests? Will China become democratic? Dickson shows that the party's dual approach lies at the core of its practices—repression when dealing with existential, political threats or challenges to its authority, and responsiveness when confronting localized economic or social unrest. With the CCP's greater reliance on suppression since Xi Jinping’s rise to power in 2012, Dickson considers the ways that this tipping of the scales will influence China's future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547572]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Party and the People: Chinese Politics in the 21st Century Author: Bruce Dickson Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Since 1949, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has maintained unrivalled control over the country, persisting even in the face of economic calamity, widespread social upheaval, and violence against its own people. Yet the party does not sustain dominance through repressive tactics alone—it pairs this with surprising responsiveness to the public. The Party and the People explores how this paradox has helped the CCP endure for decades, and how this balance has shifted increasingly toward repression under the rule of President Xi Jinping. Delving into the tenuous binary of repression and responsivity, Bruce Dickson illuminates numerous questions surrounding the CCP's rule: How does it choose leaders and create policies? When does it allow protests? Will China become democratic? Dickson shows that the party's dual approach lies at the core of its practices—repression when dealing with existential, political threats or challenges to its authority, and responsiveness when confronting localized economic or social unrest. With the CCP's greater reliance on suppression since Xi Jinping’s rise to power in 2012, Dickson considers the ways that this tipping of the scales will influence China's future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547539 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land Beyond the Border: State Formation and Territorial Expansion in Syria, Morocco, and Israel Author: Johannes Becke Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on three case studies from the Middle East, The Land beyond the Border advances an innovative theoretical framework for the study of state expansions and state contractions. Johannes Becke argues that state expansion can be theorized according to four basic ideal types—a form of patronage (patronization), the imposition of a satellite regime (satellization), the establishment of territorial exclaves (exclavization), or a full-fledged takeover (incorporation). Becke discusses how both irredentist ideologies and political realities have shaped the dynamics of state expansion and state contraction in the recent history of each state. By studying Israel comparatively with other Middle Eastern regimes, this book forms part of an emerging research agenda seeking to bring the research fields of Israel Studies and Middle East Studies closer together. Instead of treating Israel's rule over the occupied territories as an isolated case, Becke offers students the chance to understand Israel's settlement project within the broader framework of postcolonial state formation. Johannes Becke Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547539 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land Beyond the Border: State Formation and Territorial Expansion in Syria, Morocco, and Israel Author: Johannes Becke Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on three case studies from the Middle East, The Land beyond the Border advances an innovative theoretical framework for the study of state expansions and state contractions. Johannes Becke argues that state expansion can be theorized according to four basic ideal types—a form of patronage (patronization), the imposition of a satellite regime (satellization), the establishment of territorial exclaves (exclavization), or a full-fledged takeover (incorporation). Becke discusses how both irredentist ideologies and political realities have shaped the dynamics of state expansion and state contraction in the recent history of each state. By studying Israel comparatively with other Middle Eastern regimes, this book forms part of an emerging research agenda seeking to bring the research fields of Israel Studies and Middle East Studies closer together. Instead of treating Israel's rule over the occupied territories as an isolated case, Becke offers students the chance to understand Israel's settlement project within the broader framework of postcolonial state formation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547539]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Land Beyond the Border: State Formation and Territorial Expansion in Syria, Morocco, and Israel Author: Johannes Becke Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Based on three case studies from the Middle East, The Land beyond the Border advances an innovative theoretical framework for the study of state expansions and state contractions. Johannes Becke argues that state expansion can be theorized according to four basic ideal types—a form of patronage (patronization), the imposition of a satellite regime (satellization), the establishment of territorial exclaves (exclavization), or a full-fledged takeover (incorporation). Becke discusses how both irredentist ideologies and political realities have shaped the dynamics of state expansion and state contraction in the recent history of each state. By studying Israel comparatively with other Middle Eastern regimes, this book forms part of an emerging research agenda seeking to bring the research fields of Israel Studies and Middle East Studies closer together. Instead of treating Israel's rule over the occupied territories as an isolated case, Becke offers students the chance to understand Israel's settlement project within the broader framework of postcolonial state formation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547529 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomatic History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Joseph M. Siracusa Narrator: Corinne Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Diplomatic history explores the management of relations between nation-states by the process of negotiations. From the diplomacy of the American Revolution, the diplomatic origins of the Great War and its aftermath, Versailles, and the personal summitry behind the night Stalin and Churchill Divided Europe, to George W. Bush and the Iraq War, and diplomacy in the age of globalization, the management of power relationships has had an immense impact on our recent history. This Very Short Introduction updates the former Diplomacy: A Very Short Introduction and illustrates international diplomacy in action, exploring the changes in method at key historical junctures, and highlighting the very different demands that circumstances make on the practice of diplomats. Drawing on the case studies above, it makes sense of the way in which skillful diplomacy, as well as hubris, rashness, and excessive caution, can have important ramifications for the fate of nations. Based on the experiences of diplomatic history, it also locates the universal role of negotiations and identifies the key elements of success. As Joseph M. Siracusa shows, diplomacy was and is an indispensable element of statecraft, and without skillful diplomacy political success may remain elusive. Joseph M. Siracusa Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547529 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomatic History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Joseph M. Siracusa Narrator: Corinne Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Diplomatic history explores the management of relations between nation-states by the process of negotiations. From the diplomacy of the American Revolution, the diplomatic origins of the Great War and its aftermath, Versailles, and the personal summitry behind the night Stalin and Churchill Divided Europe, to George W. Bush and the Iraq War, and diplomacy in the age of globalization, the management of power relationships has had an immense impact on our recent history. This Very Short Introduction updates the former Diplomacy: A Very Short Introduction and illustrates international diplomacy in action, exploring the changes in method at key historical junctures, and highlighting the very different demands that circumstances make on the practice of diplomats. Drawing on the case studies above, it makes sense of the way in which skillful diplomacy, as well as hubris, rashness, and excessive caution, can have important ramifications for the fate of nations. Based on the experiences of diplomatic history, it also locates the universal role of negotiations and identifies the key elements of success. As Joseph M. Siracusa shows, diplomacy was and is an indispensable element of statecraft, and without skillful diplomacy political success may remain elusive. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547529]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diplomatic History: A Very Short Introduction Author: Joseph M. Siracusa Narrator: Corinne Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Diplomatic history explores the management of relations between nation-states by the process of negotiations. From the diplomacy of the American Revolution, the diplomatic origins of the Great War and its aftermath, Versailles, and the personal summitry behind the night Stalin and Churchill Divided Europe, to George W. Bush and the Iraq War, and diplomacy in the age of globalization, the management of power relationships has had an immense impact on our recent history. This Very Short Introduction updates the former Diplomacy: A Very Short Introduction and illustrates international diplomacy in action, exploring the changes in method at key historical junctures, and highlighting the very different demands that circumstances make on the practice of diplomats. Drawing on the case studies above, it makes sense of the way in which skillful diplomacy, as well as hubris, rashness, and excessive caution, can have important ramifications for the fate of nations. Based on the experiences of diplomatic history, it also locates the universal role of negotiations and identifies the key elements of success. As Joseph M. Siracusa shows, diplomacy was and is an indispensable element of statecraft, and without skillful diplomacy political success may remain elusive. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition and Antitrust Law: A Very Short Introduction Author: Ariel Ezrachi Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Competition is responsible for much of the prosperity around us. Competitive markets deliver lower prices, better quality, abundance of choice, and increased innovation. But while competition benefits the consumers, it can prove challenging to producers and sellers, who need to constantly improve to stay in business. As a result, sellers may sometimes look for ways to dampen the competitive process. Our antitrust and competition laws are designed to address these risks and safeguard consumer welfare. The competition enforcers have the task of unravelling price-fixing cartels, challenging powerful companies that abuse their power, and monitoring proposed merger transactions that could undermine effective competition. In doing so, competition enforcers have to carefully consider the level of intervention and ensure they do not distort the natural dynamics of competition. Drawing on case studies from the US and the European Union, this Very Short Introduction explores the promise and limitations of competitive market dynamics. In examining the laws and the way they are enforced, Ariel Ezrachi considers the delicate relationship between a free market economy and government intervention, and the fascinating forces of competition that shape modern society. Ariel Ezrachi Tue, 25 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547528 thebookvoice.com 4:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition and Antitrust Law: A Very Short Introduction Author: Ariel Ezrachi Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Competition is responsible for much of the prosperity around us. Competitive markets deliver lower prices, better quality, abundance of choice, and increased innovation. But while competition benefits the consumers, it can prove challenging to producers and sellers, who need to constantly improve to stay in business. As a result, sellers may sometimes look for ways to dampen the competitive process. Our antitrust and competition laws are designed to address these risks and safeguard consumer welfare. The competition enforcers have the task of unravelling price-fixing cartels, challenging powerful companies that abuse their power, and monitoring proposed merger transactions that could undermine effective competition. In doing so, competition enforcers have to carefully consider the level of intervention and ensure they do not distort the natural dynamics of competition. Drawing on case studies from the US and the European Union, this Very Short Introduction explores the promise and limitations of competitive market dynamics. In examining the laws and the way they are enforced, Ariel Ezrachi considers the delicate relationship between a free market economy and government intervention, and the fascinating forces of competition that shape modern society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition and Antitrust Law: A Very Short Introduction Author: Ariel Ezrachi Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Competition is responsible for much of the prosperity around us. Competitive markets deliver lower prices, better quality, abundance of choice, and increased innovation. But while competition benefits the consumers, it can prove challenging to producers and sellers, who need to constantly improve to stay in business. As a result, sellers may sometimes look for ways to dampen the competitive process. Our antitrust and competition laws are designed to address these risks and safeguard consumer welfare. The competition enforcers have the task of unravelling price-fixing cartels, challenging powerful companies that abuse their power, and monitoring proposed merger transactions that could undermine effective competition. In doing so, competition enforcers have to carefully consider the level of intervention and ensure they do not distort the natural dynamics of competition. Drawing on case studies from the US and the European Union, this Very Short Introduction explores the promise and limitations of competitive market dynamics. In examining the laws and the way they are enforced, Ariel Ezrachi considers the delicate relationship between a free market economy and government intervention, and the fascinating forces of competition that shape modern society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diet for a Small Planet (Revised and Updated) Author: Frances Moore Lappé Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover a way of eating that revolutionized the meaning of our food choices and sold more than 3 million copies—now in a 50th-anniversary edition with a timely introduction plus new and updated plant-centered recipes   “Frances Moore Lappé is one of the few people who can credibly be said to have changed the way we eat—and one of an even smaller group to have done it for the better.”—The New York Times   In 1971, Diet for a Small Planet broke new ground, revealing how our everyday acts are a form of power to create health for ourselves and our planet. This extraordinary book first exposed the needless waste built into a meat-centered diet. Now, in a special edition for its 50th anniversary, world-renowned food expert Frances Moore Lappé goes even deeper, showing us how plant-centered eating can help restore our damaged ecology, address the climate crisis, and move us toward real democracy. Sharing her personal journey and how this revolutionary book shaped her own life, Lappé offers a fascinating philosophy on changing yourself—and the world—that can start with changing the way we eat. This new edition features eighty-five updated plant-centered recipes, including more than a dozen new delights from celebrity chefs including Mark Bittman, Padma Lakshmi, Alice Waters, José Andrés, Bryant Terry, Mollie Katzen, and Sean Sherman. *Includes a downloadable PDF of charts, graphs and recipes from the book Frances Moore Lappé Tue, 16 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547486 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diet for a Small Planet (Revised and Updated) Author: Frances Moore Lappé Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover a way of eating that revolutionized the meaning of our food choices and sold more than 3 million copies—now in a 50th-anniversary edition with a timely introduction plus new and updated plant-centered recipes   “Frances Moore Lappé is one of the few people who can credibly be said to have changed the way we eat—and one of an even smaller group to have done it for the better.”—The New York Times   In 1971, Diet for a Small Planet broke new ground, revealing how our everyday acts are a form of power to create health for ourselves and our planet. This extraordinary book first exposed the needless waste built into a meat-centered diet. Now, in a special edition for its 50th anniversary, world-renowned food expert Frances Moore Lappé goes even deeper, showing us how plant-centered eating can help restore our damaged ecology, address the climate crisis, and move us toward real democracy. Sharing her personal journey and how this revolutionary book shaped her own life, Lappé offers a fascinating philosophy on changing yourself—and the world—that can start with changing the way we eat. This new edition features eighty-five updated plant-centered recipes, including more than a dozen new delights from celebrity chefs including Mark Bittman, Padma Lakshmi, Alice Waters, José Andrés, Bryant Terry, Mollie Katzen, and Sean Sherman. *Includes a downloadable PDF of charts, graphs and recipes from the book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diet for a Small Planet (Revised and Updated) Author: Frances Moore Lappé Narrator: Kimberly Farr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Discover a way of eating that revolutionized the meaning of our food choices and sold more than 3 million copies—now in a 50th-anniversary edition with a timely introduction plus new and updated plant-centered recipes   “Frances Moore Lappé is one of the few people who can credibly be said to have changed the way we eat—and one of an even smaller group to have done it for the better.”—The New York Times   In 1971, Diet for a Small Planet broke new ground, revealing how our everyday acts are a form of power to create health for ourselves and our planet. This extraordinary book first exposed the needless waste built into a meat-centered diet. Now, in a special edition for its 50th anniversary, world-renowned food expert Frances Moore Lappé goes even deeper, showing us how plant-centered eating can help restore our damaged ecology, address the climate crisis, and move us toward real democracy. Sharing her personal journey and how this revolutionary book shaped her own life, Lappé offers a fascinating philosophy on changing yourself—and the world—that can start with changing the way we eat. This new edition features eighty-five updated plant-centered recipes, including more than a dozen new delights from celebrity chefs including Mark Bittman, Padma Lakshmi, Alice Waters, José Andrés, Bryant Terry, Mollie Katzen, and Sean Sherman. *Includes a downloadable PDF of charts, graphs and recipes from the book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547462 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vortex: A True Story of History’s Deadliest Storm, an Unspeakable War, and Liberation Author: Scott Carney, Jason Miklian Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The deadliest storm in modern history ripped Pakistan in two and led the world to the brink of nuclear war when American and Soviet forces converged in the Bay of Bengal In November 1970, a storm set a collision course with the most densely populated coastline on Earth. Over the course of just a few hours, the Great Bhola Cyclone would kill 500,000 people and begin a chain reaction of turmoil, genocide, and war. The Vortex is the dramatic story of how that storm sparked a country to revolution. Bhola made landfall during a fragile time, when Pakistan was on the brink of a historic election. The fallout ignited a conflagration of political intrigue, corruption, violence, idealism, and bravery that played out in the lives of tens of millions of Bangladeshis. Authors Scott Carney and Jason Miklian take us deep into the story of the cyclone and its aftermath, told through the eyes of the men and women who lived through it, including the infamous president of Pakistan, General Yahya Khan, and his close friend Richard Nixon; American expats Jon and Candy Rhode; soccer star-turned-soldier Hafiz Uddin Ahmad; and a young Bengali revolutionary, Mohammed Hai. Thrillingly paced and written with incredible detail, The Vortex is not just a story about the painful birth of a new nation but also a universal tale of resilience and liberation in the face of climate emergency that affects every single person on the planet. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Scott Carney, Jason Miklian Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547462 thebookvoice.com 15:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vortex: A True Story of History’s Deadliest Storm, an Unspeakable War, and Liberation Author: Scott Carney, Jason Miklian Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The deadliest storm in modern history ripped Pakistan in two and led the world to the brink of nuclear war when American and Soviet forces converged in the Bay of Bengal In November 1970, a storm set a collision course with the most densely populated coastline on Earth. Over the course of just a few hours, the Great Bhola Cyclone would kill 500,000 people and begin a chain reaction of turmoil, genocide, and war. The Vortex is the dramatic story of how that storm sparked a country to revolution. Bhola made landfall during a fragile time, when Pakistan was on the brink of a historic election. The fallout ignited a conflagration of political intrigue, corruption, violence, idealism, and bravery that played out in the lives of tens of millions of Bangladeshis. Authors Scott Carney and Jason Miklian take us deep into the story of the cyclone and its aftermath, told through the eyes of the men and women who lived through it, including the infamous president of Pakistan, General Yahya Khan, and his close friend Richard Nixon; American expats Jon and Candy Rhode; soccer star-turned-soldier Hafiz Uddin Ahmad; and a young Bengali revolutionary, Mohammed Hai. Thrillingly paced and written with incredible detail, The Vortex is not just a story about the painful birth of a new nation but also a universal tale of resilience and liberation in the face of climate emergency that affects every single person on the planet. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Vortex: A True Story of History’s Deadliest Storm, an Unspeakable War, and Liberation Author: Scott Carney, Jason Miklian Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The deadliest storm in modern history ripped Pakistan in two and led the world to the brink of nuclear war when American and Soviet forces converged in the Bay of Bengal In November 1970, a storm set a collision course with the most densely populated coastline on Earth. Over the course of just a few hours, the Great Bhola Cyclone would kill 500,000 people and begin a chain reaction of turmoil, genocide, and war. The Vortex is the dramatic story of how that storm sparked a country to revolution. Bhola made landfall during a fragile time, when Pakistan was on the brink of a historic election. The fallout ignited a conflagration of political intrigue, corruption, violence, idealism, and bravery that played out in the lives of tens of millions of Bangladeshis. Authors Scott Carney and Jason Miklian take us deep into the story of the cyclone and its aftermath, told through the eyes of the men and women who lived through it, including the infamous president of Pakistan, General Yahya Khan, and his close friend Richard Nixon; American expats Jon and Candy Rhode; soccer star-turned-soldier Hafiz Uddin Ahmad; and a young Bengali revolutionary, Mohammed Hai. Thrillingly paced and written with incredible detail, The Vortex is not just a story about the painful birth of a new nation but also a universal tale of resilience and liberation in the face of climate emergency that affects every single person on the planet. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chaos of Brexit: The majority carries the vote Author: Meverly A. Benjamin Narrator: Steve Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: April 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book has a timely message as the UK attempts to struggle out of the chaos of Brexit. It asks the question, should the majority carry the vote? If the answer to that question is yes then we have a lot to consider. Do our leaders always serve us well? Have they got our interests before their own? Should we just follow like sheep? The author asks some searching questions and finds some disturbing answers. This is a book that needs to be read – before it is too late. Meverly A. Benjamin Sun, 04 Apr 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547412 thebookvoice.com 1:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chaos of Brexit: The majority carries the vote Author: Meverly A. Benjamin Narrator: Steve Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: April 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book has a timely message as the UK attempts to struggle out of the chaos of Brexit. It asks the question, should the majority carry the vote? If the answer to that question is yes then we have a lot to consider. Do our leaders always serve us well? Have they got our interests before their own? Should we just follow like sheep? The author asks some searching questions and finds some disturbing answers. This is a book that needs to be read – before it is too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chaos of Brexit: The majority carries the vote Author: Meverly A. Benjamin Narrator: Steve Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: April 4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This book has a timely message as the UK attempts to struggle out of the chaos of Brexit. It asks the question, should the majority carry the vote? If the answer to that question is yes then we have a lot to consider. Do our leaders always serve us well? Have they got our interests before their own? Should we just follow like sheep? The author asks some searching questions and finds some disturbing answers. This is a book that needs to be read – before it is too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547374 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism in Dark Times: The Liberal Ethos in the Twentieth Century Author: Joshua L. Cherniss Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today, liberalism faces threats from across the political spectrum. While right-wing populists and leftist purists righteously violate liberal norms, theorists of liberalism seem to have little to say. In Liberalism in Dark Times, Joshua Cherniss issues a rousing defense of the liberal tradition, drawing on a neglected strand of liberal thought. Assaults on liberalism—a political order characterized by limits on political power and respect for individual rights—are nothing new. Early in the twentieth century, democracy was under attack around the world, with one country after another succumbing to dictatorship. While many intellectuals dismissed liberalism as outdated, unrealistic, or unworthy, a handful of writers defended and reinvigorated the liberal ideal, including Max Weber, Raymond Aron, Albert Camus, Reinhold Niebuhr, and Isaiah Berlin—each of whom is given a compelling new assessment here. Building on the work of these thinkers, Cherniss urges us to imagine liberalism not as a set of policies but as a temperament or disposition—one marked by openness to complexity, willingness to acknowledge uncertainty, tolerance for difference, and resistance to ruthlessness. In the face of rising political fanaticism, he persuasively argues for the continuing importance of this liberal ethos. Joshua L. Cherniss Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547374 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism in Dark Times: The Liberal Ethos in the Twentieth Century Author: Joshua L. Cherniss Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today, liberalism faces threats from across the political spectrum. While right-wing populists and leftist purists righteously violate liberal norms, theorists of liberalism seem to have little to say. In Liberalism in Dark Times, Joshua Cherniss issues a rousing defense of the liberal tradition, drawing on a neglected strand of liberal thought. Assaults on liberalism—a political order characterized by limits on political power and respect for individual rights—are nothing new. Early in the twentieth century, democracy was under attack around the world, with one country after another succumbing to dictatorship. While many intellectuals dismissed liberalism as outdated, unrealistic, or unworthy, a handful of writers defended and reinvigorated the liberal ideal, including Max Weber, Raymond Aron, Albert Camus, Reinhold Niebuhr, and Isaiah Berlin—each of whom is given a compelling new assessment here. Building on the work of these thinkers, Cherniss urges us to imagine liberalism not as a set of policies but as a temperament or disposition—one marked by openness to complexity, willingness to acknowledge uncertainty, tolerance for difference, and resistance to ruthlessness. In the face of rising political fanaticism, he persuasively argues for the continuing importance of this liberal ethos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547374]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Liberalism in Dark Times: The Liberal Ethos in the Twentieth Century Author: Joshua L. Cherniss Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Today, liberalism faces threats from across the political spectrum. While right-wing populists and leftist purists righteously violate liberal norms, theorists of liberalism seem to have little to say. In Liberalism in Dark Times, Joshua Cherniss issues a rousing defense of the liberal tradition, drawing on a neglected strand of liberal thought. Assaults on liberalism—a political order characterized by limits on political power and respect for individual rights—are nothing new. Early in the twentieth century, democracy was under attack around the world, with one country after another succumbing to dictatorship. While many intellectuals dismissed liberalism as outdated, unrealistic, or unworthy, a handful of writers defended and reinvigorated the liberal ideal, including Max Weber, Raymond Aron, Albert Camus, Reinhold Niebuhr, and Isaiah Berlin—each of whom is given a compelling new assessment here. Building on the work of these thinkers, Cherniss urges us to imagine liberalism not as a set of policies but as a temperament or disposition—one marked by openness to complexity, willingness to acknowledge uncertainty, tolerance for difference, and resistance to ruthlessness. In the face of rising political fanaticism, he persuasively argues for the continuing importance of this liberal ethos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547356 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ser antirracista Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Tony Dandrades Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “EL MEJOR LIBRO DEL AÑO” The New York Times Book Review • Time • NPR • The Washington Post • Shelf Awareness • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews El racismo es, en su esencia, un sistema poderoso que crea falsas jerarquías de los valores humanos; su lógica distorsionada se extiende más allá de la raza: desde la forma en que consideramos a las personas de diferentes etnias o colores de piel hasta el modo en que tratamos a las personas de diferentes sexos, identidades de género y tipos de cuerpo. El racismo se entrecruza con asuntos de clase, cultura y geografía e incluso cambia la manera en que nos vemos y nos valoramos. En Cómo ser antirracista, Kendi lleva a los lectores a través de un círculo cada vez más amplio de ideas antirracistas —desde los conceptos más básicos hasta sus posibilidades visionarias— que ayudarán a identificar claramente todas las formas de racismo, comprender sus peligrosas consecuencias y trabajar para oponerse a ellas tanto en nuestros sistemas sociales como en nuestro interior. El antirracismo es un concepto transformador que reorienta y revitaliza la conversación sobre el racismo y, más fundamentalmente, nos señala nuevas formas de pensar sobre nosotros mismos y los que nos rodean.   Kendi teje una combinación electrizante de ética, historia, derecho y ciencia con su propia historia personal de despertar al antirracismo. Una obra esencial para quien desee ir más allá de la simple conciencia del racismo y dar un paso más allá para contribuir a la formación de una sociedad justa y equitativa. ENGLISH DESCRIPTION #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society—and in ourselves. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • Time • NPR • The Washington Post • Shelf Awareness • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. Ibram X. Kendi Thu, 23 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547356 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ser antirracista Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Tony Dandrades Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “EL MEJOR LIBRO DEL AÑO” The New York Times Book Review • Time • NPR • The Washington Post • Shelf Awareness • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews El racismo es, en su esencia, un sistema poderoso que crea falsas jerarquías de los valores humanos; su lógica distorsionada se extiende más allá de la raza: desde la forma en que consideramos a las personas de diferentes etnias o colores de piel hasta el modo en que tratamos a las personas de diferentes sexos, identidades de género y tipos de cuerpo. El racismo se entrecruza con asuntos de clase, cultura y geografía e incluso cambia la manera en que nos vemos y nos valoramos. En Cómo ser antirracista, Kendi lleva a los lectores a través de un círculo cada vez más amplio de ideas antirracistas —desde los conceptos más básicos hasta sus posibilidades visionarias— que ayudarán a identificar claramente todas las formas de racismo, comprender sus peligrosas consecuencias y trabajar para oponerse a ellas tanto en nuestros sistemas sociales como en nuestro interior. El antirracismo es un concepto transformador que reorienta y revitaliza la conversación sobre el racismo y, más fundamentalmente, nos señala nuevas formas de pensar sobre nosotros mismos y los que nos rodean.   Kendi teje una combinación electrizante de ética, historia, derecho y ciencia con su propia historia personal de despertar al antirracismo. Una obra esencial para quien desee ir más allá de la simple conciencia del racismo y dar un paso más allá para contribuir a la formación de una sociedad justa y equitativa. ENGLISH DESCRIPTION #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society—and in ourselves. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • Time • NPR • The Washington Post • Shelf Awareness • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547356]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ser antirracista Author: Ibram X. Kendi Narrator: Tony Dandrades Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “EL MEJOR LIBRO DEL AÑO” The New York Times Book Review • Time • NPR • The Washington Post • Shelf Awareness • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews El racismo es, en su esencia, un sistema poderoso que crea falsas jerarquías de los valores humanos; su lógica distorsionada se extiende más allá de la raza: desde la forma en que consideramos a las personas de diferentes etnias o colores de piel hasta el modo en que tratamos a las personas de diferentes sexos, identidades de género y tipos de cuerpo. El racismo se entrecruza con asuntos de clase, cultura y geografía e incluso cambia la manera en que nos vemos y nos valoramos. En Cómo ser antirracista, Kendi lleva a los lectores a través de un círculo cada vez más amplio de ideas antirracistas —desde los conceptos más básicos hasta sus posibilidades visionarias— que ayudarán a identificar claramente todas las formas de racismo, comprender sus peligrosas consecuencias y trabajar para oponerse a ellas tanto en nuestros sistemas sociales como en nuestro interior. El antirracismo es un concepto transformador que reorienta y revitaliza la conversación sobre el racismo y, más fundamentalmente, nos señala nuevas formas de pensar sobre nosotros mismos y los que nos rodean.   Kendi teje una combinación electrizante de ética, historia, derecho y ciencia con su propia historia personal de despertar al antirracismo. Una obra esencial para quien desee ir más allá de la simple conciencia del racismo y dar un paso más allá para contribuir a la formación de una sociedad justa y equitativa. ENGLISH DESCRIPTION #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the National Book Award–winning author of Stamped from the Beginning comes a “groundbreaking” (Time) approach to understanding and uprooting racism and inequality in our society—and in ourselves. “The most courageous book to date on the problem of race in the Western mind.”—The New York Times NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The New York Times Book Review • Time • NPR • The Washington Post • Shelf Awareness • Library Journal • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews Antiracism is a transformative concept that reorients and reenergizes the conversation about racism—and, even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. At its core, racism is a powerful system that creates false hierarchies of human value; its warped logic extends beyond race, from the way we regard people of different ethnicities or skin colors to the way we treat people of different sexes, gender identities, and body types. Racism intersects with class and culture and geography and even changes the way we see and value ourselves. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi takes readers through a widening circle of antiracist ideas—from the most basic concepts to visionary possibilities—that will help readers see all forms of racism clearly, understand their poisonous consequences, and work to oppose them in our systems and in ourselves. Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science with his own personal story of awakening to antiracism. This is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond the awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a just and equitable society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547347 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lazarus Heist: Based on the No 1 Hit podcast Author: Geoff White Narrator: Geoff White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Based on the No 1 hit podcast 'The Lazarus Heist' 'You'll never see North Korea the same way again' Oliver Bullough, Sunday Times bestselling author of Moneyland 'One of the most incredible cyber-espionage stories I've ever heard, told by one of the UK's best tech journalists' Jamie Bartlett, author of The Missing Crypto Queen 'Madly intriguing' Guardian Meet the Lazarus Group, a shadowy cabal of hackers accused of working on behalf of the North Korean state. It's claimed that they form one of the most dangerous criminal enterprises on the planet, having stolen more than $1bn in an international crime spree. Their targets allegedly include central banks, Hollywood film studios and even the British National Health Service. North Korea denies the allegations, saying the accusations are American attempts to tarnish its image. In this staggering, global investigation, award-winning journalist Geoff White examines how the hackers have harnessed cutting-edge technology to launch a decade-long campaign of brazen and merciless raids on its richer, more powerful adversaries. It's not just money they're after. The Lazarus Group's tactics have been used to threaten democracies, gag North Korea's critics and destabilize global peace. From the bustling streets of Dhaka, to the glamorous studios of Hollywood, to the glittering casinos of Macau and the secretive dynastic court of Pyongyang, this shocking story uncovers the secret world of the Lazarus Group, their victims and the people who have tried - and ultimately, so far failed - to stop them. 'Cyber warfare and criminal hacking has never been more pertinent. This a must read to understand the threats currently facing all of us globally' Annie Machon, author of Spies, Lies and Whistleblowers © Geoff White 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Geoff White Thu, 09 Jun 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547347 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lazarus Heist: Based on the No 1 Hit podcast Author: Geoff White Narrator: Geoff White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Based on the No 1 hit podcast 'The Lazarus Heist' 'You'll never see North Korea the same way again' Oliver Bullough, Sunday Times bestselling author of Moneyland 'One of the most incredible cyber-espionage stories I've ever heard, told by one of the UK's best tech journalists' Jamie Bartlett, author of The Missing Crypto Queen 'Madly intriguing' Guardian Meet the Lazarus Group, a shadowy cabal of hackers accused of working on behalf of the North Korean state. It's claimed that they form one of the most dangerous criminal enterprises on the planet, having stolen more than $1bn in an international crime spree. Their targets allegedly include central banks, Hollywood film studios and even the British National Health Service. North Korea denies the allegations, saying the accusations are American attempts to tarnish its image. In this staggering, global investigation, award-winning journalist Geoff White examines how the hackers have harnessed cutting-edge technology to launch a decade-long campaign of brazen and merciless raids on its richer, more powerful adversaries. It's not just money they're after. The Lazarus Group's tactics have been used to threaten democracies, gag North Korea's critics and destabilize global peace. From the bustling streets of Dhaka, to the glamorous studios of Hollywood, to the glittering casinos of Macau and the secretive dynastic court of Pyongyang, this shocking story uncovers the secret world of the Lazarus Group, their victims and the people who have tried - and ultimately, so far failed - to stop them. 'Cyber warfare and criminal hacking has never been more pertinent. This a must read to understand the threats currently facing all of us globally' Annie Machon, author of Spies, Lies and Whistleblowers © Geoff White 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lazarus Heist: Based on the No 1 Hit podcast Author: Geoff White Narrator: Geoff White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 9, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Based on the No 1 hit podcast 'The Lazarus Heist' 'You'll never see North Korea the same way again' Oliver Bullough, Sunday Times bestselling author of Moneyland 'One of the most incredible cyber-espionage stories I've ever heard, told by one of the UK's best tech journalists' Jamie Bartlett, author of The Missing Crypto Queen 'Madly intriguing' Guardian Meet the Lazarus Group, a shadowy cabal of hackers accused of working on behalf of the North Korean state. It's claimed that they form one of the most dangerous criminal enterprises on the planet, having stolen more than $1bn in an international crime spree. Their targets allegedly include central banks, Hollywood film studios and even the British National Health Service. North Korea denies the allegations, saying the accusations are American attempts to tarnish its image. In this staggering, global investigation, award-winning journalist Geoff White examines how the hackers have harnessed cutting-edge technology to launch a decade-long campaign of brazen and merciless raids on its richer, more powerful adversaries. It's not just money they're after. The Lazarus Group's tactics have been used to threaten democracies, gag North Korea's critics and destabilize global peace. From the bustling streets of Dhaka, to the glamorous studios of Hollywood, to the glittering casinos of Macau and the secretive dynastic court of Pyongyang, this shocking story uncovers the secret world of the Lazarus Group, their victims and the people who have tried - and ultimately, so far failed - to stop them. 'Cyber warfare and criminal hacking has never been more pertinent. This a must read to understand the threats currently facing all of us globally' Annie Machon, author of Spies, Lies and Whistleblowers © Geoff White 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547263 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black President: Hope and Fury in the Age of Obama Author: Claude A. Clegg Narrator: Rhett Samuel Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this first interpretative, comprehensive history of Barack Obama's presidency in its entirety, Claude A. Clegg III situates the former president in his dynamic, inspirational, yet contentious political context. He captures the America that made Obama's White House years possible, while insightfully rendering the America that resolutely resisted the idea of a Black chief executive, thus making conceivable the ascent of the most unlikely of his successors. In elucidating the Obama moment in American politics and culture, this book is also, at its core, a sweeping exploration of the Obama presidency's historical environment, impact, and meaning for African Americans—the tens of millions of people from every walk of life who collectively were his staunchest group of supporters and who most starkly experienced both the euphoric triumphs and dispiriting shortcomings of his years in office. Drawing on an expansive archive of materials, including government records, speeches, and insider accounts, The Black President will be required reading not only for historians, politics junkies, and Obama fans but also for anyone seeking to understand America's contemporary struggles with inequality, prejudice, and fear. Claude A. Clegg Tue, 30 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547263 thebookvoice.com 20:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black President: Hope and Fury in the Age of Obama Author: Claude A. Clegg Narrator: Rhett Samuel Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this first interpretative, comprehensive history of Barack Obama's presidency in its entirety, Claude A. Clegg III situates the former president in his dynamic, inspirational, yet contentious political context. He captures the America that made Obama's White House years possible, while insightfully rendering the America that resolutely resisted the idea of a Black chief executive, thus making conceivable the ascent of the most unlikely of his successors. In elucidating the Obama moment in American politics and culture, this book is also, at its core, a sweeping exploration of the Obama presidency's historical environment, impact, and meaning for African Americans—the tens of millions of people from every walk of life who collectively were his staunchest group of supporters and who most starkly experienced both the euphoric triumphs and dispiriting shortcomings of his years in office. Drawing on an expansive archive of materials, including government records, speeches, and insider accounts, The Black President will be required reading not only for historians, politics junkies, and Obama fans but also for anyone seeking to understand America's contemporary struggles with inequality, prejudice, and fear. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547263]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black President: Hope and Fury in the Age of Obama Author: Claude A. Clegg Narrator: Rhett Samuel Price Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 5 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this first interpretative, comprehensive history of Barack Obama's presidency in its entirety, Claude A. Clegg III situates the former president in his dynamic, inspirational, yet contentious political context. He captures the America that made Obama's White House years possible, while insightfully rendering the America that resolutely resisted the idea of a Black chief executive, thus making conceivable the ascent of the most unlikely of his successors. In elucidating the Obama moment in American politics and culture, this book is also, at its core, a sweeping exploration of the Obama presidency's historical environment, impact, and meaning for African Americans—the tens of millions of people from every walk of life who collectively were his staunchest group of supporters and who most starkly experienced both the euphoric triumphs and dispiriting shortcomings of his years in office. Drawing on an expansive archive of materials, including government records, speeches, and insider accounts, The Black President will be required reading not only for historians, politics junkies, and Obama fans but also for anyone seeking to understand America's contemporary struggles with inequality, prejudice, and fear. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547149 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Lei de Parcelamento do Solo Comentada : aprovação de loteamentos convencionais ou de acesso controlado e condomínios de casas ou lotes Author: Jamilson Lisboa Sabino Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Comentamos a Lei de Parcelamento do Solo Urbano, Lei nº 6.766/79, artigo por artigo, conforme a interpretação doutrinária e jurisprudencial. Conceituamos parcelamento do solo, loteamento, desmembramento, desdobro, condomínio de casas e condomínio de lotes. A definição de perímetro urbano, zona urbana, zona de expansão urbana, zona de urbanização específica. A exigência de áreas públicas no projeto de loteamento ou condomínio e a desafetação e alienação dessas áreas. O projeto de aprovação de loteamentos e condomínios, o licenciamento ambiental, o registro no Cartório de Imóveis, são abordados detalhadamente. Os contratos celebrados entre o loteador e os adquirentes possuem uma nova ordenação jurídica com as alterações implementadas na lei e são criteriosamente explicados. Jamilson Lisboa Sabino Wed, 08 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547149 thebookvoice.com 14:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Lei de Parcelamento do Solo Comentada : aprovação de loteamentos convencionais ou de acesso controlado e condomínios de casas ou lotes Author: Jamilson Lisboa Sabino Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Comentamos a Lei de Parcelamento do Solo Urbano, Lei nº 6.766/79, artigo por artigo, conforme a interpretação doutrinária e jurisprudencial. Conceituamos parcelamento do solo, loteamento, desmembramento, desdobro, condomínio de casas e condomínio de lotes. A definição de perímetro urbano, zona urbana, zona de expansão urbana, zona de urbanização específica. A exigência de áreas públicas no projeto de loteamento ou condomínio e a desafetação e alienação dessas áreas. O projeto de aprovação de loteamentos e condomínios, o licenciamento ambiental, o registro no Cartório de Imóveis, são abordados detalhadamente. Os contratos celebrados entre o loteador e os adquirentes possuem uma nova ordenação jurídica com as alterações implementadas na lei e são criteriosamente explicados. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Lei de Parcelamento do Solo Comentada : aprovação de loteamentos convencionais ou de acesso controlado e condomínios de casas ou lotes Author: Jamilson Lisboa Sabino Narrator: Equipe Multicast Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Comentamos a Lei de Parcelamento do Solo Urbano, Lei nº 6.766/79, artigo por artigo, conforme a interpretação doutrinária e jurisprudencial. Conceituamos parcelamento do solo, loteamento, desmembramento, desdobro, condomínio de casas e condomínio de lotes. A definição de perímetro urbano, zona urbana, zona de expansão urbana, zona de urbanização específica. A exigência de áreas públicas no projeto de loteamento ou condomínio e a desafetação e alienação dessas áreas. O projeto de aprovação de loteamentos e condomínios, o licenciamento ambiental, o registro no Cartório de Imóveis, são abordados detalhadamente. Os contratos celebrados entre o loteador e os adquirentes possuem uma nova ordenação jurídica com as alterações implementadas na lei e são criteriosamente explicados. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547145 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Temptation Author: Iain Murray Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: IT'S BACK! Just thirty years ago, socialism seemed utterly discredited. An economic, moral, and political failure, socialism had rightly been thrown on the ash heap of history after the fall of the Berlin Wall. Unfortunately, bad ideas never truly go away—and socialism has come back with a vengeance. A generation of young people who don’t remember the misery that socialism inflicted on Russia and Eastern Europe is embracing it all over again. Oblivious to the unexampled prosperity capitalism has showered upon them, they are demanding utopia. In his provocative book, The Socialist Temptation, Iain Murray of the Competitive Enterprise Institute explains: - Why the socialist temptation is suddenly so powerful among young people - That even when socialism doesn’t usher in a bloody tyranny (as, for example, in the Soviet Union, China, and Venezuela), it still makes everyone poor and miserable - Why under the relatively benign democratic socialism of Murray's youth in pre-Thatcher Britain, he had to do his homework by candlelight - That the Scandinavian economies are not really socialist at all - The inconsistencies in socialist thought that prevent it from ever working in practice - How we can show young people the sorry truth about socialism and turn the tide of history against this destructive pipe dream Sprightly, convincing, and original, The Socialist Temptation is a powerful warning that the resurgence of socialism could rob us of our freedom and prosperity. Iain Murray Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547145 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Temptation Author: Iain Murray Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: IT'S BACK! Just thirty years ago, socialism seemed utterly discredited. An economic, moral, and political failure, socialism had rightly been thrown on the ash heap of history after the fall of the Berlin Wall. Unfortunately, bad ideas never truly go away—and socialism has come back with a vengeance. A generation of young people who don’t remember the misery that socialism inflicted on Russia and Eastern Europe is embracing it all over again. Oblivious to the unexampled prosperity capitalism has showered upon them, they are demanding utopia. In his provocative book, The Socialist Temptation, Iain Murray of the Competitive Enterprise Institute explains: - Why the socialist temptation is suddenly so powerful among young people - That even when socialism doesn’t usher in a bloody tyranny (as, for example, in the Soviet Union, China, and Venezuela), it still makes everyone poor and miserable - Why under the relatively benign democratic socialism of Murray's youth in pre-Thatcher Britain, he had to do his homework by candlelight - That the Scandinavian economies are not really socialist at all - The inconsistencies in socialist thought that prevent it from ever working in practice - How we can show young people the sorry truth about socialism and turn the tide of history against this destructive pipe dream Sprightly, convincing, and original, The Socialist Temptation is a powerful warning that the resurgence of socialism could rob us of our freedom and prosperity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Socialist Temptation Author: Iain Murray Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: IT'S BACK! Just thirty years ago, socialism seemed utterly discredited. An economic, moral, and political failure, socialism had rightly been thrown on the ash heap of history after the fall of the Berlin Wall. Unfortunately, bad ideas never truly go away—and socialism has come back with a vengeance. A generation of young people who don’t remember the misery that socialism inflicted on Russia and Eastern Europe is embracing it all over again. Oblivious to the unexampled prosperity capitalism has showered upon them, they are demanding utopia. In his provocative book, The Socialist Temptation, Iain Murray of the Competitive Enterprise Institute explains: - Why the socialist temptation is suddenly so powerful among young people - That even when socialism doesn’t usher in a bloody tyranny (as, for example, in the Soviet Union, China, and Venezuela), it still makes everyone poor and miserable - Why under the relatively benign democratic socialism of Murray's youth in pre-Thatcher Britain, he had to do his homework by candlelight - That the Scandinavian economies are not really socialist at all - The inconsistencies in socialist thought that prevent it from ever working in practice - How we can show young people the sorry truth about socialism and turn the tide of history against this destructive pipe dream Sprightly, convincing, and original, The Socialist Temptation is a powerful warning that the resurgence of socialism could rob us of our freedom and prosperity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547146 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Vote Away: How a Single Supreme Court Seat Can Change History Author: Ted Cruz Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s sudden passing, control of the Supreme Court—and with it the fate of the Constitution—has become the deciding issue for many voters in the 2020 presidential election. And the stakes could not be higher. With a simple majority on the Supreme Court, the left will have the power to curtail or even abolish the freedoms that have made our country a beacon to the world. We are one vote away from losing the Republic that the Founders handed down to us. Our most precious constitutional rights hang by a thread. Senator Ted Cruz has spent his entire career on the front line of the war to protect our constitutional rights. And as a Supreme Court clerk, solicitor general of Texas, and private litigator, he played a key role in some of the most important legal cases of the past two decades. In One Vote Away, you will discover how often the high court decisions that affect your life have been decided by just one vote. One vote preserves your right to speak freely, to bear arms, and to exercise your faith. One vote will determine whether your children enjoy their full inheritance as American citizens. God may endow us with “certain unalienable rights,” but whether we enjoy them depends on nine judges—the “priests of the robe” who have the last say in our system of government. Drawing back the curtain of their temple, Senator Cruz reveals the struggles, arguments, and strife that have shaped the fate of those rights. No one who reads One Vote Away can ever again take a single seat on the Supreme Court for granted. Ted Cruz Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547146 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Vote Away: How a Single Supreme Court Seat Can Change History Author: Ted Cruz Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s sudden passing, control of the Supreme Court—and with it the fate of the Constitution—has become the deciding issue for many voters in the 2020 presidential election. And the stakes could not be higher. With a simple majority on the Supreme Court, the left will have the power to curtail or even abolish the freedoms that have made our country a beacon to the world. We are one vote away from losing the Republic that the Founders handed down to us. Our most precious constitutional rights hang by a thread. Senator Ted Cruz has spent his entire career on the front line of the war to protect our constitutional rights. And as a Supreme Court clerk, solicitor general of Texas, and private litigator, he played a key role in some of the most important legal cases of the past two decades. In One Vote Away, you will discover how often the high court decisions that affect your life have been decided by just one vote. One vote preserves your right to speak freely, to bear arms, and to exercise your faith. One vote will determine whether your children enjoy their full inheritance as American citizens. God may endow us with “certain unalienable rights,” but whether we enjoy them depends on nine judges—the “priests of the robe” who have the last say in our system of government. Drawing back the curtain of their temple, Senator Cruz reveals the struggles, arguments, and strife that have shaped the fate of those rights. No one who reads One Vote Away can ever again take a single seat on the Supreme Court for granted. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547146]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: One Vote Away: How a Single Supreme Court Seat Can Change History Author: Ted Cruz Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: With Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s sudden passing, control of the Supreme Court—and with it the fate of the Constitution—has become the deciding issue for many voters in the 2020 presidential election. And the stakes could not be higher. With a simple majority on the Supreme Court, the left will have the power to curtail or even abolish the freedoms that have made our country a beacon to the world. We are one vote away from losing the Republic that the Founders handed down to us. Our most precious constitutional rights hang by a thread. Senator Ted Cruz has spent his entire career on the front line of the war to protect our constitutional rights. And as a Supreme Court clerk, solicitor general of Texas, and private litigator, he played a key role in some of the most important legal cases of the past two decades. In One Vote Away, you will discover how often the high court decisions that affect your life have been decided by just one vote. One vote preserves your right to speak freely, to bear arms, and to exercise your faith. One vote will determine whether your children enjoy their full inheritance as American citizens. God may endow us with “certain unalienable rights,” but whether we enjoy them depends on nine judges—the “priests of the robe” who have the last say in our system of government. Drawing back the curtain of their temple, Senator Cruz reveals the struggles, arguments, and strife that have shaped the fate of those rights. No one who reads One Vote Away can ever again take a single seat on the Supreme Court for granted. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547129 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Disorder: Judicial Nominations and the Politics of America's Highest Court Author: Ilya Shapiro Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The brutal confirmation battles we saw over Supreme Court Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh are symptoms of a larger problem with our third branch of government, a problem that began long before Kavanaugh, Merrick Garland, Clarence Thomas, or even Robert Bork: the courts’ own self-corruption, aiding and abetting the expansion of federal power. Ilya Shapiro, director of the Cato Institute's Center for Constitutional Studies, takes readers inside the unknown history of fiercely partisan judicial nominations and explores reform proposals that could return the Supreme Court to its proper constitutional role. Confirmation battles over justices will only become more toxic and unhinged as long as the Court continues to ratify the excesses of the other two branches of government and the parties that control them. Only when the Court begins to rebalance constitutional order, curb administrative overreach, and return power back to the states will the bitter partisan war to control the judiciary finally end. Ilya Shapiro Tue, 22 Sep 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547129 thebookvoice.com 11:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Disorder: Judicial Nominations and the Politics of America's Highest Court Author: Ilya Shapiro Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The brutal confirmation battles we saw over Supreme Court Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh are symptoms of a larger problem with our third branch of government, a problem that began long before Kavanaugh, Merrick Garland, Clarence Thomas, or even Robert Bork: the courts’ own self-corruption, aiding and abetting the expansion of federal power. Ilya Shapiro, director of the Cato Institute's Center for Constitutional Studies, takes readers inside the unknown history of fiercely partisan judicial nominations and explores reform proposals that could return the Supreme Court to its proper constitutional role. Confirmation battles over justices will only become more toxic and unhinged as long as the Court continues to ratify the excesses of the other two branches of government and the parties that control them. Only when the Court begins to rebalance constitutional order, curb administrative overreach, and return power back to the states will the bitter partisan war to control the judiciary finally end. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547129]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Disorder: Judicial Nominations and the Politics of America's Highest Court Author: Ilya Shapiro Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The brutal confirmation battles we saw over Supreme Court Justices Neil Gorsuch and Brett Kavanaugh are symptoms of a larger problem with our third branch of government, a problem that began long before Kavanaugh, Merrick Garland, Clarence Thomas, or even Robert Bork: the courts’ own self-corruption, aiding and abetting the expansion of federal power. Ilya Shapiro, director of the Cato Institute's Center for Constitutional Studies, takes readers inside the unknown history of fiercely partisan judicial nominations and explores reform proposals that could return the Supreme Court to its proper constitutional role. Confirmation battles over justices will only become more toxic and unhinged as long as the Court continues to ratify the excesses of the other two branches of government and the parties that control them. Only when the Court begins to rebalance constitutional order, curb administrative overreach, and return power back to the states will the bitter partisan war to control the judiciary finally end. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547031 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Davos Man: How the Billionaires Devoured the World Author: Peter S. Goodman Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A San Francisco Chronicle Bestseller  • An NPR Best Book of the Year The New York Times’s Global Economics Correspondent masterfully reveals how billionaires’ systematic plunder of the world—brazenly accelerated during the pandemic—has transformed 21st-century life and dangerously destabilized democracy. “Davos Man will be read a hundred years from now as a warning.” —Evan Osnos “Excellent. A powerful, fiery book, and it could well be an essential one.”  —NPR.org The history of the last half century in America, Europe, and other major economies is in large part the story of wealth flowing upward. The most affluent people emerged from capitalism’s triumph in the Cold War to loot the peace, depriving governments of the resources needed to serve their people, and leaving them tragically unprepared for the worst pandemic in a century. Drawing on decades of experience covering the global economy, award-winning journalist Peter S. Goodman profiles five representative “Davos Men”—members of the billionaire class—chronicling how their shocking exploitation of the global pandemic has hastened a fifty-year trend of wealth centralization. Alongside this reporting, Goodman delivers textured portraits of those caught in Davos Man’s wake, including a former steelworker in the American Midwest, a Bangladeshi migrant in Qatar, a Seattle doctor on the front lines of the fight against COVID, blue-collar workers in the tenements of Buenos Aires, an African immigrant in Sweden, a textile manufacturer in Italy, an Amazon warehouse employee in New York City, and more. Goodman’s revelatory exposé of the global billionaire class reveals their hidden impact on nearly every aspect of modern society: widening wealth inequality, the rise of anti-democratic nationalism, the shrinking opportunity to earn a livable wage, the vulnerabilities of our health-care systems, access to affordable housing, unequal taxation, and even the quality of the shirt on your back. Meticulously reported yet compulsively readable, Davos Man is an essential read for anyone concerned about economic justice, the capacity of societies to grapple with their greatest challenges, and the sanctity of representative government. Peter S. Goodman Tue, 18 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547031 thebookvoice.com 13:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Davos Man: How the Billionaires Devoured the World Author: Peter S. Goodman Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A San Francisco Chronicle Bestseller  • An NPR Best Book of the Year The New York Times’s Global Economics Correspondent masterfully reveals how billionaires’ systematic plunder of the world—brazenly accelerated during the pandemic—has transformed 21st-century life and dangerously destabilized democracy. “Davos Man will be read a hundred years from now as a warning.” —Evan Osnos “Excellent. A powerful, fiery book, and it could well be an essential one.”  —NPR.org The history of the last half century in America, Europe, and other major economies is in large part the story of wealth flowing upward. The most affluent people emerged from capitalism’s triumph in the Cold War to loot the peace, depriving governments of the resources needed to serve their people, and leaving them tragically unprepared for the worst pandemic in a century. Drawing on decades of experience covering the global economy, award-winning journalist Peter S. Goodman profiles five representative “Davos Men”—members of the billionaire class—chronicling how their shocking exploitation of the global pandemic has hastened a fifty-year trend of wealth centralization. Alongside this reporting, Goodman delivers textured portraits of those caught in Davos Man’s wake, including a former steelworker in the American Midwest, a Bangladeshi migrant in Qatar, a Seattle doctor on the front lines of the fight against COVID, blue-collar workers in the tenements of Buenos Aires, an African immigrant in Sweden, a textile manufacturer in Italy, an Amazon warehouse employee in New York City, and more. Goodman’s revelatory exposé of the global billionaire class reveals their hidden impact on nearly every aspect of modern society: widening wealth inequality, the rise of anti-democratic nationalism, the shrinking opportunity to earn a livable wage, the vulnerabilities of our health-care systems, access to affordable housing, unequal taxation, and even the quality of the shirt on your back. Meticulously reported yet compulsively readable, Davos Man is an essential read for anyone concerned about economic justice, the capacity of societies to grapple with their greatest challenges, and the sanctity of representative government. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Davos Man: How the Billionaires Devoured the World Author: Peter S. Goodman Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.9 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A San Francisco Chronicle Bestseller  • An NPR Best Book of the Year The New York Times’s Global Economics Correspondent masterfully reveals how billionaires’ systematic plunder of the world—brazenly accelerated during the pandemic—has transformed 21st-century life and dangerously destabilized democracy. “Davos Man will be read a hundred years from now as a warning.” —Evan Osnos “Excellent. A powerful, fiery book, and it could well be an essential one.”  —NPR.org The history of the last half century in America, Europe, and other major economies is in large part the story of wealth flowing upward. The most affluent people emerged from capitalism’s triumph in the Cold War to loot the peace, depriving governments of the resources needed to serve their people, and leaving them tragically unprepared for the worst pandemic in a century. Drawing on decades of experience covering the global economy, award-winning journalist Peter S. Goodman profiles five representative “Davos Men”—members of the billionaire class—chronicling how their shocking exploitation of the global pandemic has hastened a fifty-year trend of wealth centralization. Alongside this reporting, Goodman delivers textured portraits of those caught in Davos Man’s wake, including a former steelworker in the American Midwest, a Bangladeshi migrant in Qatar, a Seattle doctor on the front lines of the fight against COVID, blue-collar workers in the tenements of Buenos Aires, an African immigrant in Sweden, a textile manufacturer in Italy, an Amazon warehouse employee in New York City, and more. Goodman’s revelatory exposé of the global billionaire class reveals their hidden impact on nearly every aspect of modern society: widening wealth inequality, the rise of anti-democratic nationalism, the shrinking opportunity to earn a livable wage, the vulnerabilities of our health-care systems, access to affordable housing, unequal taxation, and even the quality of the shirt on your back. Meticulously reported yet compulsively readable, Davos Man is an essential read for anyone concerned about economic justice, the capacity of societies to grapple with their greatest challenges, and the sanctity of representative government. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Una vez fui tú (Once I Was You Spanish Edition): Memorias Author: María Hinojosa Narrator: Yareli Arizmendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: María Hinojosa es una periodista galardonada que ha colaborado con las cadenas más respetadas y se ha distinguido por realizar reportajes con un toque humano. En estas memorias escritas con gran belleza, nos relata la historia de la política de inmigración de los EE.UU. que nos ha llevado al punto en que estamos hoy, al mismo tiempo que nos comparte su historia profundamente personal. Durante treinta años, María Hinojosa ha informado sobre historias y comunidades en los Estados Unidos que a menudo son ignoradas por los principales medios de comunicación. La autora de bestsellers Julia Álvarez la ha llamado “una de las líderes culturales más importantes, respetadas y queridas de la comunidad Latinx”. En Una vez fui tú, María nos comparte su experiencia personal de haber crecido como mexicanoamericana en el sur de Chicago y documentar el páramo existencial de los campos de detención de inmigrantes para los medios de comunicación que a menudo cuestionaban su trabajo. En estas páginas, María ofrece un relato personal y revelador de cómo la retórica en torno a la inmigración no solo ha influido en las actitudes de los estadounidenses hacia los extranjeros, sino que también ha permitido la negligencia intencional y el lucro a expensas de las poblaciones más vulnerables de nuestro país, lo que ha propiciado el sistema resquebrajado que tenemos hoy en día. Estas memorias honestas y estremecedoras crean un vívido retrato de cómo llegamos aquí y lo que significa ser una superviviente, una feminista, una ciudadana y una periodista que hace valer su propia voz mientras lucha por la verdad. Una vez fui tú es un llamado urgente a los compatriotas estadounidenses para que abran los ojos a la crisis de la inmigración y entiendan que nos afecta a todos. También disponible en inglés como Once I Was You. María Hinojosa Thu, 23 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547005 thebookvoice.com 14:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Una vez fui tú (Once I Was You Spanish Edition): Memorias Author: María Hinojosa Narrator: Yareli Arizmendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: María Hinojosa es una periodista galardonada que ha colaborado con las cadenas más respetadas y se ha distinguido por realizar reportajes con un toque humano. En estas memorias escritas con gran belleza, nos relata la historia de la política de inmigración de los EE.UU. que nos ha llevado al punto en que estamos hoy, al mismo tiempo que nos comparte su historia profundamente personal. Durante treinta años, María Hinojosa ha informado sobre historias y comunidades en los Estados Unidos que a menudo son ignoradas por los principales medios de comunicación. La autora de bestsellers Julia Álvarez la ha llamado “una de las líderes culturales más importantes, respetadas y queridas de la comunidad Latinx”. En Una vez fui tú, María nos comparte su experiencia personal de haber crecido como mexicanoamericana en el sur de Chicago y documentar el páramo existencial de los campos de detención de inmigrantes para los medios de comunicación que a menudo cuestionaban su trabajo. En estas páginas, María ofrece un relato personal y revelador de cómo la retórica en torno a la inmigración no solo ha influido en las actitudes de los estadounidenses hacia los extranjeros, sino que también ha permitido la negligencia intencional y el lucro a expensas de las poblaciones más vulnerables de nuestro país, lo que ha propiciado el sistema resquebrajado que tenemos hoy en día. Estas memorias honestas y estremecedoras crean un vívido retrato de cómo llegamos aquí y lo que significa ser una superviviente, una feminista, una ciudadana y una periodista que hace valer su propia voz mientras lucha por la verdad. Una vez fui tú es un llamado urgente a los compatriotas estadounidenses para que abran los ojos a la crisis de la inmigración y entiendan que nos afecta a todos. También disponible en inglés como Once I Was You. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/547005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Una vez fui tú (Once I Was You Spanish Edition): Memorias Author: María Hinojosa Narrator: Yareli Arizmendi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 1 minute Release date: September 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: María Hinojosa es una periodista galardonada que ha colaborado con las cadenas más respetadas y se ha distinguido por realizar reportajes con un toque humano. En estas memorias escritas con gran belleza, nos relata la historia de la política de inmigración de los EE.UU. que nos ha llevado al punto en que estamos hoy, al mismo tiempo que nos comparte su historia profundamente personal. Durante treinta años, María Hinojosa ha informado sobre historias y comunidades en los Estados Unidos que a menudo son ignoradas por los principales medios de comunicación. La autora de bestsellers Julia Álvarez la ha llamado “una de las líderes culturales más importantes, respetadas y queridas de la comunidad Latinx”. En Una vez fui tú, María nos comparte su experiencia personal de haber crecido como mexicanoamericana en el sur de Chicago y documentar el páramo existencial de los campos de detención de inmigrantes para los medios de comunicación que a menudo cuestionaban su trabajo. En estas páginas, María ofrece un relato personal y revelador de cómo la retórica en torno a la inmigración no solo ha influido en las actitudes de los estadounidenses hacia los extranjeros, sino que también ha permitido la negligencia intencional y el lucro a expensas de las poblaciones más vulnerables de nuestro país, lo que ha propiciado el sistema resquebrajado que tenemos hoy en día. Estas memorias honestas y estremecedoras crean un vívido retrato de cómo llegamos aquí y lo que significa ser una superviviente, una feminista, una ciudadana y una periodista que hace valer su propia voz mientras lucha por la verdad. Una vez fui tú es un llamado urgente a los compatriotas estadounidenses para que abran los ojos a la crisis de la inmigración y entiendan que nos afecta a todos. También disponible en inglés como Once I Was You. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'll Take Your Questions Now: What I Saw at the Trump White House Author: Stephanie Grisham Narrator: Stephanie Grisham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most frank and intimate portrait of the Trump White House yet Stephanie Grisham rose from being a junior press wrangler on the Trump campaign in 2016 to assuming top positions in the administration as White House press secretary and communications director, while at the same time acting as First Lady Melania Trump’s communications director and eventually chief of staff. Few members of the Trump inner circle served longer or were as close to the first family as Stephanie Grisham, and few had her unique insight into the turbulent four years of the administration, especially the personalities behind the headlines. Stephanie Grisham Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546766 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'll Take Your Questions Now: What I Saw at the Trump White House Author: Stephanie Grisham Narrator: Stephanie Grisham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most frank and intimate portrait of the Trump White House yet Stephanie Grisham rose from being a junior press wrangler on the Trump campaign in 2016 to assuming top positions in the administration as White House press secretary and communications director, while at the same time acting as First Lady Melania Trump’s communications director and eventually chief of staff. Few members of the Trump inner circle served longer or were as close to the first family as Stephanie Grisham, and few had her unique insight into the turbulent four years of the administration, especially the personalities behind the headlines. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'll Take Your Questions Now: What I Saw at the Trump White House Author: Stephanie Grisham Narrator: Stephanie Grisham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The most frank and intimate portrait of the Trump White House yet Stephanie Grisham rose from being a junior press wrangler on the Trump campaign in 2016 to assuming top positions in the administration as White House press secretary and communications director, while at the same time acting as First Lady Melania Trump’s communications director and eventually chief of staff. Few members of the Trump inner circle served longer or were as close to the first family as Stephanie Grisham, and few had her unique insight into the turbulent four years of the administration, especially the personalities behind the headlines. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546764 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Righteous Troublemakers: Untold Stories of the Social Justice Movement in America Author: Al Sharpton Narrator: Al Sharpton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This is the time. We won’t stop until we change the whole system of justice.” —Reverend Al Sharpton In the summer of 2020, Reverend Al Sharpton stood on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial where Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. delivered his “I Have a Dream” speech, preparing to give the keynote address of theGet Your Knee Off Our NecksCommitment March. He noticed an older man in the crowd wearing a button from Dr. King’s 1963 march. The man told Sharpton that he had, in fact, been to the original March on Washington. “And,” he said, “I’ll keep coming back until we see justice.” While the mainstream media may know the major names of the movement, there are countless lesser-known heroes like this man who “keep coming back,” fighting the good fight to advance equal justice for all. Whether working in civil rights, women’s rights, LGBTQIA rights, or in environmental justice, they heed the call when no one else is listening, often risking their lives and livelihoods in the process. Righteous Troublemakers shines a light on everyday people called to do extraordinary things—like Pauli Murray, whose early work inspired Thurgood Marshall, Claudette Colvin, who refused to give up her seat on a segregated bus months before Rosa Parks did the same, and Gwen Carr, whose private pain in losing her son Eric Garner stoked her public activism against police brutality. Sharpton also gives his personal take on more widely known individuals, revealing overlooked details, historical connections, and a perspective informed by years of working in the social justice movement. At the same time, this book details the tumultuous year following George Floyd’s murder, with Sharpton delivering an up close and personal look at the behind-the-scenes work that forced today’s national reckoning on race. Here, he reveals his relationship with the Floyd family, the emotional moments that impacted him most, and why his work—and ours—isn’t finished, all while offering timeless lessons about the enduring strength and moral courage of the American people. For anyone who wants to be a changemaker or believes that truth and justice are worthwhile pursuits, Righteous Troublemakers is as inspirational as it is essential. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Also, don't miss Reverend Sharpton's previous book, Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads. Michael Eric Dyson calls it "a gift from Al Sharpton to us.” Al Sharpton Tue, 11 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546764 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Righteous Troublemakers: Untold Stories of the Social Justice Movement in America Author: Al Sharpton Narrator: Al Sharpton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This is the time. We won’t stop until we change the whole system of justice.” —Reverend Al Sharpton In the summer of 2020, Reverend Al Sharpton stood on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial where Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. delivered his “I Have a Dream” speech, preparing to give the keynote address of theGet Your Knee Off Our NecksCommitment March. He noticed an older man in the crowd wearing a button from Dr. King’s 1963 march. The man told Sharpton that he had, in fact, been to the original March on Washington. “And,” he said, “I’ll keep coming back until we see justice.” While the mainstream media may know the major names of the movement, there are countless lesser-known heroes like this man who “keep coming back,” fighting the good fight to advance equal justice for all. Whether working in civil rights, women’s rights, LGBTQIA rights, or in environmental justice, they heed the call when no one else is listening, often risking their lives and livelihoods in the process. Righteous Troublemakers shines a light on everyday people called to do extraordinary things—like Pauli Murray, whose early work inspired Thurgood Marshall, Claudette Colvin, who refused to give up her seat on a segregated bus months before Rosa Parks did the same, and Gwen Carr, whose private pain in losing her son Eric Garner stoked her public activism against police brutality. Sharpton also gives his personal take on more widely known individuals, revealing overlooked details, historical connections, and a perspective informed by years of working in the social justice movement. At the same time, this book details the tumultuous year following George Floyd’s murder, with Sharpton delivering an up close and personal look at the behind-the-scenes work that forced today’s national reckoning on race. Here, he reveals his relationship with the Floyd family, the emotional moments that impacted him most, and why his work—and ours—isn’t finished, all while offering timeless lessons about the enduring strength and moral courage of the American people. For anyone who wants to be a changemaker or believes that truth and justice are worthwhile pursuits, Righteous Troublemakers is as inspirational as it is essential. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Also, don't miss Reverend Sharpton's previous book, Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads. Michael Eric Dyson calls it "a gift from Al Sharpton to us.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546764]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Righteous Troublemakers: Untold Stories of the Social Justice Movement in America Author: Al Sharpton Narrator: Al Sharpton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “This is the time. We won’t stop until we change the whole system of justice.” —Reverend Al Sharpton In the summer of 2020, Reverend Al Sharpton stood on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial where Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. delivered his “I Have a Dream” speech, preparing to give the keynote address of theGet Your Knee Off Our NecksCommitment March. He noticed an older man in the crowd wearing a button from Dr. King’s 1963 march. The man told Sharpton that he had, in fact, been to the original March on Washington. “And,” he said, “I’ll keep coming back until we see justice.” While the mainstream media may know the major names of the movement, there are countless lesser-known heroes like this man who “keep coming back,” fighting the good fight to advance equal justice for all. Whether working in civil rights, women’s rights, LGBTQIA rights, or in environmental justice, they heed the call when no one else is listening, often risking their lives and livelihoods in the process. Righteous Troublemakers shines a light on everyday people called to do extraordinary things—like Pauli Murray, whose early work inspired Thurgood Marshall, Claudette Colvin, who refused to give up her seat on a segregated bus months before Rosa Parks did the same, and Gwen Carr, whose private pain in losing her son Eric Garner stoked her public activism against police brutality. Sharpton also gives his personal take on more widely known individuals, revealing overlooked details, historical connections, and a perspective informed by years of working in the social justice movement. At the same time, this book details the tumultuous year following George Floyd’s murder, with Sharpton delivering an up close and personal look at the behind-the-scenes work that forced today’s national reckoning on race. Here, he reveals his relationship with the Floyd family, the emotional moments that impacted him most, and why his work—and ours—isn’t finished, all while offering timeless lessons about the enduring strength and moral courage of the American people. For anyone who wants to be a changemaker or believes that truth and justice are worthwhile pursuits, Righteous Troublemakers is as inspirational as it is essential. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Also, don't miss Reverend Sharpton's previous book, Rise Up: Confronting a Country at the Crossroads. Michael Eric Dyson calls it "a gift from Al Sharpton to us.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: His Name Is George Floyd (Pulitzer Prize Winner): One Man's Life and the Struggle for Racial Justice Author: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Narrator: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2023 PULITZER PRIZE IN NONFICTION WINNER OF THE DAYTON LITERARY PEACE PRIZE FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD AND LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE; FINALIST FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE; A BCALA 2023 HONOR NONFICTION AWARD WINNER. A landmark biography by two prizewinning Washington Post reporters that reveals how systemic racism shaped George Floyd's life and legacy—from his family’s roots in the tobacco fields of North Carolina, to ongoing inequality in housing, education, health care, criminal justice, and policing—telling the story of how one man’s tragic experience brought about a global movement for change. “It is a testament to the power of His Name Is George Floyd that the book’s most vital moments come not after Floyd’s death, but in its intimate, unvarnished and scrupulous account of his life . . . Impressive.” —New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) “Since we know George Floyd’s death with tragic clarity, we must know Floyd’s America—and life—with tragic clarity. Essential for our times.” —Ibram X. Kendi, author of How to Be an Antiracist   “A much-needed portrait of the life, times, and martyrdom of George Floyd, a chronicle of the racial awakening sparked by his brutal and untimely death, and an essential work of history I hope everyone will read.” —Henry Louis Gates, Jr., author of The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song The events of that day are now tragically familiar: on May 25, 2020, George Floyd became the latest Black person to die at the hands of the police, murdered outside of a Minneapolis convenience store by white officer Derek Chauvin. The video recording of his death set off the largest protest movement in the history of the United States, awakening millions to the pervasiveness of racial injustice. But long before his face was painted onto countless murals and his name became synonymous with civil rights, Floyd was a father, partner, athlete, and friend who constantly strove for a better life.   His Name Is George Floyd tells the story of a beloved figure from Houston's housing projects as he faced the stifling systemic pressures that come with being a Black man in America. Placing his narrative within the context of the country's enduring legacy of institutional racism, this deeply reported account examines Floyd's family roots in slavery and sharecropping, the segregation of his schools, the overpolicing of his community amid a wave of mass incarceration, and the callous disregard toward his struggle with addiction—putting today's inequality into uniquely human terms. Drawing upon hundreds of interviews with Floyd's closest friends and family, his elementary school teachers and varsity coaches, civil rights icons, and those in the highest seats of political power, Washington Post reporters Robert Samuels and Toluse Olorunnipa offer a poignant and moving exploration of George Floyd’s America, revealing how a man who simply wanted to breathe ended up touching the world. Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546749 thebookvoice.com 13:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: His Name Is George Floyd (Pulitzer Prize Winner): One Man's Life and the Struggle for Racial Justice Author: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Narrator: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2023 PULITZER PRIZE IN NONFICTION WINNER OF THE DAYTON LITERARY PEACE PRIZE FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD AND LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE; FINALIST FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE; A BCALA 2023 HONOR NONFICTION AWARD WINNER. A landmark biography by two prizewinning Washington Post reporters that reveals how systemic racism shaped George Floyd's life and legacy—from his family’s roots in the tobacco fields of North Carolina, to ongoing inequality in housing, education, health care, criminal justice, and policing—telling the story of how one man’s tragic experience brought about a global movement for change. “It is a testament to the power of His Name Is George Floyd that the book’s most vital moments come not after Floyd’s death, but in its intimate, unvarnished and scrupulous account of his life . . . Impressive.” —New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) “Since we know George Floyd’s death with tragic clarity, we must know Floyd’s America—and life—with tragic clarity. Essential for our times.” —Ibram X. Kendi, author of How to Be an Antiracist   “A much-needed portrait of the life, times, and martyrdom of George Floyd, a chronicle of the racial awakening sparked by his brutal and untimely death, and an essential work of history I hope everyone will read.” —Henry Louis Gates, Jr., author of The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song The events of that day are now tragically familiar: on May 25, 2020, George Floyd became the latest Black person to die at the hands of the police, murdered outside of a Minneapolis convenience store by white officer Derek Chauvin. The video recording of his death set off the largest protest movement in the history of the United States, awakening millions to the pervasiveness of racial injustice. But long before his face was painted onto countless murals and his name became synonymous with civil rights, Floyd was a father, partner, athlete, and friend who constantly strove for a better life.   His Name Is George Floyd tells the story of a beloved figure from Houston's housing projects as he faced the stifling systemic pressures that come with being a Black man in America. Placing his narrative within the context of the country's enduring legacy of institutional racism, this deeply reported account examines Floyd's family roots in slavery and sharecropping, the segregation of his schools, the overpolicing of his community amid a wave of mass incarceration, and the callous disregard toward his struggle with addiction—putting today's inequality into uniquely human terms. Drawing upon hundreds of interviews with Floyd's closest friends and family, his elementary school teachers and varsity coaches, civil rights icons, and those in the highest seats of political power, Washington Post reporters Robert Samuels and Toluse Olorunnipa offer a poignant and moving exploration of George Floyd’s America, revealing how a man who simply wanted to breathe ended up touching the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: His Name Is George Floyd (Pulitzer Prize Winner): One Man's Life and the Struggle for Racial Justice Author: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels Narrator: Toluse Olorunnipa, Robert Samuels, Dion Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: WINNER OF THE 2023 PULITZER PRIZE IN NONFICTION WINNER OF THE DAYTON LITERARY PEACE PRIZE FINALIST FOR THE NATIONAL BOOK AWARD AND LOS ANGELES TIMES BOOK PRIZE; FINALIST FOR THE J. ANTHONY LUKAS PRIZE; A BCALA 2023 HONOR NONFICTION AWARD WINNER. A landmark biography by two prizewinning Washington Post reporters that reveals how systemic racism shaped George Floyd's life and legacy—from his family’s roots in the tobacco fields of North Carolina, to ongoing inequality in housing, education, health care, criminal justice, and policing—telling the story of how one man’s tragic experience brought about a global movement for change. “It is a testament to the power of His Name Is George Floyd that the book’s most vital moments come not after Floyd’s death, but in its intimate, unvarnished and scrupulous account of his life . . . Impressive.” —New York Times Book Review (Editors' Choice) “Since we know George Floyd’s death with tragic clarity, we must know Floyd’s America—and life—with tragic clarity. Essential for our times.” —Ibram X. Kendi, author of How to Be an Antiracist   “A much-needed portrait of the life, times, and martyrdom of George Floyd, a chronicle of the racial awakening sparked by his brutal and untimely death, and an essential work of history I hope everyone will read.” —Henry Louis Gates, Jr., author of The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song The events of that day are now tragically familiar: on May 25, 2020, George Floyd became the latest Black person to die at the hands of the police, murdered outside of a Minneapolis convenience store by white officer Derek Chauvin. The video recording of his death set off the largest protest movement in the history of the United States, awakening millions to the pervasiveness of racial injustice. But long before his face was painted onto countless murals and his name became synonymous with civil rights, Floyd was a father, partner, athlete, and friend who constantly strove for a better life.   His Name Is George Floyd tells the story of a beloved figure from Houston's housing projects as he faced the stifling systemic pressures that come with being a Black man in America. Placing his narrative within the context of the country's enduring legacy of institutional racism, this deeply reported account examines Floyd's family roots in slavery and sharecropping, the segregation of his schools, the overpolicing of his community amid a wave of mass incarceration, and the callous disregard toward his struggle with addiction—putting today's inequality into uniquely human terms. Drawing upon hundreds of interviews with Floyd's closest friends and family, his elementary school teachers and varsity coaches, civil rights icons, and those in the highest seats of political power, Washington Post reporters Robert Samuels and Toluse Olorunnipa offer a poignant and moving exploration of George Floyd’s America, revealing how a man who simply wanted to breathe ended up touching the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546687 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Silver Waterfall: How America Won the War in the Pacific at Midway Author: Brendan Simms, Steven Mcgregor Narrator: David Devries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eighty years after the stunning and decisive battle, a revelatory new history of Midway ​The Battle of Midway was, on paper, an improbable victory for the smaller, less experienced American navy and air force, so much so that it was quickly described as “a miracle.” Yet fortune favored the Americans at Midway, and the conventional wisdom has it that the Americans’ lucky streak continued as the war in the Pacific turned against the Japanese. This new history demonstrates that luck, let alone miracles, had little to do with it.  In The Silver Waterfall, Brendan Simms and Steven McGregor show how the efforts of America’s peacetime navy combined with creative innovations made by designers and industrialists were largely responsible for the victory. The Douglas Dauntless Dive Bomber, a uniquely conceived fighting weapon, delivered a brutally accurate attack the Japanese quickly came to dread.  Told through a vivid narrative, Simms and McGregor show how the course of the war in the Pacific was dramatically altered, emphasizing the crucial combination of a culture of innovation, a brilliant contribution from immigrants, and a vital intelligence coup that allowed the navy to orchestrate the devastating attack on the Japanese and dominate the Pacific for good. Brendan Simms, Steven Mcgregor Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546687 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Silver Waterfall: How America Won the War in the Pacific at Midway Author: Brendan Simms, Steven Mcgregor Narrator: David Devries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eighty years after the stunning and decisive battle, a revelatory new history of Midway ​The Battle of Midway was, on paper, an improbable victory for the smaller, less experienced American navy and air force, so much so that it was quickly described as “a miracle.” Yet fortune favored the Americans at Midway, and the conventional wisdom has it that the Americans’ lucky streak continued as the war in the Pacific turned against the Japanese. This new history demonstrates that luck, let alone miracles, had little to do with it.  In The Silver Waterfall, Brendan Simms and Steven McGregor show how the efforts of America’s peacetime navy combined with creative innovations made by designers and industrialists were largely responsible for the victory. The Douglas Dauntless Dive Bomber, a uniquely conceived fighting weapon, delivered a brutally accurate attack the Japanese quickly came to dread.  Told through a vivid narrative, Simms and McGregor show how the course of the war in the Pacific was dramatically altered, emphasizing the crucial combination of a culture of innovation, a brilliant contribution from immigrants, and a vital intelligence coup that allowed the navy to orchestrate the devastating attack on the Japanese and dominate the Pacific for good. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Silver Waterfall: How America Won the War in the Pacific at Midway Author: Brendan Simms, Steven Mcgregor Narrator: David Devries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eighty years after the stunning and decisive battle, a revelatory new history of Midway ​The Battle of Midway was, on paper, an improbable victory for the smaller, less experienced American navy and air force, so much so that it was quickly described as “a miracle.” Yet fortune favored the Americans at Midway, and the conventional wisdom has it that the Americans’ lucky streak continued as the war in the Pacific turned against the Japanese. This new history demonstrates that luck, let alone miracles, had little to do with it.  In The Silver Waterfall, Brendan Simms and Steven McGregor show how the efforts of America’s peacetime navy combined with creative innovations made by designers and industrialists were largely responsible for the victory. The Douglas Dauntless Dive Bomber, a uniquely conceived fighting weapon, delivered a brutally accurate attack the Japanese quickly came to dread.  Told through a vivid narrative, Simms and McGregor show how the course of the war in the Pacific was dramatically altered, emphasizing the crucial combination of a culture of innovation, a brilliant contribution from immigrants, and a vital intelligence coup that allowed the navy to orchestrate the devastating attack on the Japanese and dominate the Pacific for good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Dignity: How Transforming Justice Can Heal Our Communities Author: Victoria Pratt Narrator: Victoria Pratt, Chanté Mccormick, Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A renowned judge wonders: What would criminal justice look like if we put respect at the center?  The Black and Latina daughter of a working-class family, Victoria Pratt learned to treat everyone with dignity, no matter their background. When she became Newark Municipal Court’s chief judge, she knew well the inequities that poor, mentally ill, Black, and brown people faced in the criminal justice system. Pratt’s reforms transformed her courtroom into a place for problem-solving and a resource for healing. She assigned essays to defendants so that the court could understand their hardships and kept people out of jail through alternative sentencing and nonprofit partnerships. She became the judge of second chances, because she knew too few get a first one.  With a foreword from Senator Cory Booker, The Power of Dignity shows how we can transform courtrooms, neighborhoods, and our nation to support the vulnerable and heal community rifts. That’s the power of dignity. Victoria Pratt Tue, 10 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546652 thebookvoice.com 8:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Dignity: How Transforming Justice Can Heal Our Communities Author: Victoria Pratt Narrator: Victoria Pratt, Chanté Mccormick, Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A renowned judge wonders: What would criminal justice look like if we put respect at the center?  The Black and Latina daughter of a working-class family, Victoria Pratt learned to treat everyone with dignity, no matter their background. When she became Newark Municipal Court’s chief judge, she knew well the inequities that poor, mentally ill, Black, and brown people faced in the criminal justice system. Pratt’s reforms transformed her courtroom into a place for problem-solving and a resource for healing. She assigned essays to defendants so that the court could understand their hardships and kept people out of jail through alternative sentencing and nonprofit partnerships. She became the judge of second chances, because she knew too few get a first one.  With a foreword from Senator Cory Booker, The Power of Dignity shows how we can transform courtrooms, neighborhoods, and our nation to support the vulnerable and heal community rifts. That’s the power of dignity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Dignity: How Transforming Justice Can Heal Our Communities Author: Victoria Pratt Narrator: Victoria Pratt, Chanté Mccormick, Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A renowned judge wonders: What would criminal justice look like if we put respect at the center?  The Black and Latina daughter of a working-class family, Victoria Pratt learned to treat everyone with dignity, no matter their background. When she became Newark Municipal Court’s chief judge, she knew well the inequities that poor, mentally ill, Black, and brown people faced in the criminal justice system. Pratt’s reforms transformed her courtroom into a place for problem-solving and a resource for healing. She assigned essays to defendants so that the court could understand their hardships and kept people out of jail through alternative sentencing and nonprofit partnerships. She became the judge of second chances, because she knew too few get a first one.  With a foreword from Senator Cory Booker, The Power of Dignity shows how we can transform courtrooms, neighborhoods, and our nation to support the vulnerable and heal community rifts. That’s the power of dignity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546521 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Original Sin: White Supremacy, John Wilkes Booth, and the Lincoln Assassination Author: John Rhodehamel Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On April 14, 1865, after nearly a year of conspiring, John Wilkes Booth shot Abraham Lincoln as the president watched a production of Our American Cousin at Ford’s Theatre. Lincoln died the next morning. Twelve days later, Booth himself was fatally shot by a Union soldier after an extensive manhunt. The basic outline of this story is well known even to schoolchildren; what has been obscured is Booth’s motivation for the act, which remains widely misunderstood nearly 160 years after the shot from his pocket pistol echoed through the crowded theater.In this riveting new book, John Rhodehamel argues that Booth’s primary motivation for his heinous crime was a growing commitment to white supremacy. In alternating chapters, America’s Original Sin shows how, as Lincoln’s commitment to emancipation grew, so too did Booth’s rage and hatred for Lincoln, whom he referred to as “King Abraham Africanus the First.” Examining Booth’s early life in Maryland, Rhodehamel traces the evolution of his racial hatred from his youthful embrace of white supremacy to his final act of murder. Along the way, Rhodehamel considers and discards other potential motivations for Booth’s act, such as mental illness or persistent drunkenness, which are all, he writes, either insufficient to explain Booth’s actions or were excuses made after the fact by those who sympathized with him.Focusing on how white supremacy brought about the Civil War and, later, betrayed the conflict’s emancipationist legacy, Rhodehamel’s masterful narrative makes this old story seem new again. The first book to explicitly name white supremacy as the motivation for Lincoln’s assassination, America’s Original Sin is an important and eloquent look at one of the most notorious episodes in American history. John Rhodehamel Tue, 18 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546521 thebookvoice.com 13:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Original Sin: White Supremacy, John Wilkes Booth, and the Lincoln Assassination Author: John Rhodehamel Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On April 14, 1865, after nearly a year of conspiring, John Wilkes Booth shot Abraham Lincoln as the president watched a production of Our American Cousin at Ford’s Theatre. Lincoln died the next morning. Twelve days later, Booth himself was fatally shot by a Union soldier after an extensive manhunt. The basic outline of this story is well known even to schoolchildren; what has been obscured is Booth’s motivation for the act, which remains widely misunderstood nearly 160 years after the shot from his pocket pistol echoed through the crowded theater.In this riveting new book, John Rhodehamel argues that Booth’s primary motivation for his heinous crime was a growing commitment to white supremacy. In alternating chapters, America’s Original Sin shows how, as Lincoln’s commitment to emancipation grew, so too did Booth’s rage and hatred for Lincoln, whom he referred to as “King Abraham Africanus the First.” Examining Booth’s early life in Maryland, Rhodehamel traces the evolution of his racial hatred from his youthful embrace of white supremacy to his final act of murder. Along the way, Rhodehamel considers and discards other potential motivations for Booth’s act, such as mental illness or persistent drunkenness, which are all, he writes, either insufficient to explain Booth’s actions or were excuses made after the fact by those who sympathized with him.Focusing on how white supremacy brought about the Civil War and, later, betrayed the conflict’s emancipationist legacy, Rhodehamel’s masterful narrative makes this old story seem new again. The first book to explicitly name white supremacy as the motivation for Lincoln’s assassination, America’s Original Sin is an important and eloquent look at one of the most notorious episodes in American history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America's Original Sin: White Supremacy, John Wilkes Booth, and the Lincoln Assassination Author: John Rhodehamel Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: On April 14, 1865, after nearly a year of conspiring, John Wilkes Booth shot Abraham Lincoln as the president watched a production of Our American Cousin at Ford’s Theatre. Lincoln died the next morning. Twelve days later, Booth himself was fatally shot by a Union soldier after an extensive manhunt. The basic outline of this story is well known even to schoolchildren; what has been obscured is Booth’s motivation for the act, which remains widely misunderstood nearly 160 years after the shot from his pocket pistol echoed through the crowded theater.In this riveting new book, John Rhodehamel argues that Booth’s primary motivation for his heinous crime was a growing commitment to white supremacy. In alternating chapters, America’s Original Sin shows how, as Lincoln’s commitment to emancipation grew, so too did Booth’s rage and hatred for Lincoln, whom he referred to as “King Abraham Africanus the First.” Examining Booth’s early life in Maryland, Rhodehamel traces the evolution of his racial hatred from his youthful embrace of white supremacy to his final act of murder. Along the way, Rhodehamel considers and discards other potential motivations for Booth’s act, such as mental illness or persistent drunkenness, which are all, he writes, either insufficient to explain Booth’s actions or were excuses made after the fact by those who sympathized with him.Focusing on how white supremacy brought about the Civil War and, later, betrayed the conflict’s emancipationist legacy, Rhodehamel’s masterful narrative makes this old story seem new again. The first book to explicitly name white supremacy as the motivation for Lincoln’s assassination, America’s Original Sin is an important and eloquent look at one of the most notorious episodes in American history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Israeli Century: How the Zionist Revolution Changed History and Reinvented Judaism Author: Yossi Shain Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Israel increasingly becomes the center of global Jewish life, Jews everywhere are undergoing a process of Israelization.In this important breakthrough work, Yossi Shain takes us on a sweeping and surprising journey through the history of the Jewish people, from the destruction of the First Temple in the sixth century B.C.E. up to the modern era. Over the course of this long history, Jews have moved from a life of Diaspora, which ultimately led to destruction, to a prosperous existence in a thriving, independent nation state. The new power of Jewish sovereignty has echoed around the world and gives Israelis a new and significant role as influential global players.In the Israeli Century, the Jew is reborn, feeling a deep responsibility for his tradition and a natural connection to his homeland. A sense of having a home to return to allows him to travel the wider world and act with ease and confidence. In the Israeli Century, the Israeli Jew can fully express the strengths developed over many generations in the long period of wandering and exile.As a result, Shain argues, the burden of preserving the continuity of the Jewish people and defining its character is no longer the responsibility of Diaspora communities. Instead it now falls squarely on the shoulders of Israelis themselves. The challenges of Israeli sovereignty in turn require farsighted leaders with a clear-eyed understanding of the dangers that confront the Jewish future, as well as the incredible opportunities it offers. Yossi Shain Tue, 21 Dec 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546511 thebookvoice.com 16:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Israeli Century: How the Zionist Revolution Changed History and Reinvented Judaism Author: Yossi Shain Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Israel increasingly becomes the center of global Jewish life, Jews everywhere are undergoing a process of Israelization.In this important breakthrough work, Yossi Shain takes us on a sweeping and surprising journey through the history of the Jewish people, from the destruction of the First Temple in the sixth century B.C.E. up to the modern era. Over the course of this long history, Jews have moved from a life of Diaspora, which ultimately led to destruction, to a prosperous existence in a thriving, independent nation state. The new power of Jewish sovereignty has echoed around the world and gives Israelis a new and significant role as influential global players.In the Israeli Century, the Jew is reborn, feeling a deep responsibility for his tradition and a natural connection to his homeland. A sense of having a home to return to allows him to travel the wider world and act with ease and confidence. In the Israeli Century, the Israeli Jew can fully express the strengths developed over many generations in the long period of wandering and exile.As a result, Shain argues, the burden of preserving the continuity of the Jewish people and defining its character is no longer the responsibility of Diaspora communities. Instead it now falls squarely on the shoulders of Israelis themselves. The challenges of Israeli sovereignty in turn require farsighted leaders with a clear-eyed understanding of the dangers that confront the Jewish future, as well as the incredible opportunities it offers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Israeli Century: How the Zionist Revolution Changed History and Reinvented Judaism Author: Yossi Shain Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 37 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As Israel increasingly becomes the center of global Jewish life, Jews everywhere are undergoing a process of Israelization.In this important breakthrough work, Yossi Shain takes us on a sweeping and surprising journey through the history of the Jewish people, from the destruction of the First Temple in the sixth century B.C.E. up to the modern era. Over the course of this long history, Jews have moved from a life of Diaspora, which ultimately led to destruction, to a prosperous existence in a thriving, independent nation state. The new power of Jewish sovereignty has echoed around the world and gives Israelis a new and significant role as influential global players.In the Israeli Century, the Jew is reborn, feeling a deep responsibility for his tradition and a natural connection to his homeland. A sense of having a home to return to allows him to travel the wider world and act with ease and confidence. In the Israeli Century, the Israeli Jew can fully express the strengths developed over many generations in the long period of wandering and exile.As a result, Shain argues, the burden of preserving the continuity of the Jewish people and defining its character is no longer the responsibility of Diaspora communities. Instead it now falls squarely on the shoulders of Israelis themselves. The challenges of Israeli sovereignty in turn require farsighted leaders with a clear-eyed understanding of the dangers that confront the Jewish future, as well as the incredible opportunities it offers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Genomic Politics: How the Revolution in Genomic Science Is Shaping American Society Author: Jennifer Hochschild Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The emergence of genomic science in the last quarter century has revolutionized medicine, the justice system, and our understanding of who we are. We use genomics to determine guilt and exonerate the falsely convicted; devise new medicines; test embryos; and discover our ethnic and national roots. One might think that, given these advances, most would favor the availability of genomic tools. Yet as Jennifer Hochschild explains in Genomic Politics, the uses of genomic science are both politically charged and hotly contested. After all, genomics might result in bioterrorism, a demand for “designer babies,” or a revival of racial biology.Political divisions around genomics do not follow the usual left-right ideological patterns that dominate most of American politics. Through four controversial innovations resulting from genomic science—medicines for heart disease approved for use by only African-Americans, on the grounds of genetic distinctiveness; use of DNA evidence in the criminal justice system; the search for one’s roots through genetic ancestry; and the use of genetic tests in prenatal exams—Hochschild reveals how the phenomenon is polarizing America in novel ways. Advocates of genomic science argue that these applications will make life better, while opponents point out the potential for misuse—from racial profiling to “selecting out” fetuses that gene tests show to have conditions like Down syndrome.Hochschild’s central message is that the divide hinges on answers to two questions: How significant are genetic factors in explaining human traits and behaviors? And what is the right balance between risk acceptance and risk avoidance for a society grappling with innovations arising from genomic science? Experts differ among themselves about who should make decisions about governing genomics’ uses, and Americans as a whole trust almost no one to do so. A deeply researched and original analysis of the politics surrounding one of the signal issues of our times, this is essential reading for anyone interested in how the genetics revolution is shaping society. Jennifer Hochschild Mon, 15 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546480 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Genomic Politics: How the Revolution in Genomic Science Is Shaping American Society Author: Jennifer Hochschild Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The emergence of genomic science in the last quarter century has revolutionized medicine, the justice system, and our understanding of who we are. We use genomics to determine guilt and exonerate the falsely convicted; devise new medicines; test embryos; and discover our ethnic and national roots. One might think that, given these advances, most would favor the availability of genomic tools. Yet as Jennifer Hochschild explains in Genomic Politics, the uses of genomic science are both politically charged and hotly contested. After all, genomics might result in bioterrorism, a demand for “designer babies,” or a revival of racial biology.Political divisions around genomics do not follow the usual left-right ideological patterns that dominate most of American politics. Through four controversial innovations resulting from genomic science—medicines for heart disease approved for use by only African-Americans, on the grounds of genetic distinctiveness; use of DNA evidence in the criminal justice system; the search for one’s roots through genetic ancestry; and the use of genetic tests in prenatal exams—Hochschild reveals how the phenomenon is polarizing America in novel ways. Advocates of genomic science argue that these applications will make life better, while opponents point out the potential for misuse—from racial profiling to “selecting out” fetuses that gene tests show to have conditions like Down syndrome.Hochschild’s central message is that the divide hinges on answers to two questions: How significant are genetic factors in explaining human traits and behaviors? And what is the right balance between risk acceptance and risk avoidance for a society grappling with innovations arising from genomic science? Experts differ among themselves about who should make decisions about governing genomics’ uses, and Americans as a whole trust almost no one to do so. A deeply researched and original analysis of the politics surrounding one of the signal issues of our times, this is essential reading for anyone interested in how the genetics revolution is shaping society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Genomic Politics: How the Revolution in Genomic Science Is Shaping American Society Author: Jennifer Hochschild Narrator: Samara Naeymi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The emergence of genomic science in the last quarter century has revolutionized medicine, the justice system, and our understanding of who we are. We use genomics to determine guilt and exonerate the falsely convicted; devise new medicines; test embryos; and discover our ethnic and national roots. One might think that, given these advances, most would favor the availability of genomic tools. Yet as Jennifer Hochschild explains in Genomic Politics, the uses of genomic science are both politically charged and hotly contested. After all, genomics might result in bioterrorism, a demand for “designer babies,” or a revival of racial biology.Political divisions around genomics do not follow the usual left-right ideological patterns that dominate most of American politics. Through four controversial innovations resulting from genomic science—medicines for heart disease approved for use by only African-Americans, on the grounds of genetic distinctiveness; use of DNA evidence in the criminal justice system; the search for one’s roots through genetic ancestry; and the use of genetic tests in prenatal exams—Hochschild reveals how the phenomenon is polarizing America in novel ways. Advocates of genomic science argue that these applications will make life better, while opponents point out the potential for misuse—from racial profiling to “selecting out” fetuses that gene tests show to have conditions like Down syndrome.Hochschild’s central message is that the divide hinges on answers to two questions: How significant are genetic factors in explaining human traits and behaviors? And what is the right balance between risk acceptance and risk avoidance for a society grappling with innovations arising from genomic science? Experts differ among themselves about who should make decisions about governing genomics’ uses, and Americans as a whole trust almost no one to do so. A deeply researched and original analysis of the politics surrounding one of the signal issues of our times, this is essential reading for anyone interested in how the genetics revolution is shaping society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546440 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart of Atlanta: Five Black Pastors and the Supreme Court Victory for Integration Author: Ronnie Greene Narrator: Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Heart of Atlanta Supreme Court decision stands among the court’s most significant civil rights rulings.In Atlanta, Georgia, two arch segregationists vowed to flout the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the sweeping slate of civil rights reforms just signed into law by President Lyndon B. Johnson. The Pickrick restaurant was run by Lester Maddox, soon to be governor of Georgia, and the Heart of Atlanta motel was operated by lawyer Moreton Rolleston Jr. After the law was signed, a group of ministry students—George Willis, Albert Dunn, and Woodrow Lewis—showed up for a plate of skilletfried chicken at the Pickrick; Maddox greeted them with a pistol, axe handles, and a mob of White supporters. At the Heart of Atlanta, ministers Albert Sampson and Charles Wells sought rooms, but Moreton Rolleston refused to accept the Black patrons.These confrontations became the centerpiece of the nation’s first two legal challenges to the Civil Rights Act. In gripping detail built from exclusive interviews and original documents, Heart of Atlanta reveals the saga of the case’s rise to the US Supreme Court, which unanimously rejected the segregationists. Heart of Atlanta restores the legal cases and their heroes to their proper place in history. Ronnie Greene Tue, 11 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546440 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart of Atlanta: Five Black Pastors and the Supreme Court Victory for Integration Author: Ronnie Greene Narrator: Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Heart of Atlanta Supreme Court decision stands among the court’s most significant civil rights rulings.In Atlanta, Georgia, two arch segregationists vowed to flout the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the sweeping slate of civil rights reforms just signed into law by President Lyndon B. Johnson. The Pickrick restaurant was run by Lester Maddox, soon to be governor of Georgia, and the Heart of Atlanta motel was operated by lawyer Moreton Rolleston Jr. After the law was signed, a group of ministry students—George Willis, Albert Dunn, and Woodrow Lewis—showed up for a plate of skilletfried chicken at the Pickrick; Maddox greeted them with a pistol, axe handles, and a mob of White supporters. At the Heart of Atlanta, ministers Albert Sampson and Charles Wells sought rooms, but Moreton Rolleston refused to accept the Black patrons.These confrontations became the centerpiece of the nation’s first two legal challenges to the Civil Rights Act. In gripping detail built from exclusive interviews and original documents, Heart of Atlanta reveals the saga of the case’s rise to the US Supreme Court, which unanimously rejected the segregationists. Heart of Atlanta restores the legal cases and their heroes to their proper place in history. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546440]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart of Atlanta: Five Black Pastors and the Supreme Court Victory for Integration Author: Ronnie Greene Narrator: Kevin R. Free Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Heart of Atlanta Supreme Court decision stands among the court’s most significant civil rights rulings.In Atlanta, Georgia, two arch segregationists vowed to flout the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the sweeping slate of civil rights reforms just signed into law by President Lyndon B. Johnson. The Pickrick restaurant was run by Lester Maddox, soon to be governor of Georgia, and the Heart of Atlanta motel was operated by lawyer Moreton Rolleston Jr. After the law was signed, a group of ministry students—George Willis, Albert Dunn, and Woodrow Lewis—showed up for a plate of skilletfried chicken at the Pickrick; Maddox greeted them with a pistol, axe handles, and a mob of White supporters. At the Heart of Atlanta, ministers Albert Sampson and Charles Wells sought rooms, but Moreton Rolleston refused to accept the Black patrons.These confrontations became the centerpiece of the nation’s first two legal challenges to the Civil Rights Act. In gripping detail built from exclusive interviews and original documents, Heart of Atlanta reveals the saga of the case’s rise to the US Supreme Court, which unanimously rejected the segregationists. Heart of Atlanta restores the legal cases and their heroes to their proper place in history. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grift: The Downward Spiral of Black Republicans from the Party of Lincoln to the Cult of Trump Author: Clay Cane Narrator: Clay Cane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: GRIFTER [grif-ter] noun1. a con or scam artist, a hustler or a sell-outAfter the Civil War, the pillars of Black Republicanism were a balanced critique of both political parties, civil rights for all Americans, reinventing an economy based on exploitation, and, most importantly, building thriving Black communities. How did Black Republicanism devolve from revolutionaries like Frederick Douglass to the puppets in the Trump era?Whether it’s radical conservatives like South Carolina Senator Tim Scott or Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, they are consistently viral news and continuously uphold egregious laws at the expense of their Black brethren. Part history and part cultural analysis, The Grift chronicles the nuanced history of Black Republicans. Clay Cane lays out how Black Republicanism has been mangled by opportunists who are apologists for racism.Black faces in high places providing cover for explicit bigotry is one of the greatest threats to the liberation of Black and brown people. By studying these figures and their tactics, Cane exposes the grift and lays out a plan to emancipate our future. Clay Cane Tue, 30 Jan 2024 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546430 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grift: The Downward Spiral of Black Republicans from the Party of Lincoln to the Cult of Trump Author: Clay Cane Narrator: Clay Cane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: GRIFTER [grif-ter] noun1. a con or scam artist, a hustler or a sell-outAfter the Civil War, the pillars of Black Republicanism were a balanced critique of both political parties, civil rights for all Americans, reinventing an economy based on exploitation, and, most importantly, building thriving Black communities. How did Black Republicanism devolve from revolutionaries like Frederick Douglass to the puppets in the Trump era?Whether it’s radical conservatives like South Carolina Senator Tim Scott or Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, they are consistently viral news and continuously uphold egregious laws at the expense of their Black brethren. Part history and part cultural analysis, The Grift chronicles the nuanced history of Black Republicans. Clay Cane lays out how Black Republicanism has been mangled by opportunists who are apologists for racism.Black faces in high places providing cover for explicit bigotry is one of the greatest threats to the liberation of Black and brown people. By studying these figures and their tactics, Cane exposes the grift and lays out a plan to emancipate our future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grift: The Downward Spiral of Black Republicans from the Party of Lincoln to the Cult of Trump Author: Clay Cane Narrator: Clay Cane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: GRIFTER [grif-ter] noun1. a con or scam artist, a hustler or a sell-outAfter the Civil War, the pillars of Black Republicanism were a balanced critique of both political parties, civil rights for all Americans, reinventing an economy based on exploitation, and, most importantly, building thriving Black communities. How did Black Republicanism devolve from revolutionaries like Frederick Douglass to the puppets in the Trump era?Whether it’s radical conservatives like South Carolina Senator Tim Scott or Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, they are consistently viral news and continuously uphold egregious laws at the expense of their Black brethren. Part history and part cultural analysis, The Grift chronicles the nuanced history of Black Republicans. Clay Cane lays out how Black Republicanism has been mangled by opportunists who are apologists for racism.Black faces in high places providing cover for explicit bigotry is one of the greatest threats to the liberation of Black and brown people. By studying these figures and their tactics, Cane exposes the grift and lays out a plan to emancipate our future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient: Donald J. Trump and His MAGA Movement Author: Bob Ehrlich Narrator: Bob Ehrlich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A month-by-month analysis of President Trump, his administration, and the “MAGA” movement’s impact on America.Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient is an analysis of the Donald J. Trump administration and its impact on America’s culture, both party establishments, and a strong but bitterly divided nation.The Trump years were so full of controversy that many observers failed to digest the meaning and impact of the “Make America Great Again” movement. Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient delves into the historic wake-up call that was the Trump administration—and how its leader popularized a uniquely American brand of 21st century populism. Bob Ehrlich Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546423 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient: Donald J. Trump and His MAGA Movement Author: Bob Ehrlich Narrator: Bob Ehrlich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A month-by-month analysis of President Trump, his administration, and the “MAGA” movement’s impact on America.Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient is an analysis of the Donald J. Trump administration and its impact on America’s culture, both party establishments, and a strong but bitterly divided nation.The Trump years were so full of controversy that many observers failed to digest the meaning and impact of the “Make America Great Again” movement. Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient delves into the historic wake-up call that was the Trump administration—and how its leader popularized a uniquely American brand of 21st century populism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient: Donald J. Trump and His MAGA Movement Author: Bob Ehrlich Narrator: Bob Ehrlich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A month-by-month analysis of President Trump, his administration, and the “MAGA” movement’s impact on America.Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient is an analysis of the Donald J. Trump administration and its impact on America’s culture, both party establishments, and a strong but bitterly divided nation.The Trump years were so full of controversy that many observers failed to digest the meaning and impact of the “Make America Great Again” movement. Original, Unconventional & Inconvenient delves into the historic wake-up call that was the Trump administration—and how its leader popularized a uniquely American brand of 21st century populism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clock and the Calendar: A Front-Row Look at the Democrats' Obsession with Donald Trump Author: Doug Collins Narrator: Doug Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The impeachment of Donald Trump as told by a member of Congress with a front-row seat to history.Historians will look back over time at the events of the fall of 2019 and the impeachment of Donald J. Trump, and will debate the merits of the charges and the circumstances that caused the whole debacle. In The Clock and the Calendar, Congressman Doug Collins will explain why the impeachment was not really about a phone call with a foreign leader or how the president conducted himself; no, it was not even about the Russia investigation that had fizzled just months before these proceedings. What happened in the halls of Congress during this time was merely a date with a destiny that was dreamed of by Democrats still feeling the sting of bitter tears in Brooklyn on the night that Donald Trump derailed the coronation of Hillary Clinton. It was on that night that the mainstream media was stunned and brought to tears, and the Washington establishment shook to their very core, that the seed was planted. We may not have won tonight, they said, but we will never let this stand. Instead of looking to win again in four years, the movement began to look for another solution. Seeds had already been sown: the way was impeachment and that was the destiny they sought. Doug Collins Tue, 16 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546411 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clock and the Calendar: A Front-Row Look at the Democrats' Obsession with Donald Trump Author: Doug Collins Narrator: Doug Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The impeachment of Donald Trump as told by a member of Congress with a front-row seat to history.Historians will look back over time at the events of the fall of 2019 and the impeachment of Donald J. Trump, and will debate the merits of the charges and the circumstances that caused the whole debacle. In The Clock and the Calendar, Congressman Doug Collins will explain why the impeachment was not really about a phone call with a foreign leader or how the president conducted himself; no, it was not even about the Russia investigation that had fizzled just months before these proceedings. What happened in the halls of Congress during this time was merely a date with a destiny that was dreamed of by Democrats still feeling the sting of bitter tears in Brooklyn on the night that Donald Trump derailed the coronation of Hillary Clinton. It was on that night that the mainstream media was stunned and brought to tears, and the Washington establishment shook to their very core, that the seed was planted. We may not have won tonight, they said, but we will never let this stand. Instead of looking to win again in four years, the movement began to look for another solution. Seeds had already been sown: the way was impeachment and that was the destiny they sought. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Clock and the Calendar: A Front-Row Look at the Democrats' Obsession with Donald Trump Author: Doug Collins Narrator: Doug Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The impeachment of Donald Trump as told by a member of Congress with a front-row seat to history.Historians will look back over time at the events of the fall of 2019 and the impeachment of Donald J. Trump, and will debate the merits of the charges and the circumstances that caused the whole debacle. In The Clock and the Calendar, Congressman Doug Collins will explain why the impeachment was not really about a phone call with a foreign leader or how the president conducted himself; no, it was not even about the Russia investigation that had fizzled just months before these proceedings. What happened in the halls of Congress during this time was merely a date with a destiny that was dreamed of by Democrats still feeling the sting of bitter tears in Brooklyn on the night that Donald Trump derailed the coronation of Hillary Clinton. It was on that night that the mainstream media was stunned and brought to tears, and the Washington establishment shook to their very core, that the seed was planted. We may not have won tonight, they said, but we will never let this stand. Instead of looking to win again in four years, the movement began to look for another solution. Seeds had already been sown: the way was impeachment and that was the destiny they sought. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546404 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Democracy Has Yet to Be Written: How We Have to Learn to Govern All Over Again Author: Thomas Geoghegan Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: End the filibuster. Abolish the Senate. Make everyone vote. Only if we do this (and then some), says Thomas Geoghegan, might we heal our fractured democracy. In 2008 Geoghegan?then an established labor lawyer and prolific writer?embarked on a campaign to represent Chicago's Fifth District in the U.S. House, in a special election called when the sitting congressman, Rahm Emanuel, stepped down to serve as newly elected President Barack Obama's chief of staff. For ninety days leading up to the election Geoghegan, a political neophyte at age sixty, knocked on doors and shook hands at train stations and made fundraising calls. On election night he lost, badly. But this humbling experience helped him develop a framework for re-imagining American government in a way that is truly just, fair, and Constitutional. Taking its title from Whitman, The History of Democracy Is Yet to Be Written: How We Have to Learn to Govern All Over Again, combines tales from the campaign trail with an incisive vision of how we might get there. In a polarized country, where 100 million citizens don't vote, and those who do are otherwise rarely politically engaged, he makes an impassioned and witty case for the possibility of a truly representative democracy, one built on the ideals of the House, the true chamber of the people, and inspired by the poet who gives the book its name. At once an engaging memoir and a call to arms, The History of Democracy Is Yet to Be Written will inspire and invigorate political veterans and young activists alike. Thomas Geoghegan Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546404 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Democracy Has Yet to Be Written: How We Have to Learn to Govern All Over Again Author: Thomas Geoghegan Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: End the filibuster. Abolish the Senate. Make everyone vote. Only if we do this (and then some), says Thomas Geoghegan, might we heal our fractured democracy. In 2008 Geoghegan?then an established labor lawyer and prolific writer?embarked on a campaign to represent Chicago's Fifth District in the U.S. House, in a special election called when the sitting congressman, Rahm Emanuel, stepped down to serve as newly elected President Barack Obama's chief of staff. For ninety days leading up to the election Geoghegan, a political neophyte at age sixty, knocked on doors and shook hands at train stations and made fundraising calls. On election night he lost, badly. But this humbling experience helped him develop a framework for re-imagining American government in a way that is truly just, fair, and Constitutional. Taking its title from Whitman, The History of Democracy Is Yet to Be Written: How We Have to Learn to Govern All Over Again, combines tales from the campaign trail with an incisive vision of how we might get there. In a polarized country, where 100 million citizens don't vote, and those who do are otherwise rarely politically engaged, he makes an impassioned and witty case for the possibility of a truly representative democracy, one built on the ideals of the House, the true chamber of the people, and inspired by the poet who gives the book its name. At once an engaging memoir and a call to arms, The History of Democracy Is Yet to Be Written will inspire and invigorate political veterans and young activists alike. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/546404]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The History of Democracy Has Yet to Be Written: How We Have to Learn to Govern All Over Again Author: Thomas Geoghegan Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: End the filibuster. Abolish the Senate. Make everyone vote. Only if we do this (and then some), says Thomas Geoghegan, might we heal our fractured democracy. In 2008 Geoghegan?then an established labor lawyer and prolific writer?embarked on a campaign to represent Chicago's Fifth District in the U.S. House, in a special election called when the sitting congressman, Rahm Emanuel, stepped down to serve as newly elected President Barack Obama's chief of staff. For ninety days leading up to the election Geoghegan, a political neophyte at age sixty, knocked on doors and shook hands at train stations and made fundraising calls. On election night he lost, badly. But this humbling experience helped him develop a framework for re-imagining American government in a way that is truly just, fair, and Constitutional. Taking its title from Whitman, The History of Democracy Is Yet to Be Written: How We Have to Learn to Govern All Over Again, combines tales from the campaign trail with an incisive vision of how we might get there. In a polarized country, where 100 million citizens don't vote, and those who do are otherwise rarely politically engaged, he makes an impassioned and witty case for the possibility of a truly representative democracy, one built on the ideals of the House, the true chamber of the people, and inspired by the poet who gives the book its name. At once an engaging memoir and a call to arms, The History of Democracy Is Yet to Be Written will inspire and invigorate political veterans and young activists alike. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545853 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winter in America: A Cultural History of Neoliberalism, from the Sixties to the Reagan Revolution Author: Daniel Robert Mcclure Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Neoliberalism took shape in the 1930s and 1940s as a transnational political philosophy and system of economic, political, and cultural relations. As neoliberal ideas gained political currency in the 1960s and 1970s, reactionary cultural turn catalyzed their ascension. The cinema, music, magazine culture, and current events discourse of the 1970s provided the space of negotiation permitting these ideas to take hold and be challenged. Daniel Robert McClure's book follows the interaction between culture and economics during the transition from Keynesianism in the mid-1960s to the triumph of neoliberalism at the dawn of the 1980s. From the 1965 debate between William F. Buckley and James Baldwin, through the pages of BusinessWeek and Playboy, to the rise of exploitation cinema in the 1970s, McClure tracks the increasingly shared perception by white males that they had 'lost' their long-standing rights and that a great neoliberal reckoning might restore America's repressive racial, sexual, gendered, and classed foundations in the wake of the 1960s. Daniel Robert Mcclure Mon, 08 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545853 thebookvoice.com 20:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winter in America: A Cultural History of Neoliberalism, from the Sixties to the Reagan Revolution Author: Daniel Robert Mcclure Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Neoliberalism took shape in the 1930s and 1940s as a transnational political philosophy and system of economic, political, and cultural relations. As neoliberal ideas gained political currency in the 1960s and 1970s, reactionary cultural turn catalyzed their ascension. The cinema, music, magazine culture, and current events discourse of the 1970s provided the space of negotiation permitting these ideas to take hold and be challenged. Daniel Robert McClure's book follows the interaction between culture and economics during the transition from Keynesianism in the mid-1960s to the triumph of neoliberalism at the dawn of the 1980s. From the 1965 debate between William F. Buckley and James Baldwin, through the pages of BusinessWeek and Playboy, to the rise of exploitation cinema in the 1970s, McClure tracks the increasingly shared perception by white males that they had 'lost' their long-standing rights and that a great neoliberal reckoning might restore America's repressive racial, sexual, gendered, and classed foundations in the wake of the 1960s. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545853]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winter in America: A Cultural History of Neoliberalism, from the Sixties to the Reagan Revolution Author: Daniel Robert Mcclure Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 26 minutes Release date: November 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Neoliberalism took shape in the 1930s and 1940s as a transnational political philosophy and system of economic, political, and cultural relations. As neoliberal ideas gained political currency in the 1960s and 1970s, reactionary cultural turn catalyzed their ascension. The cinema, music, magazine culture, and current events discourse of the 1970s provided the space of negotiation permitting these ideas to take hold and be challenged. Daniel Robert McClure's book follows the interaction between culture and economics during the transition from Keynesianism in the mid-1960s to the triumph of neoliberalism at the dawn of the 1980s. From the 1965 debate between William F. Buckley and James Baldwin, through the pages of BusinessWeek and Playboy, to the rise of exploitation cinema in the 1970s, McClure tracks the increasingly shared perception by white males that they had 'lost' their long-standing rights and that a great neoliberal reckoning might restore America's repressive racial, sexual, gendered, and classed foundations in the wake of the 1960s. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidency of George W. Bush Author: John Robert Greene Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Presidency of George W. Bush is the first balanced academic study to analyze the entirety of his presidency—domestic, social, economic, and national security policies—as well as the administration's response to 9/11 and the subsequent War on Terror. In so doing, John Robert Greene argues persuasively that the judgment of most scholars—that the Bush administration was a complete failure—has been made in haste and without the benefit of primary sources. This book is the first scholarly work to make wide use of the documents at the George W. Bush Presidential Library, many of which have only recently been made available to researchers through the Freedom of Information Act. John Robert Greene offers a balanced assessment and nuanced conclusions supported by documentary evidence. Yet in doing so he does not absolve the Bush administration of its shortcomings. On the other side of the balance sheet, however, the evidence also makes it eminently clear that the Bush administration was responsible for many positive achievements. In sum, the actions of this presidency continue to affect the presidencies of each of his successors as well as the trajectory of world history to the present day. John Robert Greene Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545847 thebookvoice.com 15:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidency of George W. Bush Author: John Robert Greene Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Presidency of George W. Bush is the first balanced academic study to analyze the entirety of his presidency—domestic, social, economic, and national security policies—as well as the administration's response to 9/11 and the subsequent War on Terror. In so doing, John Robert Greene argues persuasively that the judgment of most scholars—that the Bush administration was a complete failure—has been made in haste and without the benefit of primary sources. This book is the first scholarly work to make wide use of the documents at the George W. Bush Presidential Library, many of which have only recently been made available to researchers through the Freedom of Information Act. John Robert Greene offers a balanced assessment and nuanced conclusions supported by documentary evidence. Yet in doing so he does not absolve the Bush administration of its shortcomings. On the other side of the balance sheet, however, the evidence also makes it eminently clear that the Bush administration was responsible for many positive achievements. In sum, the actions of this presidency continue to affect the presidencies of each of his successors as well as the trajectory of world history to the present day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Presidency of George W. Bush Author: John Robert Greene Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Presidency of George W. Bush is the first balanced academic study to analyze the entirety of his presidency—domestic, social, economic, and national security policies—as well as the administration's response to 9/11 and the subsequent War on Terror. In so doing, John Robert Greene argues persuasively that the judgment of most scholars—that the Bush administration was a complete failure—has been made in haste and without the benefit of primary sources. This book is the first scholarly work to make wide use of the documents at the George W. Bush Presidential Library, many of which have only recently been made available to researchers through the Freedom of Information Act. John Robert Greene offers a balanced assessment and nuanced conclusions supported by documentary evidence. Yet in doing so he does not absolve the Bush administration of its shortcomings. On the other side of the balance sheet, however, the evidence also makes it eminently clear that the Bush administration was responsible for many positive achievements. In sum, the actions of this presidency continue to affect the presidencies of each of his successors as well as the trajectory of world history to the present day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barred by Congress: How a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American Elected by the People Were Excluded from Office Author: Robert M. Lichtman Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Barred by Congress: How a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American Elected by the People Were Excluded from Office, Robert M. Lichtman provides a definitive history of congressional exclusion and expulsion cases. Lichtman offers a timely investigation of the vital constitutional issues, debated since the nation's founding, concerning permissible and impermissible grounds for excluding a member-elect or expelling a member from Congress. Barred by Congress begins with an exhaustive review of the numerous congressional exclusion and expulsion cases in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries before focusing on the stories of the last three members-elect to be excluded from Congress: a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American—each an outsider in American politics—excluded notwithstanding election by the voters. Lichtman illuminates each of these three remarkable individuals with a detailed biographical sketch. Brigham H. Roberts was a Utah Mormon whose exclusion from the House of Representatives in 1900 was fueled by a nationwide anti-Mormon campaign. Victor L. Berger, a Socialist Party leader was excluded in 1919 and 1920. Adam Clayton Powell Jr. was a Baptist minister and civil rights advocate who represented the Harlem neighborhood of New York City in the House of Representatives from 1945 until his exclusion in 1967. Robert M. Lichtman Tue, 11 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545843 thebookvoice.com 11:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barred by Congress: How a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American Elected by the People Were Excluded from Office Author: Robert M. Lichtman Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Barred by Congress: How a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American Elected by the People Were Excluded from Office, Robert M. Lichtman provides a definitive history of congressional exclusion and expulsion cases. Lichtman offers a timely investigation of the vital constitutional issues, debated since the nation's founding, concerning permissible and impermissible grounds for excluding a member-elect or expelling a member from Congress. Barred by Congress begins with an exhaustive review of the numerous congressional exclusion and expulsion cases in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries before focusing on the stories of the last three members-elect to be excluded from Congress: a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American—each an outsider in American politics—excluded notwithstanding election by the voters. Lichtman illuminates each of these three remarkable individuals with a detailed biographical sketch. Brigham H. Roberts was a Utah Mormon whose exclusion from the House of Representatives in 1900 was fueled by a nationwide anti-Mormon campaign. Victor L. Berger, a Socialist Party leader was excluded in 1919 and 1920. Adam Clayton Powell Jr. was a Baptist minister and civil rights advocate who represented the Harlem neighborhood of New York City in the House of Representatives from 1945 until his exclusion in 1967. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Barred by Congress: How a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American Elected by the People Were Excluded from Office Author: Robert M. Lichtman Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 5 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Barred by Congress: How a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American Elected by the People Were Excluded from Office, Robert M. Lichtman provides a definitive history of congressional exclusion and expulsion cases. Lichtman offers a timely investigation of the vital constitutional issues, debated since the nation's founding, concerning permissible and impermissible grounds for excluding a member-elect or expelling a member from Congress. Barred by Congress begins with an exhaustive review of the numerous congressional exclusion and expulsion cases in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries before focusing on the stories of the last three members-elect to be excluded from Congress: a Mormon, a Socialist, and an African American—each an outsider in American politics—excluded notwithstanding election by the voters. Lichtman illuminates each of these three remarkable individuals with a detailed biographical sketch. Brigham H. Roberts was a Utah Mormon whose exclusion from the House of Representatives in 1900 was fueled by a nationwide anti-Mormon campaign. Victor L. Berger, a Socialist Party leader was excluded in 1919 and 1920. Adam Clayton Powell Jr. was a Baptist minister and civil rights advocate who represented the Harlem neighborhood of New York City in the House of Representatives from 1945 until his exclusion in 1967. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cords of Affection: Constructing Constitutional Union in Early American History Author: Emily Pears Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Cords of Affection: Constructing Constitutional Union in Early American History Emily Pears investigates efforts by the founding generation's leadership to construct and strengthen political attachments in and among the citizens of the new republic. These emotional connections between citizens and their institutions were critical to the success of the new nation. The founders recognized that attachments do not form automatically and require constant tending. Emily Pears defines and develops a theory of political attachments based on an analysis of the approaches used in the founding era. In particular, she identifies three methods of political attachment—a utilitarian method, a cultural method, and a participatory method. Cords of Affection offers a comparative analysis of the theories and projects undertaken by a wide array of political leaders in the early republic and antebellum periods that exemplify each of the three methods. The work includes new historical analysis of the implementation of projects of nationalism and attachment, ranging from data on federal funding for internal improvements to analysis of Whig orations. Emily Pears Tue, 30 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545838 thebookvoice.com 15:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cords of Affection: Constructing Constitutional Union in Early American History Author: Emily Pears Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Cords of Affection: Constructing Constitutional Union in Early American History Emily Pears investigates efforts by the founding generation's leadership to construct and strengthen political attachments in and among the citizens of the new republic. These emotional connections between citizens and their institutions were critical to the success of the new nation. The founders recognized that attachments do not form automatically and require constant tending. Emily Pears defines and develops a theory of political attachments based on an analysis of the approaches used in the founding era. In particular, she identifies three methods of political attachment—a utilitarian method, a cultural method, and a participatory method. Cords of Affection offers a comparative analysis of the theories and projects undertaken by a wide array of political leaders in the early republic and antebellum periods that exemplify each of the three methods. The work includes new historical analysis of the implementation of projects of nationalism and attachment, ranging from data on federal funding for internal improvements to analysis of Whig orations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cords of Affection: Constructing Constitutional Union in Early American History Author: Emily Pears Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 4 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Cords of Affection: Constructing Constitutional Union in Early American History Emily Pears investigates efforts by the founding generation's leadership to construct and strengthen political attachments in and among the citizens of the new republic. These emotional connections between citizens and their institutions were critical to the success of the new nation. The founders recognized that attachments do not form automatically and require constant tending. Emily Pears defines and develops a theory of political attachments based on an analysis of the approaches used in the founding era. In particular, she identifies three methods of political attachment—a utilitarian method, a cultural method, and a participatory method. Cords of Affection offers a comparative analysis of the theories and projects undertaken by a wide array of political leaders in the early republic and antebellum periods that exemplify each of the three methods. The work includes new historical analysis of the implementation of projects of nationalism and attachment, ranging from data on federal funding for internal improvements to analysis of Whig orations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sister Style: The Politics of Appearance for Black Women Political Elites Author: Danielle Casarez Lemi, Nadia E. Brown Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Sister Style, Nadia E. Brown and Danielle Casarez Lemi argue that Black women's political experience and the way that voters evaluate them is shaped overtly by their skin tone and hair texture, with hair being a particular point of scrutiny. They ask what the politics of appearance for Black women mean for Black women politicians and Black voters, and how expectations about self-presentation differ for Black women versus Black men, White men, and White women. Black women running for office face pressure, often from campaign consultants and even close colleagues, to change their style in order to look more like White women. However, as this book shows, Black women candidates and elected officials react differently to these pressures depending on factors like age and incumbency. Moreover, Brown and Lemi delve into the ways in which Black voters react to Black female candidates based on appearance. They base their argument, in part, on focus groups with Black women candidates and elected officials, and show that there are generational differences that determine what sorts of styles Black women choose to adopt and to what extent they change their physical appearance based on external expectations. Danielle Casarez Lemi, Nadia E. Brown Tue, 21 Dec 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545799 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sister Style: The Politics of Appearance for Black Women Political Elites Author: Danielle Casarez Lemi, Nadia E. Brown Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Sister Style, Nadia E. Brown and Danielle Casarez Lemi argue that Black women's political experience and the way that voters evaluate them is shaped overtly by their skin tone and hair texture, with hair being a particular point of scrutiny. They ask what the politics of appearance for Black women mean for Black women politicians and Black voters, and how expectations about self-presentation differ for Black women versus Black men, White men, and White women. Black women running for office face pressure, often from campaign consultants and even close colleagues, to change their style in order to look more like White women. However, as this book shows, Black women candidates and elected officials react differently to these pressures depending on factors like age and incumbency. Moreover, Brown and Lemi delve into the ways in which Black voters react to Black female candidates based on appearance. They base their argument, in part, on focus groups with Black women candidates and elected officials, and show that there are generational differences that determine what sorts of styles Black women choose to adopt and to what extent they change their physical appearance based on external expectations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sister Style: The Politics of Appearance for Black Women Political Elites Author: Danielle Casarez Lemi, Nadia E. Brown Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Sister Style, Nadia E. Brown and Danielle Casarez Lemi argue that Black women's political experience and the way that voters evaluate them is shaped overtly by their skin tone and hair texture, with hair being a particular point of scrutiny. They ask what the politics of appearance for Black women mean for Black women politicians and Black voters, and how expectations about self-presentation differ for Black women versus Black men, White men, and White women. Black women running for office face pressure, often from campaign consultants and even close colleagues, to change their style in order to look more like White women. However, as this book shows, Black women candidates and elected officials react differently to these pressures depending on factors like age and incumbency. Moreover, Brown and Lemi delve into the ways in which Black voters react to Black female candidates based on appearance. They base their argument, in part, on focus groups with Black women candidates and elected officials, and show that there are generational differences that determine what sorts of styles Black women choose to adopt and to what extent they change their physical appearance based on external expectations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545762 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Do This ‘Til We Free Us: Abolitionist Organizing and Transforming Justice Author: Mariame Kaba Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Organizing is both science and art. It is thinking through a vision, a strategy, and then figuring out who your targets are, always being concerned about power, always being concerned about how you're going to actually build power in order to be able to push your issues, in order to be able to get the target to actually move in the way that you want to.' What if social transformation and liberation isn't about waiting for someone else to come along and save us? What if ordinary people have the power to collectively free ourselves? In this timely collection of essays and interviews, Mariame Kaba reflects on the deep work of abolition and transformative political struggle. With a foreword by Naomi Murakawa and chapters on seeking justice beyond the punishment system, transforming how we deal with harm and accountability, and finding hope in collective struggle for abolition, Kaba's work is deeply rooted in the relentless belief that we can fundamentally change the world. As Kaba writes, 'Nothing that we do that is worthwhile is done alone.' Mariame Kaba Tue, 09 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545762 thebookvoice.com 9:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Do This ‘Til We Free Us: Abolitionist Organizing and Transforming Justice Author: Mariame Kaba Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Organizing is both science and art. It is thinking through a vision, a strategy, and then figuring out who your targets are, always being concerned about power, always being concerned about how you're going to actually build power in order to be able to push your issues, in order to be able to get the target to actually move in the way that you want to.' What if social transformation and liberation isn't about waiting for someone else to come along and save us? What if ordinary people have the power to collectively free ourselves? In this timely collection of essays and interviews, Mariame Kaba reflects on the deep work of abolition and transformative political struggle. With a foreword by Naomi Murakawa and chapters on seeking justice beyond the punishment system, transforming how we deal with harm and accountability, and finding hope in collective struggle for abolition, Kaba's work is deeply rooted in the relentless belief that we can fundamentally change the world. As Kaba writes, 'Nothing that we do that is worthwhile is done alone.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545762]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Do This ‘Til We Free Us: Abolitionist Organizing and Transforming Justice Author: Mariame Kaba Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Organizing is both science and art. It is thinking through a vision, a strategy, and then figuring out who your targets are, always being concerned about power, always being concerned about how you're going to actually build power in order to be able to push your issues, in order to be able to get the target to actually move in the way that you want to.' What if social transformation and liberation isn't about waiting for someone else to come along and save us? What if ordinary people have the power to collectively free ourselves? In this timely collection of essays and interviews, Mariame Kaba reflects on the deep work of abolition and transformative political struggle. With a foreword by Naomi Murakawa and chapters on seeking justice beyond the punishment system, transforming how we deal with harm and accountability, and finding hope in collective struggle for abolition, Kaba's work is deeply rooted in the relentless belief that we can fundamentally change the world. As Kaba writes, 'Nothing that we do that is worthwhile is done alone.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cogs and Monsters: What Economics Is, and What It Should Be Author: Diane Coyle Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Digital technology, big data, big tech, machine learning, and AI are revolutionizing both the tools of economics and the phenomena it seeks to measure, understand, and shape. In Cogs and Monsters, Diane Coyle explores the enormous problems—but also opportunities—facing economics today if it is to respond effectively to these dizzying changes and help policymakers solve the world's crises. Mainstream economics, Coyle says, still assumes people are 'cogs'—self-interested, calculating, independent agents interacting in defined contexts. But the digital economy is much more characterized by 'monsters'—untethered, snowballing, and socially influenced unknowns. What is worse, by treating people as cogs, economics is creating its own monsters, leaving itself without the tools to understand the new problems it faces. In response, Coyle asks whether economic individualism is still valid in the digital economy, whether we need to measure growth and progress in new ways, and whether economics can ever be objective, since it influences what it analyzes. Filled with original insights, Cogs and Monsters offers a road map for how economics can adapt to the rewiring of society, including by digital technologies, and realize its potential to play a hugely positive role in the twenty-first century. Diane Coyle Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545718 thebookvoice.com 7:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cogs and Monsters: What Economics Is, and What It Should Be Author: Diane Coyle Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Digital technology, big data, big tech, machine learning, and AI are revolutionizing both the tools of economics and the phenomena it seeks to measure, understand, and shape. In Cogs and Monsters, Diane Coyle explores the enormous problems—but also opportunities—facing economics today if it is to respond effectively to these dizzying changes and help policymakers solve the world's crises. Mainstream economics, Coyle says, still assumes people are 'cogs'—self-interested, calculating, independent agents interacting in defined contexts. But the digital economy is much more characterized by 'monsters'—untethered, snowballing, and socially influenced unknowns. What is worse, by treating people as cogs, economics is creating its own monsters, leaving itself without the tools to understand the new problems it faces. In response, Coyle asks whether economic individualism is still valid in the digital economy, whether we need to measure growth and progress in new ways, and whether economics can ever be objective, since it influences what it analyzes. Filled with original insights, Cogs and Monsters offers a road map for how economics can adapt to the rewiring of society, including by digital technologies, and realize its potential to play a hugely positive role in the twenty-first century. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cogs and Monsters: What Economics Is, and What It Should Be Author: Diane Coyle Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Digital technology, big data, big tech, machine learning, and AI are revolutionizing both the tools of economics and the phenomena it seeks to measure, understand, and shape. In Cogs and Monsters, Diane Coyle explores the enormous problems—but also opportunities—facing economics today if it is to respond effectively to these dizzying changes and help policymakers solve the world's crises. Mainstream economics, Coyle says, still assumes people are 'cogs'—self-interested, calculating, independent agents interacting in defined contexts. But the digital economy is much more characterized by 'monsters'—untethered, snowballing, and socially influenced unknowns. What is worse, by treating people as cogs, economics is creating its own monsters, leaving itself without the tools to understand the new problems it faces. In response, Coyle asks whether economic individualism is still valid in the digital economy, whether we need to measure growth and progress in new ways, and whether economics can ever be objective, since it influences what it analyzes. Filled with original insights, Cogs and Monsters offers a road map for how economics can adapt to the rewiring of society, including by digital technologies, and realize its potential to play a hugely positive role in the twenty-first century. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Gesetz der Hydra - Gebt den Bürgern ihren Staat zurück! Author: Paul Kirchhof Narrator: Hubertus Gertzen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Staat ist für den Menschen da und nicht der Mensch für den Staat! Paul Kirchhof, Hoffnungsträger und Reizfigur des Bundestagswahlkampfes 2005, fordert die fundamentale Erneuerung unseres Landes aus unmittelbarer Vernunft heraus. Der deutsche Staat, so Kirchhofs Diagnose, ist zu einer Hydra, einem vielköpfigen Ungeheuer verkommen: Mit dem Bild der Hydra, der immer wieder neue Köpfe nachwachsen, beschreibt er die Verbiegung des Rechts, der Vernunft, die Entgrenzung des Staates und seine ausufernden Eingriffe in das Leben der Bürger. Der Verbände- und Lobbyisten-Staat, die Gesundheits- und Familienpolitik, die Macht des Geldes und das aus dem Ruder gelaufene Steuerrecht und die gesamte Schuldenmacherei bilden das Zentrum der Analyse des scharfsichtigen Wissenschaftlers, der schließlich eine Strategie bietet, mit der Politik und Wirtschaft wieder auf ihre Verantwortung für das Wohl des Ganzen verpflichtet werden können. Paul Kirchhof Fri, 13 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545522 thebookvoice.com 4:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Gesetz der Hydra - Gebt den Bürgern ihren Staat zurück! Author: Paul Kirchhof Narrator: Hubertus Gertzen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Staat ist für den Menschen da und nicht der Mensch für den Staat! Paul Kirchhof, Hoffnungsträger und Reizfigur des Bundestagswahlkampfes 2005, fordert die fundamentale Erneuerung unseres Landes aus unmittelbarer Vernunft heraus. Der deutsche Staat, so Kirchhofs Diagnose, ist zu einer Hydra, einem vielköpfigen Ungeheuer verkommen: Mit dem Bild der Hydra, der immer wieder neue Köpfe nachwachsen, beschreibt er die Verbiegung des Rechts, der Vernunft, die Entgrenzung des Staates und seine ausufernden Eingriffe in das Leben der Bürger. Der Verbände- und Lobbyisten-Staat, die Gesundheits- und Familienpolitik, die Macht des Geldes und das aus dem Ruder gelaufene Steuerrecht und die gesamte Schuldenmacherei bilden das Zentrum der Analyse des scharfsichtigen Wissenschaftlers, der schließlich eine Strategie bietet, mit der Politik und Wirtschaft wieder auf ihre Verantwortung für das Wohl des Ganzen verpflichtet werden können. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Gesetz der Hydra - Gebt den Bürgern ihren Staat zurück! Author: Paul Kirchhof Narrator: Hubertus Gertzen Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Staat ist für den Menschen da und nicht der Mensch für den Staat! Paul Kirchhof, Hoffnungsträger und Reizfigur des Bundestagswahlkampfes 2005, fordert die fundamentale Erneuerung unseres Landes aus unmittelbarer Vernunft heraus. Der deutsche Staat, so Kirchhofs Diagnose, ist zu einer Hydra, einem vielköpfigen Ungeheuer verkommen: Mit dem Bild der Hydra, der immer wieder neue Köpfe nachwachsen, beschreibt er die Verbiegung des Rechts, der Vernunft, die Entgrenzung des Staates und seine ausufernden Eingriffe in das Leben der Bürger. Der Verbände- und Lobbyisten-Staat, die Gesundheits- und Familienpolitik, die Macht des Geldes und das aus dem Ruder gelaufene Steuerrecht und die gesamte Schuldenmacherei bilden das Zentrum der Analyse des scharfsichtigen Wissenschaftlers, der schließlich eine Strategie bietet, mit der Politik und Wirtschaft wieder auf ihre Verantwortung für das Wohl des Ganzen verpflichtet werden können. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 77 Tage - Amerika am Abgrund: Das Ende von Trumps Amtszeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Wolff beschrieb in seinem Bestseller 'Feuer und Zorn' die ersten fiebrigen Monate der Trump-Regierung. Nun haben sich ihm wieder hochrangige Mitarbeiter des Weißen Hauses anvertraut: Wolff liefert eine aktuelle Darstellung der letzten Wochen von Trumps Präsidentschaft und der Versuche des Präsidenten und seines Umfelds, das Wahlergebnis vom November 2020 auf jedem nur denkbaren Weg zu korrigieren. Er schreibt über den Wahn eines Verlierers, den Kampf der Anwälte um Rudy Giuliani, den Angriff aufs Kapitol und über das endgültige Ende einer denkwürdigen und gefährlichen Regierungszeit - und interviewt schließlich Trump selbst in Mar-a-Lago. Michael Wolffs Hörbuch schildert von Tag zu Tag, aus erster Hand, jene dramatische Zeit, in der die amerikanische Demokratie auf der Kippe stand. Michael Wolff Fri, 06 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545466 thebookvoice.com 13:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 77 Tage - Amerika am Abgrund: Das Ende von Trumps Amtszeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Wolff beschrieb in seinem Bestseller 'Feuer und Zorn' die ersten fiebrigen Monate der Trump-Regierung. Nun haben sich ihm wieder hochrangige Mitarbeiter des Weißen Hauses anvertraut: Wolff liefert eine aktuelle Darstellung der letzten Wochen von Trumps Präsidentschaft und der Versuche des Präsidenten und seines Umfelds, das Wahlergebnis vom November 2020 auf jedem nur denkbaren Weg zu korrigieren. Er schreibt über den Wahn eines Verlierers, den Kampf der Anwälte um Rudy Giuliani, den Angriff aufs Kapitol und über das endgültige Ende einer denkwürdigen und gefährlichen Regierungszeit - und interviewt schließlich Trump selbst in Mar-a-Lago. Michael Wolffs Hörbuch schildert von Tag zu Tag, aus erster Hand, jene dramatische Zeit, in der die amerikanische Demokratie auf der Kippe stand. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - 77 Tage - Amerika am Abgrund: Das Ende von Trumps Amtszeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Michael Wolff Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 37 minutes Release date: August 6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Michael Wolff beschrieb in seinem Bestseller 'Feuer und Zorn' die ersten fiebrigen Monate der Trump-Regierung. Nun haben sich ihm wieder hochrangige Mitarbeiter des Weißen Hauses anvertraut: Wolff liefert eine aktuelle Darstellung der letzten Wochen von Trumps Präsidentschaft und der Versuche des Präsidenten und seines Umfelds, das Wahlergebnis vom November 2020 auf jedem nur denkbaren Weg zu korrigieren. Er schreibt über den Wahn eines Verlierers, den Kampf der Anwälte um Rudy Giuliani, den Angriff aufs Kapitol und über das endgültige Ende einer denkwürdigen und gefährlichen Regierungszeit - und interviewt schließlich Trump selbst in Mar-a-Lago. Michael Wolffs Hörbuch schildert von Tag zu Tag, aus erster Hand, jene dramatische Zeit, in der die amerikanische Demokratie auf der Kippe stand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545465 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir können mehr sein - Die Macht der Vielfalt (Ungekürzt) Author: Aminata Touré Narrator: Aminata Touré Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was in diesem Land anders werden muss. Aminata Touré verbrachte die ersten Jahre ihres Lebens in einer Unterkunft für Geflüchtete, heute ist sie Vizepräsidentin eines Landtags. Dass sich dieser Satz wie eine Heldinnengeschichte liest, zeigt, dass wir noch nicht in einer offenen und gleichberechtigten Gesellschaft leben. Es ist höchste Zeit, das zu ändern. Aminata Touré wurde 1992 geboren, ihre Eltern waren kurz zuvor aus Mali geflohen. Im selben Jahr brannten in Deutschland Häuser, in denen 'Menschen wie sie' lebten. Ihr Buch handelt vom Aufwachsen als Schwarze Frau in einer Gesellschaft, die immer noch Mühe hat, ihren eigenen Rassismus zu erkennen, aber auch vom Weg in die Politik, von Erfolgen und vom Scheitern - nicht um zu sagen, dass es schwer oder einfach war, sondern um zu sagen, was in diesem Land anders werden muss. Politik kann mehr sein als Machterhalt und die Verwaltung der Zustände. Ein Aufruf an junge und diverse Menschen, in die Institutionen zu gehen, um die Politik und unser Zusammenleben zu verändern. Aminata Touré Thu, 19 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545465 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir können mehr sein - Die Macht der Vielfalt (Ungekürzt) Author: Aminata Touré Narrator: Aminata Touré Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was in diesem Land anders werden muss. Aminata Touré verbrachte die ersten Jahre ihres Lebens in einer Unterkunft für Geflüchtete, heute ist sie Vizepräsidentin eines Landtags. Dass sich dieser Satz wie eine Heldinnengeschichte liest, zeigt, dass wir noch nicht in einer offenen und gleichberechtigten Gesellschaft leben. Es ist höchste Zeit, das zu ändern. Aminata Touré wurde 1992 geboren, ihre Eltern waren kurz zuvor aus Mali geflohen. Im selben Jahr brannten in Deutschland Häuser, in denen 'Menschen wie sie' lebten. Ihr Buch handelt vom Aufwachsen als Schwarze Frau in einer Gesellschaft, die immer noch Mühe hat, ihren eigenen Rassismus zu erkennen, aber auch vom Weg in die Politik, von Erfolgen und vom Scheitern - nicht um zu sagen, dass es schwer oder einfach war, sondern um zu sagen, was in diesem Land anders werden muss. Politik kann mehr sein als Machterhalt und die Verwaltung der Zustände. Ein Aufruf an junge und diverse Menschen, in die Institutionen zu gehen, um die Politik und unser Zusammenleben zu verändern. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545465]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir können mehr sein - Die Macht der Vielfalt (Ungekürzt) Author: Aminata Touré Narrator: Aminata Touré Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was in diesem Land anders werden muss. Aminata Touré verbrachte die ersten Jahre ihres Lebens in einer Unterkunft für Geflüchtete, heute ist sie Vizepräsidentin eines Landtags. Dass sich dieser Satz wie eine Heldinnengeschichte liest, zeigt, dass wir noch nicht in einer offenen und gleichberechtigten Gesellschaft leben. Es ist höchste Zeit, das zu ändern. Aminata Touré wurde 1992 geboren, ihre Eltern waren kurz zuvor aus Mali geflohen. Im selben Jahr brannten in Deutschland Häuser, in denen 'Menschen wie sie' lebten. Ihr Buch handelt vom Aufwachsen als Schwarze Frau in einer Gesellschaft, die immer noch Mühe hat, ihren eigenen Rassismus zu erkennen, aber auch vom Weg in die Politik, von Erfolgen und vom Scheitern - nicht um zu sagen, dass es schwer oder einfach war, sondern um zu sagen, was in diesem Land anders werden muss. Politik kann mehr sein als Machterhalt und die Verwaltung der Zustände. Ein Aufruf an junge und diverse Menschen, in die Institutionen zu gehen, um die Politik und unser Zusammenleben zu verändern. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545351 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom: How we lose it and how we fight back Author: Nathan Law, Evan Fowler Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Now we all need to stand firm to defend our freedoms, to ensure truth is not determined by dictators. We are born free and as equals. As long as we believe in that, no one can take it away from us.' What does it mean to be truly free? And can any of us be free until all of us are? Nobel Peace Prize nominee Nathan Law has experienced first-hand the shocking speed with which our freedom can be taken away from us, as an elected politician arrested simply for speaking his mind. He remembers what it is like to lack freedom - and his father's precarious three-day escape from China in a small rowing boat. When authoritarianism makes gains around the world, demanding our silence as the price of doing business, it poses a challenge to democracy everywhere. In this passionate rallying cry, Law argues that we must defend our freedom now or face losing it for ever. 'Nathan Law's agonising account of China's ruthless takeover of Hong Kong provides a terrible insight into Beijing's ambitions - the world needs to read this.' - Jon Snow © Evan Fowler, Nathan Law 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Nathan Law, Evan Fowler Thu, 04 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545351 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom: How we lose it and how we fight back Author: Nathan Law, Evan Fowler Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Now we all need to stand firm to defend our freedoms, to ensure truth is not determined by dictators. We are born free and as equals. As long as we believe in that, no one can take it away from us.' What does it mean to be truly free? And can any of us be free until all of us are? Nobel Peace Prize nominee Nathan Law has experienced first-hand the shocking speed with which our freedom can be taken away from us, as an elected politician arrested simply for speaking his mind. He remembers what it is like to lack freedom - and his father's precarious three-day escape from China in a small rowing boat. When authoritarianism makes gains around the world, demanding our silence as the price of doing business, it poses a challenge to democracy everywhere. In this passionate rallying cry, Law argues that we must defend our freedom now or face losing it for ever. 'Nathan Law's agonising account of China's ruthless takeover of Hong Kong provides a terrible insight into Beijing's ambitions - the world needs to read this.' - Jon Snow © Evan Fowler, Nathan Law 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom: How we lose it and how we fight back Author: Nathan Law, Evan Fowler Narrator: Daniel York Loh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Now we all need to stand firm to defend our freedoms, to ensure truth is not determined by dictators. We are born free and as equals. As long as we believe in that, no one can take it away from us.' What does it mean to be truly free? And can any of us be free until all of us are? Nobel Peace Prize nominee Nathan Law has experienced first-hand the shocking speed with which our freedom can be taken away from us, as an elected politician arrested simply for speaking his mind. He remembers what it is like to lack freedom - and his father's precarious three-day escape from China in a small rowing boat. When authoritarianism makes gains around the world, demanding our silence as the price of doing business, it poses a challenge to democracy everywhere. In this passionate rallying cry, Law argues that we must defend our freedom now or face losing it for ever. 'Nathan Law's agonising account of China's ruthless takeover of Hong Kong provides a terrible insight into Beijing's ambitions - the world needs to read this.' - Jon Snow © Evan Fowler, Nathan Law 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545342 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chronicles of Dissent Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An accessible, powerful overview of Noam Chomsky's political thought In sixteen extended talks with Alternative Radio's David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky explains why the 'war on drugs' is really a war on poor people; how attacks on political correctness are attacks on independent thought; how historical revisionism has recast the United States as the victim in the Vietnam War. Widely recognized as one of the most original and important thinkers of our age, Chomsky's trenchant analysis of current events is a breath of fresh air in a world more and more polluted by mainstream media. © Noam Chomsky 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Noam Chomsky Thu, 10 Mar 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545342 thebookvoice.com 33:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chronicles of Dissent Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An accessible, powerful overview of Noam Chomsky's political thought In sixteen extended talks with Alternative Radio's David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky explains why the 'war on drugs' is really a war on poor people; how attacks on political correctness are attacks on independent thought; how historical revisionism has recast the United States as the victim in the Vietnam War. Widely recognized as one of the most original and important thinkers of our age, Chomsky's trenchant analysis of current events is a breath of fresh air in a world more and more polluted by mainstream media. © Noam Chomsky 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chronicles of Dissent Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An accessible, powerful overview of Noam Chomsky's political thought In sixteen extended talks with Alternative Radio's David Barsamian, Noam Chomsky explains why the 'war on drugs' is really a war on poor people; how attacks on political correctness are attacks on independent thought; how historical revisionism has recast the United States as the victim in the Vietnam War. Widely recognized as one of the most original and important thinkers of our age, Chomsky's trenchant analysis of current events is a breath of fresh air in a world more and more polluted by mainstream media. © Noam Chomsky 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Ivory Tower Falls: How College Broke the American Dream and Blew Up Our Politics—and How to Fix It Author: Will Bunch Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Will Bunch, the epic untold story of college—the great political and cultural fault line of American life Winner of the Athenaeum of Philadelphia Literary Award | Longlisted for the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction | ''This book is simply terrific.'' —Heather Cox Richardson | ''Ambitious and engrossing.'' —New York Times Book Review | ''A must-read.'' —Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains Today there are two Americas, separate and unequal, one educated and one not. And these two tribes—the resentful “non-college” crowd and their diploma-bearing yet increasingly disillusioned adversaries—seem on the brink of a civil war. The strongest determinant of whether a voter was likely to support Donald Trump in 2016 was whether or not they attended college, and the degree of loathing they reported feeling toward the so-called “knowledge economy'' of clustered, educated elites. Somewhere in the winding last half-century of the United States, the quest for a college diploma devolved from being proof of America’s commitment to learning, science, and social mobility into a kind of Hunger Games contest to the death. That quest has infuriated both the millions who got shut out and millions who got into deep debt to stay afloat. In After the Ivory Tower Falls, award-winning journalist Will Bunch embarks on a deeply reported journey to the heart of the American Dream. That journey begins in Gambier, Ohio, home to affluent, liberal Kenyon College, a tiny speck of Democratic blue amidst the vast red swath of white, post-industrial, rural midwestern America. To understand “the college question,” there is no better entry point than Gambier, where a world-class institution caters to elite students amidst a sea of economic despair. From there, Bunch traces the history of college in the U.S., from the landmark GI Bill through the culture wars of the 60’s and 70’s, which found their start on college campuses. We see how resentment of college-educated elites morphed into a rejection of knowledge itself—and how the explosion in student loan debt fueled major social movements like Occupy Wall Street. Bunch then takes a question we need to ask all over again—what, and who, is college even for?—and pushes it into the 21st century by proposing a new model that works for all Americans. The sum total is a stunning work of journalism, one that lays bare the root of our political, cultural, and economic division—and charts a path forward for America. Will Bunch Tue, 02 Aug 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545093 thebookvoice.com 11:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Ivory Tower Falls: How College Broke the American Dream and Blew Up Our Politics—and How to Fix It Author: Will Bunch Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Will Bunch, the epic untold story of college—the great political and cultural fault line of American life Winner of the Athenaeum of Philadelphia Literary Award | Longlisted for the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction | ''This book is simply terrific.'' —Heather Cox Richardson | ''Ambitious and engrossing.'' —New York Times Book Review | ''A must-read.'' —Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains Today there are two Americas, separate and unequal, one educated and one not. And these two tribes—the resentful “non-college” crowd and their diploma-bearing yet increasingly disillusioned adversaries—seem on the brink of a civil war. The strongest determinant of whether a voter was likely to support Donald Trump in 2016 was whether or not they attended college, and the degree of loathing they reported feeling toward the so-called “knowledge economy'' of clustered, educated elites. Somewhere in the winding last half-century of the United States, the quest for a college diploma devolved from being proof of America’s commitment to learning, science, and social mobility into a kind of Hunger Games contest to the death. That quest has infuriated both the millions who got shut out and millions who got into deep debt to stay afloat. In After the Ivory Tower Falls, award-winning journalist Will Bunch embarks on a deeply reported journey to the heart of the American Dream. That journey begins in Gambier, Ohio, home to affluent, liberal Kenyon College, a tiny speck of Democratic blue amidst the vast red swath of white, post-industrial, rural midwestern America. To understand “the college question,” there is no better entry point than Gambier, where a world-class institution caters to elite students amidst a sea of economic despair. From there, Bunch traces the history of college in the U.S., from the landmark GI Bill through the culture wars of the 60’s and 70’s, which found their start on college campuses. We see how resentment of college-educated elites morphed into a rejection of knowledge itself—and how the explosion in student loan debt fueled major social movements like Occupy Wall Street. Bunch then takes a question we need to ask all over again—what, and who, is college even for?—and pushes it into the 21st century by proposing a new model that works for all Americans. The sum total is a stunning work of journalism, one that lays bare the root of our political, cultural, and economic division—and charts a path forward for America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/545093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Ivory Tower Falls: How College Broke the American Dream and Blew Up Our Politics—and How to Fix It Author: Will Bunch Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Will Bunch, the epic untold story of college—the great political and cultural fault line of American life Winner of the Athenaeum of Philadelphia Literary Award | Longlisted for the PEN/John Kenneth Galbraith Award for Nonfiction | ''This book is simply terrific.'' —Heather Cox Richardson | ''Ambitious and engrossing.'' —New York Times Book Review | ''A must-read.'' —Nancy MacLean, author of Democracy in Chains Today there are two Americas, separate and unequal, one educated and one not. And these two tribes—the resentful “non-college” crowd and their diploma-bearing yet increasingly disillusioned adversaries—seem on the brink of a civil war. The strongest determinant of whether a voter was likely to support Donald Trump in 2016 was whether or not they attended college, and the degree of loathing they reported feeling toward the so-called “knowledge economy'' of clustered, educated elites. Somewhere in the winding last half-century of the United States, the quest for a college diploma devolved from being proof of America’s commitment to learning, science, and social mobility into a kind of Hunger Games contest to the death. That quest has infuriated both the millions who got shut out and millions who got into deep debt to stay afloat. In After the Ivory Tower Falls, award-winning journalist Will Bunch embarks on a deeply reported journey to the heart of the American Dream. That journey begins in Gambier, Ohio, home to affluent, liberal Kenyon College, a tiny speck of Democratic blue amidst the vast red swath of white, post-industrial, rural midwestern America. To understand “the college question,” there is no better entry point than Gambier, where a world-class institution caters to elite students amidst a sea of economic despair. From there, Bunch traces the history of college in the U.S., from the landmark GI Bill through the culture wars of the 60’s and 70’s, which found their start on college campuses. We see how resentment of college-educated elites morphed into a rejection of knowledge itself—and how the explosion in student loan debt fueled major social movements like Occupy Wall Street. Bunch then takes a question we need to ask all over again—what, and who, is college even for?—and pushes it into the 21st century by proposing a new model that works for all Americans. The sum total is a stunning work of journalism, one that lays bare the root of our political, cultural, and economic division—and charts a path forward for America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hospicing Modernity: Facing Humanity's Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism Author: Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Narrator: Dougald Hine, Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For fans of Everything Is F*cked and Against Purity: Living Ethically in Compromised Times, a book about facing the multiple crises of modernity--and hospicing modernity--with maturity, humility, and integrity. This book is not easy: it contains no quick-fix plan for a better, brighter tomorrow, and gives no ready-made answers. Instead, Vanessa Machado de Oliveira presents us with a challenge: to grow up, step up, and show up for ourselves, our communities, and the living Earth, and to interrupt the modern behavior patterns that are killing the planet we’re part of.   Driven by expansion, colonialism, and resource extraction and propelled by neoliberalism and rabid consumption, our world is profoundly out of balance. We take more than we give; we inoculate ourselves in positive self-regard while continuing to make harmful choices; we wreak irreparable havoc on the ecosystems, habitats, and beings with whom we share our planet. But instead of drowning in hopelessness, how can we learn to face our reality with humility and accountability?   Machado de Oliveira breaks down archetypes of cognitive dissonance--the do-gooder who does 'good enough,' then retreats to business as usual; the incognito capitalist who, at first glance, may seem like a radical change-maker--and asks us to dig deeper and exist differently. She explains how our habits, behaviors, and belief systems hold us back...and why it's time now to gradually disinvest. Including exercises used with teachers, NGO practitioners, and global changemakers, she offers us thought experiments that ask us to:   •  Reimagine how we learn, unlearn, and respond to crisis •  Better assess our surroundings and interact with difference, uncertainty, complexity, and failure •  Expand our capacity to hold personal and collective space for difficult and painful things •  Understand the '5 modern-colonial e's': Entitlements, Exceptionalism, Exaltation, Emancipation, and Enmeshment in low-intensity struggle activism •  Interrupt our satisfaction with modern-colonial desires that cause harm •  Create space for change driven neither by desperate hope nor a fear of desolate hopelessness   For fans of adrienne maree brown, Sherri Mitchell, and Charles Eisenstein, Hospicing Modernity challenges our assumptions and dares to ask more of us, for the sake of us all. Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Tue, 04 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544996 thebookvoice.com 11:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hospicing Modernity: Facing Humanity's Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism Author: Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Narrator: Dougald Hine, Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For fans of Everything Is F*cked and Against Purity: Living Ethically in Compromised Times, a book about facing the multiple crises of modernity--and hospicing modernity--with maturity, humility, and integrity. This book is not easy: it contains no quick-fix plan for a better, brighter tomorrow, and gives no ready-made answers. Instead, Vanessa Machado de Oliveira presents us with a challenge: to grow up, step up, and show up for ourselves, our communities, and the living Earth, and to interrupt the modern behavior patterns that are killing the planet we’re part of.   Driven by expansion, colonialism, and resource extraction and propelled by neoliberalism and rabid consumption, our world is profoundly out of balance. We take more than we give; we inoculate ourselves in positive self-regard while continuing to make harmful choices; we wreak irreparable havoc on the ecosystems, habitats, and beings with whom we share our planet. But instead of drowning in hopelessness, how can we learn to face our reality with humility and accountability?   Machado de Oliveira breaks down archetypes of cognitive dissonance--the do-gooder who does 'good enough,' then retreats to business as usual; the incognito capitalist who, at first glance, may seem like a radical change-maker--and asks us to dig deeper and exist differently. She explains how our habits, behaviors, and belief systems hold us back...and why it's time now to gradually disinvest. Including exercises used with teachers, NGO practitioners, and global changemakers, she offers us thought experiments that ask us to:   •  Reimagine how we learn, unlearn, and respond to crisis •  Better assess our surroundings and interact with difference, uncertainty, complexity, and failure •  Expand our capacity to hold personal and collective space for difficult and painful things •  Understand the '5 modern-colonial e's': Entitlements, Exceptionalism, Exaltation, Emancipation, and Enmeshment in low-intensity struggle activism •  Interrupt our satisfaction with modern-colonial desires that cause harm •  Create space for change driven neither by desperate hope nor a fear of desolate hopelessness   For fans of adrienne maree brown, Sherri Mitchell, and Charles Eisenstein, Hospicing Modernity challenges our assumptions and dares to ask more of us, for the sake of us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hospicing Modernity: Facing Humanity's Wrongs and the Implications for Social Activism Author: Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Narrator: Dougald Hine, Vanessa Machado De Oliveira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 4, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For fans of Everything Is F*cked and Against Purity: Living Ethically in Compromised Times, a book about facing the multiple crises of modernity--and hospicing modernity--with maturity, humility, and integrity. This book is not easy: it contains no quick-fix plan for a better, brighter tomorrow, and gives no ready-made answers. Instead, Vanessa Machado de Oliveira presents us with a challenge: to grow up, step up, and show up for ourselves, our communities, and the living Earth, and to interrupt the modern behavior patterns that are killing the planet we’re part of.   Driven by expansion, colonialism, and resource extraction and propelled by neoliberalism and rabid consumption, our world is profoundly out of balance. We take more than we give; we inoculate ourselves in positive self-regard while continuing to make harmful choices; we wreak irreparable havoc on the ecosystems, habitats, and beings with whom we share our planet. But instead of drowning in hopelessness, how can we learn to face our reality with humility and accountability?   Machado de Oliveira breaks down archetypes of cognitive dissonance--the do-gooder who does 'good enough,' then retreats to business as usual; the incognito capitalist who, at first glance, may seem like a radical change-maker--and asks us to dig deeper and exist differently. She explains how our habits, behaviors, and belief systems hold us back...and why it's time now to gradually disinvest. Including exercises used with teachers, NGO practitioners, and global changemakers, she offers us thought experiments that ask us to:   •  Reimagine how we learn, unlearn, and respond to crisis •  Better assess our surroundings and interact with difference, uncertainty, complexity, and failure •  Expand our capacity to hold personal and collective space for difficult and painful things •  Understand the '5 modern-colonial e's': Entitlements, Exceptionalism, Exaltation, Emancipation, and Enmeshment in low-intensity struggle activism •  Interrupt our satisfaction with modern-colonial desires that cause harm •  Create space for change driven neither by desperate hope nor a fear of desolate hopelessness   For fans of adrienne maree brown, Sherri Mitchell, and Charles Eisenstein, Hospicing Modernity challenges our assumptions and dares to ask more of us, for the sake of us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authority of the Court and the Peril of Politics Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A growing chorus of officials and commentators argues that the Supreme Court has become too political. On this view, the confirmation process is just an exercise in partisan agenda-setting, and the jurists are no more than “politicians in robes”?their ostensibly neutral judicial philosophies mere camouflage for conservative or liberal convictions. Stephen Breyer, drawing upon his experience as a Supreme Court justice, sounds a cautionary note. Mindful of the Court’s history, he suggests that the judiciary’s hard-won authority could be marred by reforms premised on the assumption of ideological bias. Having, as Hamilton observed, “no influence over either the sword or the purse,” the Court earned its authority by making decisions that have, over time, increased the public’s trust. If public trust is now in decline, one part of the solution is to promote better understandings of how the judiciary actually works: how judges adhere to their oaths and how they try to avoid considerations of politics and popularity. Breyer warns that political intervention could itself further erode public trust. Without the public’s trust, the Court would no longer be able to act as a check on the other branches of government or as a guarantor of the rule of law, risking serious harm to our constitutional system. Stephen Breyer Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544974 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authority of the Court and the Peril of Politics Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A growing chorus of officials and commentators argues that the Supreme Court has become too political. On this view, the confirmation process is just an exercise in partisan agenda-setting, and the jurists are no more than “politicians in robes”?their ostensibly neutral judicial philosophies mere camouflage for conservative or liberal convictions. Stephen Breyer, drawing upon his experience as a Supreme Court justice, sounds a cautionary note. Mindful of the Court’s history, he suggests that the judiciary’s hard-won authority could be marred by reforms premised on the assumption of ideological bias. Having, as Hamilton observed, “no influence over either the sword or the purse,” the Court earned its authority by making decisions that have, over time, increased the public’s trust. If public trust is now in decline, one part of the solution is to promote better understandings of how the judiciary actually works: how judges adhere to their oaths and how they try to avoid considerations of politics and popularity. Breyer warns that political intervention could itself further erode public trust. Without the public’s trust, the Court would no longer be able to act as a check on the other branches of government or as a guarantor of the rule of law, risking serious harm to our constitutional system. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authority of the Court and the Peril of Politics Author: Stephen Breyer Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A growing chorus of officials and commentators argues that the Supreme Court has become too political. On this view, the confirmation process is just an exercise in partisan agenda-setting, and the jurists are no more than “politicians in robes”?their ostensibly neutral judicial philosophies mere camouflage for conservative or liberal convictions. Stephen Breyer, drawing upon his experience as a Supreme Court justice, sounds a cautionary note. Mindful of the Court’s history, he suggests that the judiciary’s hard-won authority could be marred by reforms premised on the assumption of ideological bias. Having, as Hamilton observed, “no influence over either the sword or the purse,” the Court earned its authority by making decisions that have, over time, increased the public’s trust. If public trust is now in decline, one part of the solution is to promote better understandings of how the judiciary actually works: how judges adhere to their oaths and how they try to avoid considerations of politics and popularity. Breyer warns that political intervention could itself further erode public trust. Without the public’s trust, the Court would no longer be able to act as a check on the other branches of government or as a guarantor of the rule of law, risking serious harm to our constitutional system. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom Is Costly, But Priceless: If Not Maintained, It Will Not Remain Author: Dave Meyer Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The key to America’s future begins with exploring our past. In Freedom Is Costly, But Priceless, Dave Meyer shares the importance of our nation’s true history—learning about our rich, godly heritage and discovering Who and what has made this nation so great. God’s Word was an integral part of our nation’s founding, and His Word is still the key today to restoring our families, schools, churches and communities.   When it comes to the future of this nation, each one of us plays a greater role than we can possibly imagine. God has given us the ability to become an unquenchable force for good. We each have an indispensable part to play, and Dave Meyer outlines where to begin and how to take meaningful steps to make a positive change in government and society. Dave Meyer Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544633 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom Is Costly, But Priceless: If Not Maintained, It Will Not Remain Author: Dave Meyer Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The key to America’s future begins with exploring our past. In Freedom Is Costly, But Priceless, Dave Meyer shares the importance of our nation’s true history—learning about our rich, godly heritage and discovering Who and what has made this nation so great. God’s Word was an integral part of our nation’s founding, and His Word is still the key today to restoring our families, schools, churches and communities.   When it comes to the future of this nation, each one of us plays a greater role than we can possibly imagine. God has given us the ability to become an unquenchable force for good. We each have an indispensable part to play, and Dave Meyer outlines where to begin and how to take meaningful steps to make a positive change in government and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom Is Costly, But Priceless: If Not Maintained, It Will Not Remain Author: Dave Meyer Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The key to America’s future begins with exploring our past. In Freedom Is Costly, But Priceless, Dave Meyer shares the importance of our nation’s true history—learning about our rich, godly heritage and discovering Who and what has made this nation so great. God’s Word was an integral part of our nation’s founding, and His Word is still the key today to restoring our families, schools, churches and communities.   When it comes to the future of this nation, each one of us plays a greater role than we can possibly imagine. God has given us the ability to become an unquenchable force for good. We each have an indispensable part to play, and Dave Meyer outlines where to begin and how to take meaningful steps to make a positive change in government and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544527 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transition to Common Work: Building Community at The Working Centre Author: Joe Mancini Narrator: Graham Yeates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Working Centre in the downtown core of Kitchener, Ontario, is a widely recognized and successful model for community development. Begun from scratch in 1982, it is now a vast network of practical supports for the unemployed, the underemployed, the temporarily employed, and the homeless, populations that collectively constitute up to 30 percent of the labour market both locally and across North America. Transition to Common Work is the essential text about The Working Centre-its beginnings thirty years ago, the lessons learned, and the myriad ways in which its strategies and innovations can be adapted by those who share its goals. The Working Centre focuses on creating access-to-tools projects rather than administrative layers of bureaucracy. This book highlights the core philosophy behind the centre's decentralized but integrated structure, which has contributed to the creation of affordable services. Underlying this approach are common-sense innovations such as thinking about virtues rather than values, developing community tools with a social enterprise approach, and implementing a radically equal salary policy. For social workers, activists, bureaucrats, and engaged citizens in third-sector organizations (NGOs, charities, not-for-profits, co-operatives), this practical and inspiring book provides a method for moving beyond the doldrums of "poverty relief" into the exciting world of community building. Joe Mancini Thu, 15 Apr 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544527 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transition to Common Work: Building Community at The Working Centre Author: Joe Mancini Narrator: Graham Yeates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Working Centre in the downtown core of Kitchener, Ontario, is a widely recognized and successful model for community development. Begun from scratch in 1982, it is now a vast network of practical supports for the unemployed, the underemployed, the temporarily employed, and the homeless, populations that collectively constitute up to 30 percent of the labour market both locally and across North America. Transition to Common Work is the essential text about The Working Centre-its beginnings thirty years ago, the lessons learned, and the myriad ways in which its strategies and innovations can be adapted by those who share its goals. The Working Centre focuses on creating access-to-tools projects rather than administrative layers of bureaucracy. This book highlights the core philosophy behind the centre's decentralized but integrated structure, which has contributed to the creation of affordable services. Underlying this approach are common-sense innovations such as thinking about virtues rather than values, developing community tools with a social enterprise approach, and implementing a radically equal salary policy. For social workers, activists, bureaucrats, and engaged citizens in third-sector organizations (NGOs, charities, not-for-profits, co-operatives), this practical and inspiring book provides a method for moving beyond the doldrums of "poverty relief" into the exciting world of community building. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544527]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transition to Common Work: Building Community at The Working Centre Author: Joe Mancini Narrator: Graham Yeates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Working Centre in the downtown core of Kitchener, Ontario, is a widely recognized and successful model for community development. Begun from scratch in 1982, it is now a vast network of practical supports for the unemployed, the underemployed, the temporarily employed, and the homeless, populations that collectively constitute up to 30 percent of the labour market both locally and across North America. Transition to Common Work is the essential text about The Working Centre-its beginnings thirty years ago, the lessons learned, and the myriad ways in which its strategies and innovations can be adapted by those who share its goals. The Working Centre focuses on creating access-to-tools projects rather than administrative layers of bureaucracy. This book highlights the core philosophy behind the centre's decentralized but integrated structure, which has contributed to the creation of affordable services. Underlying this approach are common-sense innovations such as thinking about virtues rather than values, developing community tools with a social enterprise approach, and implementing a radically equal salary policy. For social workers, activists, bureaucrats, and engaged citizens in third-sector organizations (NGOs, charities, not-for-profits, co-operatives), this practical and inspiring book provides a method for moving beyond the doldrums of "poverty relief" into the exciting world of community building. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bootstrapped: Liberating Ourselves from the American Dream Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unsparing, incisive, yet ultimately hopeful look at how we can shed the American obsession with self-reliance that has made us less healthy, less secure, and less fulfilled The promise that you can “pull yourself up by your bootstraps” is central to the story of the American Dream. It’s the belief that if you work hard and rely on your own resources, you will eventually succeed. However, time and again we have seen how this foundational myth, with its emphasis on individual determination, brittle self-sufficiency, and personal accomplishment, does not help us. Instead, as income inequality rises around us, we are left with shame and self-blame for our condition. Acclaimed journalist Alissa Quart argues that at the heart of our suffering is a do-it-yourself ethos, the misplaced belief in our own independence and the conviction that we must rely on ourselves alone. Looking at a range of delusions and half solutions—from “grit” to the false Horatio Alger story to the rise of GoFundMe—Quart reveals how we have been steered away from robust social programs that would address the root causes of our problems. Meanwhile, the responsibility for survival has been shifted onto the backs of ordinary people, burdening generations with debt instead of providing the social safety net we so desperately need. Insightful, sharply argued, and characterized by Quart’s lively writing and deep reporting, and for fans of Evicted and Nickel and Dimed, Bootstrapped is a powerful examination of what ails us at a societal level and a plan for how we can free ourselves from these self-defeating narratives. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Alissa Quart Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544468 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bootstrapped: Liberating Ourselves from the American Dream Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unsparing, incisive, yet ultimately hopeful look at how we can shed the American obsession with self-reliance that has made us less healthy, less secure, and less fulfilled The promise that you can “pull yourself up by your bootstraps” is central to the story of the American Dream. It’s the belief that if you work hard and rely on your own resources, you will eventually succeed. However, time and again we have seen how this foundational myth, with its emphasis on individual determination, brittle self-sufficiency, and personal accomplishment, does not help us. Instead, as income inequality rises around us, we are left with shame and self-blame for our condition. Acclaimed journalist Alissa Quart argues that at the heart of our suffering is a do-it-yourself ethos, the misplaced belief in our own independence and the conviction that we must rely on ourselves alone. Looking at a range of delusions and half solutions—from “grit” to the false Horatio Alger story to the rise of GoFundMe—Quart reveals how we have been steered away from robust social programs that would address the root causes of our problems. Meanwhile, the responsibility for survival has been shifted onto the backs of ordinary people, burdening generations with debt instead of providing the social safety net we so desperately need. Insightful, sharply argued, and characterized by Quart’s lively writing and deep reporting, and for fans of Evicted and Nickel and Dimed, Bootstrapped is a powerful examination of what ails us at a societal level and a plan for how we can free ourselves from these self-defeating narratives. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bootstrapped: Liberating Ourselves from the American Dream Author: Alissa Quart Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unsparing, incisive, yet ultimately hopeful look at how we can shed the American obsession with self-reliance that has made us less healthy, less secure, and less fulfilled The promise that you can “pull yourself up by your bootstraps” is central to the story of the American Dream. It’s the belief that if you work hard and rely on your own resources, you will eventually succeed. However, time and again we have seen how this foundational myth, with its emphasis on individual determination, brittle self-sufficiency, and personal accomplishment, does not help us. Instead, as income inequality rises around us, we are left with shame and self-blame for our condition. Acclaimed journalist Alissa Quart argues that at the heart of our suffering is a do-it-yourself ethos, the misplaced belief in our own independence and the conviction that we must rely on ourselves alone. Looking at a range of delusions and half solutions—from “grit” to the false Horatio Alger story to the rise of GoFundMe—Quart reveals how we have been steered away from robust social programs that would address the root causes of our problems. Meanwhile, the responsibility for survival has been shifted onto the backs of ordinary people, burdening generations with debt instead of providing the social safety net we so desperately need. Insightful, sharply argued, and characterized by Quart’s lively writing and deep reporting, and for fans of Evicted and Nickel and Dimed, Bootstrapped is a powerful examination of what ails us at a societal level and a plan for how we can free ourselves from these self-defeating narratives. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544446 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lawyer Leader: Serve Authentically, Find Peace, and Create Change Author: Ritu Goswamy Esq. Narrator: Ritu Goswamy Esq. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: August 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Be the lawyer you want to be, not the one you were told to be. Remember why you wanted to become a lawyer? You wanted to make a difference, help others, and create positive change both inside and outside the profession. You still do. But the legal profession, by design, puts us in a box, restricting our creativity, and blunting connection. In fact, we’re conditioned to disengage from others and from ourselves to be better at our jobs. We put on a lawyer mask and become imposters. Today’s leaders cannot be held back by these limiting restraints. Lawyers are made to lead. We strive to be good counselors, good advocates, and even good adversaries. Good leadership, however, is ultimately about showing up as yourself. And to do that, we need to be free to be ourselves without having to leave the profession. We can be lawyers and be authentic. In The Lawyer Leader, author Ritu Goswamy, Esq., invites you to step into a more authentic, more powerful version of yourself, and learn how going deeper within can help you guide your colleagues and create change in the legal profession by going deeper within. Whether you’ve read Ritu Goswamy’s The New Billable Hour and The Holistic Lawyer or not, this book is for you: a lawyer ready to step up and lead. Join those of us in the profession actively guiding our colleagues, clients, and society to a new era. “Well-written, concise, evocative, and heartening, this book will help any lawyer (and law student) connect to the lawyer leader within.” – Rodney O. Fong, Legal Educator Ritu Goswamy Esq. Mon, 09 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544446 thebookvoice.com 1:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lawyer Leader: Serve Authentically, Find Peace, and Create Change Author: Ritu Goswamy Esq. Narrator: Ritu Goswamy Esq. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: August 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Be the lawyer you want to be, not the one you were told to be. Remember why you wanted to become a lawyer? You wanted to make a difference, help others, and create positive change both inside and outside the profession. You still do. But the legal profession, by design, puts us in a box, restricting our creativity, and blunting connection. In fact, we’re conditioned to disengage from others and from ourselves to be better at our jobs. We put on a lawyer mask and become imposters. Today’s leaders cannot be held back by these limiting restraints. Lawyers are made to lead. We strive to be good counselors, good advocates, and even good adversaries. Good leadership, however, is ultimately about showing up as yourself. And to do that, we need to be free to be ourselves without having to leave the profession. We can be lawyers and be authentic. In The Lawyer Leader, author Ritu Goswamy, Esq., invites you to step into a more authentic, more powerful version of yourself, and learn how going deeper within can help you guide your colleagues and create change in the legal profession by going deeper within. Whether you’ve read Ritu Goswamy’s The New Billable Hour and The Holistic Lawyer or not, this book is for you: a lawyer ready to step up and lead. Join those of us in the profession actively guiding our colleagues, clients, and society to a new era. “Well-written, concise, evocative, and heartening, this book will help any lawyer (and law student) connect to the lawyer leader within.” – Rodney O. Fong, Legal Educator Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544446]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lawyer Leader: Serve Authentically, Find Peace, and Create Change Author: Ritu Goswamy Esq. Narrator: Ritu Goswamy Esq. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 49 minutes Release date: August 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Be the lawyer you want to be, not the one you were told to be. Remember why you wanted to become a lawyer? You wanted to make a difference, help others, and create positive change both inside and outside the profession. You still do. But the legal profession, by design, puts us in a box, restricting our creativity, and blunting connection. In fact, we’re conditioned to disengage from others and from ourselves to be better at our jobs. We put on a lawyer mask and become imposters. Today’s leaders cannot be held back by these limiting restraints. Lawyers are made to lead. We strive to be good counselors, good advocates, and even good adversaries. Good leadership, however, is ultimately about showing up as yourself. And to do that, we need to be free to be ourselves without having to leave the profession. We can be lawyers and be authentic. In The Lawyer Leader, author Ritu Goswamy, Esq., invites you to step into a more authentic, more powerful version of yourself, and learn how going deeper within can help you guide your colleagues and create change in the legal profession by going deeper within. Whether you’ve read Ritu Goswamy’s The New Billable Hour and The Holistic Lawyer or not, this book is for you: a lawyer ready to step up and lead. Join those of us in the profession actively guiding our colleagues, clients, and society to a new era. “Well-written, concise, evocative, and heartening, this book will help any lawyer (and law student) connect to the lawyer leader within.” – Rodney O. Fong, Legal Educator https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544180 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain and Shock in America: Politics, Advocacy, and the Controversial Treatment of People with Disabilities Author: Jan Nisbet Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For more than forty years, professionals in the field of disability studies have engaged in debates over the use of aversive interventions (such as electric shock) like the ones used at the Judge Rotenberg Center. Advocates and lawyers have filed complaints and lawsuits to both use them and ban them, scientists have written hundreds of articles for and against them, and people with disabilities have lost their lives and, some would say, lived their lives because of them. All of these families have children who have been excluded from numerous educational and treatment programs because of their behaviors. For most of the families, placement at the Judge Rotenberg Center is the last resort. This book is a historical case study of the Judge Rotenberg Center, named after the judge who ruled in favor of keeping its doors open to use aversive interventions. It chronicles and analyzes the events and people involved for over forty years that contributed to the inability of the state of Massachusetts to stop the use of electric shock, and other severe forms of punishment on children and adults with disabilities. It is a long story, sad and tragic, complex, filled with intrigue and questions about society and its ability to protect and support its most vulnerable citizens. Jan Nisbet Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544180 thebookvoice.com 14:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain and Shock in America: Politics, Advocacy, and the Controversial Treatment of People with Disabilities Author: Jan Nisbet Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For more than forty years, professionals in the field of disability studies have engaged in debates over the use of aversive interventions (such as electric shock) like the ones used at the Judge Rotenberg Center. Advocates and lawyers have filed complaints and lawsuits to both use them and ban them, scientists have written hundreds of articles for and against them, and people with disabilities have lost their lives and, some would say, lived their lives because of them. All of these families have children who have been excluded from numerous educational and treatment programs because of their behaviors. For most of the families, placement at the Judge Rotenberg Center is the last resort. This book is a historical case study of the Judge Rotenberg Center, named after the judge who ruled in favor of keeping its doors open to use aversive interventions. It chronicles and analyzes the events and people involved for over forty years that contributed to the inability of the state of Massachusetts to stop the use of electric shock, and other severe forms of punishment on children and adults with disabilities. It is a long story, sad and tragic, complex, filled with intrigue and questions about society and its ability to protect and support its most vulnerable citizens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544180]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pain and Shock in America: Politics, Advocacy, and the Controversial Treatment of People with Disabilities Author: Jan Nisbet Narrator: Margaret Strom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: For more than forty years, professionals in the field of disability studies have engaged in debates over the use of aversive interventions (such as electric shock) like the ones used at the Judge Rotenberg Center. Advocates and lawyers have filed complaints and lawsuits to both use them and ban them, scientists have written hundreds of articles for and against them, and people with disabilities have lost their lives and, some would say, lived their lives because of them. All of these families have children who have been excluded from numerous educational and treatment programs because of their behaviors. For most of the families, placement at the Judge Rotenberg Center is the last resort. This book is a historical case study of the Judge Rotenberg Center, named after the judge who ruled in favor of keeping its doors open to use aversive interventions. It chronicles and analyzes the events and people involved for over forty years that contributed to the inability of the state of Massachusetts to stop the use of electric shock, and other severe forms of punishment on children and adults with disabilities. It is a long story, sad and tragic, complex, filled with intrigue and questions about society and its ability to protect and support its most vulnerable citizens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544174 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Americans: National Identity, Violence, and the Constitution Author: Jared Goldstein Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Real Americans Jared A. Goldstein boldly challenges the conventional wisdom that a shared devotion to the Constitution is the essence of what it means to be American. In his careful analysis of US history, Goldstein demonstrates the well-established pattern of movements devoted to defending the power of dominant racial, ethnic, and religious groups that deploy the rhetoric of constitutional devotion to express their national visions and justify their violence. Goldstein describes this as constitutional nationalism, an ideology that defines being an American as standing with, and by, the Constitution. This history includes the Ku Klux Klan's self-declared mission to 'protect and defend the Constitution of the United States,' which served to justify its campaign of violence in the 1860s and 1870s to prevent Black people from exercising the right to vote; Protestant Americans who felt threatened by the growing population of Catholics and Jews and organized mass movements to defend their status and power; native-born Americans who resisted the rising population of immigrants and who mobilized to exclude the newcomers and their alien ideas; corporate leaders arguing that regulation is unconstitutional and un-American; and Timothy McVeigh, who believed he was defending the Constitution by killing 168 people with a truck bomb. Jared Goldstein Fri, 31 Dec 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544174 thebookvoice.com 11:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Americans: National Identity, Violence, and the Constitution Author: Jared Goldstein Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Real Americans Jared A. Goldstein boldly challenges the conventional wisdom that a shared devotion to the Constitution is the essence of what it means to be American. In his careful analysis of US history, Goldstein demonstrates the well-established pattern of movements devoted to defending the power of dominant racial, ethnic, and religious groups that deploy the rhetoric of constitutional devotion to express their national visions and justify their violence. Goldstein describes this as constitutional nationalism, an ideology that defines being an American as standing with, and by, the Constitution. This history includes the Ku Klux Klan's self-declared mission to 'protect and defend the Constitution of the United States,' which served to justify its campaign of violence in the 1860s and 1870s to prevent Black people from exercising the right to vote; Protestant Americans who felt threatened by the growing population of Catholics and Jews and organized mass movements to defend their status and power; native-born Americans who resisted the rising population of immigrants and who mobilized to exclude the newcomers and their alien ideas; corporate leaders arguing that regulation is unconstitutional and un-American; and Timothy McVeigh, who believed he was defending the Constitution by killing 168 people with a truck bomb. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544174]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Americans: National Identity, Violence, and the Constitution Author: Jared Goldstein Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Real Americans Jared A. Goldstein boldly challenges the conventional wisdom that a shared devotion to the Constitution is the essence of what it means to be American. In his careful analysis of US history, Goldstein demonstrates the well-established pattern of movements devoted to defending the power of dominant racial, ethnic, and religious groups that deploy the rhetoric of constitutional devotion to express their national visions and justify their violence. Goldstein describes this as constitutional nationalism, an ideology that defines being an American as standing with, and by, the Constitution. This history includes the Ku Klux Klan's self-declared mission to 'protect and defend the Constitution of the United States,' which served to justify its campaign of violence in the 1860s and 1870s to prevent Black people from exercising the right to vote; Protestant Americans who felt threatened by the growing population of Catholics and Jews and organized mass movements to defend their status and power; native-born Americans who resisted the rising population of immigrants and who mobilized to exclude the newcomers and their alien ideas; corporate leaders arguing that regulation is unconstitutional and un-American; and Timothy McVeigh, who believed he was defending the Constitution by killing 168 people with a truck bomb. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544168 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superheroes, Movies, and the State: How the US Government Shapes Cinematic Universes Author: Tom Secker, Tricia Jenkins Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Superheroes, Movies, and the State sets a new standard for exploring the government-Hollywood relationship as it persuasively documents the critical role different government agencies have played in shaping characters, stories, and even the ideas behind the hottest entertainment products. Jenkins and Secker cover a wide range of US government and quasi-governmental agencies who act to influence the content of superhero movies, including the Department of Defense, the National Academy of Sciences' Science and Entertainment Exchange, and the FBI and the CIA. The book includes interviews with both producers and influencer insiders and covers a wide range of superhero products, from 1970s TV shows up to the most recent movie and TV releases, including the first major analysis of the hit Amazon show The Boys. In addition, it is the first deep exploration of NASA's Hollywood office and the first detailed account of the role of the Science and Entertainment Exchange. Superheroes, Movies, and the State offers an innovative blend of research methods and interpretive frameworks, combining both production histories and deep readings of superhero texts to clearly reveal how the government-entertainment complex works in the world of blockbuster cinema to shape public perceptions of the United States, war, science, and much, much more. Tom Secker, Tricia Jenkins Fri, 03 Dec 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544168 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superheroes, Movies, and the State: How the US Government Shapes Cinematic Universes Author: Tom Secker, Tricia Jenkins Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Superheroes, Movies, and the State sets a new standard for exploring the government-Hollywood relationship as it persuasively documents the critical role different government agencies have played in shaping characters, stories, and even the ideas behind the hottest entertainment products. Jenkins and Secker cover a wide range of US government and quasi-governmental agencies who act to influence the content of superhero movies, including the Department of Defense, the National Academy of Sciences' Science and Entertainment Exchange, and the FBI and the CIA. The book includes interviews with both producers and influencer insiders and covers a wide range of superhero products, from 1970s TV shows up to the most recent movie and TV releases, including the first major analysis of the hit Amazon show The Boys. In addition, it is the first deep exploration of NASA's Hollywood office and the first detailed account of the role of the Science and Entertainment Exchange. Superheroes, Movies, and the State offers an innovative blend of research methods and interpretive frameworks, combining both production histories and deep readings of superhero texts to clearly reveal how the government-entertainment complex works in the world of blockbuster cinema to shape public perceptions of the United States, war, science, and much, much more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Superheroes, Movies, and the State: How the US Government Shapes Cinematic Universes Author: Tom Secker, Tricia Jenkins Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: December 3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Superheroes, Movies, and the State sets a new standard for exploring the government-Hollywood relationship as it persuasively documents the critical role different government agencies have played in shaping characters, stories, and even the ideas behind the hottest entertainment products. Jenkins and Secker cover a wide range of US government and quasi-governmental agencies who act to influence the content of superhero movies, including the Department of Defense, the National Academy of Sciences' Science and Entertainment Exchange, and the FBI and the CIA. The book includes interviews with both producers and influencer insiders and covers a wide range of superhero products, from 1970s TV shows up to the most recent movie and TV releases, including the first major analysis of the hit Amazon show The Boys. In addition, it is the first deep exploration of NASA's Hollywood office and the first detailed account of the role of the Science and Entertainment Exchange. Superheroes, Movies, and the State offers an innovative blend of research methods and interpretive frameworks, combining both production histories and deep readings of superhero texts to clearly reveal how the government-entertainment complex works in the world of blockbuster cinema to shape public perceptions of the United States, war, science, and much, much more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544147 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishment Without Trial: Why Plea Bargaining is a Bad Deal Author: Carissa Byrne Hessick Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Americans think of the criminal justice system, the image that comes to mind is a trial—a standard court­room scene with a defendant, attorneys, a judge, and most important, a jury. It's a fair assumption. But in Punishment Without Trial: Why Plea Bargaining Is a Bad Deal, University of North Carolina law professor Carissa Byrne Hessick shows that the popular conception of a jury trial couldn't be further from reality. That bed­rock constitutional right has all but disappeared thanks to the unstoppable march of plea bargaining, which began to take hold during Prohibition and has skyrocketed since 1971, when it was affirmed as constitutional by the Supreme Court. Nearly every aspect of our criminal justice system encourages defendants—whether innocent or guilty—to take a plea deal. Punishment Without Trial showcases how plea bargaining has undermined justice at every turn and across socioeconomic and racial divides. It forces the hand of lawyers, judges, and defendants, turning our legal system into a ruthlessly efficient mass incarceration machine that is dogging our jails and pun­ishing citizens. Professor Hessick makes the case against plea bargaining as she illustrates how it has damaged our justice system while presenting an innovative set of reforms for how we can fix it. Carissa Byrne Hessick Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544147 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishment Without Trial: Why Plea Bargaining is a Bad Deal Author: Carissa Byrne Hessick Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Americans think of the criminal justice system, the image that comes to mind is a trial—a standard court­room scene with a defendant, attorneys, a judge, and most important, a jury. It's a fair assumption. But in Punishment Without Trial: Why Plea Bargaining Is a Bad Deal, University of North Carolina law professor Carissa Byrne Hessick shows that the popular conception of a jury trial couldn't be further from reality. That bed­rock constitutional right has all but disappeared thanks to the unstoppable march of plea bargaining, which began to take hold during Prohibition and has skyrocketed since 1971, when it was affirmed as constitutional by the Supreme Court. Nearly every aspect of our criminal justice system encourages defendants—whether innocent or guilty—to take a plea deal. Punishment Without Trial showcases how plea bargaining has undermined justice at every turn and across socioeconomic and racial divides. It forces the hand of lawyers, judges, and defendants, turning our legal system into a ruthlessly efficient mass incarceration machine that is dogging our jails and pun­ishing citizens. Professor Hessick makes the case against plea bargaining as she illustrates how it has damaged our justice system while presenting an innovative set of reforms for how we can fix it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544147]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Punishment Without Trial: Why Plea Bargaining is a Bad Deal Author: Carissa Byrne Hessick Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When Americans think of the criminal justice system, the image that comes to mind is a trial—a standard court­room scene with a defendant, attorneys, a judge, and most important, a jury. It's a fair assumption. But in Punishment Without Trial: Why Plea Bargaining Is a Bad Deal, University of North Carolina law professor Carissa Byrne Hessick shows that the popular conception of a jury trial couldn't be further from reality. That bed­rock constitutional right has all but disappeared thanks to the unstoppable march of plea bargaining, which began to take hold during Prohibition and has skyrocketed since 1971, when it was affirmed as constitutional by the Supreme Court. Nearly every aspect of our criminal justice system encourages defendants—whether innocent or guilty—to take a plea deal. Punishment Without Trial showcases how plea bargaining has undermined justice at every turn and across socioeconomic and racial divides. It forces the hand of lawyers, judges, and defendants, turning our legal system into a ruthlessly efficient mass incarceration machine that is dogging our jails and pun­ishing citizens. Professor Hessick makes the case against plea bargaining as she illustrates how it has damaged our justice system while presenting an innovative set of reforms for how we can fix it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544075 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist, Queer, Crip Author: Alison Kafer Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Feminist, Queer, Crip, Alison Kafer imagines a different future for disability and disabled bodies. Challenging the ways in which ideas about the future and time have been deployed in the service of compulsory able-bodiedness and able-mindedness, Kafer rejects the idea of disability as a pre-determined limit. She juxtaposes theories, movements, and identities such as environmental justice, reproductive justice, cyborg theory, transgender politics, and disability that are typically discussed in isolation and envisions new possibilities for crip futures and feminist/queer/crip alliances. This bold book goes against the grain of normalization and promotes a political framework for a more just world. Alison Kafer Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544075 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist, Queer, Crip Author: Alison Kafer Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Feminist, Queer, Crip, Alison Kafer imagines a different future for disability and disabled bodies. Challenging the ways in which ideas about the future and time have been deployed in the service of compulsory able-bodiedness and able-mindedness, Kafer rejects the idea of disability as a pre-determined limit. She juxtaposes theories, movements, and identities such as environmental justice, reproductive justice, cyborg theory, transgender politics, and disability that are typically discussed in isolation and envisions new possibilities for crip futures and feminist/queer/crip alliances. This bold book goes against the grain of normalization and promotes a political framework for a more just world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544075]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminist, Queer, Crip Author: Alison Kafer Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Feminist, Queer, Crip, Alison Kafer imagines a different future for disability and disabled bodies. Challenging the ways in which ideas about the future and time have been deployed in the service of compulsory able-bodiedness and able-mindedness, Kafer rejects the idea of disability as a pre-determined limit. She juxtaposes theories, movements, and identities such as environmental justice, reproductive justice, cyborg theory, transgender politics, and disability that are typically discussed in isolation and envisions new possibilities for crip futures and feminist/queer/crip alliances. This bold book goes against the grain of normalization and promotes a political framework for a more just world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Centrist Solution: How We Made Government Work and Can Make It Work Again Author: Senator Joseph I. Lieberman Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this era of extremism, our largest problems remain unsolved and our international leadership is compromised. Having two fiercely opposed political parties is what John Adams, the second President of the United States, dreaded 'as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.' If American government is to work, it must do so in the center—where open discussion, hard negotiation, and effective compromise take place. No living politician knows this better than former Senator Joseph I. Lieberman, who served for forty years in state and national government, including twenty-four in the United States Senate and a campaign for the Vice Presidency. In this vivid account of his political life, Senator Lieberman shows how legislative progress and all-inclusive government occurs when politicians reject extremism and embrace productive compromise. In The Centrist Solution, he shines a light on ten milestones of centrist success during his time in government—from the Clean Air Act of 1990 and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 to the creation of the Department of Homeland Security and the repeal of the military's anti-gay 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell' policy, along with a Vice Presidential run with Presidential Candidate Al Gore, and being vetted by John McCain to be his potential running mate on the 2008 Republican Ticket. Senator Joseph I. Lieberman Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544050 thebookvoice.com 10:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Centrist Solution: How We Made Government Work and Can Make It Work Again Author: Senator Joseph I. Lieberman Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this era of extremism, our largest problems remain unsolved and our international leadership is compromised. Having two fiercely opposed political parties is what John Adams, the second President of the United States, dreaded 'as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.' If American government is to work, it must do so in the center—where open discussion, hard negotiation, and effective compromise take place. No living politician knows this better than former Senator Joseph I. Lieberman, who served for forty years in state and national government, including twenty-four in the United States Senate and a campaign for the Vice Presidency. In this vivid account of his political life, Senator Lieberman shows how legislative progress and all-inclusive government occurs when politicians reject extremism and embrace productive compromise. In The Centrist Solution, he shines a light on ten milestones of centrist success during his time in government—from the Clean Air Act of 1990 and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 to the creation of the Department of Homeland Security and the repeal of the military's anti-gay 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell' policy, along with a Vice Presidential run with Presidential Candidate Al Gore, and being vetted by John McCain to be his potential running mate on the 2008 Republican Ticket. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Centrist Solution: How We Made Government Work and Can Make It Work Again Author: Senator Joseph I. Lieberman Narrator: Rich Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In this era of extremism, our largest problems remain unsolved and our international leadership is compromised. Having two fiercely opposed political parties is what John Adams, the second President of the United States, dreaded 'as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.' If American government is to work, it must do so in the center—where open discussion, hard negotiation, and effective compromise take place. No living politician knows this better than former Senator Joseph I. Lieberman, who served for forty years in state and national government, including twenty-four in the United States Senate and a campaign for the Vice Presidency. In this vivid account of his political life, Senator Lieberman shows how legislative progress and all-inclusive government occurs when politicians reject extremism and embrace productive compromise. In The Centrist Solution, he shines a light on ten milestones of centrist success during his time in government—from the Clean Air Act of 1990 and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 to the creation of the Department of Homeland Security and the repeal of the military's anti-gay 'Don't Ask, Don't Tell' policy, along with a Vice Presidential run with Presidential Candidate Al Gore, and being vetted by John McCain to be his potential running mate on the 2008 Republican Ticket. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544049 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Without the Worker: Labour in the Age of Platform Capitalism Author: Phil Jones Narrator: David Vickery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible analysis of the new forms of work whose seismic changes will increasingly determine the future of capitalism Automation and the decline in industrial employment have lead to rising fears of a workless future. But what happens when your work itself is the thing that will make your job obsolete? In the past few years, online crowdworking platforms—like Amazon's Mechanical Turk and Clickworker—have become an increasingly important source of work, particularly for those in the Global South. Here, small tasks are assigned to people online, and are often used to train algorithms to spot patterns, patterns through machine learning those same algorithms will then be able to spot more effectively than humans. Used for everything from the mechanics of self-driving cars to Google image search, this is an increasingly powerful part of the digital economy. But what happens to work when it makes itself obsolete. In this stimulating work that blends political economy, studies of contemporary work, and speculations on the future of capitalism, Phil Jones looks at what this often murky and hidden form of labor looks like, and what it says about the state of global capitalism. Phil Jones Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544049 thebookvoice.com 3:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Without the Worker: Labour in the Age of Platform Capitalism Author: Phil Jones Narrator: David Vickery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible analysis of the new forms of work whose seismic changes will increasingly determine the future of capitalism Automation and the decline in industrial employment have lead to rising fears of a workless future. But what happens when your work itself is the thing that will make your job obsolete? In the past few years, online crowdworking platforms—like Amazon's Mechanical Turk and Clickworker—have become an increasingly important source of work, particularly for those in the Global South. Here, small tasks are assigned to people online, and are often used to train algorithms to spot patterns, patterns through machine learning those same algorithms will then be able to spot more effectively than humans. Used for everything from the mechanics of self-driving cars to Google image search, this is an increasingly powerful part of the digital economy. But what happens to work when it makes itself obsolete. In this stimulating work that blends political economy, studies of contemporary work, and speculations on the future of capitalism, Phil Jones looks at what this often murky and hidden form of labor looks like, and what it says about the state of global capitalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/544049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work Without the Worker: Labour in the Age of Platform Capitalism Author: Phil Jones Narrator: David Vickery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible analysis of the new forms of work whose seismic changes will increasingly determine the future of capitalism Automation and the decline in industrial employment have lead to rising fears of a workless future. But what happens when your work itself is the thing that will make your job obsolete? In the past few years, online crowdworking platforms—like Amazon's Mechanical Turk and Clickworker—have become an increasingly important source of work, particularly for those in the Global South. Here, small tasks are assigned to people online, and are often used to train algorithms to spot patterns, patterns through machine learning those same algorithms will then be able to spot more effectively than humans. Used for everything from the mechanics of self-driving cars to Google image search, this is an increasingly powerful part of the digital economy. But what happens to work when it makes itself obsolete. In this stimulating work that blends political economy, studies of contemporary work, and speculations on the future of capitalism, Phil Jones looks at what this often murky and hidden form of labor looks like, and what it says about the state of global capitalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Ground: Citizenship in an Age of Endless, Invisible War Author: Phil Klay Narrator: Josh Casaubon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the National Book Award-winning author of Redeployment and Missionaries, an astonishing fever graph of the effects of twenty years of war in a brutally divided America. When Phil Klay left the Marines a decade ago after serving as an officer in Iraq, he found himself a part of the community of veterans who have no choice but to grapple with the meaning of their wartime experiences—for themselves and for the country. American identity has always been bound up in war—from the revolutionary war of our founding, to the civil war that ended slavery, to the two world wars that launched America as a superpower. What did the current wars say about who we are as a country, and how should we respond as citizens?   Unlike in previous eras of war, relatively few Americans have had to do any real grappling with the endless, invisible conflicts of the post-9/11 world; in fact, increasingly few people are even aware they are still going on. It is as if these wars are a dark star with a strong gravitational force that draws a relatively small number of soldiers and their families into its orbit while remaining inconspicuous to most other Americans. In the meantime, the consequences of American military action abroad may be out of sight and out of mind, but they are very real indeed.   This chasm between the military and the civilian in American life, and the moral blind spot it has created, is one of the great themes of Uncertain Ground, Phil Klay’s powerful series of reckonings with some of our country’s thorniest concerns, written in essay form over the past ten years. In the name of what do we ask young Americans to kill, and to die? In the name of what does this country hang together? As we see at every turn in these pages, those two questions have a great deal to do with each another, and how we answer them will go a long way toward deciding where our troubled country goes from here. Phil Klay Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543938 thebookvoice.com 7:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Ground: Citizenship in an Age of Endless, Invisible War Author: Phil Klay Narrator: Josh Casaubon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the National Book Award-winning author of Redeployment and Missionaries, an astonishing fever graph of the effects of twenty years of war in a brutally divided America. When Phil Klay left the Marines a decade ago after serving as an officer in Iraq, he found himself a part of the community of veterans who have no choice but to grapple with the meaning of their wartime experiences—for themselves and for the country. American identity has always been bound up in war—from the revolutionary war of our founding, to the civil war that ended slavery, to the two world wars that launched America as a superpower. What did the current wars say about who we are as a country, and how should we respond as citizens?   Unlike in previous eras of war, relatively few Americans have had to do any real grappling with the endless, invisible conflicts of the post-9/11 world; in fact, increasingly few people are even aware they are still going on. It is as if these wars are a dark star with a strong gravitational force that draws a relatively small number of soldiers and their families into its orbit while remaining inconspicuous to most other Americans. In the meantime, the consequences of American military action abroad may be out of sight and out of mind, but they are very real indeed.   This chasm between the military and the civilian in American life, and the moral blind spot it has created, is one of the great themes of Uncertain Ground, Phil Klay’s powerful series of reckonings with some of our country’s thorniest concerns, written in essay form over the past ten years. In the name of what do we ask young Americans to kill, and to die? In the name of what does this country hang together? As we see at every turn in these pages, those two questions have a great deal to do with each another, and how we answer them will go a long way toward deciding where our troubled country goes from here. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncertain Ground: Citizenship in an Age of Endless, Invisible War Author: Phil Klay Narrator: Josh Casaubon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the National Book Award-winning author of Redeployment and Missionaries, an astonishing fever graph of the effects of twenty years of war in a brutally divided America. When Phil Klay left the Marines a decade ago after serving as an officer in Iraq, he found himself a part of the community of veterans who have no choice but to grapple with the meaning of their wartime experiences—for themselves and for the country. American identity has always been bound up in war—from the revolutionary war of our founding, to the civil war that ended slavery, to the two world wars that launched America as a superpower. What did the current wars say about who we are as a country, and how should we respond as citizens?   Unlike in previous eras of war, relatively few Americans have had to do any real grappling with the endless, invisible conflicts of the post-9/11 world; in fact, increasingly few people are even aware they are still going on. It is as if these wars are a dark star with a strong gravitational force that draws a relatively small number of soldiers and their families into its orbit while remaining inconspicuous to most other Americans. In the meantime, the consequences of American military action abroad may be out of sight and out of mind, but they are very real indeed.   This chasm between the military and the civilian in American life, and the moral blind spot it has created, is one of the great themes of Uncertain Ground, Phil Klay’s powerful series of reckonings with some of our country’s thorniest concerns, written in essay form over the past ten years. In the name of what do we ask young Americans to kill, and to die? In the name of what does this country hang together? As we see at every turn in these pages, those two questions have a great deal to do with each another, and how we answer them will go a long way toward deciding where our troubled country goes from here. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543773 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution entlässt ihre Kinder Author: Wolfgang Leonhard Narrator: Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Leonhard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Einer der großen Klassiker der politischen Literatur Deutschlands!Die autobiografische Erzählung berichtet von dem 13-jährigen Wladimir, später Wolfgang genannt, der 1933 mit seiner Mutter aus dem nationalsozialistischen Deutschland fliehen und sich daraufhin in der Sowjetunion zurecht finden muss. Nachdem seine Mutter verhaftet wurde, wächst er in einem Heim für deutsche Emigranten auf und studiert später an der Moskauer Pädagogischen Hochschule für Fremdsprachen. Unter Walter Ulbricht wird er schließlich als Funktionär nach Deutschland, in die sowjetische Besatzungszone, geschickt und ist dort an Wiederaufbau kommunaler Strukturen beteiligt. Doch mit der Zeit kommen Zweifel gegenüber dem Stalinismus auf, was ihn dazu bewegt, 1947 aus der Besatzungszone zu fliehen. Wolfgang Leonhard Fri, 06 Dec 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543773 thebookvoice.com 25:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution entlässt ihre Kinder Author: Wolfgang Leonhard Narrator: Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Leonhard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Einer der großen Klassiker der politischen Literatur Deutschlands!Die autobiografische Erzählung berichtet von dem 13-jährigen Wladimir, später Wolfgang genannt, der 1933 mit seiner Mutter aus dem nationalsozialistischen Deutschland fliehen und sich daraufhin in der Sowjetunion zurecht finden muss. Nachdem seine Mutter verhaftet wurde, wächst er in einem Heim für deutsche Emigranten auf und studiert später an der Moskauer Pädagogischen Hochschule für Fremdsprachen. Unter Walter Ulbricht wird er schließlich als Funktionär nach Deutschland, in die sowjetische Besatzungszone, geschickt und ist dort an Wiederaufbau kommunaler Strukturen beteiligt. Doch mit der Zeit kommen Zweifel gegenüber dem Stalinismus auf, was ihn dazu bewegt, 1947 aus der Besatzungszone zu fliehen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Revolution entlässt ihre Kinder Author: Wolfgang Leonhard Narrator: Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Leonhard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 6, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Einer der großen Klassiker der politischen Literatur Deutschlands!Die autobiografische Erzählung berichtet von dem 13-jährigen Wladimir, später Wolfgang genannt, der 1933 mit seiner Mutter aus dem nationalsozialistischen Deutschland fliehen und sich daraufhin in der Sowjetunion zurecht finden muss. Nachdem seine Mutter verhaftet wurde, wächst er in einem Heim für deutsche Emigranten auf und studiert später an der Moskauer Pädagogischen Hochschule für Fremdsprachen. Unter Walter Ulbricht wird er schließlich als Funktionär nach Deutschland, in die sowjetische Besatzungszone, geschickt und ist dort an Wiederaufbau kommunaler Strukturen beteiligt. Doch mit der Zeit kommen Zweifel gegenüber dem Stalinismus auf, was ihn dazu bewegt, 1947 aus der Besatzungszone zu fliehen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hexen und Hexenverfolgung (Ungekürzt) Author: Walter Rummel, Rita Voltmer Narrator: Kerstin Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nur wenige historische Themen stoßen in einer breiten Öffentlichkeit auf ein solches Interesse wie Hexen und Hexenverfolgungen. Filme, Märchen und Ausstellungen zeugen davon. Doch wie weit entspricht das gängige Bild der Wirklichkeit? Wie weit beherrschen Klischees und Mythologie unsere Vorstellung? Auf der Grundlage neuester Forschungen entwerfen Walter Rummel und Rita Voltmer ein differenziertes Bild. Sie zeigen auf, dass das Thema ein frühneuzeitliches und kaum ein mittelalterliches Phänomen ist. Dass Hexenverfolgung sich zwar mehrheitlich gegen Frauen richtete, doch Männer auch betroffen waren. Dass sie zwar von Theologen und den Kirchen aller Konfessionen unterstützt, doch wesentlich von Juristen legitimiert und von weltlichen Gerichten ausgerichtet wurde. Und dass sie schließlich den stärksten Antrieb von Seiten der Bevölkerung erfuhr, welche auf diese Weise ihre internen Konflikte austrug. Die historische Wirklichkeit der Hexenverfolgung wird hier auf ein solides, neues Fundamt gestellt. Walter Rummel, Rita Voltmer Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543719 thebookvoice.com 2:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hexen und Hexenverfolgung (Ungekürzt) Author: Walter Rummel, Rita Voltmer Narrator: Kerstin Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nur wenige historische Themen stoßen in einer breiten Öffentlichkeit auf ein solches Interesse wie Hexen und Hexenverfolgungen. Filme, Märchen und Ausstellungen zeugen davon. Doch wie weit entspricht das gängige Bild der Wirklichkeit? Wie weit beherrschen Klischees und Mythologie unsere Vorstellung? Auf der Grundlage neuester Forschungen entwerfen Walter Rummel und Rita Voltmer ein differenziertes Bild. Sie zeigen auf, dass das Thema ein frühneuzeitliches und kaum ein mittelalterliches Phänomen ist. Dass Hexenverfolgung sich zwar mehrheitlich gegen Frauen richtete, doch Männer auch betroffen waren. Dass sie zwar von Theologen und den Kirchen aller Konfessionen unterstützt, doch wesentlich von Juristen legitimiert und von weltlichen Gerichten ausgerichtet wurde. Und dass sie schließlich den stärksten Antrieb von Seiten der Bevölkerung erfuhr, welche auf diese Weise ihre internen Konflikte austrug. Die historische Wirklichkeit der Hexenverfolgung wird hier auf ein solides, neues Fundamt gestellt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hexen und Hexenverfolgung (Ungekürzt) Author: Walter Rummel, Rita Voltmer Narrator: Kerstin Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Nur wenige historische Themen stoßen in einer breiten Öffentlichkeit auf ein solches Interesse wie Hexen und Hexenverfolgungen. Filme, Märchen und Ausstellungen zeugen davon. Doch wie weit entspricht das gängige Bild der Wirklichkeit? Wie weit beherrschen Klischees und Mythologie unsere Vorstellung? Auf der Grundlage neuester Forschungen entwerfen Walter Rummel und Rita Voltmer ein differenziertes Bild. Sie zeigen auf, dass das Thema ein frühneuzeitliches und kaum ein mittelalterliches Phänomen ist. Dass Hexenverfolgung sich zwar mehrheitlich gegen Frauen richtete, doch Männer auch betroffen waren. Dass sie zwar von Theologen und den Kirchen aller Konfessionen unterstützt, doch wesentlich von Juristen legitimiert und von weltlichen Gerichten ausgerichtet wurde. Und dass sie schließlich den stärksten Antrieb von Seiten der Bevölkerung erfuhr, welche auf diese Weise ihre internen Konflikte austrug. Die historische Wirklichkeit der Hexenverfolgung wird hier auf ein solides, neues Fundamt gestellt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543667 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Neustart! - Was sich in Politik und Gesellschaft ändern muss Author: Vera Lengsfeld Narrator: Claudia Wohlrab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In der deutschen Politik werden viele Ansprüche gestellt, jedoch fragt Deutschland dabei nicht nach den Voraussetzungen, die benötigt werden um solche Ansprüche zu erfüllen. Die ehemalige DDR-Bürgerrechtlerin und langjährige Bundestagsabgeordnete Vera Lengsfeld betrachtet in diesem Werk die sieben Jahre rot-grünes Reformprojekt als Höhepunkt und Ende der 68er-Bewegung. Mit ihrem kritischen Blick plädiert sie dafür, die Werte der 89-er Revolution wieder zu beleben. Denn für die Autorin ist eines klar: Deutschland kann nur durch einen Mentalitäts- und Politikwandel im Sinne von mehr Freiheit und Selbstverantwortung aus der Krise geführt werden. Vera Lengsfeld Mon, 04 May 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543667 thebookvoice.com 5:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Neustart! - Was sich in Politik und Gesellschaft ändern muss Author: Vera Lengsfeld Narrator: Claudia Wohlrab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In der deutschen Politik werden viele Ansprüche gestellt, jedoch fragt Deutschland dabei nicht nach den Voraussetzungen, die benötigt werden um solche Ansprüche zu erfüllen. Die ehemalige DDR-Bürgerrechtlerin und langjährige Bundestagsabgeordnete Vera Lengsfeld betrachtet in diesem Werk die sieben Jahre rot-grünes Reformprojekt als Höhepunkt und Ende der 68er-Bewegung. Mit ihrem kritischen Blick plädiert sie dafür, die Werte der 89-er Revolution wieder zu beleben. Denn für die Autorin ist eines klar: Deutschland kann nur durch einen Mentalitäts- und Politikwandel im Sinne von mehr Freiheit und Selbstverantwortung aus der Krise geführt werden. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543667]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Neustart! - Was sich in Politik und Gesellschaft ändern muss Author: Vera Lengsfeld Narrator: Claudia Wohlrab Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In der deutschen Politik werden viele Ansprüche gestellt, jedoch fragt Deutschland dabei nicht nach den Voraussetzungen, die benötigt werden um solche Ansprüche zu erfüllen. Die ehemalige DDR-Bürgerrechtlerin und langjährige Bundestagsabgeordnete Vera Lengsfeld betrachtet in diesem Werk die sieben Jahre rot-grünes Reformprojekt als Höhepunkt und Ende der 68er-Bewegung. Mit ihrem kritischen Blick plädiert sie dafür, die Werte der 89-er Revolution wieder zu beleben. Denn für die Autorin ist eines klar: Deutschland kann nur durch einen Mentalitäts- und Politikwandel im Sinne von mehr Freiheit und Selbstverantwortung aus der Krise geführt werden. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die anderen und wir (Ungekürzt) Author: Thilo Koch Narrator: Thilo Koch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland von innen und von außen betrachtet! Die Deutschen haben nur Urlaub im Kopf. Oder machen sie mit ihrer Hartnäckigkeit einfach grundlegend alles Gute zu etwas Schlechtem? In seinem Essay betrachtet Thilo Koch sowohl die Vorurteile, die Deutschland von anderen Ländern aufgedrängt bekommt, sowie die Verbindungen, die zu dem Rest der Welt bestehen. Koch wirft auch einen Blick darauf, wie wir Deutschen uns selbst sehen - und da kommt die Selbstkritik nicht zu kurz. Der Autor und Fernsehjournalist Thilo Koch wurde 1920 in Kanena geboren. Nachdem er sein Abitur 1939 als Jahrgangs-Bester abgelegt hatte, studierte er Philosophie, Geschichte und Germanistik. Thilo wollte zunächst Autor und Dichter werden, aber nach der Veröffentlichung einiger Bücher schlug er schließlich doch den Laufweg zum Journalismus ein. Er bewarb sich erfolgreich beim NWDR und arbeitete später beim NDR. Für viele Jahre war er auch Korrespondent in Washington und schrieb für Die Zeit. Neben dieser Tätigkeit arbeitete er jedoch während seines gesamten Lebens regelmäßig als Sachbuchautor und Herausgeber. Am 12. September 2006 verstarb er in Hausen ob Verena. Thilo Koch Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543522 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die anderen und wir (Ungekürzt) Author: Thilo Koch Narrator: Thilo Koch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland von innen und von außen betrachtet! Die Deutschen haben nur Urlaub im Kopf. Oder machen sie mit ihrer Hartnäckigkeit einfach grundlegend alles Gute zu etwas Schlechtem? In seinem Essay betrachtet Thilo Koch sowohl die Vorurteile, die Deutschland von anderen Ländern aufgedrängt bekommt, sowie die Verbindungen, die zu dem Rest der Welt bestehen. Koch wirft auch einen Blick darauf, wie wir Deutschen uns selbst sehen - und da kommt die Selbstkritik nicht zu kurz. Der Autor und Fernsehjournalist Thilo Koch wurde 1920 in Kanena geboren. Nachdem er sein Abitur 1939 als Jahrgangs-Bester abgelegt hatte, studierte er Philosophie, Geschichte und Germanistik. Thilo wollte zunächst Autor und Dichter werden, aber nach der Veröffentlichung einiger Bücher schlug er schließlich doch den Laufweg zum Journalismus ein. Er bewarb sich erfolgreich beim NWDR und arbeitete später beim NDR. Für viele Jahre war er auch Korrespondent in Washington und schrieb für Die Zeit. Neben dieser Tätigkeit arbeitete er jedoch während seines gesamten Lebens regelmäßig als Sachbuchautor und Herausgeber. Am 12. September 2006 verstarb er in Hausen ob Verena. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die anderen und wir (Ungekürzt) Author: Thilo Koch Narrator: Thilo Koch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Deutschland von innen und von außen betrachtet! Die Deutschen haben nur Urlaub im Kopf. Oder machen sie mit ihrer Hartnäckigkeit einfach grundlegend alles Gute zu etwas Schlechtem? In seinem Essay betrachtet Thilo Koch sowohl die Vorurteile, die Deutschland von anderen Ländern aufgedrängt bekommt, sowie die Verbindungen, die zu dem Rest der Welt bestehen. Koch wirft auch einen Blick darauf, wie wir Deutschen uns selbst sehen - und da kommt die Selbstkritik nicht zu kurz. Der Autor und Fernsehjournalist Thilo Koch wurde 1920 in Kanena geboren. Nachdem er sein Abitur 1939 als Jahrgangs-Bester abgelegt hatte, studierte er Philosophie, Geschichte und Germanistik. Thilo wollte zunächst Autor und Dichter werden, aber nach der Veröffentlichung einiger Bücher schlug er schließlich doch den Laufweg zum Journalismus ein. Er bewarb sich erfolgreich beim NWDR und arbeitete später beim NDR. Für viele Jahre war er auch Korrespondent in Washington und schrieb für Die Zeit. Neben dieser Tätigkeit arbeitete er jedoch während seines gesamten Lebens regelmäßig als Sachbuchautor und Herausgeber. Am 12. September 2006 verstarb er in Hausen ob Verena. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543508 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Stechlin Author: Theodor Fontane Narrator: Sabine Swoboda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fontanes berühmter und zugleich letzter Roman, der am Brandenburger Stechlinsee spielt: Im Zentrum des Romans stehen neben der märkischen Adelsfamilie um den Witwer Dubslav von Stechlin und dessen Sohn Woldemar die vielen Gespräche mit verschiedenen Personen über aktuelle Ereignisse, wobei sich immer wieder die alte konservative und die neue sozialdemokratische Sichtweise gegenüberstehen. - Theodor Fontane Mon, 22 Feb 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543508 thebookvoice.com 13:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Stechlin Author: Theodor Fontane Narrator: Sabine Swoboda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fontanes berühmter und zugleich letzter Roman, der am Brandenburger Stechlinsee spielt: Im Zentrum des Romans stehen neben der märkischen Adelsfamilie um den Witwer Dubslav von Stechlin und dessen Sohn Woldemar die vielen Gespräche mit verschiedenen Personen über aktuelle Ereignisse, wobei sich immer wieder die alte konservative und die neue sozialdemokratische Sichtweise gegenüberstehen. - Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543508]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Stechlin Author: Theodor Fontane Narrator: Sabine Swoboda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fontanes berühmter und zugleich letzter Roman, der am Brandenburger Stechlinsee spielt: Im Zentrum des Romans stehen neben der märkischen Adelsfamilie um den Witwer Dubslav von Stechlin und dessen Sohn Woldemar die vielen Gespräche mit verschiedenen Personen über aktuelle Ereignisse, wobei sich immer wieder die alte konservative und die neue sozialdemokratische Sichtweise gegenüberstehen. - https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543457 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst des Krieges (Ungekürzt) Author: Sun Tsu Narrator: Michael Hametner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eines der berühmtesten Strategiebücher der Geschichte, einmalig in seiner Kombination aus philosophischen Aphorismen, Zeitbeobachtungen, historischen Darstellungen und militärischer Theorie liegt hier in einer bewährten Direktübersetzung aus dem Chinesischen vor, die nicht die Fehler der Übersetzungen aus dem Englischen wiederholt. >Über die Kriegskunst< oder >Die Kunst des Krieges< ist ein Klassiker, der nicht nur von Philosophen und Soldaten, sondern auch von Managern und Historikern durch die Jahrhunderte immer wieder gelesen und beherzigt wurde. Die Strategeme des Sun Tsu geben zudem wichtige Aufschlüsse über das Leben und Denken im alten China. Eine ausführliche Beschreibung der Wirkungsgeschichte, eine Zeittafel sowie Literaturangaben vervollständigen den Band. Sun Tsu Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543457 thebookvoice.com 1:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst des Krieges (Ungekürzt) Author: Sun Tsu Narrator: Michael Hametner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eines der berühmtesten Strategiebücher der Geschichte, einmalig in seiner Kombination aus philosophischen Aphorismen, Zeitbeobachtungen, historischen Darstellungen und militärischer Theorie liegt hier in einer bewährten Direktübersetzung aus dem Chinesischen vor, die nicht die Fehler der Übersetzungen aus dem Englischen wiederholt. >Über die Kriegskunst< oder >Die Kunst des Krieges< ist ein Klassiker, der nicht nur von Philosophen und Soldaten, sondern auch von Managern und Historikern durch die Jahrhunderte immer wieder gelesen und beherzigt wurde. Die Strategeme des Sun Tsu geben zudem wichtige Aufschlüsse über das Leben und Denken im alten China. Eine ausführliche Beschreibung der Wirkungsgeschichte, eine Zeittafel sowie Literaturangaben vervollständigen den Band. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst des Krieges (Ungekürzt) Author: Sun Tsu Narrator: Michael Hametner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eines der berühmtesten Strategiebücher der Geschichte, einmalig in seiner Kombination aus philosophischen Aphorismen, Zeitbeobachtungen, historischen Darstellungen und militärischer Theorie liegt hier in einer bewährten Direktübersetzung aus dem Chinesischen vor, die nicht die Fehler der Übersetzungen aus dem Englischen wiederholt. >Über die Kriegskunst< oder >Die Kunst des Krieges< ist ein Klassiker, der nicht nur von Philosophen und Soldaten, sondern auch von Managern und Historikern durch die Jahrhunderte immer wieder gelesen und beherzigt wurde. Die Strategeme des Sun Tsu geben zudem wichtige Aufschlüsse über das Leben und Denken im alten China. Eine ausführliche Beschreibung der Wirkungsgeschichte, eine Zeittafel sowie Literaturangaben vervollständigen den Band. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutscher Meister Author: Stephanie Bart Narrator: Burghart Klaussner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Berlin, 9. Juni 1933: Johann Rukelie Trollmann ist ein talentierter, unkonventionell kämpfender Boxer und charismatischer Publikumsliebling. Er steht im Kampf um die Deutsche Meisterschaft. Seinem Gegner ist er überlegen. Doch Trollmann ist Sinto. SA steht am Ring. Funktionäre und Presse tun alles, um seine Karriere zu zerstören und ihn endgültig auf die Bretter zu schicken. Stephanie Barts Roman 'Deutscher Meister' führt ins Innerste der nationalsozialistischen Machtentfaltung und an ihre Grenzen.- Stephanie Bart Thu, 19 Nov 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543445 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutscher Meister Author: Stephanie Bart Narrator: Burghart Klaussner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Berlin, 9. Juni 1933: Johann Rukelie Trollmann ist ein talentierter, unkonventionell kämpfender Boxer und charismatischer Publikumsliebling. Er steht im Kampf um die Deutsche Meisterschaft. Seinem Gegner ist er überlegen. Doch Trollmann ist Sinto. SA steht am Ring. Funktionäre und Presse tun alles, um seine Karriere zu zerstören und ihn endgültig auf die Bretter zu schicken. Stephanie Barts Roman 'Deutscher Meister' führt ins Innerste der nationalsozialistischen Machtentfaltung und an ihre Grenzen.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Deutscher Meister Author: Stephanie Bart Narrator: Burghart Klaussner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Berlin, 9. Juni 1933: Johann Rukelie Trollmann ist ein talentierter, unkonventionell kämpfender Boxer und charismatischer Publikumsliebling. Er steht im Kampf um die Deutsche Meisterschaft. Seinem Gegner ist er überlegen. Doch Trollmann ist Sinto. SA steht am Ring. Funktionäre und Presse tun alles, um seine Karriere zu zerstören und ihn endgültig auf die Bretter zu schicken. Stephanie Barts Roman 'Deutscher Meister' führt ins Innerste der nationalsozialistischen Machtentfaltung und an ihre Grenzen.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543230 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genial Dagegen Author: Robert Misik Narrator: Alexander Bandilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der linke Publizist Robert Misik nimmt auch hier kein Blatt vor den Mund: Mit Ironie und starker Überzeugungskraft verdeutlicht er, warum Gesellschaftskritik wieder angesagt ist, und macht dabei keinen Hehl aus seinem eigenen linken Hintergrund. Neben dem Porträt sehr unterschiedlicher Charaktere der linken Szene – von Michael Moore bis zu Naomi Klein – befasst er sich mit Fragen nach politischen Alternativen und untersucht, warum man heute mit rebellischen Äußerungen darauf gefasst sein muss, womöglich einen neuen Trend zu starten. - Robert Misik Mon, 18 Jan 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543230 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genial Dagegen Author: Robert Misik Narrator: Alexander Bandilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der linke Publizist Robert Misik nimmt auch hier kein Blatt vor den Mund: Mit Ironie und starker Überzeugungskraft verdeutlicht er, warum Gesellschaftskritik wieder angesagt ist, und macht dabei keinen Hehl aus seinem eigenen linken Hintergrund. Neben dem Porträt sehr unterschiedlicher Charaktere der linken Szene – von Michael Moore bis zu Naomi Klein – befasst er sich mit Fragen nach politischen Alternativen und untersucht, warum man heute mit rebellischen Äußerungen darauf gefasst sein muss, womöglich einen neuen Trend zu starten. - Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Genial Dagegen Author: Robert Misik Narrator: Alexander Bandilla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der linke Publizist Robert Misik nimmt auch hier kein Blatt vor den Mund: Mit Ironie und starker Überzeugungskraft verdeutlicht er, warum Gesellschaftskritik wieder angesagt ist, und macht dabei keinen Hehl aus seinem eigenen linken Hintergrund. Neben dem Porträt sehr unterschiedlicher Charaktere der linken Szene – von Michael Moore bis zu Naomi Klein – befasst er sich mit Fragen nach politischen Alternativen und untersucht, warum man heute mit rebellischen Äußerungen darauf gefasst sein muss, womöglich einen neuen Trend zu starten. - https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Mann, der nicht verlieren kann: Warum man Trump erst dann versteht, wenn man mit ihm golfen geht Author: Rick Reilly Narrator: Michael Schwarzmaier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 2, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rick Reilly hat Donald Trump über 30 Jahre beim Golfspiel beobachtet. Sein Buch über dessen Verhalten beim Sport ist ebenso witzig wie erhellend. Wie man Golf spielt entblößt, wer man ist. Der bekannte Sport-Journalist und Golf-Enthusiast Rick Reilly hat Donald Trump viele Jahre auf dem Golfplatz erlebt, und schildert in seinem Buch urkomisch die Raffinesse und Kaltschnäuzigkeit, mit der sich Trump beim Gentleman-Sport auf alle nur erdenklichen Weisen einen Vorteil zu verschaffen weiß. Wenn es etwas gibt, was in Trumps Welt auf keinen Fall passieren darf, dann eine Niederlage – und sei es beim Spiel mit Tiger Woods. Reilly weiß zudem, was hinter dem Einreiseverbot für Araber steckte (Golf!), warum Trump und Merkel sich nicht verstehen (Golf!) und warum Trump acht Ziegen besitzt (Golf!). Ein unverzichtbares Buch, das mehr sagt als jede politische Analyse. Rick Reilly Wed, 02 Sep 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543219 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Mann, der nicht verlieren kann: Warum man Trump erst dann versteht, wenn man mit ihm golfen geht Author: Rick Reilly Narrator: Michael Schwarzmaier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 2, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rick Reilly hat Donald Trump über 30 Jahre beim Golfspiel beobachtet. Sein Buch über dessen Verhalten beim Sport ist ebenso witzig wie erhellend. Wie man Golf spielt entblößt, wer man ist. Der bekannte Sport-Journalist und Golf-Enthusiast Rick Reilly hat Donald Trump viele Jahre auf dem Golfplatz erlebt, und schildert in seinem Buch urkomisch die Raffinesse und Kaltschnäuzigkeit, mit der sich Trump beim Gentleman-Sport auf alle nur erdenklichen Weisen einen Vorteil zu verschaffen weiß. Wenn es etwas gibt, was in Trumps Welt auf keinen Fall passieren darf, dann eine Niederlage – und sei es beim Spiel mit Tiger Woods. Reilly weiß zudem, was hinter dem Einreiseverbot für Araber steckte (Golf!), warum Trump und Merkel sich nicht verstehen (Golf!) und warum Trump acht Ziegen besitzt (Golf!). Ein unverzichtbares Buch, das mehr sagt als jede politische Analyse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Mann, der nicht verlieren kann: Warum man Trump erst dann versteht, wenn man mit ihm golfen geht Author: Rick Reilly Narrator: Michael Schwarzmaier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 2, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rick Reilly hat Donald Trump über 30 Jahre beim Golfspiel beobachtet. Sein Buch über dessen Verhalten beim Sport ist ebenso witzig wie erhellend. Wie man Golf spielt entblößt, wer man ist. Der bekannte Sport-Journalist und Golf-Enthusiast Rick Reilly hat Donald Trump viele Jahre auf dem Golfplatz erlebt, und schildert in seinem Buch urkomisch die Raffinesse und Kaltschnäuzigkeit, mit der sich Trump beim Gentleman-Sport auf alle nur erdenklichen Weisen einen Vorteil zu verschaffen weiß. Wenn es etwas gibt, was in Trumps Welt auf keinen Fall passieren darf, dann eine Niederlage – und sei es beim Spiel mit Tiger Woods. Reilly weiß zudem, was hinter dem Einreiseverbot für Araber steckte (Golf!), warum Trump und Merkel sich nicht verstehen (Golf!) und warum Trump acht Ziegen besitzt (Golf!). Ein unverzichtbares Buch, das mehr sagt als jede politische Analyse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543168 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hexenjagd in Deutschland (Ungekürzt) Author: Rainer Decker Narrator: Marcus Boshkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rom 1657: Der aus Westfalen stammende Geheimkämmerer des Papstes erhält einen verzweifelten Hilferuf des Bischofs von Paderborn, der sich mit einer explosionsartig anschwellenden Zahl 'vom Teufel Besessener' konfrontiert sieht. Was soll er tun? Soll er, wie viele seiner Untertanen fordern, eine Hexenjagd in Gang setzen? Ausgehend von den dramatischen Ereignissen im Hochstift Paderborn 1656-1659 erzählt Rainer Decker die Geschichte der Hexenverfolgungen in Deutschland. Dargestellt wird der Ablauf eines typischen Prozesses; die Bedeutung von Folter und Hinrichtung; das Phänomen der Lynchjustiz, von pogromartigen Exzessen gegen vermeintliche Hexen. Auch zeigt Decker welche Rolle die Kirche bei den Hexenverfolgungen spielte. Rainer Decker Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543168 thebookvoice.com 1:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hexenjagd in Deutschland (Ungekürzt) Author: Rainer Decker Narrator: Marcus Boshkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rom 1657: Der aus Westfalen stammende Geheimkämmerer des Papstes erhält einen verzweifelten Hilferuf des Bischofs von Paderborn, der sich mit einer explosionsartig anschwellenden Zahl 'vom Teufel Besessener' konfrontiert sieht. Was soll er tun? Soll er, wie viele seiner Untertanen fordern, eine Hexenjagd in Gang setzen? Ausgehend von den dramatischen Ereignissen im Hochstift Paderborn 1656-1659 erzählt Rainer Decker die Geschichte der Hexenverfolgungen in Deutschland. Dargestellt wird der Ablauf eines typischen Prozesses; die Bedeutung von Folter und Hinrichtung; das Phänomen der Lynchjustiz, von pogromartigen Exzessen gegen vermeintliche Hexen. Auch zeigt Decker welche Rolle die Kirche bei den Hexenverfolgungen spielte. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hexenjagd in Deutschland (Ungekürzt) Author: Rainer Decker Narrator: Marcus Boshkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 9 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Rom 1657: Der aus Westfalen stammende Geheimkämmerer des Papstes erhält einen verzweifelten Hilferuf des Bischofs von Paderborn, der sich mit einer explosionsartig anschwellenden Zahl 'vom Teufel Besessener' konfrontiert sieht. Was soll er tun? Soll er, wie viele seiner Untertanen fordern, eine Hexenjagd in Gang setzen? Ausgehend von den dramatischen Ereignissen im Hochstift Paderborn 1656-1659 erzählt Rainer Decker die Geschichte der Hexenverfolgungen in Deutschland. Dargestellt wird der Ablauf eines typischen Prozesses; die Bedeutung von Folter und Hinrichtung; das Phänomen der Lynchjustiz, von pogromartigen Exzessen gegen vermeintliche Hexen. Auch zeigt Decker welche Rolle die Kirche bei den Hexenverfolgungen spielte. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543121 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nach der Globalisierung - Entwicklungspolitik im 21. Jahrhundert (Ungekürzt) Author: Peter Niggli Narrator: Norbert Hülm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Zeitalter der Globalisierung diktieren die Industrieländer vielen Entwicklungsländern die Wirtschaftspolitik - mit negativen Resultaten. Dass die Bilanz der Entwicklungsländer nicht allzu schlecht ausfällt, ist Ländern wie Indien, China oder Südkorea zu verdanken - gerade weil sie sich dem wirtschaftspolitischen Diktat Washingtons nicht unterwerfen mussten. Niggli warnt vor der Illusion, man könne die wirtschaftliche Globalisierung durch soziale und ökologische Leitplanken zivilisieren. Demokratie und Selbstbestimmung sind mit voller ökonomischer Integration aller Länder nicht vereinbar. Ein neues weltwirtschaftliches Regulationsregime ist notwendig, das den Ländern mehr Spielraum für eigenständige Entwicklungsstrategien gibt. Ein solcher Kurswechsel bedingt aber, dass die Bevölkerung der Industrieländer dem neuen 'liberalen' Imperialismus entgegentritt, den die USA gegen den 'Terrorismus' konzipieren. Peter Niggli (geb. 1950 in Zürich) ist ein Schweizer Journalist und Publizist mit dem Schwerpunkt Entwicklungspolitik. Er studierte Phiilosophie, Mathematik und Geschichte und war im Gefolge der Achtundsechzigerbewegung während seiner gesamten Studienzeit Anführer der Revolutionären Aufbauorganisation Zürich. Auch in seinem weiteren Lebensverlauf war er politisch tätig; u.a. war er Anfang der 90'er Abgeordneter der Grünen im Zürcher Gemeinderat und von 1998 bis 2005 Geschäftsführer von Alliance Sud, einer entwicklungspolitische Arbeitsgemeinschaft. Er ist u.a. Verfasser mehrerer Studien über Afrika. Peter Niggli Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543121 thebookvoice.com 3:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nach der Globalisierung - Entwicklungspolitik im 21. Jahrhundert (Ungekürzt) Author: Peter Niggli Narrator: Norbert Hülm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Zeitalter der Globalisierung diktieren die Industrieländer vielen Entwicklungsländern die Wirtschaftspolitik - mit negativen Resultaten. Dass die Bilanz der Entwicklungsländer nicht allzu schlecht ausfällt, ist Ländern wie Indien, China oder Südkorea zu verdanken - gerade weil sie sich dem wirtschaftspolitischen Diktat Washingtons nicht unterwerfen mussten. Niggli warnt vor der Illusion, man könne die wirtschaftliche Globalisierung durch soziale und ökologische Leitplanken zivilisieren. Demokratie und Selbstbestimmung sind mit voller ökonomischer Integration aller Länder nicht vereinbar. Ein neues weltwirtschaftliches Regulationsregime ist notwendig, das den Ländern mehr Spielraum für eigenständige Entwicklungsstrategien gibt. Ein solcher Kurswechsel bedingt aber, dass die Bevölkerung der Industrieländer dem neuen 'liberalen' Imperialismus entgegentritt, den die USA gegen den 'Terrorismus' konzipieren. Peter Niggli (geb. 1950 in Zürich) ist ein Schweizer Journalist und Publizist mit dem Schwerpunkt Entwicklungspolitik. Er studierte Phiilosophie, Mathematik und Geschichte und war im Gefolge der Achtundsechzigerbewegung während seiner gesamten Studienzeit Anführer der Revolutionären Aufbauorganisation Zürich. Auch in seinem weiteren Lebensverlauf war er politisch tätig; u.a. war er Anfang der 90'er Abgeordneter der Grünen im Zürcher Gemeinderat und von 1998 bis 2005 Geschäftsführer von Alliance Sud, einer entwicklungspolitische Arbeitsgemeinschaft. Er ist u.a. Verfasser mehrerer Studien über Afrika. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543121]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Nach der Globalisierung - Entwicklungspolitik im 21. Jahrhundert (Ungekürzt) Author: Peter Niggli Narrator: Norbert Hülm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Im Zeitalter der Globalisierung diktieren die Industrieländer vielen Entwicklungsländern die Wirtschaftspolitik - mit negativen Resultaten. Dass die Bilanz der Entwicklungsländer nicht allzu schlecht ausfällt, ist Ländern wie Indien, China oder Südkorea zu verdanken - gerade weil sie sich dem wirtschaftspolitischen Diktat Washingtons nicht unterwerfen mussten. Niggli warnt vor der Illusion, man könne die wirtschaftliche Globalisierung durch soziale und ökologische Leitplanken zivilisieren. Demokratie und Selbstbestimmung sind mit voller ökonomischer Integration aller Länder nicht vereinbar. Ein neues weltwirtschaftliches Regulationsregime ist notwendig, das den Ländern mehr Spielraum für eigenständige Entwicklungsstrategien gibt. Ein solcher Kurswechsel bedingt aber, dass die Bevölkerung der Industrieländer dem neuen 'liberalen' Imperialismus entgegentritt, den die USA gegen den 'Terrorismus' konzipieren. Peter Niggli (geb. 1950 in Zürich) ist ein Schweizer Journalist und Publizist mit dem Schwerpunkt Entwicklungspolitik. Er studierte Phiilosophie, Mathematik und Geschichte und war im Gefolge der Achtundsechzigerbewegung während seiner gesamten Studienzeit Anführer der Revolutionären Aufbauorganisation Zürich. Auch in seinem weiteren Lebensverlauf war er politisch tätig; u.a. war er Anfang der 90'er Abgeordneter der Grünen im Zürcher Gemeinderat und von 1998 bis 2005 Geschäftsführer von Alliance Sud, einer entwicklungspolitische Arbeitsgemeinschaft. Er ist u.a. Verfasser mehrerer Studien über Afrika. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543123 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Russland im Zangengriff - Putins Imperium zwischen Nato, China und Islam Author: Peter Scholl-Latour Narrator: Jo Brauner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein spannender Einblick in die Situation Russlands!Die einstige Supermacht Russland und ihre heutige Position in der Welt ist etwas, was als Thema oft vernachlässigt wird, dabei ist sie doch ein unverzichtbarer Partner des Westens. Um ein besonders gutes Gespür für die politische Situation in Russland und die möglicherweise damit zusammenhängenden Krisenherde zu bekommen, hat Autor Peter Scholl-Latour die verschiedenen Grenzregionen Russlands bereist und festgestellt: das Land befindet sich in einem Zangengriff. Durch die Ausdehnung der NATO und der EU nach Osten, den zentralasiatischen, vom Islamismus geprägten, GUS-Staaten im Süden und dem chinesisch-russischen Grenzgebiet, ist Russland von mehreren Seiten bedrängt. Und dieser Zangengriff wird zwangsweise nationalistische Reaktionen hervorrufen. In diesem Werk werden jahrzehntelange Erfahrungen mit unmittelbaren Erlebnissen gemischt, die so zu einem eindringlichen Gesamtbild führen und zeigen, wie die verschiedenen Konfliktregionen uns betreffen.Editorial credit: Bangkokhappiness / Shutterstock.com Peter Scholl-Latour Mon, 05 Aug 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543123 thebookvoice.com 16:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Russland im Zangengriff - Putins Imperium zwischen Nato, China und Islam Author: Peter Scholl-Latour Narrator: Jo Brauner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein spannender Einblick in die Situation Russlands!Die einstige Supermacht Russland und ihre heutige Position in der Welt ist etwas, was als Thema oft vernachlässigt wird, dabei ist sie doch ein unverzichtbarer Partner des Westens. Um ein besonders gutes Gespür für die politische Situation in Russland und die möglicherweise damit zusammenhängenden Krisenherde zu bekommen, hat Autor Peter Scholl-Latour die verschiedenen Grenzregionen Russlands bereist und festgestellt: das Land befindet sich in einem Zangengriff. Durch die Ausdehnung der NATO und der EU nach Osten, den zentralasiatischen, vom Islamismus geprägten, GUS-Staaten im Süden und dem chinesisch-russischen Grenzgebiet, ist Russland von mehreren Seiten bedrängt. Und dieser Zangengriff wird zwangsweise nationalistische Reaktionen hervorrufen. In diesem Werk werden jahrzehntelange Erfahrungen mit unmittelbaren Erlebnissen gemischt, die so zu einem eindringlichen Gesamtbild führen und zeigen, wie die verschiedenen Konfliktregionen uns betreffen.Editorial credit: Bangkokhappiness / Shutterstock.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Russland im Zangengriff - Putins Imperium zwischen Nato, China und Islam Author: Peter Scholl-Latour Narrator: Jo Brauner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 5, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein spannender Einblick in die Situation Russlands!Die einstige Supermacht Russland und ihre heutige Position in der Welt ist etwas, was als Thema oft vernachlässigt wird, dabei ist sie doch ein unverzichtbarer Partner des Westens. Um ein besonders gutes Gespür für die politische Situation in Russland und die möglicherweise damit zusammenhängenden Krisenherde zu bekommen, hat Autor Peter Scholl-Latour die verschiedenen Grenzregionen Russlands bereist und festgestellt: das Land befindet sich in einem Zangengriff. Durch die Ausdehnung der NATO und der EU nach Osten, den zentralasiatischen, vom Islamismus geprägten, GUS-Staaten im Süden und dem chinesisch-russischen Grenzgebiet, ist Russland von mehreren Seiten bedrängt. Und dieser Zangengriff wird zwangsweise nationalistische Reaktionen hervorrufen. In diesem Werk werden jahrzehntelange Erfahrungen mit unmittelbaren Erlebnissen gemischt, die so zu einem eindringlichen Gesamtbild führen und zeigen, wie die verschiedenen Konfliktregionen uns betreffen.Editorial credit: Bangkokhappiness / Shutterstock.com https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543096 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind besser, als wir glauben (Ungekürzt) Author: Peter Bofinger Narrator: Martin Pfisterer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Trotz zahlreicher Reformen in den letzten Jahrzehnten ist Deutschland auf der einen Seite auf Exportnachfrage angewiesen, während auf der anderen Seite weiterhin die Zahl der Arbeitslosen steigt. Gekonnt analysiert der Ökonom Peter Bofinger die deutschen Reformen neuerer Zeit und zeigt ihre Makel auf. Sein Befund: Wir sind besser, als wir glauben! Sparmaßnahmen des Staates wirkten in die falsche Richtung; man sollte keine drastische Senkung der Staatsausgaben, sondern Investitionen vornehmen. Nach einer genauen Analyse der Ursachen für die hadernde Wirtschaft zeichnet Bofinger einen Gegenentwurf zur aktuellen Wirtschaftspolitik auf. Nicht Armut, sondern Wohlstand für alle! Peter Bofinger, geboren 1954 in Pforzheim, ist ein deutscher Ökonom und Professor für Volkswirtschaftslehre. Er promovierte 1984 mit einer Arbeit zum Thema Währungswettbewerb. In den Folgejahren unterrichtete er u.a. in den Fächern Volkswirtschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universität Konstanz, der Universität Kaiserslautern sowie an der Universität Würzburg. 2004 wurde er in den Sachverständigenrat zur Begutachtung der gesamtwirtschaftlichen Entwicklung berufen, wo er im Februar 2019 seine dritte Amtszeit vollendete. 2018 zählte er zu den zehn einflussreichsten Ökonomen im deutschsprachigen Raum. Peter Bofinger Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543096 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind besser, als wir glauben (Ungekürzt) Author: Peter Bofinger Narrator: Martin Pfisterer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Trotz zahlreicher Reformen in den letzten Jahrzehnten ist Deutschland auf der einen Seite auf Exportnachfrage angewiesen, während auf der anderen Seite weiterhin die Zahl der Arbeitslosen steigt. Gekonnt analysiert der Ökonom Peter Bofinger die deutschen Reformen neuerer Zeit und zeigt ihre Makel auf. Sein Befund: Wir sind besser, als wir glauben! Sparmaßnahmen des Staates wirkten in die falsche Richtung; man sollte keine drastische Senkung der Staatsausgaben, sondern Investitionen vornehmen. Nach einer genauen Analyse der Ursachen für die hadernde Wirtschaft zeichnet Bofinger einen Gegenentwurf zur aktuellen Wirtschaftspolitik auf. Nicht Armut, sondern Wohlstand für alle! Peter Bofinger, geboren 1954 in Pforzheim, ist ein deutscher Ökonom und Professor für Volkswirtschaftslehre. Er promovierte 1984 mit einer Arbeit zum Thema Währungswettbewerb. In den Folgejahren unterrichtete er u.a. in den Fächern Volkswirtschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universität Konstanz, der Universität Kaiserslautern sowie an der Universität Würzburg. 2004 wurde er in den Sachverständigenrat zur Begutachtung der gesamtwirtschaftlichen Entwicklung berufen, wo er im Februar 2019 seine dritte Amtszeit vollendete. 2018 zählte er zu den zehn einflussreichsten Ökonomen im deutschsprachigen Raum. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir sind besser, als wir glauben (Ungekürzt) Author: Peter Bofinger Narrator: Martin Pfisterer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Trotz zahlreicher Reformen in den letzten Jahrzehnten ist Deutschland auf der einen Seite auf Exportnachfrage angewiesen, während auf der anderen Seite weiterhin die Zahl der Arbeitslosen steigt. Gekonnt analysiert der Ökonom Peter Bofinger die deutschen Reformen neuerer Zeit und zeigt ihre Makel auf. Sein Befund: Wir sind besser, als wir glauben! Sparmaßnahmen des Staates wirkten in die falsche Richtung; man sollte keine drastische Senkung der Staatsausgaben, sondern Investitionen vornehmen. Nach einer genauen Analyse der Ursachen für die hadernde Wirtschaft zeichnet Bofinger einen Gegenentwurf zur aktuellen Wirtschaftspolitik auf. Nicht Armut, sondern Wohlstand für alle! Peter Bofinger, geboren 1954 in Pforzheim, ist ein deutscher Ökonom und Professor für Volkswirtschaftslehre. Er promovierte 1984 mit einer Arbeit zum Thema Währungswettbewerb. In den Folgejahren unterrichtete er u.a. in den Fächern Volkswirtschaft und Wirtschaftspolitik an der Universität Konstanz, der Universität Kaiserslautern sowie an der Universität Würzburg. 2004 wurde er in den Sachverständigenrat zur Begutachtung der gesamtwirtschaftlichen Entwicklung berufen, wo er im Februar 2019 seine dritte Amtszeit vollendete. 2018 zählte er zu den zehn einflussreichsten Ökonomen im deutschsprachigen Raum. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543083 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die großen Irrtümer der Menschheit (Ungekürzt) Author: Pere Romanillos Narrator: Jule Vollmer, Thomas Krause Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Schon Eva biss in den verbotenen Apfel und machte einen verhängnisvollen Fehler. Die Trojaner freuten sich über ein hölzernes Pferd. Kleopatra verwechselte Liebe mit Politik und Napoleon unterschätze den russischen Winter. Irren ist menschlich, und leider lernt der Mensch nicht viel dazu: Er hält die Titanic für unsinkbar, empfiehlt Kokain als Heilmittel und missachtet die Sicherheitsvorschriften beim Flug ins All. Konsequent und frech deckt der spanische Journalist Pere Romanillos die großen Irrtümer der Menschheit auf. Geschichte, Medizin, Wissenschaft und Technik werden ebenso unter die Lupe genommen wie Umwelt und Alltag. Information und Hörspaß gehen dabei Hand in Hand. Eine Prise Humor darf angesichts so viel menschlicher Dummheit nicht fehlen. Ob die Geschichte menschlicher Fehlschläge mit dieser Rückschau wohl beendet ist ...? Pere Romanillos Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543083 thebookvoice.com 2:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die großen Irrtümer der Menschheit (Ungekürzt) Author: Pere Romanillos Narrator: Jule Vollmer, Thomas Krause Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Schon Eva biss in den verbotenen Apfel und machte einen verhängnisvollen Fehler. Die Trojaner freuten sich über ein hölzernes Pferd. Kleopatra verwechselte Liebe mit Politik und Napoleon unterschätze den russischen Winter. Irren ist menschlich, und leider lernt der Mensch nicht viel dazu: Er hält die Titanic für unsinkbar, empfiehlt Kokain als Heilmittel und missachtet die Sicherheitsvorschriften beim Flug ins All. Konsequent und frech deckt der spanische Journalist Pere Romanillos die großen Irrtümer der Menschheit auf. Geschichte, Medizin, Wissenschaft und Technik werden ebenso unter die Lupe genommen wie Umwelt und Alltag. Information und Hörspaß gehen dabei Hand in Hand. Eine Prise Humor darf angesichts so viel menschlicher Dummheit nicht fehlen. Ob die Geschichte menschlicher Fehlschläge mit dieser Rückschau wohl beendet ist ...? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/543083]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die großen Irrtümer der Menschheit (Ungekürzt) Author: Pere Romanillos Narrator: Jule Vollmer, Thomas Krause Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Schon Eva biss in den verbotenen Apfel und machte einen verhängnisvollen Fehler. Die Trojaner freuten sich über ein hölzernes Pferd. Kleopatra verwechselte Liebe mit Politik und Napoleon unterschätze den russischen Winter. Irren ist menschlich, und leider lernt der Mensch nicht viel dazu: Er hält die Titanic für unsinkbar, empfiehlt Kokain als Heilmittel und missachtet die Sicherheitsvorschriften beim Flug ins All. Konsequent und frech deckt der spanische Journalist Pere Romanillos die großen Irrtümer der Menschheit auf. Geschichte, Medizin, Wissenschaft und Technik werden ebenso unter die Lupe genommen wie Umwelt und Alltag. Information und Hörspaß gehen dabei Hand in Hand. Eine Prise Humor darf angesichts so viel menschlicher Dummheit nicht fehlen. Ob die Geschichte menschlicher Fehlschläge mit dieser Rückschau wohl beendet ist ...? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542981 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum nur ein Green New Deal unseren Planeten retten kann Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Irina Salkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Naomi Kleins Arbeit hat mich immer bewegt und geleitet. Sie ist die größte Chronistin unseres Zeitalters des Klima-Notstands, sie inspiriert Generationen.' – Greta Thunberg Deepwater Horizon, das Abschmelzen des Polareises oder Fracking – der Mensch betreibt Raubbau an seiner Lebensgrundlage: der Erde. Die bekannte Umweltaktivistin Naomi Klein hat mit 'Green New Deal' ihr bislang wichtigstes Buch geschrieben: Angesichts der unverminderten Zerstörung unserer Umwelt und laxen Gesetzen zeigt sie, warum die Vision einer grünen Zukunft nicht nur nötig, sondern absolut unumgänglich ist. Wir leben bereits mitten in der Klima-Katastrophe. Nur ein breites politisches und gesellschaftliches Bündnis kann die Bedrohung noch abwenden. Naomi Klein zeigt, wie das klappen kann und welche Maßnahmen nötig sein werden. Naomi Klein Fri, 13 Dec 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542981 thebookvoice.com 10:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum nur ein Green New Deal unseren Planeten retten kann Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Irina Salkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Naomi Kleins Arbeit hat mich immer bewegt und geleitet. Sie ist die größte Chronistin unseres Zeitalters des Klima-Notstands, sie inspiriert Generationen.' – Greta Thunberg Deepwater Horizon, das Abschmelzen des Polareises oder Fracking – der Mensch betreibt Raubbau an seiner Lebensgrundlage: der Erde. Die bekannte Umweltaktivistin Naomi Klein hat mit 'Green New Deal' ihr bislang wichtigstes Buch geschrieben: Angesichts der unverminderten Zerstörung unserer Umwelt und laxen Gesetzen zeigt sie, warum die Vision einer grünen Zukunft nicht nur nötig, sondern absolut unumgänglich ist. Wir leben bereits mitten in der Klima-Katastrophe. Nur ein breites politisches und gesellschaftliches Bündnis kann die Bedrohung noch abwenden. Naomi Klein zeigt, wie das klappen kann und welche Maßnahmen nötig sein werden. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542981]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Warum nur ein Green New Deal unseren Planeten retten kann Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Irina Salkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 56 minutes Release date: December 13, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Naomi Kleins Arbeit hat mich immer bewegt und geleitet. Sie ist die größte Chronistin unseres Zeitalters des Klima-Notstands, sie inspiriert Generationen.' – Greta Thunberg Deepwater Horizon, das Abschmelzen des Polareises oder Fracking – der Mensch betreibt Raubbau an seiner Lebensgrundlage: der Erde. Die bekannte Umweltaktivistin Naomi Klein hat mit 'Green New Deal' ihr bislang wichtigstes Buch geschrieben: Angesichts der unverminderten Zerstörung unserer Umwelt und laxen Gesetzen zeigt sie, warum die Vision einer grünen Zukunft nicht nur nötig, sondern absolut unumgänglich ist. Wir leben bereits mitten in der Klima-Katastrophe. Nur ein breites politisches und gesellschaftliches Bündnis kann die Bedrohung noch abwenden. Naomi Klein zeigt, wie das klappen kann und welche Maßnahmen nötig sein werden. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542912 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Versailles (Ungekürzt) Author: Michael Erbe Narrator: Kerstin Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Faszination des Schlosses von Versailles ist ungebrochen - das zeigen nicht zuletzt die zahlreichen Publikationen zum Thema. Doch die allermeisten beschäftigen sich mit der Baugeschichte, der Einrichtung und Nutzung der Räume oder der Politik. Das >Alltagsleben< im Schloss jedoch ist, was Michael Erbe in seinem Hörbuch in den Mittelpunkt stellt. Spannend erzählt er die Geschichte Versailles >von untenLogistik< der vielen Waren und Gegenstände? Welche Hofskandale gab es? Ein erfrischend neuer Blick auf das berühmteste Schloss der europäischen Neuzeit! Michael Erbe Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542912 thebookvoice.com 1:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Versailles (Ungekürzt) Author: Michael Erbe Narrator: Kerstin Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Faszination des Schlosses von Versailles ist ungebrochen - das zeigen nicht zuletzt die zahlreichen Publikationen zum Thema. Doch die allermeisten beschäftigen sich mit der Baugeschichte, der Einrichtung und Nutzung der Räume oder der Politik. Das >Alltagsleben< im Schloss jedoch ist, was Michael Erbe in seinem Hörbuch in den Mittelpunkt stellt. Spannend erzählt er die Geschichte Versailles >von untenLogistik< der vielen Waren und Gegenstände? Welche Hofskandale gab es? Ein erfrischend neuer Blick auf das berühmteste Schloss der europäischen Neuzeit! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Versailles (Ungekürzt) Author: Michael Erbe Narrator: Kerstin Hoffmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 8 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Faszination des Schlosses von Versailles ist ungebrochen - das zeigen nicht zuletzt die zahlreichen Publikationen zum Thema. Doch die allermeisten beschäftigen sich mit der Baugeschichte, der Einrichtung und Nutzung der Räume oder der Politik. Das >Alltagsleben< im Schloss jedoch ist, was Michael Erbe in seinem Hörbuch in den Mittelpunkt stellt. Spannend erzählt er die Geschichte Versailles >von untenLogistik< der vielen Waren und Gegenstände? Welche Hofskandale gab es? Ein erfrischend neuer Blick auf das berühmteste Schloss der europäischen Neuzeit! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Friedensmacher Author: Petra Gerster, Michael Gleich Narrator: Cathrin Bürger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Buch, das die Hoffnung auf eine bessere Welt stärkt!Heutzutage sind Berichte über Krieg, Tod und Vertreibung ein ständiger Begleiter in den Nachrichten. Jedoch gibt es neben den Konflikten auch Menschen, die sich stattdessen für den Frieden einsetzen. Mehrere Journalisten und Fotografen brachen am Ende von 2002 auf, um diese Friedensmacher zu finden – mit Erfolg. Der Leser bekommt Einblick in das Leben von bewundernswerten Menschen: man hört u.a. von Ex-Terroristen in Nordirland, die Jugendliche von Gewaltfreiheit überzeugen, erzählt und auch von Umweltschützern aus drei verfeindeten Staaten am Jordan, die sich gemeinsam für sauberes Wasser engagieren. Petra Gerster, Michael Gleich Mon, 18 Nov 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542913 thebookvoice.com 7:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Friedensmacher Author: Petra Gerster, Michael Gleich Narrator: Cathrin Bürger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Buch, das die Hoffnung auf eine bessere Welt stärkt!Heutzutage sind Berichte über Krieg, Tod und Vertreibung ein ständiger Begleiter in den Nachrichten. Jedoch gibt es neben den Konflikten auch Menschen, die sich stattdessen für den Frieden einsetzen. Mehrere Journalisten und Fotografen brachen am Ende von 2002 auf, um diese Friedensmacher zu finden – mit Erfolg. Der Leser bekommt Einblick in das Leben von bewundernswerten Menschen: man hört u.a. von Ex-Terroristen in Nordirland, die Jugendliche von Gewaltfreiheit überzeugen, erzählt und auch von Umweltschützern aus drei verfeindeten Staaten am Jordan, die sich gemeinsam für sauberes Wasser engagieren. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Friedensmacher Author: Petra Gerster, Michael Gleich Narrator: Cathrin Bürger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein Buch, das die Hoffnung auf eine bessere Welt stärkt!Heutzutage sind Berichte über Krieg, Tod und Vertreibung ein ständiger Begleiter in den Nachrichten. Jedoch gibt es neben den Konflikten auch Menschen, die sich stattdessen für den Frieden einsetzen. Mehrere Journalisten und Fotografen brachen am Ende von 2002 auf, um diese Friedensmacher zu finden – mit Erfolg. Der Leser bekommt Einblick in das Leben von bewundernswerten Menschen: man hört u.a. von Ex-Terroristen in Nordirland, die Jugendliche von Gewaltfreiheit überzeugen, erzählt und auch von Umweltschützern aus drei verfeindeten Staaten am Jordan, die sich gemeinsam für sauberes Wasser engagieren. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hasskrieger: Der neue globale Rechtsextremismus Author: Karolin Schwarz Narrator: Heidi Jürgens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Von Christchurch bis Halle: Wie sich der Rechtsterrorismus neu erfindet.Radikale und extreme Rechte vernetzen sich längst nicht mehr nur durch geheime Treffen. Sie sind ganz offen im Internet unterwegs, über alle nationalen Grenzen hinweg. Ihr Umgang mit der digitalen Infrastruktur ist versiert. Ihre Mittel: Strategiepapiere, Guerilla-Marketing und organisierte Hasskampagnen. An die Stelle straff organisierter Gruppen treten immer öfter lose Netzwerke. Viele radikalisieren sich, ein Teil von ihnen greift zur Gewalt, einige von ihnen töten. Karolin Schwarz, Journalistin und Expertin für rechte Propaganda im Internet, zeigt, wie sich Rechtsextremismus organisiert und eine neue Form des globalen Terrorismus entsteht. Schwarz macht deutlich: Gesellschaft, Justiz und Politik sind keineswegs wehrlos. Karolin Schwarz Thu, 14 May 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542525 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hasskrieger: Der neue globale Rechtsextremismus Author: Karolin Schwarz Narrator: Heidi Jürgens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Von Christchurch bis Halle: Wie sich der Rechtsterrorismus neu erfindet.Radikale und extreme Rechte vernetzen sich längst nicht mehr nur durch geheime Treffen. Sie sind ganz offen im Internet unterwegs, über alle nationalen Grenzen hinweg. Ihr Umgang mit der digitalen Infrastruktur ist versiert. Ihre Mittel: Strategiepapiere, Guerilla-Marketing und organisierte Hasskampagnen. An die Stelle straff organisierter Gruppen treten immer öfter lose Netzwerke. Viele radikalisieren sich, ein Teil von ihnen greift zur Gewalt, einige von ihnen töten. Karolin Schwarz, Journalistin und Expertin für rechte Propaganda im Internet, zeigt, wie sich Rechtsextremismus organisiert und eine neue Form des globalen Terrorismus entsteht. Schwarz macht deutlich: Gesellschaft, Justiz und Politik sind keineswegs wehrlos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hasskrieger: Der neue globale Rechtsextremismus Author: Karolin Schwarz Narrator: Heidi Jürgens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Von Christchurch bis Halle: Wie sich der Rechtsterrorismus neu erfindet.Radikale und extreme Rechte vernetzen sich längst nicht mehr nur durch geheime Treffen. Sie sind ganz offen im Internet unterwegs, über alle nationalen Grenzen hinweg. Ihr Umgang mit der digitalen Infrastruktur ist versiert. Ihre Mittel: Strategiepapiere, Guerilla-Marketing und organisierte Hasskampagnen. An die Stelle straff organisierter Gruppen treten immer öfter lose Netzwerke. Viele radikalisieren sich, ein Teil von ihnen greift zur Gewalt, einige von ihnen töten. Karolin Schwarz, Journalistin und Expertin für rechte Propaganda im Internet, zeigt, wie sich Rechtsextremismus organisiert und eine neue Form des globalen Terrorismus entsteht. Schwarz macht deutlich: Gesellschaft, Justiz und Politik sind keineswegs wehrlos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Geschichte des christlichen Mönchtums (Ungekürzt) Author: Karl Suso Frank Narrator: Axel Thielmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Karl Suso Frank zeichnet in diesem Hörbuch eindrücklich die Wandlungsfähigkeit des Mönchsideals und die großen Leistungen der verschiedenen Orden von den Anfängen im 4. Jahrhundert bis ins 20. Jahrhundert nach. Die heutigen Mönche - so der Ausblick - werden sich trotz der Gefahren für den Erhalt ihrer Klöster an zukunftsträchtiger Arbeit bewähren. 'Dem Verfasser ist mit dieser Übersicht über die Geschichte des christlichen Mönchtums ein vorzüglicher Wurf gelungen. Hier entwirft Frank eine durchaus eigengeprägte und kritische Synthese, die das Vergangene geschickt einordnet und hilfreiche Anregungen für die Fortgestaltung des Ordenslebens von heute und morgen gibt.' (Theologische Revue) Karl Suso Frank Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542503 thebookvoice.com 2:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Geschichte des christlichen Mönchtums (Ungekürzt) Author: Karl Suso Frank Narrator: Axel Thielmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Karl Suso Frank zeichnet in diesem Hörbuch eindrücklich die Wandlungsfähigkeit des Mönchsideals und die großen Leistungen der verschiedenen Orden von den Anfängen im 4. Jahrhundert bis ins 20. Jahrhundert nach. Die heutigen Mönche - so der Ausblick - werden sich trotz der Gefahren für den Erhalt ihrer Klöster an zukunftsträchtiger Arbeit bewähren. 'Dem Verfasser ist mit dieser Übersicht über die Geschichte des christlichen Mönchtums ein vorzüglicher Wurf gelungen. Hier entwirft Frank eine durchaus eigengeprägte und kritische Synthese, die das Vergangene geschickt einordnet und hilfreiche Anregungen für die Fortgestaltung des Ordenslebens von heute und morgen gibt.' (Theologische Revue) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Geschichte des christlichen Mönchtums (Ungekürzt) Author: Karl Suso Frank Narrator: Axel Thielmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Karl Suso Frank zeichnet in diesem Hörbuch eindrücklich die Wandlungsfähigkeit des Mönchsideals und die großen Leistungen der verschiedenen Orden von den Anfängen im 4. Jahrhundert bis ins 20. Jahrhundert nach. Die heutigen Mönche - so der Ausblick - werden sich trotz der Gefahren für den Erhalt ihrer Klöster an zukunftsträchtiger Arbeit bewähren. 'Dem Verfasser ist mit dieser Übersicht über die Geschichte des christlichen Mönchtums ein vorzüglicher Wurf gelungen. Hier entwirft Frank eine durchaus eigengeprägte und kritische Synthese, die das Vergangene geschickt einordnet und hilfreiche Anregungen für die Fortgestaltung des Ordenslebens von heute und morgen gibt.' (Theologische Revue) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542293 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bin ich Europäer? - Eine Tauglichkeitsprüfung (Ungekürzt) Author: Iso Camartin Narrator: Iso Camartin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was kann ein Rätoromane tun, um Europäer zu werden? In seinem neuen, geistreichen und anschaulichen Hörbuch umspielt Iso Camartin dieses Thema auf eine erzählerische und unterhaltsame Art, indem er anhand von Porträts und von Betrachtungen über Orte, Dinge, Wörter und Gebräuche Lebenswelten und Lebenseinstellungen plastisch werden lässt. Ein kluges, lichtes und heiteres Buch über europäische Lebenskunst. Iso Camartin wurde am 24. März 1944 als Sohn rätoromanischsprachiger Eltern in der Schweiz geboren. Ab 1965 studierte er Philosophie und Romanistik in München, Bologna und Regensburg. 1971 promovierte er mit einer Arbeit über Fichte und Kant. Nach diversen Lehraufträgen und Auslandsaufenthalten wurde Iso Camartin 1985 Professor für rätoromanische Literatur und Kultur an der ETH und Universität Zürich. Von 1996-1998 moderierte Camartin die 'Sternstunde Kunst' beim Schweizer Fernsehen DRS. 1997 verließ er die Universität und war fortan als freischaffender Publizist und Autor tätig. Iso Camartin lebt und arbeitet in Zürich. Iso Camartin Tue, 02 Oct 2018 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542293 thebookvoice.com 3:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bin ich Europäer? - Eine Tauglichkeitsprüfung (Ungekürzt) Author: Iso Camartin Narrator: Iso Camartin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was kann ein Rätoromane tun, um Europäer zu werden? In seinem neuen, geistreichen und anschaulichen Hörbuch umspielt Iso Camartin dieses Thema auf eine erzählerische und unterhaltsame Art, indem er anhand von Porträts und von Betrachtungen über Orte, Dinge, Wörter und Gebräuche Lebenswelten und Lebenseinstellungen plastisch werden lässt. Ein kluges, lichtes und heiteres Buch über europäische Lebenskunst. Iso Camartin wurde am 24. März 1944 als Sohn rätoromanischsprachiger Eltern in der Schweiz geboren. Ab 1965 studierte er Philosophie und Romanistik in München, Bologna und Regensburg. 1971 promovierte er mit einer Arbeit über Fichte und Kant. Nach diversen Lehraufträgen und Auslandsaufenthalten wurde Iso Camartin 1985 Professor für rätoromanische Literatur und Kultur an der ETH und Universität Zürich. Von 1996-1998 moderierte Camartin die 'Sternstunde Kunst' beim Schweizer Fernsehen DRS. 1997 verließ er die Universität und war fortan als freischaffender Publizist und Autor tätig. Iso Camartin lebt und arbeitet in Zürich. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542293]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bin ich Europäer? - Eine Tauglichkeitsprüfung (Ungekürzt) Author: Iso Camartin Narrator: Iso Camartin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 2, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was kann ein Rätoromane tun, um Europäer zu werden? In seinem neuen, geistreichen und anschaulichen Hörbuch umspielt Iso Camartin dieses Thema auf eine erzählerische und unterhaltsame Art, indem er anhand von Porträts und von Betrachtungen über Orte, Dinge, Wörter und Gebräuche Lebenswelten und Lebenseinstellungen plastisch werden lässt. Ein kluges, lichtes und heiteres Buch über europäische Lebenskunst. Iso Camartin wurde am 24. März 1944 als Sohn rätoromanischsprachiger Eltern in der Schweiz geboren. Ab 1965 studierte er Philosophie und Romanistik in München, Bologna und Regensburg. 1971 promovierte er mit einer Arbeit über Fichte und Kant. Nach diversen Lehraufträgen und Auslandsaufenthalten wurde Iso Camartin 1985 Professor für rätoromanische Literatur und Kultur an der ETH und Universität Zürich. Von 1996-1998 moderierte Camartin die 'Sternstunde Kunst' beim Schweizer Fernsehen DRS. 1997 verließ er die Universität und war fortan als freischaffender Publizist und Autor tätig. Iso Camartin lebt und arbeitet in Zürich. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542113 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gauner, Dirnen, Revolutionäre (Ungekürzt) Author: Heike Talkenberger Narrator: Uve Teschner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kriminalität und Strafvollzug wurden im 19. Jahrhundert heiß diskutiert: von Kriminalisten, Reformern, Journalisten. Doch was dachten und erlebten die Betroffenen selbst? Warum gerieten die Straftäter auf die schiefe Bahn? Welche Erfahrungen machten sie in den Strafanstalten? Und gelang es ihnen, sich von ihrer kriminellen Vergangenheit zu lösen? Antworten auf diese Fragen geben zahlreiche Lebensgeschichten, die die Häftlinge zumeist im Gefängnis verfasst haben. Der reformierte Strafvollzug des 19. Jahrhunderts hatte sich die 'moralische Besserung' auf die Fahnen geschrieben und die Häftlinge zum Schreiben aufgefordert. Heike Talkenberger schreibt entlang dieser autobiographischen Texte eine eindrucksvolle Kriminalitätsgeschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts. Der Hörer erfährt etwas über die Erfahrungen von Prostituierten und Mördern, von Dieben und Betrügern, Revolutionären und Anarchisten und erhält Einblick in die Welt der Bordelle, Spielhöllen und Obdachlosenasyle. Heike Talkenberger Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542113 thebookvoice.com 1:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gauner, Dirnen, Revolutionäre (Ungekürzt) Author: Heike Talkenberger Narrator: Uve Teschner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kriminalität und Strafvollzug wurden im 19. Jahrhundert heiß diskutiert: von Kriminalisten, Reformern, Journalisten. Doch was dachten und erlebten die Betroffenen selbst? Warum gerieten die Straftäter auf die schiefe Bahn? Welche Erfahrungen machten sie in den Strafanstalten? Und gelang es ihnen, sich von ihrer kriminellen Vergangenheit zu lösen? Antworten auf diese Fragen geben zahlreiche Lebensgeschichten, die die Häftlinge zumeist im Gefängnis verfasst haben. Der reformierte Strafvollzug des 19. Jahrhunderts hatte sich die 'moralische Besserung' auf die Fahnen geschrieben und die Häftlinge zum Schreiben aufgefordert. Heike Talkenberger schreibt entlang dieser autobiographischen Texte eine eindrucksvolle Kriminalitätsgeschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts. Der Hörer erfährt etwas über die Erfahrungen von Prostituierten und Mördern, von Dieben und Betrügern, Revolutionären und Anarchisten und erhält Einblick in die Welt der Bordelle, Spielhöllen und Obdachlosenasyle. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/542113]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gauner, Dirnen, Revolutionäre (Ungekürzt) Author: Heike Talkenberger Narrator: Uve Teschner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Kriminalität und Strafvollzug wurden im 19. Jahrhundert heiß diskutiert: von Kriminalisten, Reformern, Journalisten. Doch was dachten und erlebten die Betroffenen selbst? Warum gerieten die Straftäter auf die schiefe Bahn? Welche Erfahrungen machten sie in den Strafanstalten? Und gelang es ihnen, sich von ihrer kriminellen Vergangenheit zu lösen? Antworten auf diese Fragen geben zahlreiche Lebensgeschichten, die die Häftlinge zumeist im Gefängnis verfasst haben. Der reformierte Strafvollzug des 19. Jahrhunderts hatte sich die 'moralische Besserung' auf die Fahnen geschrieben und die Häftlinge zum Schreiben aufgefordert. Heike Talkenberger schreibt entlang dieser autobiographischen Texte eine eindrucksvolle Kriminalitätsgeschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts. Der Hörer erfährt etwas über die Erfahrungen von Prostituierten und Mördern, von Dieben und Betrügern, Revolutionären und Anarchisten und erhält Einblick in die Welt der Bordelle, Spielhöllen und Obdachlosenasyle. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Goodbye DDR Author: Guido Knopp Narrator: Victor M. Stern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Abschied vom Klischee - vier Jahrzehnte DDR. Guido Knopp zeigt in seinem Buch ein differenziertes Bild der 40-jährigen DDR-Geschichte. 'Ostalgie' ist dabei Fehlanzeige. Anhand von exponierten und bisher unbekannten DDR-Lebensläufen werden die Widersprüche einer Gesellschaft sichtbar, in der starke Solidarität neben Stasiterror, Einordnung neben Widerstand, Alltagspragmatismus neben bitter enttäuschtem Idealismus stehen. 'Wer wissen will, wie man gelebt, geliebt und überlebt hat in der DDR, der muss den ganzen widersprüchlichen Charakter dieses Staates erfassen: die ausgeprägte Solidarität der Menschen und den Unterdrückungsapparat der Stasi, den Stolz auf olympische Goldmedaillen und den Frust über die katastrophale Wirtschaftslage, anpassungsfähigen Pragmatismus ebenso wie bitter enttäuschten Idealismus.''Ohne die gewohnte und gefürchtete Ostalgie zu nutzen und ohne eine Welt von Trabbi, Rotkäppchen-Sekt und Broiler zu zeichnen, dokumentiert das Buch ungeschönt die Realitäten.' - dpa Guido Knopp Mon, 18 Nov 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541984 thebookvoice.com 8:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Goodbye DDR Author: Guido Knopp Narrator: Victor M. Stern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Abschied vom Klischee - vier Jahrzehnte DDR. Guido Knopp zeigt in seinem Buch ein differenziertes Bild der 40-jährigen DDR-Geschichte. 'Ostalgie' ist dabei Fehlanzeige. Anhand von exponierten und bisher unbekannten DDR-Lebensläufen werden die Widersprüche einer Gesellschaft sichtbar, in der starke Solidarität neben Stasiterror, Einordnung neben Widerstand, Alltagspragmatismus neben bitter enttäuschtem Idealismus stehen. 'Wer wissen will, wie man gelebt, geliebt und überlebt hat in der DDR, der muss den ganzen widersprüchlichen Charakter dieses Staates erfassen: die ausgeprägte Solidarität der Menschen und den Unterdrückungsapparat der Stasi, den Stolz auf olympische Goldmedaillen und den Frust über die katastrophale Wirtschaftslage, anpassungsfähigen Pragmatismus ebenso wie bitter enttäuschten Idealismus.''Ohne die gewohnte und gefürchtete Ostalgie zu nutzen und ohne eine Welt von Trabbi, Rotkäppchen-Sekt und Broiler zu zeichnen, dokumentiert das Buch ungeschönt die Realitäten.' - dpa Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Goodbye DDR Author: Guido Knopp Narrator: Victor M. Stern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Abschied vom Klischee - vier Jahrzehnte DDR. Guido Knopp zeigt in seinem Buch ein differenziertes Bild der 40-jährigen DDR-Geschichte. 'Ostalgie' ist dabei Fehlanzeige. Anhand von exponierten und bisher unbekannten DDR-Lebensläufen werden die Widersprüche einer Gesellschaft sichtbar, in der starke Solidarität neben Stasiterror, Einordnung neben Widerstand, Alltagspragmatismus neben bitter enttäuschtem Idealismus stehen. 'Wer wissen will, wie man gelebt, geliebt und überlebt hat in der DDR, der muss den ganzen widersprüchlichen Charakter dieses Staates erfassen: die ausgeprägte Solidarität der Menschen und den Unterdrückungsapparat der Stasi, den Stolz auf olympische Goldmedaillen und den Frust über die katastrophale Wirtschaftslage, anpassungsfähigen Pragmatismus ebenso wie bitter enttäuschten Idealismus.''Ohne die gewohnte und gefürchtete Ostalgie zu nutzen und ohne eine Welt von Trabbi, Rotkäppchen-Sekt und Broiler zu zeichnen, dokumentiert das Buch ungeschönt die Realitäten.' - dpa https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541882 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wo Marx Recht hat (Ungekürzt) Author: Fritz Reheis Narrator: Martin Falk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der freie Markt triumphiert, der Kommunismus ist tot! Diese Gewissheit der Zeit nach dem Zusammenbruch des Ostblocks hat tiefe Risse bekommen. Die Finanzkrise, entfesselt von einem deregulierten Markt, zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Marx' vor 150 Jahren durchgeführte Analyse von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft heute durchaus wieder Aktualität besitzt und sich als enorm fruchtbar für die Kapitalismusdiskussion erweisen kann. Fritz Reheis greift verschiedene Diskussionspunkte der aktuellen Kapitalismuskritik auf, um sie mit wesentlichen Argumenten der Marxschen Diagnose zu konfrontieren. In einem dritten Schritt werden Aspekte der gegenwärtigen Kapitalismusdiskussion auf Marxscher Grundlage analysiert. Reheis zeigt, dass Marx zwar keine unumstößlichen Wahrheiten oder gar fertigen Rezepte zur Lösung der gegenwärtigen Krise bietet, wohl aber sinnvolle Fragen aufwirft und aussichtsreiche Wege aufzeigt, die den Blick für die Schwächen der derzeit herrschenden Ordnung schärfen. Fritz Reheis Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541882 thebookvoice.com 1:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wo Marx Recht hat (Ungekürzt) Author: Fritz Reheis Narrator: Martin Falk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der freie Markt triumphiert, der Kommunismus ist tot! Diese Gewissheit der Zeit nach dem Zusammenbruch des Ostblocks hat tiefe Risse bekommen. Die Finanzkrise, entfesselt von einem deregulierten Markt, zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Marx' vor 150 Jahren durchgeführte Analyse von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft heute durchaus wieder Aktualität besitzt und sich als enorm fruchtbar für die Kapitalismusdiskussion erweisen kann. Fritz Reheis greift verschiedene Diskussionspunkte der aktuellen Kapitalismuskritik auf, um sie mit wesentlichen Argumenten der Marxschen Diagnose zu konfrontieren. In einem dritten Schritt werden Aspekte der gegenwärtigen Kapitalismusdiskussion auf Marxscher Grundlage analysiert. Reheis zeigt, dass Marx zwar keine unumstößlichen Wahrheiten oder gar fertigen Rezepte zur Lösung der gegenwärtigen Krise bietet, wohl aber sinnvolle Fragen aufwirft und aussichtsreiche Wege aufzeigt, die den Blick für die Schwächen der derzeit herrschenden Ordnung schärfen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541882]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wo Marx Recht hat (Ungekürzt) Author: Fritz Reheis Narrator: Martin Falk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der freie Markt triumphiert, der Kommunismus ist tot! Diese Gewissheit der Zeit nach dem Zusammenbruch des Ostblocks hat tiefe Risse bekommen. Die Finanzkrise, entfesselt von einem deregulierten Markt, zeigt eindrucksvoll, dass Marx' vor 150 Jahren durchgeführte Analyse von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft heute durchaus wieder Aktualität besitzt und sich als enorm fruchtbar für die Kapitalismusdiskussion erweisen kann. Fritz Reheis greift verschiedene Diskussionspunkte der aktuellen Kapitalismuskritik auf, um sie mit wesentlichen Argumenten der Marxschen Diagnose zu konfrontieren. In einem dritten Schritt werden Aspekte der gegenwärtigen Kapitalismusdiskussion auf Marxscher Grundlage analysiert. Reheis zeigt, dass Marx zwar keine unumstößlichen Wahrheiten oder gar fertigen Rezepte zur Lösung der gegenwärtigen Krise bietet, wohl aber sinnvolle Fragen aufwirft und aussichtsreiche Wege aufzeigt, die den Blick für die Schwächen der derzeit herrschenden Ordnung schärfen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wendemanöver - Die geheimen Wege zur Wiedervereinigung Author: Ferdinand Kroh Narrator: Kerstin Palzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Fall des eisernen Vorhangs kam für eine Handvoll Menschen kaum überraschend: Hinter den Kulissen der Regierung der DDR wusste man bereits 1986, dass der Zusammenbruch des Staates in spätestens vier Jahren erfolgen würde - eine Lösung der deutschen Frage wurde immer dringlicher. 1988 wurde Kohl der erste Vorschlag zur Ost-West-Annährung durch atomare Abrüstung gemacht, doch dieser ignorierte den Vorstoß. Stattdessen begannen nun geheime Treffen zum Thema Maueröffnung direkt hinter dem Todesstreifen, und diese fanden bis zum Fall der Mauer statt. In diesem spannenden Sachbuch richtet Ferdinand Kroh den Scheinwerfer hinter die Kulissen der DDR und ihrer politischen Machenschaften. Ferdinand Kroh Wed, 20 Nov 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541794 thebookvoice.com 11:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wendemanöver - Die geheimen Wege zur Wiedervereinigung Author: Ferdinand Kroh Narrator: Kerstin Palzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Fall des eisernen Vorhangs kam für eine Handvoll Menschen kaum überraschend: Hinter den Kulissen der Regierung der DDR wusste man bereits 1986, dass der Zusammenbruch des Staates in spätestens vier Jahren erfolgen würde - eine Lösung der deutschen Frage wurde immer dringlicher. 1988 wurde Kohl der erste Vorschlag zur Ost-West-Annährung durch atomare Abrüstung gemacht, doch dieser ignorierte den Vorstoß. Stattdessen begannen nun geheime Treffen zum Thema Maueröffnung direkt hinter dem Todesstreifen, und diese fanden bis zum Fall der Mauer statt. In diesem spannenden Sachbuch richtet Ferdinand Kroh den Scheinwerfer hinter die Kulissen der DDR und ihrer politischen Machenschaften. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wendemanöver - Die geheimen Wege zur Wiedervereinigung Author: Ferdinand Kroh Narrator: Kerstin Palzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: November 20, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Fall des eisernen Vorhangs kam für eine Handvoll Menschen kaum überraschend: Hinter den Kulissen der Regierung der DDR wusste man bereits 1986, dass der Zusammenbruch des Staates in spätestens vier Jahren erfolgen würde - eine Lösung der deutschen Frage wurde immer dringlicher. 1988 wurde Kohl der erste Vorschlag zur Ost-West-Annährung durch atomare Abrüstung gemacht, doch dieser ignorierte den Vorstoß. Stattdessen begannen nun geheime Treffen zum Thema Maueröffnung direkt hinter dem Todesstreifen, und diese fanden bis zum Fall der Mauer statt. In diesem spannenden Sachbuch richtet Ferdinand Kroh den Scheinwerfer hinter die Kulissen der DDR und ihrer politischen Machenschaften. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541768 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alles über Weihnachten (Ungekürzt) Author: Eugen Ernst Narrator: Martin Falk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Das Fest wird von allen Seiten beleuchtet', urteilt die Evangelische Sonntagszeitung: 'Wer Weihnachten mag, wird Freude daran haben. Wer Weihnachten nicht mag, bei dem ändert sich vielleicht diese Einstellung.' Eugen Ernst stellt in diesem Hörbuch die vielfältigen Erscheinungen weihnachtlichen Brauchtums dar und verfolgt deren Entwicklung von den vor- und urchristlichen Ursprüngen bis in die Gegenwart. Viele verbinden das Fest der Liebe mit Tannenbaum und Lichterschmuck, mit Krippe und Engeln, mit vertauten Liedern und Düften. Doch war das schon immer so? Woher kamen und kommen diese Brauchtümer, und wie haben sie sich im Laufe der Jahrhunderte verändert? Auf spannende Fragen wie diese gibt das Hörbuch so kenntnisreich wie unterhaltsam Auskunft. Eugen Ernst Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541768 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alles über Weihnachten (Ungekürzt) Author: Eugen Ernst Narrator: Martin Falk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Das Fest wird von allen Seiten beleuchtet', urteilt die Evangelische Sonntagszeitung: 'Wer Weihnachten mag, wird Freude daran haben. Wer Weihnachten nicht mag, bei dem ändert sich vielleicht diese Einstellung.' Eugen Ernst stellt in diesem Hörbuch die vielfältigen Erscheinungen weihnachtlichen Brauchtums dar und verfolgt deren Entwicklung von den vor- und urchristlichen Ursprüngen bis in die Gegenwart. Viele verbinden das Fest der Liebe mit Tannenbaum und Lichterschmuck, mit Krippe und Engeln, mit vertauten Liedern und Düften. Doch war das schon immer so? Woher kamen und kommen diese Brauchtümer, und wie haben sie sich im Laufe der Jahrhunderte verändert? Auf spannende Fragen wie diese gibt das Hörbuch so kenntnisreich wie unterhaltsam Auskunft. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541768]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Alles über Weihnachten (Ungekürzt) Author: Eugen Ernst Narrator: Martin Falk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Das Fest wird von allen Seiten beleuchtet', urteilt die Evangelische Sonntagszeitung: 'Wer Weihnachten mag, wird Freude daran haben. Wer Weihnachten nicht mag, bei dem ändert sich vielleicht diese Einstellung.' Eugen Ernst stellt in diesem Hörbuch die vielfältigen Erscheinungen weihnachtlichen Brauchtums dar und verfolgt deren Entwicklung von den vor- und urchristlichen Ursprüngen bis in die Gegenwart. Viele verbinden das Fest der Liebe mit Tannenbaum und Lichterschmuck, mit Krippe und Engeln, mit vertauten Liedern und Düften. Doch war das schon immer so? Woher kamen und kommen diese Brauchtümer, und wie haben sie sich im Laufe der Jahrhunderte verändert? Auf spannende Fragen wie diese gibt das Hörbuch so kenntnisreich wie unterhaltsam Auskunft. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende des Kapitalismus wie wir ihn kennen - Eine radikale Kapitalismuskritik (Ungekürzt) Author: Elmar Altvater Narrator: Falk Werner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eine marxistische Kritik am Kapitalismus! Anders als der reale Sozialismus bricht der Kapitalismus nicht zusammen - es sei denn durch 'äußere Anstöße von extremer Heftigkeit' und eine 'glaubwürdige Alternative im Innern'. Dieser Einschätzung des französischen Historikers Fernand Braudel folgt Elmar Altvater in seinem nunmehr in siebter Auflage erschienenen Buch. Die Dynamik der modernen Gesellschaften verdankt sich der 'Dreifaltigkeit' von europäischer Rationalität der Weltbeherrschung, kapitalistischen sozialen Formen und fossilen Energien. Dies ist die Grundlage der 'geo-ökonomischen' Globalisierung und des 'geopolitischen' neuen Imperialismus, einer Allianz von marktgläubigem Neoliberalismus und auf militärische Macht setzendem Neokonservativismus. Doch ist der Kapitalismus nicht stabil und krisenfrei. Die Finanzkrisen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sind für wachsende Ungleichheit, ja für Armut und Elend in der Welt verantwortlich. Dass die Begrenztheit von fossiler und nuklearer Energie ein äußerer Anstoß von besonderer Heftigkeit ist, haben die Hurrikane Katrina und Rita zu Bewusstsein gebracht: Eine kapitalistische Gesellschaft ohne Öl versinkt im Chaos. Im Innern der Gesellschaft reifen aber 'glaubwürdige Alternativen' heran: Die Ansätze einer 'solidarischen Ökonomie' und ökologisch nachhaltigen Gesellschaft. Der Kapitalismus, wie wir ihn kennen, gerät an ein Ende. 'Ein wunderbares Buch mit einem gewagten Schluss!' - pickings.de/scusia Elmar Altvater (1938 - 2018) war ein deutscher Politikwissenschaftler, Autor und Professor für Politikwissenschaft am Otto-Suhr-Institut der FU Berlin. Nach der Emeritierung am 30. September 2004 war Altvater in Forschung und Lehre am Institut weiterhin aktiv. Außerdem war er Mitglied im wissenschaftlichen Beirat von Attac. Altvater veröffentlichte regelmäßig in der Wochenzeitung der Freitag und dem Magazin marx21. Elmar Altvater Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541722 thebookvoice.com 11:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende des Kapitalismus wie wir ihn kennen - Eine radikale Kapitalismuskritik (Ungekürzt) Author: Elmar Altvater Narrator: Falk Werner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eine marxistische Kritik am Kapitalismus! Anders als der reale Sozialismus bricht der Kapitalismus nicht zusammen - es sei denn durch 'äußere Anstöße von extremer Heftigkeit' und eine 'glaubwürdige Alternative im Innern'. Dieser Einschätzung des französischen Historikers Fernand Braudel folgt Elmar Altvater in seinem nunmehr in siebter Auflage erschienenen Buch. Die Dynamik der modernen Gesellschaften verdankt sich der 'Dreifaltigkeit' von europäischer Rationalität der Weltbeherrschung, kapitalistischen sozialen Formen und fossilen Energien. Dies ist die Grundlage der 'geo-ökonomischen' Globalisierung und des 'geopolitischen' neuen Imperialismus, einer Allianz von marktgläubigem Neoliberalismus und auf militärische Macht setzendem Neokonservativismus. Doch ist der Kapitalismus nicht stabil und krisenfrei. Die Finanzkrisen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sind für wachsende Ungleichheit, ja für Armut und Elend in der Welt verantwortlich. Dass die Begrenztheit von fossiler und nuklearer Energie ein äußerer Anstoß von besonderer Heftigkeit ist, haben die Hurrikane Katrina und Rita zu Bewusstsein gebracht: Eine kapitalistische Gesellschaft ohne Öl versinkt im Chaos. Im Innern der Gesellschaft reifen aber 'glaubwürdige Alternativen' heran: Die Ansätze einer 'solidarischen Ökonomie' und ökologisch nachhaltigen Gesellschaft. Der Kapitalismus, wie wir ihn kennen, gerät an ein Ende. 'Ein wunderbares Buch mit einem gewagten Schluss!' - pickings.de/scusia Elmar Altvater (1938 - 2018) war ein deutscher Politikwissenschaftler, Autor und Professor für Politikwissenschaft am Otto-Suhr-Institut der FU Berlin. Nach der Emeritierung am 30. September 2004 war Altvater in Forschung und Lehre am Institut weiterhin aktiv. Außerdem war er Mitglied im wissenschaftlichen Beirat von Attac. Altvater veröffentlichte regelmäßig in der Wochenzeitung der Freitag und dem Magazin marx21. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende des Kapitalismus wie wir ihn kennen - Eine radikale Kapitalismuskritik (Ungekürzt) Author: Elmar Altvater Narrator: Falk Werner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Eine marxistische Kritik am Kapitalismus! Anders als der reale Sozialismus bricht der Kapitalismus nicht zusammen - es sei denn durch 'äußere Anstöße von extremer Heftigkeit' und eine 'glaubwürdige Alternative im Innern'. Dieser Einschätzung des französischen Historikers Fernand Braudel folgt Elmar Altvater in seinem nunmehr in siebter Auflage erschienenen Buch. Die Dynamik der modernen Gesellschaften verdankt sich der 'Dreifaltigkeit' von europäischer Rationalität der Weltbeherrschung, kapitalistischen sozialen Formen und fossilen Energien. Dies ist die Grundlage der 'geo-ökonomischen' Globalisierung und des 'geopolitischen' neuen Imperialismus, einer Allianz von marktgläubigem Neoliberalismus und auf militärische Macht setzendem Neokonservativismus. Doch ist der Kapitalismus nicht stabil und krisenfrei. Die Finanzkrisen der vergangenen Jahrzehnte sind für wachsende Ungleichheit, ja für Armut und Elend in der Welt verantwortlich. Dass die Begrenztheit von fossiler und nuklearer Energie ein äußerer Anstoß von besonderer Heftigkeit ist, haben die Hurrikane Katrina und Rita zu Bewusstsein gebracht: Eine kapitalistische Gesellschaft ohne Öl versinkt im Chaos. Im Innern der Gesellschaft reifen aber 'glaubwürdige Alternativen' heran: Die Ansätze einer 'solidarischen Ökonomie' und ökologisch nachhaltigen Gesellschaft. Der Kapitalismus, wie wir ihn kennen, gerät an ein Ende. 'Ein wunderbares Buch mit einem gewagten Schluss!' - pickings.de/scusia Elmar Altvater (1938 - 2018) war ein deutscher Politikwissenschaftler, Autor und Professor für Politikwissenschaft am Otto-Suhr-Institut der FU Berlin. Nach der Emeritierung am 30. September 2004 war Altvater in Forschung und Lehre am Institut weiterhin aktiv. Außerdem war er Mitglied im wissenschaftlichen Beirat von Attac. Altvater veröffentlichte regelmäßig in der Wochenzeitung der Freitag und dem Magazin marx21. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vom Nichtstun - Leben in einer Welt ohne Arbeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Eberhard Straub Narrator: Petra Pavel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Faszinierendes Buch über das anstrengende Leben in der Freizeitgesellschaft. Noch nie in der Geschichte der Menschheit wurde so viel gearbeitet wie seit dem 19. Jahrhundert. Inzwischen aber sieht es so aus, als sei der modernen Welt die Arbeit ausgegangen. Die Freizeitgesellschaft wird wohl das Merkmal der Zukunft sein. Eberhard Straub plädiert auf scharfsinnige und dabei zugleich unterhaltsame Weise dafür, dass unsere Gesellschaft zur Muße zurückfinden muss, zu einem neuen Zeitverständnis, das im alten - im antiken wie im christlichen - Sinne dem Menschen Zeit lässt, jenseits von den Zwängen der Arbeit zur Freiheit, zur Seelenruhe und zu einem geglückten Leben zurückzufinden. 'Nichtstun war und ist, folgt man den besonnenen, aber provokanten Gedankengängen Eberhard Straubs, beileibe keine Untätigkeit.' - Monika Thees, Die Berliner Literaturkritik 'Ein idealisierter Optimismus Straubs, dem man seine Realitätstüchtigkeit vollkommenen absprechen kann, dem man sich aber - gerade als Arbeitsloser - zur RICHTLINIE eines neuen sinnerfüllten Lebens machen kann!' - M. Erben Eberhard Straub wurde 1940 geboren. Er studierte Geschichte, Kunstgeschichte und Archäologie. Der habilitierte Historiker war bis 1986 Feuilletonredakteur der 'Frankfurter Allgemeinen Zeitung' und bis 1997 Pressereferent des Stifterverbandes für die Deutsche Wissenschaft. Seit 2001 lebt er als freier Publizist in Berlin. Zu seinen Büchern zählen 'Drei letzte Kaiser' (1998), 'Eine kleine Geschichte Preussens' (2001) und 'Das spanische Jahrhundert' (2004). Eberhard Straub Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541678 thebookvoice.com 4:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vom Nichtstun - Leben in einer Welt ohne Arbeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Eberhard Straub Narrator: Petra Pavel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Faszinierendes Buch über das anstrengende Leben in der Freizeitgesellschaft. Noch nie in der Geschichte der Menschheit wurde so viel gearbeitet wie seit dem 19. Jahrhundert. Inzwischen aber sieht es so aus, als sei der modernen Welt die Arbeit ausgegangen. Die Freizeitgesellschaft wird wohl das Merkmal der Zukunft sein. Eberhard Straub plädiert auf scharfsinnige und dabei zugleich unterhaltsame Weise dafür, dass unsere Gesellschaft zur Muße zurückfinden muss, zu einem neuen Zeitverständnis, das im alten - im antiken wie im christlichen - Sinne dem Menschen Zeit lässt, jenseits von den Zwängen der Arbeit zur Freiheit, zur Seelenruhe und zu einem geglückten Leben zurückzufinden. 'Nichtstun war und ist, folgt man den besonnenen, aber provokanten Gedankengängen Eberhard Straubs, beileibe keine Untätigkeit.' - Monika Thees, Die Berliner Literaturkritik 'Ein idealisierter Optimismus Straubs, dem man seine Realitätstüchtigkeit vollkommenen absprechen kann, dem man sich aber - gerade als Arbeitsloser - zur RICHTLINIE eines neuen sinnerfüllten Lebens machen kann!' - M. Erben Eberhard Straub wurde 1940 geboren. Er studierte Geschichte, Kunstgeschichte und Archäologie. Der habilitierte Historiker war bis 1986 Feuilletonredakteur der 'Frankfurter Allgemeinen Zeitung' und bis 1997 Pressereferent des Stifterverbandes für die Deutsche Wissenschaft. Seit 2001 lebt er als freier Publizist in Berlin. Zu seinen Büchern zählen 'Drei letzte Kaiser' (1998), 'Eine kleine Geschichte Preussens' (2001) und 'Das spanische Jahrhundert' (2004). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Vom Nichtstun - Leben in einer Welt ohne Arbeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Eberhard Straub Narrator: Petra Pavel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Faszinierendes Buch über das anstrengende Leben in der Freizeitgesellschaft. Noch nie in der Geschichte der Menschheit wurde so viel gearbeitet wie seit dem 19. Jahrhundert. Inzwischen aber sieht es so aus, als sei der modernen Welt die Arbeit ausgegangen. Die Freizeitgesellschaft wird wohl das Merkmal der Zukunft sein. Eberhard Straub plädiert auf scharfsinnige und dabei zugleich unterhaltsame Weise dafür, dass unsere Gesellschaft zur Muße zurückfinden muss, zu einem neuen Zeitverständnis, das im alten - im antiken wie im christlichen - Sinne dem Menschen Zeit lässt, jenseits von den Zwängen der Arbeit zur Freiheit, zur Seelenruhe und zu einem geglückten Leben zurückzufinden. 'Nichtstun war und ist, folgt man den besonnenen, aber provokanten Gedankengängen Eberhard Straubs, beileibe keine Untätigkeit.' - Monika Thees, Die Berliner Literaturkritik 'Ein idealisierter Optimismus Straubs, dem man seine Realitätstüchtigkeit vollkommenen absprechen kann, dem man sich aber - gerade als Arbeitsloser - zur RICHTLINIE eines neuen sinnerfüllten Lebens machen kann!' - M. Erben Eberhard Straub wurde 1940 geboren. Er studierte Geschichte, Kunstgeschichte und Archäologie. Der habilitierte Historiker war bis 1986 Feuilletonredakteur der 'Frankfurter Allgemeinen Zeitung' und bis 1997 Pressereferent des Stifterverbandes für die Deutsche Wissenschaft. Seit 2001 lebt er als freier Publizist in Berlin. Zu seinen Büchern zählen 'Drei letzte Kaiser' (1998), 'Eine kleine Geschichte Preussens' (2001) und 'Das spanische Jahrhundert' (2004). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das zerbrechliche Glück - Liebe und Ehe im Wandel der Zeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Eberhard Straub Narrator: Katrein Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liebe, Hiebe, Triebe - wie steht's um die Ehe heutzutage? Ist der liebende Mensch tatsächlich kaum mehr als ein liebender Affe, wie Soziobiologen und Verhaltensforscher in jüngster Zeit erklären? Und wird die Institution Ehe eines Tages der Vergangenheit angehören? Eberhard Straub unternimmt einen höchst unterhaltsamen Streifzug durch die Geschichte der Ehe und der Familie und kommt zu dem Schluss, dass die Ehe trotz stetig steigender Scheidungsraten auch in Zukunft weiter bestehen wird. Denn gerade in einer Zeit rapiden Wandels gilt eine glückliche Ehe noch immer als wichtigste Voraussetzung für ein gelungenes Leben: Je unberechenbarer die gesellschaftlichen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse werden, desto wichtiger sind Einrichtungen, die Dauer versprechen oder von denen doch Dauer gewünscht wird. 'Straubs historisches Panorama der abendländischen Liebesverhältnisse führt noch einmal vor Augen, wie eng die Entdeckung romantischer Empfindungen verbunden ist mit der zunehmenden Individualisierung...' - Uwe Wittstock, Die Welt Eberhard Straub wurde 1940 geboren. Er studierte Geschichte, Kunstgeschichte und Archäologie. Der habilitierte Historiker war bis 1986 Feuilletonredakteur der 'Frankfurter Allgemeinen Zeitung' und bis 1997 Pressereferent des Stifterverbandes für die Deutsche Wissenschaft. Seit 2001 lebt er als freier Publizist in Berlin. Zu seinen Büchern zählen 'Drei letzte Kaiser' (1998), 'Eine kleine Geschichte Preussens' (2001) und 'Das spanische Jahrhundert' (2004). Eberhard Straub Thu, 10 Jan 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541677 thebookvoice.com 3:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das zerbrechliche Glück - Liebe und Ehe im Wandel der Zeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Eberhard Straub Narrator: Katrein Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liebe, Hiebe, Triebe - wie steht's um die Ehe heutzutage? Ist der liebende Mensch tatsächlich kaum mehr als ein liebender Affe, wie Soziobiologen und Verhaltensforscher in jüngster Zeit erklären? Und wird die Institution Ehe eines Tages der Vergangenheit angehören? Eberhard Straub unternimmt einen höchst unterhaltsamen Streifzug durch die Geschichte der Ehe und der Familie und kommt zu dem Schluss, dass die Ehe trotz stetig steigender Scheidungsraten auch in Zukunft weiter bestehen wird. Denn gerade in einer Zeit rapiden Wandels gilt eine glückliche Ehe noch immer als wichtigste Voraussetzung für ein gelungenes Leben: Je unberechenbarer die gesellschaftlichen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse werden, desto wichtiger sind Einrichtungen, die Dauer versprechen oder von denen doch Dauer gewünscht wird. 'Straubs historisches Panorama der abendländischen Liebesverhältnisse führt noch einmal vor Augen, wie eng die Entdeckung romantischer Empfindungen verbunden ist mit der zunehmenden Individualisierung...' - Uwe Wittstock, Die Welt Eberhard Straub wurde 1940 geboren. Er studierte Geschichte, Kunstgeschichte und Archäologie. Der habilitierte Historiker war bis 1986 Feuilletonredakteur der 'Frankfurter Allgemeinen Zeitung' und bis 1997 Pressereferent des Stifterverbandes für die Deutsche Wissenschaft. Seit 2001 lebt er als freier Publizist in Berlin. Zu seinen Büchern zählen 'Drei letzte Kaiser' (1998), 'Eine kleine Geschichte Preussens' (2001) und 'Das spanische Jahrhundert' (2004). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das zerbrechliche Glück - Liebe und Ehe im Wandel der Zeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Eberhard Straub Narrator: Katrein Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 10, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Liebe, Hiebe, Triebe - wie steht's um die Ehe heutzutage? Ist der liebende Mensch tatsächlich kaum mehr als ein liebender Affe, wie Soziobiologen und Verhaltensforscher in jüngster Zeit erklären? Und wird die Institution Ehe eines Tages der Vergangenheit angehören? Eberhard Straub unternimmt einen höchst unterhaltsamen Streifzug durch die Geschichte der Ehe und der Familie und kommt zu dem Schluss, dass die Ehe trotz stetig steigender Scheidungsraten auch in Zukunft weiter bestehen wird. Denn gerade in einer Zeit rapiden Wandels gilt eine glückliche Ehe noch immer als wichtigste Voraussetzung für ein gelungenes Leben: Je unberechenbarer die gesellschaftlichen und wirtschaftlichen Verhältnisse werden, desto wichtiger sind Einrichtungen, die Dauer versprechen oder von denen doch Dauer gewünscht wird. 'Straubs historisches Panorama der abendländischen Liebesverhältnisse führt noch einmal vor Augen, wie eng die Entdeckung romantischer Empfindungen verbunden ist mit der zunehmenden Individualisierung...' - Uwe Wittstock, Die Welt Eberhard Straub wurde 1940 geboren. Er studierte Geschichte, Kunstgeschichte und Archäologie. Der habilitierte Historiker war bis 1986 Feuilletonredakteur der 'Frankfurter Allgemeinen Zeitung' und bis 1997 Pressereferent des Stifterverbandes für die Deutsche Wissenschaft. Seit 2001 lebt er als freier Publizist in Berlin. Zu seinen Büchern zählen 'Drei letzte Kaiser' (1998), 'Eine kleine Geschichte Preussens' (2001) und 'Das spanische Jahrhundert' (2004). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541674 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was Manager vom Hai lernen können - Die goldenen Regeln einer neuen Leadership (Ungekürzt) Author: Dr. Sonja A. Buholzer Narrator: Gabriela Zorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wer kennt sie nicht, die Angst, beim Schwimmen im offenen Meer plötzlich von einem Hai angegriffen und in die Tiefe gezogen zu werden? Und doch gibt es Menschen, die den Kontakt zu Haien suchen. Ein gefährliches Unterfangen, das höchste psychische Belastbarkeit und viel Wissen erfordert. Zu diesen Menschen gehört Sonja A. Buholzer. Die Wirtschafts- und Politberaterin hat in zahlreichen Tauchgängen die Welt der Haie kennen gelernt und zeigt in ihrem Buch, was Führungskräfte in Wirtschaft und Politik von den Top-Räubern der Meere lernen können: 'Wer in die Welt der Haie eintaucht, um zu lernen, wird die Welt danach anders sehen und bewerten. Er wird seine eigenen Fähigkeiten an jenen des Hais messen und seine Sinnesleistungen trainieren. Mit jeder Begegnung wird er sich transformieren. Hinter die Grenzen seiner Ängste blicken, dahin, wo sein Potenzial schlummert.' 16-seitiges Booklet mit Fotos inklusive. Sonja A. Buholzer, Dr. phil., wurde am 18. April 1960 im schweizerischen Luzern geboren und ist Wirtschaftsreferentin und Autorin von Management-Büchern. Sie studierte Literaturwissenschaften, Philosophie, Literaturkritik und Geschichte an der Universität Zürich. 1984-85 war sie wissenschaftliche Assistentin und Lehrbeauftragte an der Stae University of New York. 1987 folgte die Promotion zum Doktor der Philosophie. Sonja A. Buholzer ist persönliche Beraterin von Wirtschaft und Politik, international tätige Bestsellerautorin und Keynote-Sprecherin. Sie war eine der ersten Frauen auf Direktionsstufe einer Schweizer Bank und kämpft seit daür, dass Frauen adäquat in Entscheidungsgremien von Wirtschaft, Politik und Öffentlichkeit vertreten sind. Als Gründerin und Inhaberin des Zürcher Wirtschaftsberatungsunternehmens VESTALIA VISION gehört sie heute zu den erfolgreichsten Frauen in den Bereichen Karriere und Management-Coaching, Management-Training und Public Speaking. Dr. Sonja A. Buholzer Tue, 09 Oct 2018 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541674 thebookvoice.com 6:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was Manager vom Hai lernen können - Die goldenen Regeln einer neuen Leadership (Ungekürzt) Author: Dr. Sonja A. Buholzer Narrator: Gabriela Zorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wer kennt sie nicht, die Angst, beim Schwimmen im offenen Meer plötzlich von einem Hai angegriffen und in die Tiefe gezogen zu werden? Und doch gibt es Menschen, die den Kontakt zu Haien suchen. Ein gefährliches Unterfangen, das höchste psychische Belastbarkeit und viel Wissen erfordert. Zu diesen Menschen gehört Sonja A. Buholzer. Die Wirtschafts- und Politberaterin hat in zahlreichen Tauchgängen die Welt der Haie kennen gelernt und zeigt in ihrem Buch, was Führungskräfte in Wirtschaft und Politik von den Top-Räubern der Meere lernen können: 'Wer in die Welt der Haie eintaucht, um zu lernen, wird die Welt danach anders sehen und bewerten. Er wird seine eigenen Fähigkeiten an jenen des Hais messen und seine Sinnesleistungen trainieren. Mit jeder Begegnung wird er sich transformieren. Hinter die Grenzen seiner Ängste blicken, dahin, wo sein Potenzial schlummert.' 16-seitiges Booklet mit Fotos inklusive. Sonja A. Buholzer, Dr. phil., wurde am 18. April 1960 im schweizerischen Luzern geboren und ist Wirtschaftsreferentin und Autorin von Management-Büchern. Sie studierte Literaturwissenschaften, Philosophie, Literaturkritik und Geschichte an der Universität Zürich. 1984-85 war sie wissenschaftliche Assistentin und Lehrbeauftragte an der Stae University of New York. 1987 folgte die Promotion zum Doktor der Philosophie. Sonja A. Buholzer ist persönliche Beraterin von Wirtschaft und Politik, international tätige Bestsellerautorin und Keynote-Sprecherin. Sie war eine der ersten Frauen auf Direktionsstufe einer Schweizer Bank und kämpft seit daür, dass Frauen adäquat in Entscheidungsgremien von Wirtschaft, Politik und Öffentlichkeit vertreten sind. Als Gründerin und Inhaberin des Zürcher Wirtschaftsberatungsunternehmens VESTALIA VISION gehört sie heute zu den erfolgreichsten Frauen in den Bereichen Karriere und Management-Coaching, Management-Training und Public Speaking. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was Manager vom Hai lernen können - Die goldenen Regeln einer neuen Leadership (Ungekürzt) Author: Dr. Sonja A. Buholzer Narrator: Gabriela Zorn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: October 9, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wer kennt sie nicht, die Angst, beim Schwimmen im offenen Meer plötzlich von einem Hai angegriffen und in die Tiefe gezogen zu werden? Und doch gibt es Menschen, die den Kontakt zu Haien suchen. Ein gefährliches Unterfangen, das höchste psychische Belastbarkeit und viel Wissen erfordert. Zu diesen Menschen gehört Sonja A. Buholzer. Die Wirtschafts- und Politberaterin hat in zahlreichen Tauchgängen die Welt der Haie kennen gelernt und zeigt in ihrem Buch, was Führungskräfte in Wirtschaft und Politik von den Top-Räubern der Meere lernen können: 'Wer in die Welt der Haie eintaucht, um zu lernen, wird die Welt danach anders sehen und bewerten. Er wird seine eigenen Fähigkeiten an jenen des Hais messen und seine Sinnesleistungen trainieren. Mit jeder Begegnung wird er sich transformieren. Hinter die Grenzen seiner Ängste blicken, dahin, wo sein Potenzial schlummert.' 16-seitiges Booklet mit Fotos inklusive. Sonja A. Buholzer, Dr. phil., wurde am 18. April 1960 im schweizerischen Luzern geboren und ist Wirtschaftsreferentin und Autorin von Management-Büchern. Sie studierte Literaturwissenschaften, Philosophie, Literaturkritik und Geschichte an der Universität Zürich. 1984-85 war sie wissenschaftliche Assistentin und Lehrbeauftragte an der Stae University of New York. 1987 folgte die Promotion zum Doktor der Philosophie. Sonja A. Buholzer ist persönliche Beraterin von Wirtschaft und Politik, international tätige Bestsellerautorin und Keynote-Sprecherin. Sie war eine der ersten Frauen auf Direktionsstufe einer Schweizer Bank und kämpft seit daür, dass Frauen adäquat in Entscheidungsgremien von Wirtschaft, Politik und Öffentlichkeit vertreten sind. Als Gründerin und Inhaberin des Zürcher Wirtschaftsberatungsunternehmens VESTALIA VISION gehört sie heute zu den erfolgreichsten Frauen in den Bereichen Karriere und Management-Coaching, Management-Training und Public Speaking. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541556 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das deutsche Jahr - Einblicke in die Wiedervereinigung 1989/1990 Author: Claus J. Duisberg Narrator: Martin Pfisterer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Wiedervereinigung Deutschlands in den Erinnerungen eines Diplomaten!Das Jahr 1989 war ein wichtiges für Deutschland, denn es war das Jahr des Mauerfalls. Doch dieser Triumph stellte das Land vor eine neue Herausforderung: die DDR musste nun in die Bundesrepublik eingeordnet werden. Jedoch glückten diese Veränderungen im 'deutschen Jahr', welches eigentlich den Zeitraum 1989 und 1990 umfasst, besser als erwartet. Duisberg, der die Politik in dieser Zeit durch seine Position im Bundeskanzleramt aus nächster Nähe miterlebt hat, beschreibt die Ereignisse der spannungsreichen Verhandlungen und den resultierenden Einigungsvertrag mit seinen Einblicken. Claus J. Duisberg Mon, 18 Nov 2019 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541556 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das deutsche Jahr - Einblicke in die Wiedervereinigung 1989/1990 Author: Claus J. Duisberg Narrator: Martin Pfisterer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Wiedervereinigung Deutschlands in den Erinnerungen eines Diplomaten!Das Jahr 1989 war ein wichtiges für Deutschland, denn es war das Jahr des Mauerfalls. Doch dieser Triumph stellte das Land vor eine neue Herausforderung: die DDR musste nun in die Bundesrepublik eingeordnet werden. Jedoch glückten diese Veränderungen im 'deutschen Jahr', welches eigentlich den Zeitraum 1989 und 1990 umfasst, besser als erwartet. Duisberg, der die Politik in dieser Zeit durch seine Position im Bundeskanzleramt aus nächster Nähe miterlebt hat, beschreibt die Ereignisse der spannungsreichen Verhandlungen und den resultierenden Einigungsvertrag mit seinen Einblicken. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541556]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das deutsche Jahr - Einblicke in die Wiedervereinigung 1989/1990 Author: Claus J. Duisberg Narrator: Martin Pfisterer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 18, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Die Wiedervereinigung Deutschlands in den Erinnerungen eines Diplomaten!Das Jahr 1989 war ein wichtiges für Deutschland, denn es war das Jahr des Mauerfalls. Doch dieser Triumph stellte das Land vor eine neue Herausforderung: die DDR musste nun in die Bundesrepublik eingeordnet werden. Jedoch glückten diese Veränderungen im 'deutschen Jahr', welches eigentlich den Zeitraum 1989 und 1990 umfasst, besser als erwartet. Duisberg, der die Politik in dieser Zeit durch seine Position im Bundeskanzleramt aus nächster Nähe miterlebt hat, beschreibt die Ereignisse der spannungsreichen Verhandlungen und den resultierenden Einigungsvertrag mit seinen Einblicken. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die literarische Welt des Mittelalters (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Brinker-V.D. Heyde Narrator: Claudia Drews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Besitz von Büchern ist heute eine Selbstverständlichkeit. Doch das war nicht immer so. Claudia Brinker-von der Heyde zeigt, wie sich erst im Mittelalter eine Buchkultur herausgebildet hat. Es entstand eine literarische Welt, die uns jedoch längst fremd geworden ist. Die Literaturproduktion war fest in gesellschaftliche, politische, ökonomische und mentale Prozesse eingebunden. Die uns überlieferten Texte sind das letzte Glied in einer langen Kette, an deren Anfang die Beschaffung des Pergaments stand, bevor Schreiber und Illuminatoren ihr Handwerk verrichten und das Publikum eine kostbare Handschrift erwerben konnte, darin las oder öfter noch sich daraus vorlesen ließ. Über die Dichter selbst ist erstaunlich wenig bekannt. Das Interesse galt den Geschichten. Entscheidend war nicht die Originalität des Werks, sondern das möglichst raffinierte (Nach)erzählen eines bekannten Stoffes. Die zahlreichen Beispiele aus der mittelalterlichen Literatur in diesem Hörbuch verraten viel über die Kultur, die sie hervorgebracht hat. Erzählkunst und Fachkenntnis der Autorin lassen uns diese Welt ganz unmittelbar erleben. Claudia Brinker-V.D. Heyde Mon, 02 Oct 2017 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541547 thebookvoice.com 2:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die literarische Welt des Mittelalters (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Brinker-V.D. Heyde Narrator: Claudia Drews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Besitz von Büchern ist heute eine Selbstverständlichkeit. Doch das war nicht immer so. Claudia Brinker-von der Heyde zeigt, wie sich erst im Mittelalter eine Buchkultur herausgebildet hat. Es entstand eine literarische Welt, die uns jedoch längst fremd geworden ist. Die Literaturproduktion war fest in gesellschaftliche, politische, ökonomische und mentale Prozesse eingebunden. Die uns überlieferten Texte sind das letzte Glied in einer langen Kette, an deren Anfang die Beschaffung des Pergaments stand, bevor Schreiber und Illuminatoren ihr Handwerk verrichten und das Publikum eine kostbare Handschrift erwerben konnte, darin las oder öfter noch sich daraus vorlesen ließ. Über die Dichter selbst ist erstaunlich wenig bekannt. Das Interesse galt den Geschichten. Entscheidend war nicht die Originalität des Werks, sondern das möglichst raffinierte (Nach)erzählen eines bekannten Stoffes. Die zahlreichen Beispiele aus der mittelalterlichen Literatur in diesem Hörbuch verraten viel über die Kultur, die sie hervorgebracht hat. Erzählkunst und Fachkenntnis der Autorin lassen uns diese Welt ganz unmittelbar erleben. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die literarische Welt des Mittelalters (Ungekürzt) Author: Claudia Brinker-V.D. Heyde Narrator: Claudia Drews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 2, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Der Besitz von Büchern ist heute eine Selbstverständlichkeit. Doch das war nicht immer so. Claudia Brinker-von der Heyde zeigt, wie sich erst im Mittelalter eine Buchkultur herausgebildet hat. Es entstand eine literarische Welt, die uns jedoch längst fremd geworden ist. Die Literaturproduktion war fest in gesellschaftliche, politische, ökonomische und mentale Prozesse eingebunden. Die uns überlieferten Texte sind das letzte Glied in einer langen Kette, an deren Anfang die Beschaffung des Pergaments stand, bevor Schreiber und Illuminatoren ihr Handwerk verrichten und das Publikum eine kostbare Handschrift erwerben konnte, darin las oder öfter noch sich daraus vorlesen ließ. Über die Dichter selbst ist erstaunlich wenig bekannt. Das Interesse galt den Geschichten. Entscheidend war nicht die Originalität des Werks, sondern das möglichst raffinierte (Nach)erzählen eines bekannten Stoffes. Die zahlreichen Beispiele aus der mittelalterlichen Literatur in diesem Hörbuch verraten viel über die Kultur, die sie hervorgebracht hat. Erzählkunst und Fachkenntnis der Autorin lassen uns diese Welt ganz unmittelbar erleben. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wendeland - Fakten und Legenden Author: Christa Luft Narrator: Saskia Kästner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alternativlosigkeit nach der Wende? Davon will die größtenteils in der ehemaligen DDR aufgewachsene Wirtschaftswissenschaftlerin Christa Luft nichts wissen – stattdessen versucht sie, Fakten zu schaffen und mit Legenden aufzuräumen. Luft fordert die Erneuerung der Gesellschaft, was Demokratie und Gleichheit stärke. In ihren Argumentationen bezieht sie sich auf Krisen und Reformen der Wirtschaft, Sozialsysteme und die EU-Osterweiterung.- Christa Luft Mon, 18 Jan 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541481 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wendeland - Fakten und Legenden Author: Christa Luft Narrator: Saskia Kästner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alternativlosigkeit nach der Wende? Davon will die größtenteils in der ehemaligen DDR aufgewachsene Wirtschaftswissenschaftlerin Christa Luft nichts wissen – stattdessen versucht sie, Fakten zu schaffen und mit Legenden aufzuräumen. Luft fordert die Erneuerung der Gesellschaft, was Demokratie und Gleichheit stärke. In ihren Argumentationen bezieht sie sich auf Krisen und Reformen der Wirtschaft, Sozialsysteme und die EU-Osterweiterung.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wendeland - Fakten und Legenden Author: Christa Luft Narrator: Saskia Kästner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 18, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Alternativlosigkeit nach der Wende? Davon will die größtenteils in der ehemaligen DDR aufgewachsene Wirtschaftswissenschaftlerin Christa Luft nichts wissen – stattdessen versucht sie, Fakten zu schaffen und mit Legenden aufzuräumen. Luft fordert die Erneuerung der Gesellschaft, was Demokratie und Gleichheit stärke. In ihren Argumentationen bezieht sie sich auf Krisen und Reformen der Wirtschaft, Sozialsysteme und die EU-Osterweiterung.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541450 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gemeinsam einsam - Wie Facebook, Google & Co. unser Leben verändern (Ungekürzt) Author: Carsten Görig Narrator: Andreas Herrler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Google, Facebook, Twitter, Apple lassen uns teilhaben an allem, was in der Welt passiert. Der Preis, den wir für die neue technologische Hilfe bezahlen, ist allerdings hoch. Wer steckt hinter den Unternehmen, die uns ein neues, vernetztes Dasein versprechen? Was sind die Risiken und Nebenwirkungen, wenn wir unsere intimsten Daten gewinnorientierten Internet-Diensten anvertrauen? Carsten Görig zeigt erstmals, welche Interessen die Großen dieser Branche tatsächlich verfolgen, was ihre praktischen Dienste mit uns und unseren Daten anstellen und was sie uns Nutzern verschweigen. Nach einem Magisterstudium in Anglistik war Carsten Görig Redakteur in den Online-Redaktionen von 'Tiscali' und 'Tomorrow'. Heute lebt er in Hamburg und arbeitet als Journalist und Buchautor. Er schreibt u.a. für Spiegel Online' und 'Stern'. Carsten Görig Fri, 06 Apr 2018 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541450 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gemeinsam einsam - Wie Facebook, Google & Co. unser Leben verändern (Ungekürzt) Author: Carsten Görig Narrator: Andreas Herrler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Google, Facebook, Twitter, Apple lassen uns teilhaben an allem, was in der Welt passiert. Der Preis, den wir für die neue technologische Hilfe bezahlen, ist allerdings hoch. Wer steckt hinter den Unternehmen, die uns ein neues, vernetztes Dasein versprechen? Was sind die Risiken und Nebenwirkungen, wenn wir unsere intimsten Daten gewinnorientierten Internet-Diensten anvertrauen? Carsten Görig zeigt erstmals, welche Interessen die Großen dieser Branche tatsächlich verfolgen, was ihre praktischen Dienste mit uns und unseren Daten anstellen und was sie uns Nutzern verschweigen. Nach einem Magisterstudium in Anglistik war Carsten Görig Redakteur in den Online-Redaktionen von 'Tiscali' und 'Tomorrow'. Heute lebt er in Hamburg und arbeitet als Journalist und Buchautor. Er schreibt u.a. für Spiegel Online' und 'Stern'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gemeinsam einsam - Wie Facebook, Google & Co. unser Leben verändern (Ungekürzt) Author: Carsten Görig Narrator: Andreas Herrler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 6, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Google, Facebook, Twitter, Apple lassen uns teilhaben an allem, was in der Welt passiert. Der Preis, den wir für die neue technologische Hilfe bezahlen, ist allerdings hoch. Wer steckt hinter den Unternehmen, die uns ein neues, vernetztes Dasein versprechen? Was sind die Risiken und Nebenwirkungen, wenn wir unsere intimsten Daten gewinnorientierten Internet-Diensten anvertrauen? Carsten Görig zeigt erstmals, welche Interessen die Großen dieser Branche tatsächlich verfolgen, was ihre praktischen Dienste mit uns und unseren Daten anstellen und was sie uns Nutzern verschweigen. Nach einem Magisterstudium in Anglistik war Carsten Görig Redakteur in den Online-Redaktionen von 'Tiscali' und 'Tomorrow'. Heute lebt er in Hamburg und arbeitet als Journalist und Buchautor. Er schreibt u.a. für Spiegel Online' und 'Stern'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541054 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Iris Berben liest: Eilige Nacht: Etwas andere Weihnachtsgeschichten Author: Tba Narrator: Iris Berben Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: August 15, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein wundervolles Weihnachtspäckchen für alle, die die immer gleichen Geschichten rund um die Heilige Nacht nicht mehr hören mögen und sich ein respektlos-schrulliges Weihnachtsbuch wünschen. 'Eilige Nacht' - das sind Geschichten und Gedichte von Bertolt Brecht, Kurt Tucholsky, Heinrich Böll, Axel Hacke, Hanns-Dieter Hüsch, Tomi Ungerer und anderen. Ein Schatz literarischer Kleinode. Tba Thu, 15 Aug 2013 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541054 thebookvoice.com 1:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Iris Berben liest: Eilige Nacht: Etwas andere Weihnachtsgeschichten Author: Tba Narrator: Iris Berben Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: August 15, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein wundervolles Weihnachtspäckchen für alle, die die immer gleichen Geschichten rund um die Heilige Nacht nicht mehr hören mögen und sich ein respektlos-schrulliges Weihnachtsbuch wünschen. 'Eilige Nacht' - das sind Geschichten und Gedichte von Bertolt Brecht, Kurt Tucholsky, Heinrich Böll, Axel Hacke, Hanns-Dieter Hüsch, Tomi Ungerer und anderen. Ein Schatz literarischer Kleinode. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/541054]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Iris Berben liest: Eilige Nacht: Etwas andere Weihnachtsgeschichten Author: Tba Narrator: Iris Berben Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 3 minutes Release date: August 15, 2013 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Ein wundervolles Weihnachtspäckchen für alle, die die immer gleichen Geschichten rund um die Heilige Nacht nicht mehr hören mögen und sich ein respektlos-schrulliges Weihnachtsbuch wünschen. 'Eilige Nacht' - das sind Geschichten und Gedichte von Bertolt Brecht, Kurt Tucholsky, Heinrich Böll, Axel Hacke, Hanns-Dieter Hüsch, Tomi Ungerer und anderen. Ein Schatz literarischer Kleinode. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Injustice: Inside Stories from the Underbelly of the Criminal Justice System Author: David S. Rudolf Narrator: David S. Rudolf, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the fearless defense attorney and civil rights lawyer who rose to fame with Netflix’s The Staircase comes a “bracing account of abuses of power and corruption in the criminal justice system.” (The Guardian) “A fine companion to Bryan Stevenson’s Just Mercy and Emily Bazelon’s Charged. A stellar—and often shocking—report on a broken criminal justice system.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review) In the past thirty years alone, more than 2,800 innocent American prisoners—their combined sentences surpassing 25,000 years—have been exonerated and freed after being condemned for crimes they did not commit. Terrifyingly, this number represents only a fraction of the actual number of persons wrongfully accused and convicted over the same period.  Renowned criminal defense and civil rights attorney David Rudolf has spent decades defending the wrongfully accused. In American Injustice, he draws from his years of experience in the American criminal legal system to shed light on the misconduct that exists at all levels of law enforcement and the tragic consequences that follow in its wake. Tracing these themes through the lens of some of his most important cases—including new details from the Michael Peterson trial made famous in The Staircase—Rudolf takes the reader inside crime scenes to examine forensic evidence left by perpetrators; revisits unsolved murders to detail how and why the true culprits were never prosecuted; reveals how confirmation bias leads police and prosecutors to employ tactics that make wrongful arrests and prosecutions more likely; and exposes how poverty and racism fundamentally distort the system. In American Injustice, Rudolf gives a voice to those who have been the victim of wrongful accusations and shows in the starkest terms the human impact of legal wrongdoing. Effortlessly blending gripping true-crime reporting and searing observations on civil rights in America, American Injustice takes readers behind the scenes of a justice system in desperate need of reform. David S. Rudolf Tue, 25 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540240 thebookvoice.com 10:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Injustice: Inside Stories from the Underbelly of the Criminal Justice System Author: David S. Rudolf Narrator: David S. Rudolf, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the fearless defense attorney and civil rights lawyer who rose to fame with Netflix’s The Staircase comes a “bracing account of abuses of power and corruption in the criminal justice system.” (The Guardian) “A fine companion to Bryan Stevenson’s Just Mercy and Emily Bazelon’s Charged. A stellar—and often shocking—report on a broken criminal justice system.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review) In the past thirty years alone, more than 2,800 innocent American prisoners—their combined sentences surpassing 25,000 years—have been exonerated and freed after being condemned for crimes they did not commit. Terrifyingly, this number represents only a fraction of the actual number of persons wrongfully accused and convicted over the same period.  Renowned criminal defense and civil rights attorney David Rudolf has spent decades defending the wrongfully accused. In American Injustice, he draws from his years of experience in the American criminal legal system to shed light on the misconduct that exists at all levels of law enforcement and the tragic consequences that follow in its wake. Tracing these themes through the lens of some of his most important cases—including new details from the Michael Peterson trial made famous in The Staircase—Rudolf takes the reader inside crime scenes to examine forensic evidence left by perpetrators; revisits unsolved murders to detail how and why the true culprits were never prosecuted; reveals how confirmation bias leads police and prosecutors to employ tactics that make wrongful arrests and prosecutions more likely; and exposes how poverty and racism fundamentally distort the system. In American Injustice, Rudolf gives a voice to those who have been the victim of wrongful accusations and shows in the starkest terms the human impact of legal wrongdoing. Effortlessly blending gripping true-crime reporting and searing observations on civil rights in America, American Injustice takes readers behind the scenes of a justice system in desperate need of reform. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Injustice: Inside Stories from the Underbelly of the Criminal Justice System Author: David S. Rudolf Narrator: David S. Rudolf, Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: From the fearless defense attorney and civil rights lawyer who rose to fame with Netflix’s The Staircase comes a “bracing account of abuses of power and corruption in the criminal justice system.” (The Guardian) “A fine companion to Bryan Stevenson’s Just Mercy and Emily Bazelon’s Charged. A stellar—and often shocking—report on a broken criminal justice system.” —Kirkus Reviews (starred review) In the past thirty years alone, more than 2,800 innocent American prisoners—their combined sentences surpassing 25,000 years—have been exonerated and freed after being condemned for crimes they did not commit. Terrifyingly, this number represents only a fraction of the actual number of persons wrongfully accused and convicted over the same period.  Renowned criminal defense and civil rights attorney David Rudolf has spent decades defending the wrongfully accused. In American Injustice, he draws from his years of experience in the American criminal legal system to shed light on the misconduct that exists at all levels of law enforcement and the tragic consequences that follow in its wake. Tracing these themes through the lens of some of his most important cases—including new details from the Michael Peterson trial made famous in The Staircase—Rudolf takes the reader inside crime scenes to examine forensic evidence left by perpetrators; revisits unsolved murders to detail how and why the true culprits were never prosecuted; reveals how confirmation bias leads police and prosecutors to employ tactics that make wrongful arrests and prosecutions more likely; and exposes how poverty and racism fundamentally distort the system. In American Injustice, Rudolf gives a voice to those who have been the victim of wrongful accusations and shows in the starkest terms the human impact of legal wrongdoing. Effortlessly blending gripping true-crime reporting and searing observations on civil rights in America, American Injustice takes readers behind the scenes of a justice system in desperate need of reform. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red-Handed: How American Elites Get Rich Helping China Win Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 3.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller Peter Schweizer says that, in a quarter-century as an investigative journalist, this is the scariest investigation he has ever conducted.  That the Chinese government seeks to infiltrate American institutions is hardly surprising. What is wholly new, however, are the number of American elites who are eager to help the Chinese dictatorship in its quest for global hegemony.    Presidential families, Silicon Valley gurus, Wall Street high rollers, Ivy League universities, even professional athletes—all willing to sacrifice American strength and security on the altar of personal enrichment. In Red-Handed, six-time New York Times bestselling investigator Peter Schweizer presents his most alarming findings to date by revealing the secret deals wealthy Americans have cut to help China build its military, technological, and economic might. Equally as astonishing, many of these elites quietly believe the Chinese dictatorial regime is superior to American democracy. Schweizer and his team of forensic investigators spent over a year scouring a massive trove of global corporate records and legal filings to expose the hidden transactions China’s enablers hoped would never see the light of day. And as Schweizer’s past bombshells like Profiles in Corruption, Secret Empires, and Clinton Cash all made clear, there are bad actors on both ends of the political spectrum. Exhaustively researched, crisply told, and chilling, Red-Handed will expose the nexus of power between the Chinese government and the American elites who do its bidding. Peter Schweizer Tue, 25 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540235 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red-Handed: How American Elites Get Rich Helping China Win Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 3.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller Peter Schweizer says that, in a quarter-century as an investigative journalist, this is the scariest investigation he has ever conducted.  That the Chinese government seeks to infiltrate American institutions is hardly surprising. What is wholly new, however, are the number of American elites who are eager to help the Chinese dictatorship in its quest for global hegemony.    Presidential families, Silicon Valley gurus, Wall Street high rollers, Ivy League universities, even professional athletes—all willing to sacrifice American strength and security on the altar of personal enrichment. In Red-Handed, six-time New York Times bestselling investigator Peter Schweizer presents his most alarming findings to date by revealing the secret deals wealthy Americans have cut to help China build its military, technological, and economic might. Equally as astonishing, many of these elites quietly believe the Chinese dictatorial regime is superior to American democracy. Schweizer and his team of forensic investigators spent over a year scouring a massive trove of global corporate records and legal filings to expose the hidden transactions China’s enablers hoped would never see the light of day. And as Schweizer’s past bombshells like Profiles in Corruption, Secret Empires, and Clinton Cash all made clear, there are bad actors on both ends of the political spectrum. Exhaustively researched, crisply told, and chilling, Red-Handed will expose the nexus of power between the Chinese government and the American elites who do its bidding. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red-Handed: How American Elites Get Rich Helping China Win Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 60 Ratings of Narrator: 3.9 of Total 10 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller Peter Schweizer says that, in a quarter-century as an investigative journalist, this is the scariest investigation he has ever conducted.  That the Chinese government seeks to infiltrate American institutions is hardly surprising. What is wholly new, however, are the number of American elites who are eager to help the Chinese dictatorship in its quest for global hegemony.    Presidential families, Silicon Valley gurus, Wall Street high rollers, Ivy League universities, even professional athletes—all willing to sacrifice American strength and security on the altar of personal enrichment. In Red-Handed, six-time New York Times bestselling investigator Peter Schweizer presents his most alarming findings to date by revealing the secret deals wealthy Americans have cut to help China build its military, technological, and economic might. Equally as astonishing, many of these elites quietly believe the Chinese dictatorial regime is superior to American democracy. Schweizer and his team of forensic investigators spent over a year scouring a massive trove of global corporate records and legal filings to expose the hidden transactions China’s enablers hoped would never see the light of day. And as Schweizer’s past bombshells like Profiles in Corruption, Secret Empires, and Clinton Cash all made clear, there are bad actors on both ends of the political spectrum. Exhaustively researched, crisply told, and chilling, Red-Handed will expose the nexus of power between the Chinese government and the American elites who do its bidding. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540124 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La batalla cultural: Reflexiones críticas para una Nueva Derecha Author: Agustin Laje Narrator: Jesús Molina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El afamado escritor, politólogo, y conferencista Agustín Laje presenta La batalla cultural: Reflexiones críticas para una Nueva Derecha – un manifiesto que informará, animará y facultará a los “guerrilleros culturales” para no bajar los brazos en la batalla que sigue perjudicando a nuestras familias y a la sociedad en general. En el mundo contemporáneo, la sociedad y la cultura cambian a gran velocidad. La voluntad de dirigir esos cambios está en la base de las batallas culturales que hoy se viven en todas partes. Bien investigado y argumentado inteligentemente, este libro define el concepto de batalla cultural y muestra hasta qué punto la cultura ha llegado a ser el botín principal del poder, cómo se han desarrollado estas batallas desde los tiempos modernos hasta la actual posmodernidad y cómo enfrentarlas. En este libro, Agustín Laje: - Explica qué es la batalla cultural, cómo darla, y cuales son su características - Analiza cómo la nueva izquierda entendió este fenómeno, frente a una derecha que menospreció el poder de la cultura - Examina cómo entendió este fenómeno la nueva izquierda, frente a una derecha que menospreció el poder de la cultura - Pretende brindar las herramientas necesarias para el nacimiento de una nueva derecha Este libro está dirigido a:  - Las familias que son el principal blanco de ataque en este momento, que se sienten fragmentadas, amedrentadas y que quieren hacer algo más para convertirse en agentes de batalla cultural - A los Jóvenes que cursan sus estudios y que entienden que en sus universidades cada vez hay menos educación y más adoctrinamiento - A todo aquel que se preocupa por los asuntos políticos y mundiales de gran magnitud que crean conflictos en la sociedad “La lucha política y la lucha cultural son las dos caras de una misma moneda. Si no hay política sin hegemonía, entonces tampoco hay política sin batalla cultural”, dice Laje. “La batalla cultural terminará mostrándose como la madre de todas las batallas.” The Culture Battle Famed writer, political scientist, and lecturer Agustín Laje presents The Culture Battle: Critical Reflections for a New Right – a manifesto that will inform, encourage and empower the “cultural guerrillas” not to give up in the battle that continues to harm our families and society in general. In the contemporary world, society and culture are changing at great speed. The will to lead these changes is at the basis of the cultural battles that are being fought everywhere today. Well researched and intelligently argued, this book defines the concept of cultural battle and shows to what extent culture has become the main spoils of power, how these battles have developed from modern times to today's postmodernity and how to face them. In this book, Agustín Laje: - Explains what the culture battle is, how to wage it, and what its characteristics are - Analyzes how the new left understood this phenomenon, in the face of a right wing that underestimated the power of culture - Examines how the new left understood this phenomenon, in the face of a right wing that underestimated the power of culture - Aims to provide the necessary tools for the birth of a new right wing Agustin Laje Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540124 thebookvoice.com 22:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La batalla cultural: Reflexiones críticas para una Nueva Derecha Author: Agustin Laje Narrator: Jesús Molina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El afamado escritor, politólogo, y conferencista Agustín Laje presenta La batalla cultural: Reflexiones críticas para una Nueva Derecha – un manifiesto que informará, animará y facultará a los “guerrilleros culturales” para no bajar los brazos en la batalla que sigue perjudicando a nuestras familias y a la sociedad en general. En el mundo contemporáneo, la sociedad y la cultura cambian a gran velocidad. La voluntad de dirigir esos cambios está en la base de las batallas culturales que hoy se viven en todas partes. Bien investigado y argumentado inteligentemente, este libro define el concepto de batalla cultural y muestra hasta qué punto la cultura ha llegado a ser el botín principal del poder, cómo se han desarrollado estas batallas desde los tiempos modernos hasta la actual posmodernidad y cómo enfrentarlas. En este libro, Agustín Laje: - Explica qué es la batalla cultural, cómo darla, y cuales son su características - Analiza cómo la nueva izquierda entendió este fenómeno, frente a una derecha que menospreció el poder de la cultura - Examina cómo entendió este fenómeno la nueva izquierda, frente a una derecha que menospreció el poder de la cultura - Pretende brindar las herramientas necesarias para el nacimiento de una nueva derecha Este libro está dirigido a:  - Las familias que son el principal blanco de ataque en este momento, que se sienten fragmentadas, amedrentadas y que quieren hacer algo más para convertirse en agentes de batalla cultural - A los Jóvenes que cursan sus estudios y que entienden que en sus universidades cada vez hay menos educación y más adoctrinamiento - A todo aquel que se preocupa por los asuntos políticos y mundiales de gran magnitud que crean conflictos en la sociedad “La lucha política y la lucha cultural son las dos caras de una misma moneda. Si no hay política sin hegemonía, entonces tampoco hay política sin batalla cultural”, dice Laje. “La batalla cultural terminará mostrándose como la madre de todas las batallas.” The Culture Battle Famed writer, political scientist, and lecturer Agustín Laje presents The Culture Battle: Critical Reflections for a New Right – a manifesto that will inform, encourage and empower the “cultural guerrillas” not to give up in the battle that continues to harm our families and society in general. In the contemporary world, society and culture are changing at great speed. The will to lead these changes is at the basis of the cultural battles that are being fought everywhere today. Well researched and intelligently argued, this book defines the concept of cultural battle and shows to what extent culture has become the main spoils of power, how these battles have developed from modern times to today's postmodernity and how to face them. In this book, Agustín Laje: - Explains what the culture battle is, how to wage it, and what its characteristics are - Analyzes how the new left understood this phenomenon, in the face of a right wing that underestimated the power of culture - Examines how the new left understood this phenomenon, in the face of a right wing that underestimated the power of culture - Aims to provide the necessary tools for the birth of a new right wing Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La batalla cultural: Reflexiones críticas para una Nueva Derecha Author: Agustin Laje Narrator: Jesús Molina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El afamado escritor, politólogo, y conferencista Agustín Laje presenta La batalla cultural: Reflexiones críticas para una Nueva Derecha – un manifiesto que informará, animará y facultará a los “guerrilleros culturales” para no bajar los brazos en la batalla que sigue perjudicando a nuestras familias y a la sociedad en general. En el mundo contemporáneo, la sociedad y la cultura cambian a gran velocidad. La voluntad de dirigir esos cambios está en la base de las batallas culturales que hoy se viven en todas partes. Bien investigado y argumentado inteligentemente, este libro define el concepto de batalla cultural y muestra hasta qué punto la cultura ha llegado a ser el botín principal del poder, cómo se han desarrollado estas batallas desde los tiempos modernos hasta la actual posmodernidad y cómo enfrentarlas. En este libro, Agustín Laje: - Explica qué es la batalla cultural, cómo darla, y cuales son su características - Analiza cómo la nueva izquierda entendió este fenómeno, frente a una derecha que menospreció el poder de la cultura - Examina cómo entendió este fenómeno la nueva izquierda, frente a una derecha que menospreció el poder de la cultura - Pretende brindar las herramientas necesarias para el nacimiento de una nueva derecha Este libro está dirigido a:  - Las familias que son el principal blanco de ataque en este momento, que se sienten fragmentadas, amedrentadas y que quieren hacer algo más para convertirse en agentes de batalla cultural - A los Jóvenes que cursan sus estudios y que entienden que en sus universidades cada vez hay menos educación y más adoctrinamiento - A todo aquel que se preocupa por los asuntos políticos y mundiales de gran magnitud que crean conflictos en la sociedad “La lucha política y la lucha cultural son las dos caras de una misma moneda. Si no hay política sin hegemonía, entonces tampoco hay política sin batalla cultural”, dice Laje. “La batalla cultural terminará mostrándose como la madre de todas las batallas.” The Culture Battle Famed writer, political scientist, and lecturer Agustín Laje presents The Culture Battle: Critical Reflections for a New Right – a manifesto that will inform, encourage and empower the “cultural guerrillas” not to give up in the battle that continues to harm our families and society in general. In the contemporary world, society and culture are changing at great speed. The will to lead these changes is at the basis of the cultural battles that are being fought everywhere today. Well researched and intelligently argued, this book defines the concept of cultural battle and shows to what extent culture has become the main spoils of power, how these battles have developed from modern times to today's postmodernity and how to face them. In this book, Agustín Laje: - Explains what the culture battle is, how to wage it, and what its characteristics are - Analyzes how the new left understood this phenomenon, in the face of a right wing that underestimated the power of culture - Examines how the new left understood this phenomenon, in the face of a right wing that underestimated the power of culture - Aims to provide the necessary tools for the birth of a new right wing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540087 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy: Turning Compassion into Action Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 28th Governor General's most personal and timely book to date: a passionate and practical guide for turning empathy into action. As the world stumbles through the most severe pandemic of the last century, threatened by teetering economies, torn by political division, separated by unequal access to resources, and wrestling with issues as diverse as racism, gender, cybercrime, and climate change, the nations that best adapt and prosper are those in which empathy is fully alive and widely active. Written for a post-pandemic world, Empathy is a book about learning to be empathetic and then turning that empathy into action. Based on the personal experiences of author David Johnston, the book explores how awakening to the transformative power of listening and caring permanently changes individuals, families, communities, and nations.   A how-to manual for a world craving kindness, Empathy offers proof of the inherent goodness of people, and shows how exercising the instinct for kindness creates societies that are both smart and caring. Through poignant stories and crisp observations, David contends that “Everyone has power over some things that other people don’t. When they learn ways to turn that power into action, they change the future dramatically.”   With clear and practical focus, Empathy looks at a host of issues that demand our attention, from education and immigration, to healthcare, the law, policing, business ethics, and criminal justice. In each of these areas, Johnston highlights the deeper understandings that have arisen during the COVID-19 crisis, with sharp emphasis on the positive and negative lessons now in crisp focus. Convinced that empathy is the fastest route to peace and progress in all their forms, David ends each short chapter with a set of practical steps the reader can take to make the world better, one deliberate action at a time. David Johnston Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540087 thebookvoice.com 10:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy: Turning Compassion into Action Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 28th Governor General's most personal and timely book to date: a passionate and practical guide for turning empathy into action. As the world stumbles through the most severe pandemic of the last century, threatened by teetering economies, torn by political division, separated by unequal access to resources, and wrestling with issues as diverse as racism, gender, cybercrime, and climate change, the nations that best adapt and prosper are those in which empathy is fully alive and widely active. Written for a post-pandemic world, Empathy is a book about learning to be empathetic and then turning that empathy into action. Based on the personal experiences of author David Johnston, the book explores how awakening to the transformative power of listening and caring permanently changes individuals, families, communities, and nations.   A how-to manual for a world craving kindness, Empathy offers proof of the inherent goodness of people, and shows how exercising the instinct for kindness creates societies that are both smart and caring. Through poignant stories and crisp observations, David contends that “Everyone has power over some things that other people don’t. When they learn ways to turn that power into action, they change the future dramatically.”   With clear and practical focus, Empathy looks at a host of issues that demand our attention, from education and immigration, to healthcare, the law, policing, business ethics, and criminal justice. In each of these areas, Johnston highlights the deeper understandings that have arisen during the COVID-19 crisis, with sharp emphasis on the positive and negative lessons now in crisp focus. Convinced that empathy is the fastest route to peace and progress in all their forms, David ends each short chapter with a set of practical steps the reader can take to make the world better, one deliberate action at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy: Turning Compassion into Action Author: David Johnston Narrator: David Johnston Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The 28th Governor General's most personal and timely book to date: a passionate and practical guide for turning empathy into action. As the world stumbles through the most severe pandemic of the last century, threatened by teetering economies, torn by political division, separated by unequal access to resources, and wrestling with issues as diverse as racism, gender, cybercrime, and climate change, the nations that best adapt and prosper are those in which empathy is fully alive and widely active. Written for a post-pandemic world, Empathy is a book about learning to be empathetic and then turning that empathy into action. Based on the personal experiences of author David Johnston, the book explores how awakening to the transformative power of listening and caring permanently changes individuals, families, communities, and nations.   A how-to manual for a world craving kindness, Empathy offers proof of the inherent goodness of people, and shows how exercising the instinct for kindness creates societies that are both smart and caring. Through poignant stories and crisp observations, David contends that “Everyone has power over some things that other people don’t. When they learn ways to turn that power into action, they change the future dramatically.”   With clear and practical focus, Empathy looks at a host of issues that demand our attention, from education and immigration, to healthcare, the law, policing, business ethics, and criminal justice. In each of these areas, Johnston highlights the deeper understandings that have arisen during the COVID-19 crisis, with sharp emphasis on the positive and negative lessons now in crisp focus. Convinced that empathy is the fastest route to peace and progress in all their forms, David ends each short chapter with a set of practical steps the reader can take to make the world better, one deliberate action at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540065 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the World Really Works: The Science Behind How We Got Here and Where We're Going Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Stephen Perring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “A new masterpiece from one of my favorite authors… [How The World Really Works] is a compelling and highly readable book that leaves readers with the fundamental grounding needed to help solve the world’s toughest challenges.”—Bill Gates   “Provocative but perceptive . . . You can agree or disagree with Smil—accept or doubt his ‘just the facts’ posture—but you probably shouldn’t ignore him.”—The Washington Post An essential analysis of the modern science and technology that makes our twenty-first century lives possible—a scientist's investigation into what science really does, and does not, accomplish. We have never had so much information at our fingertips and yet most of us don’t know how the world really works. This book explains seven of the most fundamental realities governing our survival and prosperity. From energy and food production, through our material world and its globalization, to risks, our environment and its future, How the World Really Works offers a much-needed reality check—because before we can tackle problems effectively, we must understand the facts.   In this ambitious and thought-provoking book we see, for example, that globalization isn’t inevitable—the foolishness of allowing 70 per cent of the world’s rubber gloves to be made in just one factory became glaringly obvious in 2020—and that our societies have been steadily increasing their dependence on fossil fuels, such that any promises of decarbonization by 2050 are a fairy tale. For example, each greenhouse-grown supermarket-bought tomato has the equivalent of five tablespoons of diesel embedded in its production, and we have no way of producing steel, cement or plastics at required scales without huge carbon emissions.   Ultimately, Smil answers the most profound question of our age: are we irrevocably doomed or is a brighter utopia ahead? Compelling, data-rich and revisionist, this wonderfully broad, interdisciplinary guide finds faults with both extremes. Looking at the world through this quantitative lens reveals hidden truths that change the way we see our past, present and uncertain future. Vaclav Smil Tue, 10 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540065 thebookvoice.com 10:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the World Really Works: The Science Behind How We Got Here and Where We're Going Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Stephen Perring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “A new masterpiece from one of my favorite authors… [How The World Really Works] is a compelling and highly readable book that leaves readers with the fundamental grounding needed to help solve the world’s toughest challenges.”—Bill Gates   “Provocative but perceptive . . . You can agree or disagree with Smil—accept or doubt his ‘just the facts’ posture—but you probably shouldn’t ignore him.”—The Washington Post An essential analysis of the modern science and technology that makes our twenty-first century lives possible—a scientist's investigation into what science really does, and does not, accomplish. We have never had so much information at our fingertips and yet most of us don’t know how the world really works. This book explains seven of the most fundamental realities governing our survival and prosperity. From energy and food production, through our material world and its globalization, to risks, our environment and its future, How the World Really Works offers a much-needed reality check—because before we can tackle problems effectively, we must understand the facts.   In this ambitious and thought-provoking book we see, for example, that globalization isn’t inevitable—the foolishness of allowing 70 per cent of the world’s rubber gloves to be made in just one factory became glaringly obvious in 2020—and that our societies have been steadily increasing their dependence on fossil fuels, such that any promises of decarbonization by 2050 are a fairy tale. For example, each greenhouse-grown supermarket-bought tomato has the equivalent of five tablespoons of diesel embedded in its production, and we have no way of producing steel, cement or plastics at required scales without huge carbon emissions.   Ultimately, Smil answers the most profound question of our age: are we irrevocably doomed or is a brighter utopia ahead? Compelling, data-rich and revisionist, this wonderfully broad, interdisciplinary guide finds faults with both extremes. Looking at the world through this quantitative lens reveals hidden truths that change the way we see our past, present and uncertain future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540065]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the World Really Works: The Science Behind How We Got Here and Where We're Going Author: Vaclav Smil Narrator: Stephen Perring Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER “A new masterpiece from one of my favorite authors… [How The World Really Works] is a compelling and highly readable book that leaves readers with the fundamental grounding needed to help solve the world’s toughest challenges.”—Bill Gates   “Provocative but perceptive . . . You can agree or disagree with Smil—accept or doubt his ‘just the facts’ posture—but you probably shouldn’t ignore him.”—The Washington Post An essential analysis of the modern science and technology that makes our twenty-first century lives possible—a scientist's investigation into what science really does, and does not, accomplish. We have never had so much information at our fingertips and yet most of us don’t know how the world really works. This book explains seven of the most fundamental realities governing our survival and prosperity. From energy and food production, through our material world and its globalization, to risks, our environment and its future, How the World Really Works offers a much-needed reality check—because before we can tackle problems effectively, we must understand the facts.   In this ambitious and thought-provoking book we see, for example, that globalization isn’t inevitable—the foolishness of allowing 70 per cent of the world’s rubber gloves to be made in just one factory became glaringly obvious in 2020—and that our societies have been steadily increasing their dependence on fossil fuels, such that any promises of decarbonization by 2050 are a fairy tale. For example, each greenhouse-grown supermarket-bought tomato has the equivalent of five tablespoons of diesel embedded in its production, and we have no way of producing steel, cement or plastics at required scales without huge carbon emissions.   Ultimately, Smil answers the most profound question of our age: are we irrevocably doomed or is a brighter utopia ahead? Compelling, data-rich and revisionist, this wonderfully broad, interdisciplinary guide finds faults with both extremes. Looking at the world through this quantitative lens reveals hidden truths that change the way we see our past, present and uncertain future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Bail, Leave Jail: America’s Guide to Hiring a Bondsman, Navigating Bail Bonds, and Getting Out of Custody Before Trial Author: S.J. Plotkin Narrator: Gregory V. Diehl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When you or someone you care about is incarcerated, your priority is to secure a safe release as soon as possible. This can be overwhelming. You may feel rushed and might make bad decisions based on incomplete or inaccurate information—decisions that carry serious long-term consequences. Get Bail, Leave Jail helps Americans safely navigate legal accusations, arrests, bail bondsmen, and the most complicated court procedures. Its guidance stems from more than 60 years of family experience in bail, working with thousands of people in need, countless criminal defense lawyers, and all manner of law enforcement and court officials. Within these pages, you'll find detailed advice about: • Five types of bail agencies (including how to check their reputation and qualifications). • Eleven questions to ask a bail bondsman or bail agent before hiring them. • Five ways to get out of jail (and how to speed up release). • Eight ways that getting out of jail can be delayed (and how to avoid them). • The most common bail bond forms and contracts you'll encounter. • Twenty-one types of items you can use as bail collateral to secure your bond money. • Navigating criminal court procedures and ensuring the exoneration of your bail bond. • How to prepare your defense in court, how to reduce sentencing, and maybe even how to stay out of prison completely. Every arrest is difficult, whether it's a DUI, traffic ticket, shoplifting, domestic violence, drug possession, white collar crime, or an even more serious charge. But defendants who get out on bail are better prepared because they have more time, more options, and can seek better help. Read Get Bail, Leave Jail to prepare yourself with this vital information before you or your loved ones ever need it. S.J. Plotkin Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540032 thebookvoice.com 3:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Bail, Leave Jail: America’s Guide to Hiring a Bondsman, Navigating Bail Bonds, and Getting Out of Custody Before Trial Author: S.J. Plotkin Narrator: Gregory V. Diehl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When you or someone you care about is incarcerated, your priority is to secure a safe release as soon as possible. This can be overwhelming. You may feel rushed and might make bad decisions based on incomplete or inaccurate information—decisions that carry serious long-term consequences. Get Bail, Leave Jail helps Americans safely navigate legal accusations, arrests, bail bondsmen, and the most complicated court procedures. Its guidance stems from more than 60 years of family experience in bail, working with thousands of people in need, countless criminal defense lawyers, and all manner of law enforcement and court officials. Within these pages, you'll find detailed advice about: • Five types of bail agencies (including how to check their reputation and qualifications). • Eleven questions to ask a bail bondsman or bail agent before hiring them. • Five ways to get out of jail (and how to speed up release). • Eight ways that getting out of jail can be delayed (and how to avoid them). • The most common bail bond forms and contracts you'll encounter. • Twenty-one types of items you can use as bail collateral to secure your bond money. • Navigating criminal court procedures and ensuring the exoneration of your bail bond. • How to prepare your defense in court, how to reduce sentencing, and maybe even how to stay out of prison completely. Every arrest is difficult, whether it's a DUI, traffic ticket, shoplifting, domestic violence, drug possession, white collar crime, or an even more serious charge. But defendants who get out on bail are better prepared because they have more time, more options, and can seek better help. Read Get Bail, Leave Jail to prepare yourself with this vital information before you or your loved ones ever need it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get Bail, Leave Jail: America’s Guide to Hiring a Bondsman, Navigating Bail Bonds, and Getting Out of Custody Before Trial Author: S.J. Plotkin Narrator: Gregory V. Diehl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When you or someone you care about is incarcerated, your priority is to secure a safe release as soon as possible. This can be overwhelming. You may feel rushed and might make bad decisions based on incomplete or inaccurate information—decisions that carry serious long-term consequences. Get Bail, Leave Jail helps Americans safely navigate legal accusations, arrests, bail bondsmen, and the most complicated court procedures. Its guidance stems from more than 60 years of family experience in bail, working with thousands of people in need, countless criminal defense lawyers, and all manner of law enforcement and court officials. Within these pages, you'll find detailed advice about: • Five types of bail agencies (including how to check their reputation and qualifications). • Eleven questions to ask a bail bondsman or bail agent before hiring them. • Five ways to get out of jail (and how to speed up release). • Eight ways that getting out of jail can be delayed (and how to avoid them). • The most common bail bond forms and contracts you'll encounter. • Twenty-one types of items you can use as bail collateral to secure your bond money. • Navigating criminal court procedures and ensuring the exoneration of your bail bond. • How to prepare your defense in court, how to reduce sentencing, and maybe even how to stay out of prison completely. Every arrest is difficult, whether it's a DUI, traffic ticket, shoplifting, domestic violence, drug possession, white collar crime, or an even more serious charge. But defendants who get out on bail are better prepared because they have more time, more options, and can seek better help. Read Get Bail, Leave Jail to prepare yourself with this vital information before you or your loved ones ever need it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540018 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the FBI’s Domestic Terrorism Strategy: Understanding the threats to our Republic. (REDACTED) Author: Thomas Speciale Narrator: Thomas Speciale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many Americans today have lost faith in the U.S. government and see specifically the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) as threatening them as opposed to protecting them. Many Americans, the author included, are deeply concerned about potential government overreach and threats to our liberty and freedom, specifically regarding the 1st and 2nd Amendments of the constitution. Unlike the vast majority of those who have lost faith in the government, the author has not, and this report was compiled to help frame the correct conversation, one not driven by political rhetoric or motivated by bureaucratic distortions. The author believes, if we can have this conversation, we can avoid disaster. This Critical Report was compiled from public statements made by government officials, official government documents, outside organizations who are trusted authoritative voices as well as publicly available information, including some leaked information specific to the issue of domestic terrorism and extremism. This report was approved for release by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence with redactions. The views expressed are the author’s own and do not represent those of the US Government. Thomas Speciale Sun, 08 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540018 thebookvoice.com 2:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the FBI’s Domestic Terrorism Strategy: Understanding the threats to our Republic. (REDACTED) Author: Thomas Speciale Narrator: Thomas Speciale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many Americans today have lost faith in the U.S. government and see specifically the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) as threatening them as opposed to protecting them. Many Americans, the author included, are deeply concerned about potential government overreach and threats to our liberty and freedom, specifically regarding the 1st and 2nd Amendments of the constitution. Unlike the vast majority of those who have lost faith in the government, the author has not, and this report was compiled to help frame the correct conversation, one not driven by political rhetoric or motivated by bureaucratic distortions. The author believes, if we can have this conversation, we can avoid disaster. This Critical Report was compiled from public statements made by government officials, official government documents, outside organizations who are trusted authoritative voices as well as publicly available information, including some leaked information specific to the issue of domestic terrorism and extremism. This report was approved for release by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence with redactions. The views expressed are the author’s own and do not represent those of the US Government. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/540018]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside the FBI’s Domestic Terrorism Strategy: Understanding the threats to our Republic. (REDACTED) Author: Thomas Speciale Narrator: Thomas Speciale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Many Americans today have lost faith in the U.S. government and see specifically the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) as threatening them as opposed to protecting them. Many Americans, the author included, are deeply concerned about potential government overreach and threats to our liberty and freedom, specifically regarding the 1st and 2nd Amendments of the constitution. Unlike the vast majority of those who have lost faith in the government, the author has not, and this report was compiled to help frame the correct conversation, one not driven by political rhetoric or motivated by bureaucratic distortions. The author believes, if we can have this conversation, we can avoid disaster. This Critical Report was compiled from public statements made by government officials, official government documents, outside organizations who are trusted authoritative voices as well as publicly available information, including some leaked information specific to the issue of domestic terrorism and extremism. This report was approved for release by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence with redactions. The views expressed are the author’s own and do not represent those of the US Government. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539927 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paths of Dissent: Soldiers Speak Out Against America's Misguided Wars Author: Andrew Bacevich Narrator: Paul Yingling, Joy Damiani, Jonathan W. Hutto, Sr., Gil Barndollar, Gian Gentile, Erik Edstrom, Dan Berschinski, Andrew Wehrlen, Elliott Woods, Andrew Bacevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American veterans who fought in Iraq and Afghanistan offer invaluable firsthand perspectives on what made America’s post-9/11 wars so costly and disastrous. Twenty years of America’s Global War on Terror produced little tangible success while exacting enormous harm. In Iraq and Afghanistan, the United States sustained tens of thousands of casualties, expended trillions of dollars, and inflicted massive suffering on the very populations that we sought to “liberate.” Now the inclination to forget it all and move on is palpable. But there is much to be learned from the immense debacle. And those who served and fought in these wars are best positioned to teach us. Paths of Dissent collects fifteen original essays from American veterans of Iraq and Afghanistan—hailing from a wide range of services, ranks, and walks of life—who have come out in opposition to these conflicts. Selected for their candor and eloquence by fellow veterans Andrew Bacevich and Daniel A. Sjursen, these soldiers vividly describe both their motivations for serving and the disillusionment that made them speak out against the system. Their testimony is crucial for understanding just how the world’s self-proclaimed greatest military power went so badly astray. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books Andrew Bacevich Tue, 02 Aug 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539927 thebookvoice.com 8:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paths of Dissent: Soldiers Speak Out Against America's Misguided Wars Author: Andrew Bacevich Narrator: Paul Yingling, Joy Damiani, Jonathan W. Hutto, Sr., Gil Barndollar, Gian Gentile, Erik Edstrom, Dan Berschinski, Andrew Wehrlen, Elliott Woods, Andrew Bacevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American veterans who fought in Iraq and Afghanistan offer invaluable firsthand perspectives on what made America’s post-9/11 wars so costly and disastrous. Twenty years of America’s Global War on Terror produced little tangible success while exacting enormous harm. In Iraq and Afghanistan, the United States sustained tens of thousands of casualties, expended trillions of dollars, and inflicted massive suffering on the very populations that we sought to “liberate.” Now the inclination to forget it all and move on is palpable. But there is much to be learned from the immense debacle. And those who served and fought in these wars are best positioned to teach us. Paths of Dissent collects fifteen original essays from American veterans of Iraq and Afghanistan—hailing from a wide range of services, ranks, and walks of life—who have come out in opposition to these conflicts. Selected for their candor and eloquence by fellow veterans Andrew Bacevich and Daniel A. Sjursen, these soldiers vividly describe both their motivations for serving and the disillusionment that made them speak out against the system. Their testimony is crucial for understanding just how the world’s self-proclaimed greatest military power went so badly astray. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539927]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Paths of Dissent: Soldiers Speak Out Against America's Misguided Wars Author: Andrew Bacevich Narrator: Paul Yingling, Joy Damiani, Jonathan W. Hutto, Sr., Gil Barndollar, Gian Gentile, Erik Edstrom, Dan Berschinski, Andrew Wehrlen, Elliott Woods, Andrew Bacevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 2, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: American veterans who fought in Iraq and Afghanistan offer invaluable firsthand perspectives on what made America’s post-9/11 wars so costly and disastrous. Twenty years of America’s Global War on Terror produced little tangible success while exacting enormous harm. In Iraq and Afghanistan, the United States sustained tens of thousands of casualties, expended trillions of dollars, and inflicted massive suffering on the very populations that we sought to “liberate.” Now the inclination to forget it all and move on is palpable. But there is much to be learned from the immense debacle. And those who served and fought in these wars are best positioned to teach us. Paths of Dissent collects fifteen original essays from American veterans of Iraq and Afghanistan—hailing from a wide range of services, ranks, and walks of life—who have come out in opposition to these conflicts. Selected for their candor and eloquence by fellow veterans Andrew Bacevich and Daniel A. Sjursen, these soldiers vividly describe both their motivations for serving and the disillusionment that made them speak out against the system. Their testimony is crucial for understanding just how the world’s self-proclaimed greatest military power went so badly astray. A Macmillan Audio production from Metropolitan Books https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539880 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sewing Girl's Tale: A Story of Crime and Consequences in Revolutionary America Author: John Wood Sweet Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Editors’ Choice Winner of the Bancroft Prize Winner of the New York Society Library's New York City Book Award A riveting Revolutionary Era drama of the first published rape trial in American history and its long, shattering aftermath, revealing how much has changed over two centuries—and how much has not On a moonless night in the summer of 1793 a crime was committed in the back room of a New York brothel—the kind of crime that even victims usually kept secret. Instead, seventeen-year-old seamstress Lanah Sawyer did what virtually no one in US history had done before: she charged a gentleman with rape. Her accusation sparked a raw courtroom drama and a relentless struggle for vindication that threatened both Lanah’s and her assailant’s lives. The trial exposed a predatory sexual underworld, sparked riots in the streets, and ignited a vigorous debate about class privilege and sexual double standards. The ongoing conflict attracted the nation’s top lawyers, including Alexander Hamilton, and shaped the development of American law. The crime and its consequences became a kind of parable about the power of seduction and the limits of justice. Eventually, Lanah Sawyer did succeed in holding her assailant accountable—but at a terrible cost to herself. Based on rigorous historical detective work, this book takes us from a chance encounter in the street into the sanctuaries of the city’s elite, the shadows of its brothels, and the despair of its debtors’ prison. The Sewing Girl's Tale shows that if our laws and our culture were changed by a persistent young woman and the power of words two hundred years ago, they can be changed again. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Co. John Wood Sweet Tue, 19 Jul 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539880 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sewing Girl's Tale: A Story of Crime and Consequences in Revolutionary America Author: John Wood Sweet Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Editors’ Choice Winner of the Bancroft Prize Winner of the New York Society Library's New York City Book Award A riveting Revolutionary Era drama of the first published rape trial in American history and its long, shattering aftermath, revealing how much has changed over two centuries—and how much has not On a moonless night in the summer of 1793 a crime was committed in the back room of a New York brothel—the kind of crime that even victims usually kept secret. Instead, seventeen-year-old seamstress Lanah Sawyer did what virtually no one in US history had done before: she charged a gentleman with rape. Her accusation sparked a raw courtroom drama and a relentless struggle for vindication that threatened both Lanah’s and her assailant’s lives. The trial exposed a predatory sexual underworld, sparked riots in the streets, and ignited a vigorous debate about class privilege and sexual double standards. The ongoing conflict attracted the nation’s top lawyers, including Alexander Hamilton, and shaped the development of American law. The crime and its consequences became a kind of parable about the power of seduction and the limits of justice. Eventually, Lanah Sawyer did succeed in holding her assailant accountable—but at a terrible cost to herself. Based on rigorous historical detective work, this book takes us from a chance encounter in the street into the sanctuaries of the city’s elite, the shadows of its brothels, and the despair of its debtors’ prison. The Sewing Girl's Tale shows that if our laws and our culture were changed by a persistent young woman and the power of words two hundred years ago, they can be changed again. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Co. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539880]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sewing Girl's Tale: A Story of Crime and Consequences in Revolutionary America Author: John Wood Sweet Narrator: Gabra Zackman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Editors’ Choice Winner of the Bancroft Prize Winner of the New York Society Library's New York City Book Award A riveting Revolutionary Era drama of the first published rape trial in American history and its long, shattering aftermath, revealing how much has changed over two centuries—and how much has not On a moonless night in the summer of 1793 a crime was committed in the back room of a New York brothel—the kind of crime that even victims usually kept secret. Instead, seventeen-year-old seamstress Lanah Sawyer did what virtually no one in US history had done before: she charged a gentleman with rape. Her accusation sparked a raw courtroom drama and a relentless struggle for vindication that threatened both Lanah’s and her assailant’s lives. The trial exposed a predatory sexual underworld, sparked riots in the streets, and ignited a vigorous debate about class privilege and sexual double standards. The ongoing conflict attracted the nation’s top lawyers, including Alexander Hamilton, and shaped the development of American law. The crime and its consequences became a kind of parable about the power of seduction and the limits of justice. Eventually, Lanah Sawyer did succeed in holding her assailant accountable—but at a terrible cost to herself. Based on rigorous historical detective work, this book takes us from a chance encounter in the street into the sanctuaries of the city’s elite, the shadows of its brothels, and the despair of its debtors’ prison. The Sewing Girl's Tale shows that if our laws and our culture were changed by a persistent young woman and the power of words two hundred years ago, they can be changed again. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt and Co. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539826 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adaptation under Fire: How Militaries Change in Wartime Author: Nora Bensahel, Lt. General David Barno Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every military must prepare for future wars despite not really knowing the shape such wars will ultimately take. In the face of such great uncertainty, militaries must be able to adapt rapidly in order to win. Adaptation under Fire identifies the characteristics that make militaries more adaptable, illustrated through historical examples and the recent wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. Authors David Barno and Nora Bensahel argue that militaries facing unknown future conflicts must nevertheless make choices about the type of doctrine that their units will use, the weapons and equipment they will purchase, and the kind of leaders they will select and develop to guide the force to victory. Barno and Bensahel start by providing a framework for understanding adaptation and include historical cases of success and failure. Next, they examine US military adaptation during the nation's recent wars, and explain why certain forms of adaptation have proven problematic. In the final section, Barno and Bensahel conclude that the US military must become much more adaptable in order to address the fast-changing security challenges of the future, and they offer recommendations on how to do so before it is too late. Nora Bensahel, Lt. General David Barno Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539826 thebookvoice.com 13:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adaptation under Fire: How Militaries Change in Wartime Author: Nora Bensahel, Lt. General David Barno Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every military must prepare for future wars despite not really knowing the shape such wars will ultimately take. In the face of such great uncertainty, militaries must be able to adapt rapidly in order to win. Adaptation under Fire identifies the characteristics that make militaries more adaptable, illustrated through historical examples and the recent wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. Authors David Barno and Nora Bensahel argue that militaries facing unknown future conflicts must nevertheless make choices about the type of doctrine that their units will use, the weapons and equipment they will purchase, and the kind of leaders they will select and develop to guide the force to victory. Barno and Bensahel start by providing a framework for understanding adaptation and include historical cases of success and failure. Next, they examine US military adaptation during the nation's recent wars, and explain why certain forms of adaptation have proven problematic. In the final section, Barno and Bensahel conclude that the US military must become much more adaptable in order to address the fast-changing security challenges of the future, and they offer recommendations on how to do so before it is too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539826]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Adaptation under Fire: How Militaries Change in Wartime Author: Nora Bensahel, Lt. General David Barno Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Every military must prepare for future wars despite not really knowing the shape such wars will ultimately take. In the face of such great uncertainty, militaries must be able to adapt rapidly in order to win. Adaptation under Fire identifies the characteristics that make militaries more adaptable, illustrated through historical examples and the recent wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. Authors David Barno and Nora Bensahel argue that militaries facing unknown future conflicts must nevertheless make choices about the type of doctrine that their units will use, the weapons and equipment they will purchase, and the kind of leaders they will select and develop to guide the force to victory. Barno and Bensahel start by providing a framework for understanding adaptation and include historical cases of success and failure. Next, they examine US military adaptation during the nation's recent wars, and explain why certain forms of adaptation have proven problematic. In the final section, Barno and Bensahel conclude that the US military must become much more adaptable in order to address the fast-changing security challenges of the future, and they offer recommendations on how to do so before it is too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Publics: Democracy, Deliberation, and Future-Regarding Collective Action Author: Michael K. Mackenzie Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Scholars have often claimed that democracies, whatever their virtues, are functionally short-sighted. The evidence is clear: we have been unable to manage many long-term issues, including climate change, nuclear waste disposal, natural disaster preparedness, infrastructure maintenance, and budget deficits. To solve long-term problems, do we need political systems that are less democratic, or even authoritarian? This idea, which Michael K. MacKenzie calls the 'democratic myopia thesis,' is a sort of conventional wisdom; it is an idea that scholars and pundits take for granted as a truth about democracy without subjecting it to adequate critical scrutiny. In Future Publics, MacKenzie challenges this conventional wisdom and articulates a deliberative, democratic theory of future-regarding collective action. MacKenzie argues that each part of the democratic myopia problem can be addressed through democratic—rather than authoritarian—means. At a more fundamental level, once we recognize that democratic practices are world-making activities that empower us to make our shared worlds together, they should also be understood as future-making activities. Despite the short-term dynamics associated with electoral democracy, MacKenzie asserts that we need more inclusive and deliberative democracies if we are going to make shared futures that will work for us all. Michael K. Mackenzie Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539801 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Publics: Democracy, Deliberation, and Future-Regarding Collective Action Author: Michael K. Mackenzie Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Scholars have often claimed that democracies, whatever their virtues, are functionally short-sighted. The evidence is clear: we have been unable to manage many long-term issues, including climate change, nuclear waste disposal, natural disaster preparedness, infrastructure maintenance, and budget deficits. To solve long-term problems, do we need political systems that are less democratic, or even authoritarian? This idea, which Michael K. MacKenzie calls the 'democratic myopia thesis,' is a sort of conventional wisdom; it is an idea that scholars and pundits take for granted as a truth about democracy without subjecting it to adequate critical scrutiny. In Future Publics, MacKenzie challenges this conventional wisdom and articulates a deliberative, democratic theory of future-regarding collective action. MacKenzie argues that each part of the democratic myopia problem can be addressed through democratic—rather than authoritarian—means. At a more fundamental level, once we recognize that democratic practices are world-making activities that empower us to make our shared worlds together, they should also be understood as future-making activities. Despite the short-term dynamics associated with electoral democracy, MacKenzie asserts that we need more inclusive and deliberative democracies if we are going to make shared futures that will work for us all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Future Publics: Democracy, Deliberation, and Future-Regarding Collective Action Author: Michael K. Mackenzie Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Scholars have often claimed that democracies, whatever their virtues, are functionally short-sighted. The evidence is clear: we have been unable to manage many long-term issues, including climate change, nuclear waste disposal, natural disaster preparedness, infrastructure maintenance, and budget deficits. To solve long-term problems, do we need political systems that are less democratic, or even authoritarian? This idea, which Michael K. MacKenzie calls the 'democratic myopia thesis,' is a sort of conventional wisdom; it is an idea that scholars and pundits take for granted as a truth about democracy without subjecting it to adequate critical scrutiny. In Future Publics, MacKenzie challenges this conventional wisdom and articulates a deliberative, democratic theory of future-regarding collective action. MacKenzie argues that each part of the democratic myopia problem can be addressed through democratic—rather than authoritarian—means. At a more fundamental level, once we recognize that democratic practices are world-making activities that empower us to make our shared worlds together, they should also be understood as future-making activities. Despite the short-term dynamics associated with electoral democracy, MacKenzie asserts that we need more inclusive and deliberative democracies if we are going to make shared futures that will work for us all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters: a reckoning Author: Alison Croggon Narrator: Larissa Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This figure I see in the foreground, this me. How monstrous am I? What does it mean to be a monster? From Latin monstrum, meaning an abomination . . . grotesque, hideous, ugly, ghastly, gruesome, horrible . . . 'I was born as part of a monstrous structure—the grotesque, hideous, ugly, ghastly, gruesome, horrible relations of power that constituted colonial Britain. A structure that shaped me, that shapes the very language that I speak and use and love. I am the daughter of an empire that declared itself the natural order of the world.' From award-winning writer and critic Alison Croggon, Monsters is a hybrid of memoir and essay that takes as its point of departure the painful breakdown of a relationship between two sisters. It explores how our attitudes are shaped by the persisting myths that underpin colonialism and patriarchy, how the structures we are raised within splinter and distort the possibilities of our lives and the lives of others. Monsters asks how we maintain the fictions that we create about ourselves, what we will sacrifice to maintain these fictions—and what we have to gain by confronting them. Alison Croggon Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539791 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters: a reckoning Author: Alison Croggon Narrator: Larissa Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This figure I see in the foreground, this me. How monstrous am I? What does it mean to be a monster? From Latin monstrum, meaning an abomination . . . grotesque, hideous, ugly, ghastly, gruesome, horrible . . . 'I was born as part of a monstrous structure—the grotesque, hideous, ugly, ghastly, gruesome, horrible relations of power that constituted colonial Britain. A structure that shaped me, that shapes the very language that I speak and use and love. I am the daughter of an empire that declared itself the natural order of the world.' From award-winning writer and critic Alison Croggon, Monsters is a hybrid of memoir and essay that takes as its point of departure the painful breakdown of a relationship between two sisters. It explores how our attitudes are shaped by the persisting myths that underpin colonialism and patriarchy, how the structures we are raised within splinter and distort the possibilities of our lives and the lives of others. Monsters asks how we maintain the fictions that we create about ourselves, what we will sacrifice to maintain these fictions—and what we have to gain by confronting them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters: a reckoning Author: Alison Croggon Narrator: Larissa Gallagher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'This figure I see in the foreground, this me. How monstrous am I? What does it mean to be a monster? From Latin monstrum, meaning an abomination . . . grotesque, hideous, ugly, ghastly, gruesome, horrible . . . 'I was born as part of a monstrous structure—the grotesque, hideous, ugly, ghastly, gruesome, horrible relations of power that constituted colonial Britain. A structure that shaped me, that shapes the very language that I speak and use and love. I am the daughter of an empire that declared itself the natural order of the world.' From award-winning writer and critic Alison Croggon, Monsters is a hybrid of memoir and essay that takes as its point of departure the painful breakdown of a relationship between two sisters. It explores how our attitudes are shaped by the persisting myths that underpin colonialism and patriarchy, how the structures we are raised within splinter and distort the possibilities of our lives and the lives of others. Monsters asks how we maintain the fictions that we create about ourselves, what we will sacrifice to maintain these fictions—and what we have to gain by confronting them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539778 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mutual Aid: Building Solidarity During This Crisis (and the Next) Author: Dean Spade Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Around the globe, people are faced with a spiraling succession of crises, from the Covid-19 pandemic and climate change-induced fires, floods, and storms to the ongoing horrors of mass incarceration, racist policing, brutal immigration enforcement, endemic gender violence, and severe wealth inequality. As governments fail to respond to—or actively engineer—each crisis, ordinary people are finding bold and innovative ways to share resources and support the vulnerable. Survival work, when done alongside social movement demands for transformative change, is called mutual aid. This book is about mutual aid: why it is so important, what it looks like, and how to do it. It provides a grassroots theory of mutual aid, describes how mutual aid is a crucial part of powerful movements for social justice, and offers concrete tools for organizing, such as how to work in groups, how to foster a collective decision-making process, how to prevent and address conflict, and how to deal with burnout. Writing for those new to activism as well as those who have been in social movements for a long time, Dean Spade draws on years of organizing to offer a radical vision of community mobilization, social transformation, compassionate activism, and solidarity. Dean Spade Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539778 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mutual Aid: Building Solidarity During This Crisis (and the Next) Author: Dean Spade Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Around the globe, people are faced with a spiraling succession of crises, from the Covid-19 pandemic and climate change-induced fires, floods, and storms to the ongoing horrors of mass incarceration, racist policing, brutal immigration enforcement, endemic gender violence, and severe wealth inequality. As governments fail to respond to—or actively engineer—each crisis, ordinary people are finding bold and innovative ways to share resources and support the vulnerable. Survival work, when done alongside social movement demands for transformative change, is called mutual aid. This book is about mutual aid: why it is so important, what it looks like, and how to do it. It provides a grassroots theory of mutual aid, describes how mutual aid is a crucial part of powerful movements for social justice, and offers concrete tools for organizing, such as how to work in groups, how to foster a collective decision-making process, how to prevent and address conflict, and how to deal with burnout. Writing for those new to activism as well as those who have been in social movements for a long time, Dean Spade draws on years of organizing to offer a radical vision of community mobilization, social transformation, compassionate activism, and solidarity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mutual Aid: Building Solidarity During This Crisis (and the Next) Author: Dean Spade Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Around the globe, people are faced with a spiraling succession of crises, from the Covid-19 pandemic and climate change-induced fires, floods, and storms to the ongoing horrors of mass incarceration, racist policing, brutal immigration enforcement, endemic gender violence, and severe wealth inequality. As governments fail to respond to—or actively engineer—each crisis, ordinary people are finding bold and innovative ways to share resources and support the vulnerable. Survival work, when done alongside social movement demands for transformative change, is called mutual aid. This book is about mutual aid: why it is so important, what it looks like, and how to do it. It provides a grassroots theory of mutual aid, describes how mutual aid is a crucial part of powerful movements for social justice, and offers concrete tools for organizing, such as how to work in groups, how to foster a collective decision-making process, how to prevent and address conflict, and how to deal with burnout. Writing for those new to activism as well as those who have been in social movements for a long time, Dean Spade draws on years of organizing to offer a radical vision of community mobilization, social transformation, compassionate activism, and solidarity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cártel negro: Cómo el crimen organizado se ha apoderado de Pemex Author: Ana Lilia Pérez Narrator: Liliana Barba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Esta valiosa investigación ha sido el punto de partida para la estrategia del gobierno de López Obrador contra el huachicoleo. 'El cártel negro es el trabajo más amplio, mejor documentado y más descarnado acerca de la grave incursión de la delincuencia organizada en Pemex. Ana Lilia Pérez, una periodista fuerte, incisiva y acuciosa, presenta en este libro la que probablemente sea su más acabada y potente investigación periodística.' Carmen Aristegui Durante los gobiernos de Vicente Fox Quesada y Felipe Calderón Hinojosa, se desarrolla el 'cártel negro', un conglomerado de funcionarios, trabajadores, empresarios, contratistas, inspectores, contralores, agentes aduanales, dirigentes y miembros del sindicato petrolero, políticos,ordeñadores, tapineros, huachicoleros, extorsionadores, defraudadores, contrabandistas y lavadores de dinero que, alineados con los traficantes de droga, se consolidan como una organización empresarial paralela a Pemex, al grado de competirle en el mercado nacional e internacional de los combustibles. En estas páginas se documentan escrupulosamente las acciones del crimen organizado en la industria petrolera de México: la creación de compañías fachada, los contratos simulados, la ordeña de pozos y ductos, así como el saqueo en las áreas con mayor blindaje. Es un trabajo periodístico decisivo que se ha construido a partir de informes confidenciales, bitácoras del área de seguridad de Pemex, auditorías de la Secretaría de la Función Pública, testimonios de testigos protegidos y, sobre todo, de expedientes reservados en términos de seguridadnacional que la autora logró desclasificar tras una larga batalla. Así se devela cómo la empresa petrolera quedó de rodillas ante la mafia. El cártel negro es una ventana al fangoso inframundo en el que se convirtió a Pemex, producto de muchos años de saqueo, corrupción e impunidad. Ana Lilia Pérez Thu, 26 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539698 thebookvoice.com 8:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cártel negro: Cómo el crimen organizado se ha apoderado de Pemex Author: Ana Lilia Pérez Narrator: Liliana Barba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Esta valiosa investigación ha sido el punto de partida para la estrategia del gobierno de López Obrador contra el huachicoleo. 'El cártel negro es el trabajo más amplio, mejor documentado y más descarnado acerca de la grave incursión de la delincuencia organizada en Pemex. Ana Lilia Pérez, una periodista fuerte, incisiva y acuciosa, presenta en este libro la que probablemente sea su más acabada y potente investigación periodística.' Carmen Aristegui Durante los gobiernos de Vicente Fox Quesada y Felipe Calderón Hinojosa, se desarrolla el 'cártel negro', un conglomerado de funcionarios, trabajadores, empresarios, contratistas, inspectores, contralores, agentes aduanales, dirigentes y miembros del sindicato petrolero, políticos,ordeñadores, tapineros, huachicoleros, extorsionadores, defraudadores, contrabandistas y lavadores de dinero que, alineados con los traficantes de droga, se consolidan como una organización empresarial paralela a Pemex, al grado de competirle en el mercado nacional e internacional de los combustibles. En estas páginas se documentan escrupulosamente las acciones del crimen organizado en la industria petrolera de México: la creación de compañías fachada, los contratos simulados, la ordeña de pozos y ductos, así como el saqueo en las áreas con mayor blindaje. Es un trabajo periodístico decisivo que se ha construido a partir de informes confidenciales, bitácoras del área de seguridad de Pemex, auditorías de la Secretaría de la Función Pública, testimonios de testigos protegidos y, sobre todo, de expedientes reservados en términos de seguridadnacional que la autora logró desclasificar tras una larga batalla. Así se devela cómo la empresa petrolera quedó de rodillas ante la mafia. El cártel negro es una ventana al fangoso inframundo en el que se convirtió a Pemex, producto de muchos años de saqueo, corrupción e impunidad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El cártel negro: Cómo el crimen organizado se ha apoderado de Pemex Author: Ana Lilia Pérez Narrator: Liliana Barba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Esta valiosa investigación ha sido el punto de partida para la estrategia del gobierno de López Obrador contra el huachicoleo. 'El cártel negro es el trabajo más amplio, mejor documentado y más descarnado acerca de la grave incursión de la delincuencia organizada en Pemex. Ana Lilia Pérez, una periodista fuerte, incisiva y acuciosa, presenta en este libro la que probablemente sea su más acabada y potente investigación periodística.' Carmen Aristegui Durante los gobiernos de Vicente Fox Quesada y Felipe Calderón Hinojosa, se desarrolla el 'cártel negro', un conglomerado de funcionarios, trabajadores, empresarios, contratistas, inspectores, contralores, agentes aduanales, dirigentes y miembros del sindicato petrolero, políticos,ordeñadores, tapineros, huachicoleros, extorsionadores, defraudadores, contrabandistas y lavadores de dinero que, alineados con los traficantes de droga, se consolidan como una organización empresarial paralela a Pemex, al grado de competirle en el mercado nacional e internacional de los combustibles. En estas páginas se documentan escrupulosamente las acciones del crimen organizado en la industria petrolera de México: la creación de compañías fachada, los contratos simulados, la ordeña de pozos y ductos, así como el saqueo en las áreas con mayor blindaje. Es un trabajo periodístico decisivo que se ha construido a partir de informes confidenciales, bitácoras del área de seguridad de Pemex, auditorías de la Secretaría de la Función Pública, testimonios de testigos protegidos y, sobre todo, de expedientes reservados en términos de seguridadnacional que la autora logró desclasificar tras una larga batalla. Así se devela cómo la empresa petrolera quedó de rodillas ante la mafia. El cártel negro es una ventana al fangoso inframundo en el que se convirtió a Pemex, producto de muchos años de saqueo, corrupción e impunidad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Science Enough?: Forty Critical Questions About Climate Justice Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Moe Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why social, racial, and economic justice are just as crucial as science in determining how humans can reverse climate catastrophe We are facing a climate catastrophe. A plethora of studies describe the damage we’ve already done, the droughts, the wildfires, the super-storms, the melting glaciers, the heat waves, and the displaced people fleeing lands that are becoming uninhabitable. Many people understand that we are facing a climate emergency, but may be fuzzy on technical, policy, and social justice aspects. In Is Science Enough?, Aviva Chomsky breaks down the concepts, terminology, and debates for activists, students, and anyone concerned about climate change. She argues that science is not enough to change course: we need put social, racial, and economic justice front and center and overhaul the global growth economy. Chomsky’s accessible primer focuses on 5 key issues: 1.) Technical questions: What exactly are “clean,” “renewable,” and “zero-emission” energy sources? How much do different sectors (power generation, transportation, agriculture, industry, etc.) contribute to climate change? Can forests serve as a carbon sink? 2.) Policy questions: What is the Green New Deal? How does a cap-and-trade system work? How does the United States subsidize the fossil fuel industry? 3.) What can I do as an individual?: Do we need to consume less? What kinds of individual actions can make the most difference? Should we all be vegetarians? 4.) Social, racial, and economic justice: What’s the relationship of inequality to climate change? What do race and racism have to do with climate change? How are pandemics related to climate change? 5.) Broadening the lens: What is economic growth? How important is it, and how does it affect the environment? What is degrowth? Aviva Chomsky Tue, 05 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539430 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Science Enough?: Forty Critical Questions About Climate Justice Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Moe Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why social, racial, and economic justice are just as crucial as science in determining how humans can reverse climate catastrophe We are facing a climate catastrophe. A plethora of studies describe the damage we’ve already done, the droughts, the wildfires, the super-storms, the melting glaciers, the heat waves, and the displaced people fleeing lands that are becoming uninhabitable. Many people understand that we are facing a climate emergency, but may be fuzzy on technical, policy, and social justice aspects. In Is Science Enough?, Aviva Chomsky breaks down the concepts, terminology, and debates for activists, students, and anyone concerned about climate change. She argues that science is not enough to change course: we need put social, racial, and economic justice front and center and overhaul the global growth economy. Chomsky’s accessible primer focuses on 5 key issues: 1.) Technical questions: What exactly are “clean,” “renewable,” and “zero-emission” energy sources? How much do different sectors (power generation, transportation, agriculture, industry, etc.) contribute to climate change? Can forests serve as a carbon sink? 2.) Policy questions: What is the Green New Deal? How does a cap-and-trade system work? How does the United States subsidize the fossil fuel industry? 3.) What can I do as an individual?: Do we need to consume less? What kinds of individual actions can make the most difference? Should we all be vegetarians? 4.) Social, racial, and economic justice: What’s the relationship of inequality to climate change? What do race and racism have to do with climate change? How are pandemics related to climate change? 5.) Broadening the lens: What is economic growth? How important is it, and how does it affect the environment? What is degrowth? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/539430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Is Science Enough?: Forty Critical Questions About Climate Justice Author: Aviva Chomsky Narrator: Moe Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why social, racial, and economic justice are just as crucial as science in determining how humans can reverse climate catastrophe We are facing a climate catastrophe. A plethora of studies describe the damage we’ve already done, the droughts, the wildfires, the super-storms, the melting glaciers, the heat waves, and the displaced people fleeing lands that are becoming uninhabitable. Many people understand that we are facing a climate emergency, but may be fuzzy on technical, policy, and social justice aspects. In Is Science Enough?, Aviva Chomsky breaks down the concepts, terminology, and debates for activists, students, and anyone concerned about climate change. She argues that science is not enough to change course: we need put social, racial, and economic justice front and center and overhaul the global growth economy. Chomsky’s accessible primer focuses on 5 key issues: 1.) Technical questions: What exactly are “clean,” “renewable,” and “zero-emission” energy sources? How much do different sectors (power generation, transportation, agriculture, industry, etc.) contribute to climate change? Can forests serve as a carbon sink? 2.) Policy questions: What is the Green New Deal? How does a cap-and-trade system work? How does the United States subsidize the fossil fuel industry? 3.) What can I do as an individual?: Do we need to consume less? What kinds of individual actions can make the most difference? Should we all be vegetarians? 4.) Social, racial, and economic justice: What’s the relationship of inequality to climate change? What do race and racism have to do with climate change? How are pandemics related to climate change? 5.) Broadening the lens: What is economic growth? How important is it, and how does it affect the environment? What is degrowth? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eurotrash: Why America Must Reject the Failed Ideas of a Dying Continent Author: David Harsanyi Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why should America try to be more like countries that are worse in nearly every way?  Europe has been declining under the weight of its antiquated institutions, economic fatigue, moral anemia and cultural surrender. Yet American politicians, technocrats, academics, and pundits argue, with increasing popularity, that Americans should look across the Atlantic for solutions to the nation’s problems, including on issues like health care, the welfare state, immigration, and a bloated bureaucracy. In Eurotrash, David Harsanyi argues we are looking in the wrong place. By every economic and societal measure, the United States is more tolerant than Europe. It is more welcoming of immigrants, but also far more successful at assimilating them. Minorities do far better in United States. Our economy is dominant. Only one European company appears in top 10 corporate powerhouses in the world and only seven in the top 50. Americans make up nearly half of the list. Americans are far more charitable and happier than Europeans. Our slightly lower life expectancy and our slightly higher infant mortality rate are not a result of substandard care, but a statistical misunderstanding based on the fact we treat every life as one worth saving. In this biting, fast-moving, and well-researched polemic, Harsanyi debunks prevailing notions about European supremacy and makes an unapologetic case for American exceptionalism, offering insight and reasoned arguments to counter current policy prescriptions. David Harsanyi Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538781 thebookvoice.com 7:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eurotrash: Why America Must Reject the Failed Ideas of a Dying Continent Author: David Harsanyi Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why should America try to be more like countries that are worse in nearly every way?  Europe has been declining under the weight of its antiquated institutions, economic fatigue, moral anemia and cultural surrender. Yet American politicians, technocrats, academics, and pundits argue, with increasing popularity, that Americans should look across the Atlantic for solutions to the nation’s problems, including on issues like health care, the welfare state, immigration, and a bloated bureaucracy. In Eurotrash, David Harsanyi argues we are looking in the wrong place. By every economic and societal measure, the United States is more tolerant than Europe. It is more welcoming of immigrants, but also far more successful at assimilating them. Minorities do far better in United States. Our economy is dominant. Only one European company appears in top 10 corporate powerhouses in the world and only seven in the top 50. Americans make up nearly half of the list. Americans are far more charitable and happier than Europeans. Our slightly lower life expectancy and our slightly higher infant mortality rate are not a result of substandard care, but a statistical misunderstanding based on the fact we treat every life as one worth saving. In this biting, fast-moving, and well-researched polemic, Harsanyi debunks prevailing notions about European supremacy and makes an unapologetic case for American exceptionalism, offering insight and reasoned arguments to counter current policy prescriptions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eurotrash: Why America Must Reject the Failed Ideas of a Dying Continent Author: David Harsanyi Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Why should America try to be more like countries that are worse in nearly every way?  Europe has been declining under the weight of its antiquated institutions, economic fatigue, moral anemia and cultural surrender. Yet American politicians, technocrats, academics, and pundits argue, with increasing popularity, that Americans should look across the Atlantic for solutions to the nation’s problems, including on issues like health care, the welfare state, immigration, and a bloated bureaucracy. In Eurotrash, David Harsanyi argues we are looking in the wrong place. By every economic and societal measure, the United States is more tolerant than Europe. It is more welcoming of immigrants, but also far more successful at assimilating them. Minorities do far better in United States. Our economy is dominant. Only one European company appears in top 10 corporate powerhouses in the world and only seven in the top 50. Americans make up nearly half of the list. Americans are far more charitable and happier than Europeans. Our slightly lower life expectancy and our slightly higher infant mortality rate are not a result of substandard care, but a statistical misunderstanding based on the fact we treat every life as one worth saving. In this biting, fast-moving, and well-researched polemic, Harsanyi debunks prevailing notions about European supremacy and makes an unapologetic case for American exceptionalism, offering insight and reasoned arguments to counter current policy prescriptions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Rise of Conservatism, 1976-2009 Author: Neal Gabler Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 46 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • From the author of Catching the Wind comes the second volume of the definitive biography of Ted Kennedy and a history of modern American liberalism. “Magisterial . . . an intricate, astute study of political power brokering comparable to Robert A. Caro’s profile of Lyndon Johnson in Master of the Senate.”—Publishers Weekly (starred review) Against the Wind completes Neal Gabler’s magisterial biography of Ted Kennedy, but it also unfolds the epic, tragic story of the fall of liberalism and the destruction of political morality in America. With Richard Nixon having stilled the liberal wind that once propelled Kennedy’s—and his fallen brothers’—political crusades, Ted Kennedy faced a lonely battle. As Republicans pressed Reaganite dogmas of individual freedom and responsibility and Democratic centrists fell into line, Kennedy was left as the most powerful voice legislating on behalf of those society would neglect or punish: the poor, the working class, and African Americans. Gabler shows how the fault lines that cracked open in the wake of the Civil Rights movement and Vietnam were intentionally widened by Kennedy’s Republican rivals to create a moral vision of America that stood in direct opposition to once broadly shared commitments to racial justice and economic equality. Yet even as he fought this shift, Ted Kennedy’s personal moral failures in this era—the endless rumors of his womanizing and public drunkenness and his bizarre behavior during the events that led to rape accusations against his nephew William Kennedy Smith—would be used again and again to weaken his voice and undercut his claims to political morality. Tracing Kennedy’s life from the wilderness of the Reagan years through the compromises of the Clinton era, from his rage against the craven cruelty of George W. Bush to his hope that Obama would deliver on a lifetime of effort on behalf of universal health care, Gabler unfolds Kennedy’s heroic legislative work against the backdrop of a nation grown lost and fractured. In this outstanding conclusion to the saga that began with Catching the Wind, Neal Gabler offers his inimitable insight into a man who fought to keep liberalism alive when so many were determined to extinguish it. Against the Wind sheds new light both on a revered figure in the American Century and on America’s current existential crisis. Neal Gabler Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538767 thebookvoice.com 46:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Rise of Conservatism, 1976-2009 Author: Neal Gabler Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 46 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • From the author of Catching the Wind comes the second volume of the definitive biography of Ted Kennedy and a history of modern American liberalism. “Magisterial . . . an intricate, astute study of political power brokering comparable to Robert A. Caro’s profile of Lyndon Johnson in Master of the Senate.”—Publishers Weekly (starred review) Against the Wind completes Neal Gabler’s magisterial biography of Ted Kennedy, but it also unfolds the epic, tragic story of the fall of liberalism and the destruction of political morality in America. With Richard Nixon having stilled the liberal wind that once propelled Kennedy’s—and his fallen brothers’—political crusades, Ted Kennedy faced a lonely battle. As Republicans pressed Reaganite dogmas of individual freedom and responsibility and Democratic centrists fell into line, Kennedy was left as the most powerful voice legislating on behalf of those society would neglect or punish: the poor, the working class, and African Americans. Gabler shows how the fault lines that cracked open in the wake of the Civil Rights movement and Vietnam were intentionally widened by Kennedy’s Republican rivals to create a moral vision of America that stood in direct opposition to once broadly shared commitments to racial justice and economic equality. Yet even as he fought this shift, Ted Kennedy’s personal moral failures in this era—the endless rumors of his womanizing and public drunkenness and his bizarre behavior during the events that led to rape accusations against his nephew William Kennedy Smith—would be used again and again to weaken his voice and undercut his claims to political morality. Tracing Kennedy’s life from the wilderness of the Reagan years through the compromises of the Clinton era, from his rage against the craven cruelty of George W. Bush to his hope that Obama would deliver on a lifetime of effort on behalf of universal health care, Gabler unfolds Kennedy’s heroic legislative work against the backdrop of a nation grown lost and fractured. In this outstanding conclusion to the saga that began with Catching the Wind, Neal Gabler offers his inimitable insight into a man who fought to keep liberalism alive when so many were determined to extinguish it. Against the Wind sheds new light both on a revered figure in the American Century and on America’s current existential crisis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Wind: Edward Kennedy and the Rise of Conservatism, 1976-2009 Author: Neal Gabler Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 46 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice • From the author of Catching the Wind comes the second volume of the definitive biography of Ted Kennedy and a history of modern American liberalism. “Magisterial . . . an intricate, astute study of political power brokering comparable to Robert A. Caro’s profile of Lyndon Johnson in Master of the Senate.”—Publishers Weekly (starred review) Against the Wind completes Neal Gabler’s magisterial biography of Ted Kennedy, but it also unfolds the epic, tragic story of the fall of liberalism and the destruction of political morality in America. With Richard Nixon having stilled the liberal wind that once propelled Kennedy’s—and his fallen brothers’—political crusades, Ted Kennedy faced a lonely battle. As Republicans pressed Reaganite dogmas of individual freedom and responsibility and Democratic centrists fell into line, Kennedy was left as the most powerful voice legislating on behalf of those society would neglect or punish: the poor, the working class, and African Americans. Gabler shows how the fault lines that cracked open in the wake of the Civil Rights movement and Vietnam were intentionally widened by Kennedy’s Republican rivals to create a moral vision of America that stood in direct opposition to once broadly shared commitments to racial justice and economic equality. Yet even as he fought this shift, Ted Kennedy’s personal moral failures in this era—the endless rumors of his womanizing and public drunkenness and his bizarre behavior during the events that led to rape accusations against his nephew William Kennedy Smith—would be used again and again to weaken his voice and undercut his claims to political morality. Tracing Kennedy’s life from the wilderness of the Reagan years through the compromises of the Clinton era, from his rage against the craven cruelty of George W. Bush to his hope that Obama would deliver on a lifetime of effort on behalf of universal health care, Gabler unfolds Kennedy’s heroic legislative work against the backdrop of a nation grown lost and fractured. In this outstanding conclusion to the saga that began with Catching the Wind, Neal Gabler offers his inimitable insight into a man who fought to keep liberalism alive when so many were determined to extinguish it. Against the Wind sheds new light both on a revered figure in the American Century and on America’s current existential crisis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of the World is Just the Beginning: Mapping the Collapse of Globalization Author: Peter Zeihan Narrator: Peter Zeihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 99 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 35 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2019 was the last great year for the world economy. For generations, everything has been getting faster, better, and cheaper. Finally, we reached the point that almost anything you could ever want could be sent to your home within days - even hours - of when you decided you wanted it. America made that happen, but now America has lost interest in keeping it going. Globe-spanning supply chains are only possible with the protection of the U.S. Navy. The American dollar underpins internationalized energy and financial markets. Complex, innovative industries were created to satisfy American consumers. American security policy forced warring nations to lay down their arms. Billions of people have been fed and educated as the American-led trade system spread across the globe. All of this was artificial. All this was temporary. All this is ending. In The End of the World is Just the Beginning, author and geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan maps out the next world: a world where countries or regions will have no choice but to make their own goods, grow their own food, secure their own energy, fight their own battles, and do it all with populations that are both shrinking and aging. The list of countries that make it all work is smaller than you think. Which means everything about our interconnected world - from how we manufacture products, to how we grow food, to how we keep the lights on, to how we shuttle stuff about, to how we pay for it all - is about to change. A world ending. A world beginning. Zeihan brings readers along for an illuminating (and a bit terrifying) ride packed with foresight, wit, and his trademark irreverence.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Peter Zeihan Tue, 14 Jun 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538551 thebookvoice.com 16:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of the World is Just the Beginning: Mapping the Collapse of Globalization Author: Peter Zeihan Narrator: Peter Zeihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 99 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 35 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2019 was the last great year for the world economy. For generations, everything has been getting faster, better, and cheaper. Finally, we reached the point that almost anything you could ever want could be sent to your home within days - even hours - of when you decided you wanted it. America made that happen, but now America has lost interest in keeping it going. Globe-spanning supply chains are only possible with the protection of the U.S. Navy. The American dollar underpins internationalized energy and financial markets. Complex, innovative industries were created to satisfy American consumers. American security policy forced warring nations to lay down their arms. Billions of people have been fed and educated as the American-led trade system spread across the globe. All of this was artificial. All this was temporary. All this is ending. In The End of the World is Just the Beginning, author and geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan maps out the next world: a world where countries or regions will have no choice but to make their own goods, grow their own food, secure their own energy, fight their own battles, and do it all with populations that are both shrinking and aging. The list of countries that make it all work is smaller than you think. Which means everything about our interconnected world - from how we manufacture products, to how we grow food, to how we keep the lights on, to how we shuttle stuff about, to how we pay for it all - is about to change. A world ending. A world beginning. Zeihan brings readers along for an illuminating (and a bit terrifying) ride packed with foresight, wit, and his trademark irreverence.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of the World is Just the Beginning: Mapping the Collapse of Globalization Author: Peter Zeihan Narrator: Peter Zeihan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 44 minutes Release date: June 14, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 99 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 35 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 2019 was the last great year for the world economy. For generations, everything has been getting faster, better, and cheaper. Finally, we reached the point that almost anything you could ever want could be sent to your home within days - even hours - of when you decided you wanted it. America made that happen, but now America has lost interest in keeping it going. Globe-spanning supply chains are only possible with the protection of the U.S. Navy. The American dollar underpins internationalized energy and financial markets. Complex, innovative industries were created to satisfy American consumers. American security policy forced warring nations to lay down their arms. Billions of people have been fed and educated as the American-led trade system spread across the globe. All of this was artificial. All this was temporary. All this is ending. In The End of the World is Just the Beginning, author and geopolitical strategist Peter Zeihan maps out the next world: a world where countries or regions will have no choice but to make their own goods, grow their own food, secure their own energy, fight their own battles, and do it all with populations that are both shrinking and aging. The list of countries that make it all work is smaller than you think. Which means everything about our interconnected world - from how we manufacture products, to how we grow food, to how we keep the lights on, to how we shuttle stuff about, to how we pay for it all - is about to change. A world ending. A world beginning. Zeihan brings readers along for an illuminating (and a bit terrifying) ride packed with foresight, wit, and his trademark irreverence.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Infinite City: Utopian Dreams on the Streets of London Author: Niall Kishtainy Narrator: Robin Liang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Glorious’ Guardian 'Vigorous, rigorous and eminently readable’ SPECTATOR In his soaring new book, Niall Kishtainy draws us into the imaginative worlds of Thomas More, the Diggers, William Morris and Extinction Rebellion protestors. He introduces us to thinkers like Thomas Spence who threw coins stamped with the words ‘YOU FOOLS’ into the alleys of Holborn. To Ada Salter who was the first woman borough councillor in London and ignited the Bermondsey Revolution. To ninety-two-year-old Dolly Watson who became the queen of Claremont Road in Leytonstone during the Reclaim the Streets protests in the 1990s. These are inspiring tales of people who drew might from the city around them and fought for their ideologies in an increasingly transforming world. Beginning in the sixteenth century and stretching from the contemporary transformation of the East End docklands to the COVID lockdowns, The Infinite City shows how London’s spirit has been one of visionary imagination amid relentless change and innovation. Niall Kishtainy Thu, 20 Jul 2023 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538501 thebookvoice.com 12:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Infinite City: Utopian Dreams on the Streets of London Author: Niall Kishtainy Narrator: Robin Liang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Glorious’ Guardian 'Vigorous, rigorous and eminently readable’ SPECTATOR In his soaring new book, Niall Kishtainy draws us into the imaginative worlds of Thomas More, the Diggers, William Morris and Extinction Rebellion protestors. He introduces us to thinkers like Thomas Spence who threw coins stamped with the words ‘YOU FOOLS’ into the alleys of Holborn. To Ada Salter who was the first woman borough councillor in London and ignited the Bermondsey Revolution. To ninety-two-year-old Dolly Watson who became the queen of Claremont Road in Leytonstone during the Reclaim the Streets protests in the 1990s. These are inspiring tales of people who drew might from the city around them and fought for their ideologies in an increasingly transforming world. Beginning in the sixteenth century and stretching from the contemporary transformation of the East End docklands to the COVID lockdowns, The Infinite City shows how London’s spirit has been one of visionary imagination amid relentless change and innovation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Infinite City: Utopian Dreams on the Streets of London Author: Niall Kishtainy Narrator: Robin Liang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: ‘Glorious’ Guardian 'Vigorous, rigorous and eminently readable’ SPECTATOR In his soaring new book, Niall Kishtainy draws us into the imaginative worlds of Thomas More, the Diggers, William Morris and Extinction Rebellion protestors. He introduces us to thinkers like Thomas Spence who threw coins stamped with the words ‘YOU FOOLS’ into the alleys of Holborn. To Ada Salter who was the first woman borough councillor in London and ignited the Bermondsey Revolution. To ninety-two-year-old Dolly Watson who became the queen of Claremont Road in Leytonstone during the Reclaim the Streets protests in the 1990s. These are inspiring tales of people who drew might from the city around them and fought for their ideologies in an increasingly transforming world. Beginning in the sixteenth century and stretching from the contemporary transformation of the East End docklands to the COVID lockdowns, The Infinite City shows how London’s spirit has been one of visionary imagination amid relentless change and innovation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538500 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Race to the Top: Structural Racism and How to Fight It Author: Nazir Afzal Narrator: Nazir Afzal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New Statesman ‘most anticipated title of the year’ ‘Compelling.’ David Lammy MP ‘Refreshing,’ Pragya Agarwal A powerful intervention roundly debunking the myth of progress in racial equality — particularly in the workplace — and offering a blueprint for the future. Have you ever wondered why, as Britain becomes more diverse, so many of our leaders come from the same narrow pool? Can it be acceptable in 2023 that there are no ethnic minority chief constables, only one CEO in the top 50 NHS Trusts and no permanent secretaries in the civil service? Nazir Afzal knows what it’s like to break the glass ceiling, challenge prejudice and shake up predominantly white institutions. Born in Birmingham to first generation Pakistani immigrants, he was the first Muslim to be appointed as a Chief Crown Prosecutor and the most senior Muslim lawyer in the Crown Prosecution Service. His insights into the UK’s relationship with race and power have driven him to demand answers to an age old question around Britain’s diversity failings: why does ethnic minority talent continue to be side-lined? Deploying bristling polemic and presenting an ambitious blueprint to unlock Britain’s hidden potential, this book hears from high-profile ethnic minority leaders to discover the hurdles they had to overcome and what changes are needed to make a difference. Containing interviews with leaders across all sectors, Nazir provides the most detailed examination to date of the prejudice holding our leading institutions and industries back. In doing so it forcefully confronts stale leadership orthodoxies and argues that power in Britain does not have to look exactly the same as it always has done. It’s time to welcome the new wave of diverse leadership talent that Britain is crying out for Nazir Afzal Thu, 15 Sep 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538500 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Race to the Top: Structural Racism and How to Fight It Author: Nazir Afzal Narrator: Nazir Afzal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New Statesman ‘most anticipated title of the year’ ‘Compelling.’ David Lammy MP ‘Refreshing,’ Pragya Agarwal A powerful intervention roundly debunking the myth of progress in racial equality — particularly in the workplace — and offering a blueprint for the future. Have you ever wondered why, as Britain becomes more diverse, so many of our leaders come from the same narrow pool? Can it be acceptable in 2023 that there are no ethnic minority chief constables, only one CEO in the top 50 NHS Trusts and no permanent secretaries in the civil service? Nazir Afzal knows what it’s like to break the glass ceiling, challenge prejudice and shake up predominantly white institutions. Born in Birmingham to first generation Pakistani immigrants, he was the first Muslim to be appointed as a Chief Crown Prosecutor and the most senior Muslim lawyer in the Crown Prosecution Service. His insights into the UK’s relationship with race and power have driven him to demand answers to an age old question around Britain’s diversity failings: why does ethnic minority talent continue to be side-lined? Deploying bristling polemic and presenting an ambitious blueprint to unlock Britain’s hidden potential, this book hears from high-profile ethnic minority leaders to discover the hurdles they had to overcome and what changes are needed to make a difference. Containing interviews with leaders across all sectors, Nazir provides the most detailed examination to date of the prejudice holding our leading institutions and industries back. In doing so it forcefully confronts stale leadership orthodoxies and argues that power in Britain does not have to look exactly the same as it always has done. It’s time to welcome the new wave of diverse leadership talent that Britain is crying out for Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538500]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Race to the Top: Structural Racism and How to Fight It Author: Nazir Afzal Narrator: Nazir Afzal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: September 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A New Statesman ‘most anticipated title of the year’ ‘Compelling.’ David Lammy MP ‘Refreshing,’ Pragya Agarwal A powerful intervention roundly debunking the myth of progress in racial equality — particularly in the workplace — and offering a blueprint for the future. Have you ever wondered why, as Britain becomes more diverse, so many of our leaders come from the same narrow pool? Can it be acceptable in 2023 that there are no ethnic minority chief constables, only one CEO in the top 50 NHS Trusts and no permanent secretaries in the civil service? Nazir Afzal knows what it’s like to break the glass ceiling, challenge prejudice and shake up predominantly white institutions. Born in Birmingham to first generation Pakistani immigrants, he was the first Muslim to be appointed as a Chief Crown Prosecutor and the most senior Muslim lawyer in the Crown Prosecution Service. His insights into the UK’s relationship with race and power have driven him to demand answers to an age old question around Britain’s diversity failings: why does ethnic minority talent continue to be side-lined? Deploying bristling polemic and presenting an ambitious blueprint to unlock Britain’s hidden potential, this book hears from high-profile ethnic minority leaders to discover the hurdles they had to overcome and what changes are needed to make a difference. Containing interviews with leaders across all sectors, Nazir provides the most detailed examination to date of the prejudice holding our leading institutions and industries back. In doing so it forcefully confronts stale leadership orthodoxies and argues that power in Britain does not have to look exactly the same as it always has done. It’s time to welcome the new wave of diverse leadership talent that Britain is crying out for https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538064 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For God and Country: The Christian Case for Trump Author: Ralph Reed Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump—Defender of Religious Freedom In 2016, many Christian leaders opposed candidate Donald Trump. He was a social liberal, and his vulgarity, divorces, affairs, and scandals made it impossible for him to defend Christian values in public life. Or so they thought. Trump nevertheless won an overwhelming majority of the Evangelical vote in 2016, as well as the Catholic vote. And in 2020, the idea that he can’t represent Christians is demonstrably false. He has been the most ardent and effective presidential defender of religious liberty and the pro-life cause since Ronald Reagan—whom he has even surpassed in many ways. In For God and Country, Dr. Ralph Reed draws on his deep knowledge of American history, his unsurpassed experience as a political strategist, his personal dealings with President Trump and the First Family, and his moral commitment as a Christian to show why Catholics and Evangelicals should continue to support their unlikely champion. In For God and Country, Reed reveals: - The sincerity of President Trump’s Christian faith—and why he has delivered policy victories when other pro-Christian presidents haven’t - Why Trump is the most pro-Israel president in American history - How liberals hope to demoralize Christians—and thus defeat Donald Trump and reverse his pro-life, pro-family, pro–religious freedom policies - Why Never-Trump Christians naively preach de facto political surrender For God and Country is not just required reading for the 2020 election; it is required reading for every conservative Christian who loves America and wants to return it to Christian values. Ralph Reed Tue, 04 Aug 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538064 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For God and Country: The Christian Case for Trump Author: Ralph Reed Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump—Defender of Religious Freedom In 2016, many Christian leaders opposed candidate Donald Trump. He was a social liberal, and his vulgarity, divorces, affairs, and scandals made it impossible for him to defend Christian values in public life. Or so they thought. Trump nevertheless won an overwhelming majority of the Evangelical vote in 2016, as well as the Catholic vote. And in 2020, the idea that he can’t represent Christians is demonstrably false. He has been the most ardent and effective presidential defender of religious liberty and the pro-life cause since Ronald Reagan—whom he has even surpassed in many ways. In For God and Country, Dr. Ralph Reed draws on his deep knowledge of American history, his unsurpassed experience as a political strategist, his personal dealings with President Trump and the First Family, and his moral commitment as a Christian to show why Catholics and Evangelicals should continue to support their unlikely champion. In For God and Country, Reed reveals: - The sincerity of President Trump’s Christian faith—and why he has delivered policy victories when other pro-Christian presidents haven’t - Why Trump is the most pro-Israel president in American history - How liberals hope to demoralize Christians—and thus defeat Donald Trump and reverse his pro-life, pro-family, pro–religious freedom policies - Why Never-Trump Christians naively preach de facto political surrender For God and Country is not just required reading for the 2020 election; it is required reading for every conservative Christian who loves America and wants to return it to Christian values. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/538064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: For God and Country: The Christian Case for Trump Author: Ralph Reed Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Donald Trump—Defender of Religious Freedom In 2016, many Christian leaders opposed candidate Donald Trump. He was a social liberal, and his vulgarity, divorces, affairs, and scandals made it impossible for him to defend Christian values in public life. Or so they thought. Trump nevertheless won an overwhelming majority of the Evangelical vote in 2016, as well as the Catholic vote. And in 2020, the idea that he can’t represent Christians is demonstrably false. He has been the most ardent and effective presidential defender of religious liberty and the pro-life cause since Ronald Reagan—whom he has even surpassed in many ways. In For God and Country, Dr. Ralph Reed draws on his deep knowledge of American history, his unsurpassed experience as a political strategist, his personal dealings with President Trump and the First Family, and his moral commitment as a Christian to show why Catholics and Evangelicals should continue to support their unlikely champion. In For God and Country, Reed reveals: - The sincerity of President Trump’s Christian faith—and why he has delivered policy victories when other pro-Christian presidents haven’t - Why Trump is the most pro-Israel president in American history - How liberals hope to demoralize Christians—and thus defeat Donald Trump and reverse his pro-life, pro-family, pro–religious freedom policies - Why Never-Trump Christians naively preach de facto political surrender For God and Country is not just required reading for the 2020 election; it is required reading for every conservative Christian who loves America and wants to return it to Christian values. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537933 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life in the Uniform: The Adventures of an IPS Officer in Bihar Author: Amit Lodha Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Amit Lodha is a decorated IPS officer holding the rank of inspector general. But before he rose the ranks in the service, he was an IIT graduate who was struggling to find his true purpose. In this book, Lodha tells us how he turned his life around and studied for the UPSC exams. He also tells us how he trained to be an officer and had the most memorable beginning to his career, in Bihar. Punctuated with his signature humour and adventure-packed stories on everything from solving a kidnapping to handling a mob, Life in the Uniform gives us a chance to experience an IPS officer's life through his own eyes. Amit Lodha Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537933 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life in the Uniform: The Adventures of an IPS Officer in Bihar Author: Amit Lodha Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Amit Lodha is a decorated IPS officer holding the rank of inspector general. But before he rose the ranks in the service, he was an IIT graduate who was struggling to find his true purpose. In this book, Lodha tells us how he turned his life around and studied for the UPSC exams. He also tells us how he trained to be an officer and had the most memorable beginning to his career, in Bihar. Punctuated with his signature humour and adventure-packed stories on everything from solving a kidnapping to handling a mob, Life in the Uniform gives us a chance to experience an IPS officer's life through his own eyes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537933]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life in the Uniform: The Adventures of an IPS Officer in Bihar Author: Amit Lodha Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Amit Lodha is a decorated IPS officer holding the rank of inspector general. But before he rose the ranks in the service, he was an IIT graduate who was struggling to find his true purpose. In this book, Lodha tells us how he turned his life around and studied for the UPSC exams. He also tells us how he trained to be an officer and had the most memorable beginning to his career, in Bihar. Punctuated with his signature humour and adventure-packed stories on everything from solving a kidnapping to handling a mob, Life in the Uniform gives us a chance to experience an IPS officer's life through his own eyes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Tax Lien and Tax Deed Investing Author: C.R. Wesley Narrator: Deanna Heise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'If you’re looking at tax deed or tax lien investing, knowledge is power. This book gives you solid advice on the opportunities and pitfalls associated with a tax deed investing strategy. A quick and informative book.' -From: Joe Rating: 5/5 - Let Us Help You Make Your Learning More Efficient and Effective. - We will add value and save you time in reaching your educational goals! - Save time and spend more time taking action!! What will you get from this series from C.R. Wesley? CONVENIENCE. EFFICIENCY. INFORMATION. KNOWLEDGE. ACTION. The power of knowledge is in the action. In C.R. Wesley's Real Estate Knowledge Series, you will start with an entry level welcome into the real estate market followed by steppingstones to new endeavors. This third piece of literature in the Real Estate Knowledge Series, is going into the depths of tax lien and tax deed investing. Ready to learn the process? You have previously learned how to acquire your first home with down payment assistance, acquire rental property for your portfolio and now it is time for your understand how tax liens and tax deeds work end-to-end! So, let us get started! In this Real Estate Knowledge Series Book 3, Understanding Tax Lien and Tax Deed Investing – No Fluff©, we will display how tax liens and tax deed investing can be a very lucrative investment strategy! You will learn how everything occurs for the taxpayer as well as you, the tax buyer. With over 3000 counties in the US holding these tax sales, this is a key aspect of investing to learn. Get your copy today so you will be well equipped to take action! We pride ourselves in providing educational content that efficiently teaches while also ensuring analytical fundamentals are shared! You will learn a great deal whether; 1) this is a new topic for you, 2) you are a seasoned investor just looking to stay sharp or 3) you are looking for a guide to keep you centered! Our motive is to help people build success through education. C.R. Wesley Mon, 26 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537827 thebookvoice.com 2:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Tax Lien and Tax Deed Investing Author: C.R. Wesley Narrator: Deanna Heise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'If you’re looking at tax deed or tax lien investing, knowledge is power. This book gives you solid advice on the opportunities and pitfalls associated with a tax deed investing strategy. A quick and informative book.' -From: Joe Rating: 5/5 - Let Us Help You Make Your Learning More Efficient and Effective. - We will add value and save you time in reaching your educational goals! - Save time and spend more time taking action!! What will you get from this series from C.R. Wesley? CONVENIENCE. EFFICIENCY. INFORMATION. KNOWLEDGE. ACTION. The power of knowledge is in the action. In C.R. Wesley's Real Estate Knowledge Series, you will start with an entry level welcome into the real estate market followed by steppingstones to new endeavors. This third piece of literature in the Real Estate Knowledge Series, is going into the depths of tax lien and tax deed investing. Ready to learn the process? You have previously learned how to acquire your first home with down payment assistance, acquire rental property for your portfolio and now it is time for your understand how tax liens and tax deeds work end-to-end! So, let us get started! In this Real Estate Knowledge Series Book 3, Understanding Tax Lien and Tax Deed Investing – No Fluff©, we will display how tax liens and tax deed investing can be a very lucrative investment strategy! You will learn how everything occurs for the taxpayer as well as you, the tax buyer. With over 3000 counties in the US holding these tax sales, this is a key aspect of investing to learn. Get your copy today so you will be well equipped to take action! We pride ourselves in providing educational content that efficiently teaches while also ensuring analytical fundamentals are shared! You will learn a great deal whether; 1) this is a new topic for you, 2) you are a seasoned investor just looking to stay sharp or 3) you are looking for a guide to keep you centered! Our motive is to help people build success through education. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Tax Lien and Tax Deed Investing Author: C.R. Wesley Narrator: Deanna Heise Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'If you’re looking at tax deed or tax lien investing, knowledge is power. This book gives you solid advice on the opportunities and pitfalls associated with a tax deed investing strategy. A quick and informative book.' -From: Joe Rating: 5/5 - Let Us Help You Make Your Learning More Efficient and Effective. - We will add value and save you time in reaching your educational goals! - Save time and spend more time taking action!! What will you get from this series from C.R. Wesley? CONVENIENCE. EFFICIENCY. INFORMATION. KNOWLEDGE. ACTION. The power of knowledge is in the action. In C.R. Wesley's Real Estate Knowledge Series, you will start with an entry level welcome into the real estate market followed by steppingstones to new endeavors. This third piece of literature in the Real Estate Knowledge Series, is going into the depths of tax lien and tax deed investing. Ready to learn the process? You have previously learned how to acquire your first home with down payment assistance, acquire rental property for your portfolio and now it is time for your understand how tax liens and tax deeds work end-to-end! So, let us get started! In this Real Estate Knowledge Series Book 3, Understanding Tax Lien and Tax Deed Investing – No Fluff©, we will display how tax liens and tax deed investing can be a very lucrative investment strategy! You will learn how everything occurs for the taxpayer as well as you, the tax buyer. With over 3000 counties in the US holding these tax sales, this is a key aspect of investing to learn. Get your copy today so you will be well equipped to take action! We pride ourselves in providing educational content that efficiently teaches while also ensuring analytical fundamentals are shared! You will learn a great deal whether; 1) this is a new topic for you, 2) you are a seasoned investor just looking to stay sharp or 3) you are looking for a guide to keep you centered! Our motive is to help people build success through education. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537775 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Time Author: Amy Banks, Isaac Knapper Narrator: Beresford Bennett, Christina Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unaware of the danger lurking on the periphery of the French Quarter, Drs. Ronald Banks and John Hakola made a tragic decision on the evening of April 29, 1979, to walk several blocks from the historic district to the Hyatt Regency. Inches from the safety of their hotel, they were accosted by two young men—a scuffle ensued, a shot was fired, and Dr. Banks lay dead on the sidewalk. Fighting Time is a tale of two families whose lives became entangled in that moment of trauma. Isaac Knapper, a sixteen-year-old boy from a nearby housing project, was wrongfully convicted of the murder and sentenced to life imprisonment without parole in the Louisiana State Penitentiary. In Maine, the Banks family believed justice had been served by Isaac’s conviction, and his exoneration in 1992 unleashed a sea of confusion and grief. In 2015, Dr. Banks’ daughter, Amy, a psychiatrist and trauma specialist, realized it was time to unpack her own family trauma. After learning details of the prosecutorial misconduct, Amy and her sister, Nancy, traveled to New Orleans to meet the man wrongfully convicted of killing their father. In Fighting Time Isaac Knapper and Amy Banks narrate the story of their thirty-sixyear journey from murder to meeting with clarity, humility, and vulnerability. Amy Banks, Isaac Knapper Fri, 05 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537775 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Time Author: Amy Banks, Isaac Knapper Narrator: Beresford Bennett, Christina Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unaware of the danger lurking on the periphery of the French Quarter, Drs. Ronald Banks and John Hakola made a tragic decision on the evening of April 29, 1979, to walk several blocks from the historic district to the Hyatt Regency. Inches from the safety of their hotel, they were accosted by two young men—a scuffle ensued, a shot was fired, and Dr. Banks lay dead on the sidewalk. Fighting Time is a tale of two families whose lives became entangled in that moment of trauma. Isaac Knapper, a sixteen-year-old boy from a nearby housing project, was wrongfully convicted of the murder and sentenced to life imprisonment without parole in the Louisiana State Penitentiary. In Maine, the Banks family believed justice had been served by Isaac’s conviction, and his exoneration in 1992 unleashed a sea of confusion and grief. In 2015, Dr. Banks’ daughter, Amy, a psychiatrist and trauma specialist, realized it was time to unpack her own family trauma. After learning details of the prosecutorial misconduct, Amy and her sister, Nancy, traveled to New Orleans to meet the man wrongfully convicted of killing their father. In Fighting Time Isaac Knapper and Amy Banks narrate the story of their thirty-sixyear journey from murder to meeting with clarity, humility, and vulnerability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537775]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Time Author: Amy Banks, Isaac Knapper Narrator: Beresford Bennett, Christina Moore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Unaware of the danger lurking on the periphery of the French Quarter, Drs. Ronald Banks and John Hakola made a tragic decision on the evening of April 29, 1979, to walk several blocks from the historic district to the Hyatt Regency. Inches from the safety of their hotel, they were accosted by two young men—a scuffle ensued, a shot was fired, and Dr. Banks lay dead on the sidewalk. Fighting Time is a tale of two families whose lives became entangled in that moment of trauma. Isaac Knapper, a sixteen-year-old boy from a nearby housing project, was wrongfully convicted of the murder and sentenced to life imprisonment without parole in the Louisiana State Penitentiary. In Maine, the Banks family believed justice had been served by Isaac’s conviction, and his exoneration in 1992 unleashed a sea of confusion and grief. In 2015, Dr. Banks’ daughter, Amy, a psychiatrist and trauma specialist, realized it was time to unpack her own family trauma. After learning details of the prosecutorial misconduct, Amy and her sister, Nancy, traveled to New Orleans to meet the man wrongfully convicted of killing their father. In Fighting Time Isaac Knapper and Amy Banks narrate the story of their thirty-sixyear journey from murder to meeting with clarity, humility, and vulnerability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537773 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Family Roe: An American Story Author: Joshua Prager Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A masterpiece of reporting on the Supreme Court's most divisive case, Roe v. Wade, and the unknown lives at its heart.Despite her famous pseudonym, “Jane Roe,” no one knows the truth about Norma McCorvey (1947–2017), whose unwanted pregnancy in 1969 opened a great fracture in American life. Journalist Joshua Prager spent hundreds of hours with Norma, discovered her personal papers—a previously unseen trove—and witnessed her final moments. The Family Roe presents her life in full. Propelled by the crosscurrents of sex and religion, gender and class, it is a life that tells the story of abortion in America.Prager begins that story on the banks of Louisiana’s Atchafalaya River, where Norma was born, and where unplanned pregnancies upended generations of her forebears. A pregnancy then upended Norma’s life too, and the Dallas waitress became Jane Roe.Drawing on a decade of research, Prager reveals the woman behind the pseudonym, writing in novelistic detail of her unknown life from her time as a sex worker in Dallas, to her private thoughts on family and abortion, to her dealings with feminist and Christian leaders, to the three daughters she placed for adoption.Prager found those women, including the youngest—Baby Roe—now fifty years old. She shares her story in The Family Roe for the first time, from her tortured interactions with her birth mother, to her emotional first meeting with her sisters, to the burden that was uniquely hers from conception.The Family Roe abounds in such revelations—not only about Norma and her children but about the broader “family” connected to the case. Prager tells the stories of activists and bystanders alike whose lives intertwined with Roe. In particular, he introduces three figures as important as they are unknown: feminist lawyer Linda Coffee, who filed the original Texas lawsuit yet now lives in obscurity; Curtis Boyd, a former fundamentalist Christian, today a leading provider of third-trimester abortions; and Mildred Jefferson, the first black female Harvard Medical School graduate, who became a pro-life leader with great secrets. An epic work spanning fifty years of American history, The Family Roe will change the way you think about our enduring American divide: the right to choose or the right to life. Joshua Prager Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537773 thebookvoice.com 18:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Family Roe: An American Story Author: Joshua Prager Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A masterpiece of reporting on the Supreme Court's most divisive case, Roe v. Wade, and the unknown lives at its heart.Despite her famous pseudonym, “Jane Roe,” no one knows the truth about Norma McCorvey (1947–2017), whose unwanted pregnancy in 1969 opened a great fracture in American life. Journalist Joshua Prager spent hundreds of hours with Norma, discovered her personal papers—a previously unseen trove—and witnessed her final moments. The Family Roe presents her life in full. Propelled by the crosscurrents of sex and religion, gender and class, it is a life that tells the story of abortion in America.Prager begins that story on the banks of Louisiana’s Atchafalaya River, where Norma was born, and where unplanned pregnancies upended generations of her forebears. A pregnancy then upended Norma’s life too, and the Dallas waitress became Jane Roe.Drawing on a decade of research, Prager reveals the woman behind the pseudonym, writing in novelistic detail of her unknown life from her time as a sex worker in Dallas, to her private thoughts on family and abortion, to her dealings with feminist and Christian leaders, to the three daughters she placed for adoption.Prager found those women, including the youngest—Baby Roe—now fifty years old. She shares her story in The Family Roe for the first time, from her tortured interactions with her birth mother, to her emotional first meeting with her sisters, to the burden that was uniquely hers from conception.The Family Roe abounds in such revelations—not only about Norma and her children but about the broader “family” connected to the case. Prager tells the stories of activists and bystanders alike whose lives intertwined with Roe. In particular, he introduces three figures as important as they are unknown: feminist lawyer Linda Coffee, who filed the original Texas lawsuit yet now lives in obscurity; Curtis Boyd, a former fundamentalist Christian, today a leading provider of third-trimester abortions; and Mildred Jefferson, the first black female Harvard Medical School graduate, who became a pro-life leader with great secrets. An epic work spanning fifty years of American history, The Family Roe will change the way you think about our enduring American divide: the right to choose or the right to life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537773]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Family Roe: An American Story Author: Joshua Prager Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A masterpiece of reporting on the Supreme Court's most divisive case, Roe v. Wade, and the unknown lives at its heart.Despite her famous pseudonym, “Jane Roe,” no one knows the truth about Norma McCorvey (1947–2017), whose unwanted pregnancy in 1969 opened a great fracture in American life. Journalist Joshua Prager spent hundreds of hours with Norma, discovered her personal papers—a previously unseen trove—and witnessed her final moments. The Family Roe presents her life in full. Propelled by the crosscurrents of sex and religion, gender and class, it is a life that tells the story of abortion in America.Prager begins that story on the banks of Louisiana’s Atchafalaya River, where Norma was born, and where unplanned pregnancies upended generations of her forebears. A pregnancy then upended Norma’s life too, and the Dallas waitress became Jane Roe.Drawing on a decade of research, Prager reveals the woman behind the pseudonym, writing in novelistic detail of her unknown life from her time as a sex worker in Dallas, to her private thoughts on family and abortion, to her dealings with feminist and Christian leaders, to the three daughters she placed for adoption.Prager found those women, including the youngest—Baby Roe—now fifty years old. She shares her story in The Family Roe for the first time, from her tortured interactions with her birth mother, to her emotional first meeting with her sisters, to the burden that was uniquely hers from conception.The Family Roe abounds in such revelations—not only about Norma and her children but about the broader “family” connected to the case. Prager tells the stories of activists and bystanders alike whose lives intertwined with Roe. In particular, he introduces three figures as important as they are unknown: feminist lawyer Linda Coffee, who filed the original Texas lawsuit yet now lives in obscurity; Curtis Boyd, a former fundamentalist Christian, today a leading provider of third-trimester abortions; and Mildred Jefferson, the first black female Harvard Medical School graduate, who became a pro-life leader with great secrets. An epic work spanning fifty years of American history, The Family Roe will change the way you think about our enduring American divide: the right to choose or the right to life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537725 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537725]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UFOs and the Deep State: A History of the Military and Shadow Government’s War against the Truth; 50 Years of Disinformation, Saboteurs, Intimidation, and Cover-ups Author: Kevin D. Randle Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deep dive into UFO cover-ups by the deep state. A wake-up call to what has and is being hidden. The deep state exists without a doubt, and it has perpetrated a consistent mission to hide, obscure, and delete information as it pertains to UFOs and alien interactions. Should unelected officials be making the decisions on disclosure? Has a secret space program been developing technologies not of this world for decades? What have the US Air Force and other agencies been hiding? This and more is explored in UFOs and the Deep State. UFOs and the Deep State will touch upon: Air Force Office of Special Investigations and interviews with UFO witnesses; The CIA-sponsored Robertson Panel to suppress UFO research and the campaign to move Project Blue Book from the Advanced Technical Intelligence Center to Air Force Public Affairs; Exclusive interviews with Paul Bennewitz and the military personnel involved in the Rendlesham Forest UFO incident; Project Moon Dust, run by the Air Force and Department of State; and An examination of the Secret Space Program and other black projects. Author Kevin D. Randle connects the dots at last to reveal the overlooked, including how the deep state conducted interrogations that involved chemicals and other mind-altering techniques. The evidence is clear. The unelected officials in the deep state have been obscuring UFO incidents and intimidating those who wish to speak out. Let the truth rein free! Kevin D. Randle Sat, 01 May 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537725 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537725]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UFOs and the Deep State: A History of the Military and Shadow Government’s War against the Truth; 50 Years of Disinformation, Saboteurs, Intimidation, and Cover-ups Author: Kevin D. Randle Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deep dive into UFO cover-ups by the deep state. A wake-up call to what has and is being hidden. The deep state exists without a doubt, and it has perpetrated a consistent mission to hide, obscure, and delete information as it pertains to UFOs and alien interactions. Should unelected officials be making the decisions on disclosure? Has a secret space program been developing technologies not of this world for decades? What have the US Air Force and other agencies been hiding? This and more is explored in UFOs and the Deep State. UFOs and the Deep State will touch upon: Air Force Office of Special Investigations and interviews with UFO witnesses; The CIA-sponsored Robertson Panel to suppress UFO research and the campaign to move Project Blue Book from the Advanced Technical Intelligence Center to Air Force Public Affairs; Exclusive interviews with Paul Bennewitz and the military personnel involved in the Rendlesham Forest UFO incident; Project Moon Dust, run by the Air Force and Department of State; and An examination of the Secret Space Program and other black projects. Author Kevin D. Randle connects the dots at last to reveal the overlooked, including how the deep state conducted interrogations that involved chemicals and other mind-altering techniques. The evidence is clear. The unelected officials in the deep state have been obscuring UFO incidents and intimidating those who wish to speak out. Let the truth rein free! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537725]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: UFOs and the Deep State: A History of the Military and Shadow Government’s War against the Truth; 50 Years of Disinformation, Saboteurs, Intimidation, and Cover-ups Author: Kevin D. Randle Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: May 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A deep dive into UFO cover-ups by the deep state. A wake-up call to what has and is being hidden. The deep state exists without a doubt, and it has perpetrated a consistent mission to hide, obscure, and delete information as it pertains to UFOs and alien interactions. Should unelected officials be making the decisions on disclosure? Has a secret space program been developing technologies not of this world for decades? What have the US Air Force and other agencies been hiding? This and more is explored in UFOs and the Deep State. UFOs and the Deep State will touch upon: Air Force Office of Special Investigations and interviews with UFO witnesses; The CIA-sponsored Robertson Panel to suppress UFO research and the campaign to move Project Blue Book from the Advanced Technical Intelligence Center to Air Force Public Affairs; Exclusive interviews with Paul Bennewitz and the military personnel involved in the Rendlesham Forest UFO incident; Project Moon Dust, run by the Air Force and Department of State; and An examination of the Secret Space Program and other black projects. Author Kevin D. Randle connects the dots at last to reveal the overlooked, including how the deep state conducted interrogations that involved chemicals and other mind-altering techniques. The evidence is clear. The unelected officials in the deep state have been obscuring UFO incidents and intimidating those who wish to speak out. Let the truth rein free! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537720 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right: The Hundred-Year War for American Conservatism Author: Matthew Continetti Narrator: Carl Sayles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A magisterial intellectual history of the last century of American conservatism When most people think of the history of modern conservatism, they think of Ronald Reagan. Yet this narrow view leaves many to question: How did Donald Trump win the presidency? And what is the future of the Republican Party? In The Right, Matthew Continetti gives a sweeping account of movement conservatism’s evolution, from the Progressive Era through the present. He tells the story of how conservatism began as networks of intellectuals, developing and institutionalizing a vision that grew over time, until they began to buckle under new pressures, resembling national populist movements. Drawing out the tensions between the desire for mainstream acceptance and the pull of extremism, Continetti argues that the more one studies conservatism’s past, the more one becomes convinced of its future. Deeply researched and brilliantly told, The Right is essential reading for anyone looking to understand American conservatism. Matthew Continetti Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537720 thebookvoice.com 14:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right: The Hundred-Year War for American Conservatism Author: Matthew Continetti Narrator: Carl Sayles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A magisterial intellectual history of the last century of American conservatism When most people think of the history of modern conservatism, they think of Ronald Reagan. Yet this narrow view leaves many to question: How did Donald Trump win the presidency? And what is the future of the Republican Party? In The Right, Matthew Continetti gives a sweeping account of movement conservatism’s evolution, from the Progressive Era through the present. He tells the story of how conservatism began as networks of intellectuals, developing and institutionalizing a vision that grew over time, until they began to buckle under new pressures, resembling national populist movements. Drawing out the tensions between the desire for mainstream acceptance and the pull of extremism, Continetti argues that the more one studies conservatism’s past, the more one becomes convinced of its future. Deeply researched and brilliantly told, The Right is essential reading for anyone looking to understand American conservatism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537720]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Right: The Hundred-Year War for American Conservatism Author: Matthew Continetti Narrator: Carl Sayles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A magisterial intellectual history of the last century of American conservatism When most people think of the history of modern conservatism, they think of Ronald Reagan. Yet this narrow view leaves many to question: How did Donald Trump win the presidency? And what is the future of the Republican Party? In The Right, Matthew Continetti gives a sweeping account of movement conservatism’s evolution, from the Progressive Era through the present. He tells the story of how conservatism began as networks of intellectuals, developing and institutionalizing a vision that grew over time, until they began to buckle under new pressures, resembling national populist movements. Drawing out the tensions between the desire for mainstream acceptance and the pull of extremism, Continetti argues that the more one studies conservatism’s past, the more one becomes convinced of its future. Deeply researched and brilliantly told, The Right is essential reading for anyone looking to understand American conservatism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dictator's Handbook: Why Bad Behavior is Almost Always Good Politics Author: Alastair Smith, Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now featuring a new chapter on the rise of illiberalism worldwide. The essential book that lays out the real rules of politics: leaders do whatever keeps them in power, regardless of the national interest. As featured in the viral video “Rules for Rulers,” which has been viewed over fifteen million times. Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Alastair Smith’s canonical book on political science turned conventional wisdom on its head. They started from a single assertion: leaders do whatever keeps them in power. They don’t care about the “national interest”—or even their subjects—unless they must. Newly updated to reflect the global rise of authoritarianism, this clever and accessible book illustrates how leaders amass and retain power. As Bueno de Mesquita and Smith show, democracy is essentially just a convenient fiction. Governments do not differ in kind, but only in the number of essential supporters or backs that need scratching. The size of this group determines almost everything about politics: what leaders can get away with, and the quality of life or misery under them. And it is also the key to returning power to the people. Alastair Smith, Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Tue, 21 Jun 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537714 thebookvoice.com 15:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dictator's Handbook: Why Bad Behavior is Almost Always Good Politics Author: Alastair Smith, Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now featuring a new chapter on the rise of illiberalism worldwide. The essential book that lays out the real rules of politics: leaders do whatever keeps them in power, regardless of the national interest. As featured in the viral video “Rules for Rulers,” which has been viewed over fifteen million times. Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Alastair Smith’s canonical book on political science turned conventional wisdom on its head. They started from a single assertion: leaders do whatever keeps them in power. They don’t care about the “national interest”—or even their subjects—unless they must. Newly updated to reflect the global rise of authoritarianism, this clever and accessible book illustrates how leaders amass and retain power. As Bueno de Mesquita and Smith show, democracy is essentially just a convenient fiction. Governments do not differ in kind, but only in the number of essential supporters or backs that need scratching. The size of this group determines almost everything about politics: what leaders can get away with, and the quality of life or misery under them. And it is also the key to returning power to the people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dictator's Handbook: Why Bad Behavior is Almost Always Good Politics Author: Alastair Smith, Bruce Bueno De Mesquita Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 21, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Now featuring a new chapter on the rise of illiberalism worldwide. The essential book that lays out the real rules of politics: leaders do whatever keeps them in power, regardless of the national interest. As featured in the viral video “Rules for Rulers,” which has been viewed over fifteen million times. Bruce Bueno de Mesquita and Alastair Smith’s canonical book on political science turned conventional wisdom on its head. They started from a single assertion: leaders do whatever keeps them in power. They don’t care about the “national interest”—or even their subjects—unless they must. Newly updated to reflect the global rise of authoritarianism, this clever and accessible book illustrates how leaders amass and retain power. As Bueno de Mesquita and Smith show, democracy is essentially just a convenient fiction. Governments do not differ in kind, but only in the number of essential supporters or backs that need scratching. The size of this group determines almost everything about politics: what leaders can get away with, and the quality of life or misery under them. And it is also the key to returning power to the people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537708 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Border Hacker: A Tale of Treachery, Trafficking, and Two Friends on the Run Author: Levi Vonk Narrator: Axel Kirschner, Levi Vonk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unlikely friendship, a four-thousand-mile voyage, and an impenetrable frontier—this dramatic odyssey reveals the chaos and cruelty US immigration policies have unleashed beyond our borders. Axel Kirschner was a lifelong New Yorker, all Queens hustle and bravado. But he was also undocumented. After a minor traffic violation while driving his son to kindergarten, Axel was deported to Guatemala, a country he swore he had not lived in since he was a baby. While fighting his way back through Mexico on a migrant caravan, Axel met Levi Vonk, a young anthropologist and journalist from the US. That chance encounter would change both of their lives forever. Levi soon discovered that Axel was no ordinary migrant. He was harboring a secret: Axel was a hacker. This secret would launch the two friends on a dangerous adventure far beyond what either of them could have imagined. While Axel’s abilities gave him an edge in a system that denied his existence, they would also ensnare him in a tangled underground network of human traffickers, corrupt priests, and anti-government guerillas eager to exploit his talents for their own ends. And along the way, Axel’s secret only raised more questions for Levi about his past. How had Axel learned to hack? What did he want? And was Axel really who he said he was? Border Hacker is at once an adventure saga—the story of a man who would do anything to return to his family, and the friend who would do anything to help him—and a profound parable about the violence of American immigration policy told through a single, extraordinary life. Levi Vonk Tue, 26 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537708 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Border Hacker: A Tale of Treachery, Trafficking, and Two Friends on the Run Author: Levi Vonk Narrator: Axel Kirschner, Levi Vonk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unlikely friendship, a four-thousand-mile voyage, and an impenetrable frontier—this dramatic odyssey reveals the chaos and cruelty US immigration policies have unleashed beyond our borders. Axel Kirschner was a lifelong New Yorker, all Queens hustle and bravado. But he was also undocumented. After a minor traffic violation while driving his son to kindergarten, Axel was deported to Guatemala, a country he swore he had not lived in since he was a baby. While fighting his way back through Mexico on a migrant caravan, Axel met Levi Vonk, a young anthropologist and journalist from the US. That chance encounter would change both of their lives forever. Levi soon discovered that Axel was no ordinary migrant. He was harboring a secret: Axel was a hacker. This secret would launch the two friends on a dangerous adventure far beyond what either of them could have imagined. While Axel’s abilities gave him an edge in a system that denied his existence, they would also ensnare him in a tangled underground network of human traffickers, corrupt priests, and anti-government guerillas eager to exploit his talents for their own ends. And along the way, Axel’s secret only raised more questions for Levi about his past. How had Axel learned to hack? What did he want? And was Axel really who he said he was? Border Hacker is at once an adventure saga—the story of a man who would do anything to return to his family, and the friend who would do anything to help him—and a profound parable about the violence of American immigration policy told through a single, extraordinary life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Border Hacker: A Tale of Treachery, Trafficking, and Two Friends on the Run Author: Levi Vonk Narrator: Axel Kirschner, Levi Vonk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An unlikely friendship, a four-thousand-mile voyage, and an impenetrable frontier—this dramatic odyssey reveals the chaos and cruelty US immigration policies have unleashed beyond our borders. Axel Kirschner was a lifelong New Yorker, all Queens hustle and bravado. But he was also undocumented. After a minor traffic violation while driving his son to kindergarten, Axel was deported to Guatemala, a country he swore he had not lived in since he was a baby. While fighting his way back through Mexico on a migrant caravan, Axel met Levi Vonk, a young anthropologist and journalist from the US. That chance encounter would change both of their lives forever. Levi soon discovered that Axel was no ordinary migrant. He was harboring a secret: Axel was a hacker. This secret would launch the two friends on a dangerous adventure far beyond what either of them could have imagined. While Axel’s abilities gave him an edge in a system that denied his existence, they would also ensnare him in a tangled underground network of human traffickers, corrupt priests, and anti-government guerillas eager to exploit his talents for their own ends. And along the way, Axel’s secret only raised more questions for Levi about his past. How had Axel learned to hack? What did he want? And was Axel really who he said he was? Border Hacker is at once an adventure saga—the story of a man who would do anything to return to his family, and the friend who would do anything to help him—and a profound parable about the violence of American immigration policy told through a single, extraordinary life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Torn Apart: How the Child Welfare System Destroys Black Families--and How Abolition Can Build a Safer World Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Dorothy Roberts, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning scholar exposes the foundational racism of the child welfare system and calls for radical change    Many believe the child welfare system protects children from abuse. But as Torn Apart uncovers, this system is designed to punish Black families. Drawing on decades of research, legal scholar and sociologist Dorothy Roberts reveals that the child welfare system is better understood as a “family policing system” that collaborates with law enforcement and prisons to oppress Black communities. Child protection investigations ensnare a majority of Black children, putting their families under intense state surveillance and regulation. Black children are disproportionately likely to be torn from their families and placed in foster care, driving many to juvenile detention and imprisonment.    The only way to stop the destruction caused by family policing, Torn Apart argues, is to abolish the child welfare system and liberate Black communities. Dorothy Roberts Tue, 05 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537706 thebookvoice.com 11:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Torn Apart: How the Child Welfare System Destroys Black Families--and How Abolition Can Build a Safer World Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Dorothy Roberts, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning scholar exposes the foundational racism of the child welfare system and calls for radical change    Many believe the child welfare system protects children from abuse. But as Torn Apart uncovers, this system is designed to punish Black families. Drawing on decades of research, legal scholar and sociologist Dorothy Roberts reveals that the child welfare system is better understood as a “family policing system” that collaborates with law enforcement and prisons to oppress Black communities. Child protection investigations ensnare a majority of Black children, putting their families under intense state surveillance and regulation. Black children are disproportionately likely to be torn from their families and placed in foster care, driving many to juvenile detention and imprisonment.    The only way to stop the destruction caused by family policing, Torn Apart argues, is to abolish the child welfare system and liberate Black communities. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Torn Apart: How the Child Welfare System Destroys Black Families--and How Abolition Can Build a Safer World Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Dorothy Roberts, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An award-winning scholar exposes the foundational racism of the child welfare system and calls for radical change    Many believe the child welfare system protects children from abuse. But as Torn Apart uncovers, this system is designed to punish Black families. Drawing on decades of research, legal scholar and sociologist Dorothy Roberts reveals that the child welfare system is better understood as a “family policing system” that collaborates with law enforcement and prisons to oppress Black communities. Child protection investigations ensnare a majority of Black children, putting their families under intense state surveillance and regulation. Black children are disproportionately likely to be torn from their families and placed in foster care, driving many to juvenile detention and imprisonment.    The only way to stop the destruction caused by family policing, Torn Apart argues, is to abolish the child welfare system and liberate Black communities. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Tribes: Promise and Peril in the New Israel Author: Ethan Michaeli Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Ethan Michaeli has a gimlet eye for the people, texture, and contradictions of modern Israel. I’m in awe of his powers of observation and his ability as a modern-day Tocqueville to take us inside one of the most complex and confounding countries in the world.'' — Jonathan Alter, bestselling author of His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life An ''illuminating'' and ''richly descriptive'' (New York Times Book Review) portrait of contemporary Israel, revealing the diversity of this extraordinary yet volatile nation by weaving together personal histories of ordinary citizens from all walks of life. In 2015, Israeli President Reuven Rivlin warned that the country’s citizens were dividing into tribes: by class and ethnicity, by geography, and along lines of faith. In Twelve Tribes, award-winning author Ethan Michaeli portrays this increasingly fractured nation by intertwining interviews with Israelis of all tribes into a narrative of social and political change. Framed by Michaeli’s travels across the country over four years and his conversations with Israeli family, friends, and everyday citizens, Twelve Tribes illuminates the complex dynamics within the country, a collective drama with global consequences far beyond the ongoing conflict with the Palestinians. Readers will meet the aging revolutionaries who founded Israel’s kibbutz movement and the brilliant young people working for the country’s booming Big Tech companies. They will join thousands of ultra-Orthodox Haredim at a joyous memorial for a long-dead Romanian Rebbe in a suburb of Tel Aviv, and hear the life stories of Ethiopian Jews who were incarcerated and tortured in their homeland as “Prisoners of Zion” before they were able to escape to Israel. And they will be challenged, in turn, by portraits of Israeli Arabs navigating between the opportunities in a prosperous, democratic state and the discrimination they suffer as a vilified minority, as by interviews with both the Palestinians striving to build the institutions of a nascent state and the Israeli settlers seeking to establish a Jewish presence on the same land. Immersive and enlightening, Twelve Tribes is a vivid depiction of a modern state contending with ancient tensions and dangerous global forces at this crucial historic moment. Through extensive research and access to all sectors of Israeli society, Michaeli reveals Israel to be a land of paradoxical intersections and unlikely cohabitation—a place where all of the world’s struggles meet, and a microcosm for the challenges faced by all nations today. Ethan Michaeli Tue, 16 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537669 thebookvoice.com 13:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Tribes: Promise and Peril in the New Israel Author: Ethan Michaeli Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Ethan Michaeli has a gimlet eye for the people, texture, and contradictions of modern Israel. I’m in awe of his powers of observation and his ability as a modern-day Tocqueville to take us inside one of the most complex and confounding countries in the world.'' — Jonathan Alter, bestselling author of His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life An ''illuminating'' and ''richly descriptive'' (New York Times Book Review) portrait of contemporary Israel, revealing the diversity of this extraordinary yet volatile nation by weaving together personal histories of ordinary citizens from all walks of life. In 2015, Israeli President Reuven Rivlin warned that the country’s citizens were dividing into tribes: by class and ethnicity, by geography, and along lines of faith. In Twelve Tribes, award-winning author Ethan Michaeli portrays this increasingly fractured nation by intertwining interviews with Israelis of all tribes into a narrative of social and political change. Framed by Michaeli’s travels across the country over four years and his conversations with Israeli family, friends, and everyday citizens, Twelve Tribes illuminates the complex dynamics within the country, a collective drama with global consequences far beyond the ongoing conflict with the Palestinians. Readers will meet the aging revolutionaries who founded Israel’s kibbutz movement and the brilliant young people working for the country’s booming Big Tech companies. They will join thousands of ultra-Orthodox Haredim at a joyous memorial for a long-dead Romanian Rebbe in a suburb of Tel Aviv, and hear the life stories of Ethiopian Jews who were incarcerated and tortured in their homeland as “Prisoners of Zion” before they were able to escape to Israel. And they will be challenged, in turn, by portraits of Israeli Arabs navigating between the opportunities in a prosperous, democratic state and the discrimination they suffer as a vilified minority, as by interviews with both the Palestinians striving to build the institutions of a nascent state and the Israeli settlers seeking to establish a Jewish presence on the same land. Immersive and enlightening, Twelve Tribes is a vivid depiction of a modern state contending with ancient tensions and dangerous global forces at this crucial historic moment. Through extensive research and access to all sectors of Israeli society, Michaeli reveals Israel to be a land of paradoxical intersections and unlikely cohabitation—a place where all of the world’s struggles meet, and a microcosm for the challenges faced by all nations today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Twelve Tribes: Promise and Peril in the New Israel Author: Ethan Michaeli Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “Ethan Michaeli has a gimlet eye for the people, texture, and contradictions of modern Israel. I’m in awe of his powers of observation and his ability as a modern-day Tocqueville to take us inside one of the most complex and confounding countries in the world.'' — Jonathan Alter, bestselling author of His Very Best: Jimmy Carter, a Life An ''illuminating'' and ''richly descriptive'' (New York Times Book Review) portrait of contemporary Israel, revealing the diversity of this extraordinary yet volatile nation by weaving together personal histories of ordinary citizens from all walks of life. In 2015, Israeli President Reuven Rivlin warned that the country’s citizens were dividing into tribes: by class and ethnicity, by geography, and along lines of faith. In Twelve Tribes, award-winning author Ethan Michaeli portrays this increasingly fractured nation by intertwining interviews with Israelis of all tribes into a narrative of social and political change. Framed by Michaeli’s travels across the country over four years and his conversations with Israeli family, friends, and everyday citizens, Twelve Tribes illuminates the complex dynamics within the country, a collective drama with global consequences far beyond the ongoing conflict with the Palestinians. Readers will meet the aging revolutionaries who founded Israel’s kibbutz movement and the brilliant young people working for the country’s booming Big Tech companies. They will join thousands of ultra-Orthodox Haredim at a joyous memorial for a long-dead Romanian Rebbe in a suburb of Tel Aviv, and hear the life stories of Ethiopian Jews who were incarcerated and tortured in their homeland as “Prisoners of Zion” before they were able to escape to Israel. And they will be challenged, in turn, by portraits of Israeli Arabs navigating between the opportunities in a prosperous, democratic state and the discrimination they suffer as a vilified minority, as by interviews with both the Palestinians striving to build the institutions of a nascent state and the Israeli settlers seeking to establish a Jewish presence on the same land. Immersive and enlightening, Twelve Tribes is a vivid depiction of a modern state contending with ancient tensions and dangerous global forces at this crucial historic moment. Through extensive research and access to all sectors of Israeli society, Michaeli reveals Israel to be a land of paradoxical intersections and unlikely cohabitation—a place where all of the world’s struggles meet, and a microcosm for the challenges faced by all nations today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership: Six Studies in World Strategy Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Kissinger's six leaders are Konrad Adenauer, Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon, Anwar Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew, and Margaret Thatcher. All of them were formed in a period when established institutions collapsed all over Europe, colonial structures gave way to independent states in Asia and Africa, and a new international order had to be created from the vestiges of the old. Kissinger penetratingly analyses each of these leaders' careers through the highly individual strategies of statecraft which he presents them as embodying, to show how it is the combination of character and circumstance which creates history. Kissinger's public experience, personal knowledge and historical perceptions enrich the book with insights and judgements such as only he could make. © Henry Kissinger 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Henry Kissinger Tue, 28 Jun 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537534 thebookvoice.com 19:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership: Six Studies in World Strategy Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Kissinger's six leaders are Konrad Adenauer, Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon, Anwar Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew, and Margaret Thatcher. All of them were formed in a period when established institutions collapsed all over Europe, colonial structures gave way to independent states in Asia and Africa, and a new international order had to be created from the vestiges of the old. Kissinger penetratingly analyses each of these leaders' careers through the highly individual strategies of statecraft which he presents them as embodying, to show how it is the combination of character and circumstance which creates history. Kissinger's public experience, personal knowledge and historical perceptions enrich the book with insights and judgements such as only he could make. © Henry Kissinger 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leadership: Six Studies in World Strategy Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Kissinger's six leaders are Konrad Adenauer, Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon, Anwar Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew, and Margaret Thatcher. All of them were formed in a period when established institutions collapsed all over Europe, colonial structures gave way to independent states in Asia and Africa, and a new international order had to be created from the vestiges of the old. Kissinger penetratingly analyses each of these leaders' careers through the highly individual strategies of statecraft which he presents them as embodying, to show how it is the combination of character and circumstance which creates history. Kissinger's public experience, personal knowledge and historical perceptions enrich the book with insights and judgements such as only he could make. © Henry Kissinger 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entry Lessons: The Stories of Women Fighting for Their Place, Their Children, and Their Futures After Incarceration Author: Jorja Leap Narrator: Sonia Kallen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A call to action … A reminder of the beautiful resilience of formerly incarcerated women and a celebration of all that they have to offer.” —Susan Burton, author of Becoming Ms. Burton and founder of A New Way of Life Urgent and empathetic, Entry Lessons is one of the first examinations of the lasting impact of incarceration on women and their families Recent reports show that women make up the fastest-growing population within the United States’ criminal justice system. And yet, despite necessary conversations about incarceration and prison abolition, their stories of abuse, neglect, poverty, and family separation often go untold. Now, through immersive storytelling and expert analysis of women’s lives after prison, anthropologist Jorja Leap explores their journeys into, through, and beyond the jail cell. In these pages, you’ll meet women like: –Ivy and Janet, accused of murder, whose intertwined stories of childhood harm, domestic abuse, and gang violence unfold throughout the book –Denise, who confronts the lasting impact of her childhood sexual trauma as she struggles with relationships and the realities of homelessness –Rosa, a survivor of sex trafficking whose relationship with her mother—her trafficker—is fraught with conflicting feelings she works to resolve –Carmen, whose search for love ultimately endangers not just her life but also the lives of her children –Clara, who survived placement in the child welfare system only to experience having her own children sent to foster care –Angela and Ronnie, two women navigating the complexities of sexuality and queerness in and out of prison Leap chisels away at superficial narratives to unearth pasts rife with struggle and oppression. She reveals the sharp edges of reentry and the wounds suffered by these women and their families, exposing a cycle of trauma that powers the revolving door of reentry and reincarceration. And, still, Entry Lessons is a book of hope just as much as it is of pain. Leap calls for systemic change through the development of meaningful reentry programs and policies that will have a lasting, life-changing impact on women as they rebuild their lives and especially as they are able to reclaim their children. Jorja Leap Tue, 26 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536817 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entry Lessons: The Stories of Women Fighting for Their Place, Their Children, and Their Futures After Incarceration Author: Jorja Leap Narrator: Sonia Kallen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A call to action … A reminder of the beautiful resilience of formerly incarcerated women and a celebration of all that they have to offer.” —Susan Burton, author of Becoming Ms. Burton and founder of A New Way of Life Urgent and empathetic, Entry Lessons is one of the first examinations of the lasting impact of incarceration on women and their families Recent reports show that women make up the fastest-growing population within the United States’ criminal justice system. And yet, despite necessary conversations about incarceration and prison abolition, their stories of abuse, neglect, poverty, and family separation often go untold. Now, through immersive storytelling and expert analysis of women’s lives after prison, anthropologist Jorja Leap explores their journeys into, through, and beyond the jail cell. In these pages, you’ll meet women like: –Ivy and Janet, accused of murder, whose intertwined stories of childhood harm, domestic abuse, and gang violence unfold throughout the book –Denise, who confronts the lasting impact of her childhood sexual trauma as she struggles with relationships and the realities of homelessness –Rosa, a survivor of sex trafficking whose relationship with her mother—her trafficker—is fraught with conflicting feelings she works to resolve –Carmen, whose search for love ultimately endangers not just her life but also the lives of her children –Clara, who survived placement in the child welfare system only to experience having her own children sent to foster care –Angela and Ronnie, two women navigating the complexities of sexuality and queerness in and out of prison Leap chisels away at superficial narratives to unearth pasts rife with struggle and oppression. She reveals the sharp edges of reentry and the wounds suffered by these women and their families, exposing a cycle of trauma that powers the revolving door of reentry and reincarceration. And, still, Entry Lessons is a book of hope just as much as it is of pain. Leap calls for systemic change through the development of meaningful reentry programs and policies that will have a lasting, life-changing impact on women as they rebuild their lives and especially as they are able to reclaim their children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entry Lessons: The Stories of Women Fighting for Their Place, Their Children, and Their Futures After Incarceration Author: Jorja Leap Narrator: Sonia Kallen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: “A call to action … A reminder of the beautiful resilience of formerly incarcerated women and a celebration of all that they have to offer.” —Susan Burton, author of Becoming Ms. Burton and founder of A New Way of Life Urgent and empathetic, Entry Lessons is one of the first examinations of the lasting impact of incarceration on women and their families Recent reports show that women make up the fastest-growing population within the United States’ criminal justice system. And yet, despite necessary conversations about incarceration and prison abolition, their stories of abuse, neglect, poverty, and family separation often go untold. Now, through immersive storytelling and expert analysis of women’s lives after prison, anthropologist Jorja Leap explores their journeys into, through, and beyond the jail cell. In these pages, you’ll meet women like: –Ivy and Janet, accused of murder, whose intertwined stories of childhood harm, domestic abuse, and gang violence unfold throughout the book –Denise, who confronts the lasting impact of her childhood sexual trauma as she struggles with relationships and the realities of homelessness –Rosa, a survivor of sex trafficking whose relationship with her mother—her trafficker—is fraught with conflicting feelings she works to resolve –Carmen, whose search for love ultimately endangers not just her life but also the lives of her children –Clara, who survived placement in the child welfare system only to experience having her own children sent to foster care –Angela and Ronnie, two women navigating the complexities of sexuality and queerness in and out of prison Leap chisels away at superficial narratives to unearth pasts rife with struggle and oppression. She reveals the sharp edges of reentry and the wounds suffered by these women and their families, exposing a cycle of trauma that powers the revolving door of reentry and reincarceration. And, still, Entry Lessons is a book of hope just as much as it is of pain. Leap calls for systemic change through the development of meaningful reentry programs and policies that will have a lasting, life-changing impact on women as they rebuild their lives and especially as they are able to reclaim their children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536810 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trillion Dollar Triage: How Jay Powell and the Fed Battled a President and a Pandemic---and Prevented Economic Disaster Author: Nick Timiraos Narrator: Nick Timiraos, Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inside story, told with “insight, perspective, and stellar reporting,” of how an unassuming civil servant created trillions of dollars from thin air, combatted a public health crisis, and saved the American economy from a second Great Depression (Alan S. Blinder, former Vice Chair of the Federal Reserve). By February 2020, the U.S. economic expansion had become the longest on record. Unemployment was plumbing half-century lows. Stock markets soared to new highs. One month later, the public health battle against a deadly virus had pushed the economy into the equivalent of a medically induced coma. America’s workplaces—offices, shops, malls, and factories—shuttered. Many of the nation’s largest employers and tens of thousands of small businesses faced ruin. Over 22 million American jobs were lost. The extreme uncertainty led to some of the largest daily drops ever in the stock market. Nick Timiraos, the Wall Street Journal’s chief economics correspondent, draws on extensive interviews to detail the tense meetings, late night phone calls, and crucial video conferences behind the largest, swiftest U.S. economic policy response since World War II. Trillion Dollar Triage goes inside the Federal Reserve, one of the country’s most important and least understood institutions, to chronicle how its plainspoken chairman, Jay Powell, unleashed an unprecedented monetary barrage to keep the economy on life support. With the bleeding stemmed, the Fed faced a new challenge: How to nurture a recovery without unleashing an inflation-fueling, bubble-blowing money bomb? Trillion Dollar Triage is the definitive, gripping history of a creative and unprecedented battle to shield the American economy from the twin threats of a public health disaster and economic crisis. Economic theory and policy will never be the same. Nick Timiraos Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536810 thebookvoice.com 12:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trillion Dollar Triage: How Jay Powell and the Fed Battled a President and a Pandemic---and Prevented Economic Disaster Author: Nick Timiraos Narrator: Nick Timiraos, Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inside story, told with “insight, perspective, and stellar reporting,” of how an unassuming civil servant created trillions of dollars from thin air, combatted a public health crisis, and saved the American economy from a second Great Depression (Alan S. Blinder, former Vice Chair of the Federal Reserve). By February 2020, the U.S. economic expansion had become the longest on record. Unemployment was plumbing half-century lows. Stock markets soared to new highs. One month later, the public health battle against a deadly virus had pushed the economy into the equivalent of a medically induced coma. America’s workplaces—offices, shops, malls, and factories—shuttered. Many of the nation’s largest employers and tens of thousands of small businesses faced ruin. Over 22 million American jobs were lost. The extreme uncertainty led to some of the largest daily drops ever in the stock market. Nick Timiraos, the Wall Street Journal’s chief economics correspondent, draws on extensive interviews to detail the tense meetings, late night phone calls, and crucial video conferences behind the largest, swiftest U.S. economic policy response since World War II. Trillion Dollar Triage goes inside the Federal Reserve, one of the country’s most important and least understood institutions, to chronicle how its plainspoken chairman, Jay Powell, unleashed an unprecedented monetary barrage to keep the economy on life support. With the bleeding stemmed, the Fed faced a new challenge: How to nurture a recovery without unleashing an inflation-fueling, bubble-blowing money bomb? Trillion Dollar Triage is the definitive, gripping history of a creative and unprecedented battle to shield the American economy from the twin threats of a public health disaster and economic crisis. Economic theory and policy will never be the same. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trillion Dollar Triage: How Jay Powell and the Fed Battled a President and a Pandemic---and Prevented Economic Disaster Author: Nick Timiraos Narrator: Nick Timiraos, Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 33 minutes Release date: March 1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The inside story, told with “insight, perspective, and stellar reporting,” of how an unassuming civil servant created trillions of dollars from thin air, combatted a public health crisis, and saved the American economy from a second Great Depression (Alan S. Blinder, former Vice Chair of the Federal Reserve). By February 2020, the U.S. economic expansion had become the longest on record. Unemployment was plumbing half-century lows. Stock markets soared to new highs. One month later, the public health battle against a deadly virus had pushed the economy into the equivalent of a medically induced coma. America’s workplaces—offices, shops, malls, and factories—shuttered. Many of the nation’s largest employers and tens of thousands of small businesses faced ruin. Over 22 million American jobs were lost. The extreme uncertainty led to some of the largest daily drops ever in the stock market. Nick Timiraos, the Wall Street Journal’s chief economics correspondent, draws on extensive interviews to detail the tense meetings, late night phone calls, and crucial video conferences behind the largest, swiftest U.S. economic policy response since World War II. Trillion Dollar Triage goes inside the Federal Reserve, one of the country’s most important and least understood institutions, to chronicle how its plainspoken chairman, Jay Powell, unleashed an unprecedented monetary barrage to keep the economy on life support. With the bleeding stemmed, the Fed faced a new challenge: How to nurture a recovery without unleashing an inflation-fueling, bubble-blowing money bomb? Trillion Dollar Triage is the definitive, gripping history of a creative and unprecedented battle to shield the American economy from the twin threats of a public health disaster and economic crisis. Economic theory and policy will never be the same. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Para combatir esta era: Consideraciones urgentes sobre el fascismo y el humanismo Author: Rob Riemen Narrator: Gerardo Vázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combinando un conocimiento profundo de historia y filosofía con la sensibilidad literaria de un elocuente humanista, Rob Riemen identifica la ruta del eterno retorno del fascismo. Gracias a su lucidez y valentía, Albert Camus y Thomas Mann pudieron entender algo que hoy en día muchos politólogos son incapaces de admitir. En 1947, ambos lanzaron una advertencia: la guerra ha terminado, pero el fascismo no fue vencido. Aunque se demore algunas décadas, volverá otra vez. No lo reconoceremos por sus ideas, pues el fascismo no tiene ninguna, pero sí por sus acciones y su política. Una política del resentimiento, el miedo y la ira. Ése es el esqueleto fascista: incitación a la violencia, un vulgar materialismo, un nacionalismo asfixiante, xenofobia, la necesidad de señalar chivos expiatorios, la banalización del arte, el odio por la vida intelectual y una feroz resistencia al cosmopolitismo. En estos días se presenta en el escenario mundial disfrazado de populismo, haciendo falsas promesas de libertad y grandeza. ¿Cómo podemos detenerlo? ¿Cómo podemos salir de la crisis de civilización de nuestra era, de la cual el fascismo es sólo una manifestación? La respuesta, nos dice el autor de estas consideraciones tempestivas, está en el regreso de la nobleza de espíritu, en la recuperación de los valores universales de verdad, justicia, belleza, compasión y sabiduría. Sólo en estos pilares puede apoyarse una sociedad verdaderamente democrática. Otros autores han opinado: 'Rob Riemen tiene un hondo compromiso. Con los valores morales e intelectuales de nuestra frágil comunidad. Con esa elusiva pero vital 'decencia del pensamiento'. Es un humanista en el sentido clásico y un agudo observador de los cambios tecnológicos que operan en nuestros debates políticos. Leerlo es participar en un diálogo desafiante. Es experimentar tanto angustia como esperanza -quizás estas dos son, de alguna forma misteriosa, lo mismo.' -George Steiner 'Para combatir esta era, de Rob Riemen, es una meditación audaz, valiente, original y provocadora. Desafía muchos de los diagnósticos al uso sobre la presente crisis de la civilización occidental, ofreciendo perspectivas sorprendentes e inesperadas. Rob Riemen nos invita a no dar la espalda a los mejores aspectos de la civilización Europea, sin convertirnos en meros museógrafos de nuestro patrimonio cultural, sino, por el contrario, en herederos activos de esta tradición de humanismo, tolerancia y creatividad. Este libro ha sido escrito con pasión, con entusiasmo y con verdadera devoción.' -Amos Oz 'En este breve pero poderoso libro, Para combatir esta era, Rob Riemen argumenta que la crisis política que se desarrolla a nuestro alrededor es en realidad una crisis de la civilización [...]. Éste es un libro para aquellas personas que quieren que Occidente recupere su autoridad moral y que quieren pensar seriamente en cómo ayudar a conseguirlo.' -Anne Applebaum Rob Riemen Thu, 05 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536750 thebookvoice.com 3:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Para combatir esta era: Consideraciones urgentes sobre el fascismo y el humanismo Author: Rob Riemen Narrator: Gerardo Vázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combinando un conocimiento profundo de historia y filosofía con la sensibilidad literaria de un elocuente humanista, Rob Riemen identifica la ruta del eterno retorno del fascismo. Gracias a su lucidez y valentía, Albert Camus y Thomas Mann pudieron entender algo que hoy en día muchos politólogos son incapaces de admitir. En 1947, ambos lanzaron una advertencia: la guerra ha terminado, pero el fascismo no fue vencido. Aunque se demore algunas décadas, volverá otra vez. No lo reconoceremos por sus ideas, pues el fascismo no tiene ninguna, pero sí por sus acciones y su política. Una política del resentimiento, el miedo y la ira. Ése es el esqueleto fascista: incitación a la violencia, un vulgar materialismo, un nacionalismo asfixiante, xenofobia, la necesidad de señalar chivos expiatorios, la banalización del arte, el odio por la vida intelectual y una feroz resistencia al cosmopolitismo. En estos días se presenta en el escenario mundial disfrazado de populismo, haciendo falsas promesas de libertad y grandeza. ¿Cómo podemos detenerlo? ¿Cómo podemos salir de la crisis de civilización de nuestra era, de la cual el fascismo es sólo una manifestación? La respuesta, nos dice el autor de estas consideraciones tempestivas, está en el regreso de la nobleza de espíritu, en la recuperación de los valores universales de verdad, justicia, belleza, compasión y sabiduría. Sólo en estos pilares puede apoyarse una sociedad verdaderamente democrática. Otros autores han opinado: 'Rob Riemen tiene un hondo compromiso. Con los valores morales e intelectuales de nuestra frágil comunidad. Con esa elusiva pero vital 'decencia del pensamiento'. Es un humanista en el sentido clásico y un agudo observador de los cambios tecnológicos que operan en nuestros debates políticos. Leerlo es participar en un diálogo desafiante. Es experimentar tanto angustia como esperanza -quizás estas dos son, de alguna forma misteriosa, lo mismo.' -George Steiner 'Para combatir esta era, de Rob Riemen, es una meditación audaz, valiente, original y provocadora. Desafía muchos de los diagnósticos al uso sobre la presente crisis de la civilización occidental, ofreciendo perspectivas sorprendentes e inesperadas. Rob Riemen nos invita a no dar la espalda a los mejores aspectos de la civilización Europea, sin convertirnos en meros museógrafos de nuestro patrimonio cultural, sino, por el contrario, en herederos activos de esta tradición de humanismo, tolerancia y creatividad. Este libro ha sido escrito con pasión, con entusiasmo y con verdadera devoción.' -Amos Oz 'En este breve pero poderoso libro, Para combatir esta era, Rob Riemen argumenta que la crisis política que se desarrolla a nuestro alrededor es en realidad una crisis de la civilización [...]. Éste es un libro para aquellas personas que quieren que Occidente recupere su autoridad moral y que quieren pensar seriamente en cómo ayudar a conseguirlo.' -Anne Applebaum Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Para combatir esta era: Consideraciones urgentes sobre el fascismo y el humanismo Author: Rob Riemen Narrator: Gerardo Vázquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Combinando un conocimiento profundo de historia y filosofía con la sensibilidad literaria de un elocuente humanista, Rob Riemen identifica la ruta del eterno retorno del fascismo. Gracias a su lucidez y valentía, Albert Camus y Thomas Mann pudieron entender algo que hoy en día muchos politólogos son incapaces de admitir. En 1947, ambos lanzaron una advertencia: la guerra ha terminado, pero el fascismo no fue vencido. Aunque se demore algunas décadas, volverá otra vez. No lo reconoceremos por sus ideas, pues el fascismo no tiene ninguna, pero sí por sus acciones y su política. Una política del resentimiento, el miedo y la ira. Ése es el esqueleto fascista: incitación a la violencia, un vulgar materialismo, un nacionalismo asfixiante, xenofobia, la necesidad de señalar chivos expiatorios, la banalización del arte, el odio por la vida intelectual y una feroz resistencia al cosmopolitismo. En estos días se presenta en el escenario mundial disfrazado de populismo, haciendo falsas promesas de libertad y grandeza. ¿Cómo podemos detenerlo? ¿Cómo podemos salir de la crisis de civilización de nuestra era, de la cual el fascismo es sólo una manifestación? La respuesta, nos dice el autor de estas consideraciones tempestivas, está en el regreso de la nobleza de espíritu, en la recuperación de los valores universales de verdad, justicia, belleza, compasión y sabiduría. Sólo en estos pilares puede apoyarse una sociedad verdaderamente democrática. Otros autores han opinado: 'Rob Riemen tiene un hondo compromiso. Con los valores morales e intelectuales de nuestra frágil comunidad. Con esa elusiva pero vital 'decencia del pensamiento'. Es un humanista en el sentido clásico y un agudo observador de los cambios tecnológicos que operan en nuestros debates políticos. Leerlo es participar en un diálogo desafiante. Es experimentar tanto angustia como esperanza -quizás estas dos son, de alguna forma misteriosa, lo mismo.' -George Steiner 'Para combatir esta era, de Rob Riemen, es una meditación audaz, valiente, original y provocadora. Desafía muchos de los diagnósticos al uso sobre la presente crisis de la civilización occidental, ofreciendo perspectivas sorprendentes e inesperadas. Rob Riemen nos invita a no dar la espalda a los mejores aspectos de la civilización Europea, sin convertirnos en meros museógrafos de nuestro patrimonio cultural, sino, por el contrario, en herederos activos de esta tradición de humanismo, tolerancia y creatividad. Este libro ha sido escrito con pasión, con entusiasmo y con verdadera devoción.' -Amos Oz 'En este breve pero poderoso libro, Para combatir esta era, Rob Riemen argumenta que la crisis política que se desarrolla a nuestro alrededor es en realidad una crisis de la civilización [...]. Éste es un libro para aquellas personas que quieren que Occidente recupere su autoridad moral y que quieren pensar seriamente en cómo ayudar a conseguirlo.' -Anne Applebaum https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536686 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idiot's Guides: Economics Author: Tom Gorman Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A simple guide to understanding economics. If you are baffled by continuing debates about inflation, unemployment or tax systems then Idiot's Guides: Economics is the audiobook for you. The power of economics to affect everyone's lives has become increasingly important in recent years, so Idiot's Guides: Economics is here to help you master the basics. It covers micro and macroeconomics, looking at everything from inflation and international trade to savings and supply and demand. This audiobook makes difficult economic concepts clear and easy to grasp and key issues such as global climate change, the environment and the social safety net are covered from an economic perspective. Economics plays a part in so many news topics - both domestically and worldwide - and the need to know the basics is becoming more and more important. Ideal for both the high school and college student, as well as armchair readers, Idiot's Guides: Economics offers an easy-to-understand exploration of this always-complex topic. In addition, such issues as global climate change. the environment, natural disaster recovery, and the social safety net are covered from an economic policy perspective. Whether you are curious about issues such as taxes and fiscal policy, or you want a good understanding of all the basic economic concepts, Idiot's Guides: Economics is the perfect audiobook for you. Author: Terry Hillman earned a post-graduate diploma in economic principles from the University of London in 2007. She is an author and has been researching economic markets since 2004. Tom Gorman Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536686 thebookvoice.com 15:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idiot's Guides: Economics Author: Tom Gorman Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A simple guide to understanding economics. If you are baffled by continuing debates about inflation, unemployment or tax systems then Idiot's Guides: Economics is the audiobook for you. The power of economics to affect everyone's lives has become increasingly important in recent years, so Idiot's Guides: Economics is here to help you master the basics. It covers micro and macroeconomics, looking at everything from inflation and international trade to savings and supply and demand. This audiobook makes difficult economic concepts clear and easy to grasp and key issues such as global climate change, the environment and the social safety net are covered from an economic perspective. Economics plays a part in so many news topics - both domestically and worldwide - and the need to know the basics is becoming more and more important. Ideal for both the high school and college student, as well as armchair readers, Idiot's Guides: Economics offers an easy-to-understand exploration of this always-complex topic. In addition, such issues as global climate change. the environment, natural disaster recovery, and the social safety net are covered from an economic policy perspective. Whether you are curious about issues such as taxes and fiscal policy, or you want a good understanding of all the basic economic concepts, Idiot's Guides: Economics is the perfect audiobook for you. Author: Terry Hillman earned a post-graduate diploma in economic principles from the University of London in 2007. She is an author and has been researching economic markets since 2004. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Idiot's Guides: Economics Author: Tom Gorman Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 27 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A simple guide to understanding economics. If you are baffled by continuing debates about inflation, unemployment or tax systems then Idiot's Guides: Economics is the audiobook for you. The power of economics to affect everyone's lives has become increasingly important in recent years, so Idiot's Guides: Economics is here to help you master the basics. It covers micro and macroeconomics, looking at everything from inflation and international trade to savings and supply and demand. This audiobook makes difficult economic concepts clear and easy to grasp and key issues such as global climate change, the environment and the social safety net are covered from an economic perspective. Economics plays a part in so many news topics - both domestically and worldwide - and the need to know the basics is becoming more and more important. Ideal for both the high school and college student, as well as armchair readers, Idiot's Guides: Economics offers an easy-to-understand exploration of this always-complex topic. In addition, such issues as global climate change. the environment, natural disaster recovery, and the social safety net are covered from an economic policy perspective. Whether you are curious about issues such as taxes and fiscal policy, or you want a good understanding of all the basic economic concepts, Idiot's Guides: Economics is the perfect audiobook for you. Author: Terry Hillman earned a post-graduate diploma in economic principles from the University of London in 2007. She is an author and has been researching economic markets since 2004. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 17 minutos: Entrevista con el dictador Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Raúl Arrieta, Jorge Ramos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El relato de cómo Jorge Ramos confrontó y desenmascaró a Nicolás Maduro ante las cámaras, y todo lo que ocurrió antes y después de la entrevista. El 25 de febrero de 2019, apoyado por su equipo de Univision, Jorge Ramos realizó una entrevista —preparada minuciosamente— a Nicolás Maduro. Después de un cuarto de hora, y luego de evidenciar su disgusto por el severo cuestionamiento de quien se ha caracterizado por confrontar a los poderosos, el entrevistado terminó el encuentro abruptamente. Esto daría pie a un tremendo acto de censura que implicó la confiscación del equipo de grabación, la detención del periodista y sus colegas, y finalmente su deportación. Con un estilo directo y crítico, Jorge Ramos pone en contexto lo ocurrido en el Palacio de Miraflores de Caracas, cuenta el antes y el después e incluye todas las voces que lo hicieron posible. Detalla lo que tuvo que pasar para que él y sus compañeros no fueran encarcelados, y cómo (increíblemente) recuperaron y publicaron, tiempo después, la entrevista que les habían robado. Se trata de una experiencia periodística que tuvo repercusiones mundiales y que terminó por evidenciar los rasgos dictatoriales de Maduro y la falta de libertad y democracia en Venezuela. Jorge Ramos Thu, 12 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536645 thebookvoice.com 4:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 17 minutos: Entrevista con el dictador Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Raúl Arrieta, Jorge Ramos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El relato de cómo Jorge Ramos confrontó y desenmascaró a Nicolás Maduro ante las cámaras, y todo lo que ocurrió antes y después de la entrevista. El 25 de febrero de 2019, apoyado por su equipo de Univision, Jorge Ramos realizó una entrevista —preparada minuciosamente— a Nicolás Maduro. Después de un cuarto de hora, y luego de evidenciar su disgusto por el severo cuestionamiento de quien se ha caracterizado por confrontar a los poderosos, el entrevistado terminó el encuentro abruptamente. Esto daría pie a un tremendo acto de censura que implicó la confiscación del equipo de grabación, la detención del periodista y sus colegas, y finalmente su deportación. Con un estilo directo y crítico, Jorge Ramos pone en contexto lo ocurrido en el Palacio de Miraflores de Caracas, cuenta el antes y el después e incluye todas las voces que lo hicieron posible. Detalla lo que tuvo que pasar para que él y sus compañeros no fueran encarcelados, y cómo (increíblemente) recuperaron y publicaron, tiempo después, la entrevista que les habían robado. Se trata de una experiencia periodística que tuvo repercusiones mundiales y que terminó por evidenciar los rasgos dictatoriales de Maduro y la falta de libertad y democracia en Venezuela. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 17 minutos: Entrevista con el dictador Author: Jorge Ramos Narrator: Raúl Arrieta, Jorge Ramos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: El relato de cómo Jorge Ramos confrontó y desenmascaró a Nicolás Maduro ante las cámaras, y todo lo que ocurrió antes y después de la entrevista. El 25 de febrero de 2019, apoyado por su equipo de Univision, Jorge Ramos realizó una entrevista —preparada minuciosamente— a Nicolás Maduro. Después de un cuarto de hora, y luego de evidenciar su disgusto por el severo cuestionamiento de quien se ha caracterizado por confrontar a los poderosos, el entrevistado terminó el encuentro abruptamente. Esto daría pie a un tremendo acto de censura que implicó la confiscación del equipo de grabación, la detención del periodista y sus colegas, y finalmente su deportación. Con un estilo directo y crítico, Jorge Ramos pone en contexto lo ocurrido en el Palacio de Miraflores de Caracas, cuenta el antes y el después e incluye todas las voces que lo hicieron posible. Detalla lo que tuvo que pasar para que él y sus compañeros no fueran encarcelados, y cómo (increíblemente) recuperaron y publicaron, tiempo después, la entrevista que les habían robado. Se trata de una experiencia periodística que tuvo repercusiones mundiales y que terminó por evidenciar los rasgos dictatoriales de Maduro y la falta de libertad y democracia en Venezuela. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stars and Spies: The story of Intelligence Operations… Author: Julius Green, Christopher Andrew Narrator: Andrew Wincott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A vastly entertaining and unique history of the interaction between spying and showbiz, from the Elizabethan age to the Cold War and beyond. Throughout history, there has been a consistent crossover between show business and espionage, often producing some of the most extraordinary undercover agents, and occasionallyleading to disastrous and dangerous failures. The fact that one relies on publicity and the other on secrecy might seem to rule out a successful symbiosis; but as both require high levels of creative thinking, improvisation, disguise and role-play, they inevitably attract some remarkably similar personalities. Stars and Spies is the first history of the interplay between the two worlds. We travel back to the golden age of theatre and intelligence in the reign of Elizabeth I, where we meet the playwright and spy Christopher Marlowe. In the Restoration we encounter in Aphra Behn the first professional female playwright and the first female spy to work for the British government. We visit Civil War America, Tsarist Russia and fin de siècle Paris where some writers, actors and entertainers become efficient and vital agents, while others are put under surveillance by the burgeoning intelligence services. And as the story moves through the twentieth century and beyond, and the role of spying in word affairs becomes more central, showbiz provides essential cover for agents to gather information while hiding in plain sight. The astonishing array of those who were drafted into the intelligence services includes Somerset Maugham, Graham Greene, Noel Coward and Alexander Korda. At the same time, spying enters mainstream popular culture, from the adventures of James Bond to the thrillers of John le Carré and long-running TV series such as The Americans. Written by two experts in their fields - Christopher Andrew, arguably the world's leading intelligence historian, and theatre producer and entertainment historian Julius Green - Stars and Spies is a unique and highly entertaining examination of the fascinating links between the intelligence services and show business. © Chris Andrew, Julius Green 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Julius Green, Christopher Andrew Thu, 14 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536557 thebookvoice.com 15:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stars and Spies: The story of Intelligence Operations… Author: Julius Green, Christopher Andrew Narrator: Andrew Wincott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A vastly entertaining and unique history of the interaction between spying and showbiz, from the Elizabethan age to the Cold War and beyond. Throughout history, there has been a consistent crossover between show business and espionage, often producing some of the most extraordinary undercover agents, and occasionallyleading to disastrous and dangerous failures. The fact that one relies on publicity and the other on secrecy might seem to rule out a successful symbiosis; but as both require high levels of creative thinking, improvisation, disguise and role-play, they inevitably attract some remarkably similar personalities. Stars and Spies is the first history of the interplay between the two worlds. We travel back to the golden age of theatre and intelligence in the reign of Elizabeth I, where we meet the playwright and spy Christopher Marlowe. In the Restoration we encounter in Aphra Behn the first professional female playwright and the first female spy to work for the British government. We visit Civil War America, Tsarist Russia and fin de siècle Paris where some writers, actors and entertainers become efficient and vital agents, while others are put under surveillance by the burgeoning intelligence services. And as the story moves through the twentieth century and beyond, and the role of spying in word affairs becomes more central, showbiz provides essential cover for agents to gather information while hiding in plain sight. The astonishing array of those who were drafted into the intelligence services includes Somerset Maugham, Graham Greene, Noel Coward and Alexander Korda. At the same time, spying enters mainstream popular culture, from the adventures of James Bond to the thrillers of John le Carré and long-running TV series such as The Americans. Written by two experts in their fields - Christopher Andrew, arguably the world's leading intelligence historian, and theatre producer and entertainment historian Julius Green - Stars and Spies is a unique and highly entertaining examination of the fascinating links between the intelligence services and show business. © Chris Andrew, Julius Green 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stars and Spies: The story of Intelligence Operations… Author: Julius Green, Christopher Andrew Narrator: Andrew Wincott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A vastly entertaining and unique history of the interaction between spying and showbiz, from the Elizabethan age to the Cold War and beyond. Throughout history, there has been a consistent crossover between show business and espionage, often producing some of the most extraordinary undercover agents, and occasionallyleading to disastrous and dangerous failures. The fact that one relies on publicity and the other on secrecy might seem to rule out a successful symbiosis; but as both require high levels of creative thinking, improvisation, disguise and role-play, they inevitably attract some remarkably similar personalities. Stars and Spies is the first history of the interplay between the two worlds. We travel back to the golden age of theatre and intelligence in the reign of Elizabeth I, where we meet the playwright and spy Christopher Marlowe. In the Restoration we encounter in Aphra Behn the first professional female playwright and the first female spy to work for the British government. We visit Civil War America, Tsarist Russia and fin de siècle Paris where some writers, actors and entertainers become efficient and vital agents, while others are put under surveillance by the burgeoning intelligence services. And as the story moves through the twentieth century and beyond, and the role of spying in word affairs becomes more central, showbiz provides essential cover for agents to gather information while hiding in plain sight. The astonishing array of those who were drafted into the intelligence services includes Somerset Maugham, Graham Greene, Noel Coward and Alexander Korda. At the same time, spying enters mainstream popular culture, from the adventures of James Bond to the thrillers of John le Carré and long-running TV series such as The Americans. Written by two experts in their fields - Christopher Andrew, arguably the world's leading intelligence historian, and theatre producer and entertainment historian Julius Green - Stars and Spies is a unique and highly entertaining examination of the fascinating links between the intelligence services and show business. © Chris Andrew, Julius Green 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536533 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Montreal Shtetl: Making a Home after the Holocaust Author: John Lynch, Zelda Abramson Narrator: Margot Dionne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the Holocaust is memorialized worldwide through education programs and commemoration days, the common perception is that after survivors arrived and settled in their new homes they continued on a successful journey from rags to riches. While this story is comforting, a closer look at the experience of Holocaust survivors in North America shows it to be untrue. The arrival of tens of thousands of Jewish refugees was palpable in the streets of Montreal and their impact on the existing Jewish community is well-recognized. But what do we really know about how survivors' experienced their new community? Drawing on more than 60 interviews with survivors, hundreds of case files from Jewish Immigrant Aid Services, and other archival documents, The Montreal Shtetl presents a portrait of the daily struggles of Holocaust survivors who settled in Montreal, where they encountered difficulties with work, language, culture, health care, and a Jewish community that was not always welcoming to survivors. By reflecting on how institutional supports, gender, and community relationships shaped the survivors' settlement experiences, Abramson and Lynch show the relevance of these stories to current state policies on refugee immigration. John Lynch, Zelda Abramson Fri, 30 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536533 thebookvoice.com 11:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Montreal Shtetl: Making a Home after the Holocaust Author: John Lynch, Zelda Abramson Narrator: Margot Dionne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the Holocaust is memorialized worldwide through education programs and commemoration days, the common perception is that after survivors arrived and settled in their new homes they continued on a successful journey from rags to riches. While this story is comforting, a closer look at the experience of Holocaust survivors in North America shows it to be untrue. The arrival of tens of thousands of Jewish refugees was palpable in the streets of Montreal and their impact on the existing Jewish community is well-recognized. But what do we really know about how survivors' experienced their new community? Drawing on more than 60 interviews with survivors, hundreds of case files from Jewish Immigrant Aid Services, and other archival documents, The Montreal Shtetl presents a portrait of the daily struggles of Holocaust survivors who settled in Montreal, where they encountered difficulties with work, language, culture, health care, and a Jewish community that was not always welcoming to survivors. By reflecting on how institutional supports, gender, and community relationships shaped the survivors' settlement experiences, Abramson and Lynch show the relevance of these stories to current state policies on refugee immigration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536533]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Montreal Shtetl: Making a Home after the Holocaust Author: John Lynch, Zelda Abramson Narrator: Margot Dionne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As the Holocaust is memorialized worldwide through education programs and commemoration days, the common perception is that after survivors arrived and settled in their new homes they continued on a successful journey from rags to riches. While this story is comforting, a closer look at the experience of Holocaust survivors in North America shows it to be untrue. The arrival of tens of thousands of Jewish refugees was palpable in the streets of Montreal and their impact on the existing Jewish community is well-recognized. But what do we really know about how survivors' experienced their new community? Drawing on more than 60 interviews with survivors, hundreds of case files from Jewish Immigrant Aid Services, and other archival documents, The Montreal Shtetl presents a portrait of the daily struggles of Holocaust survivors who settled in Montreal, where they encountered difficulties with work, language, culture, health care, and a Jewish community that was not always welcoming to survivors. By reflecting on how institutional supports, gender, and community relationships shaped the survivors' settlement experiences, Abramson and Lynch show the relevance of these stories to current state policies on refugee immigration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nuremberg Interviews: An American Psychiatrist's Conversations with the Defendants and Witnesses Author: Leon Goldensohn Narrator: Joshua Kane, Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Nuremberg Interviews reveals the chilling innermost thoughts of the former Nazi officials under indictment at the famous postwar trial. The architects of one of history’s greatest atrocities speak out about their lives, their careers in the Nazi Party, and their views on the Holocaust. Their reflections are recorded in a set of interviews conducted by a U.S. Army psychiatrist. Dr. Leon Goldensohn was entrusted with monitoring the mental health of the two dozen German leaders charged with carrying out genocide, as well as that of many of the defense and prosecution witnesses. These recorded conversations have gone largely unexamined for more than fifty years. Now, Robert Gellately–one of the premier historians of Nazi Germany–has transcribed, edited, and annotated the interviews, and makes them available to the public for the first time in this volume. Here are interviews with the highest-ranking Nazi officials in the Nuremberg jails, including Hans Frank, Hermann Goering, Ernst Kaltenbrunner, and Joachim von Ribbentrop. Here, too, are interviews with the lesser-known officials who were, nonetheless, essential to the workings of the Third Reich. Goldensohn was a particularly astute interviewer, his training as a psychiatrist leading him to probe the motives, the rationales, and the skewing of morality that allowed these men to enact an unfathomable evil. Candid and often shockingly truthful, these interviews are deeply disturbing in their illumination of an ideology gone mad. Each interview is annotated with biographical information that places the man and his actions in their historical context. These interviews are a profoundly important addition to our understanding of the Nazi mind and mission. Leon Goldensohn Tue, 16 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536443 thebookvoice.com 19:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nuremberg Interviews: An American Psychiatrist's Conversations with the Defendants and Witnesses Author: Leon Goldensohn Narrator: Joshua Kane, Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Nuremberg Interviews reveals the chilling innermost thoughts of the former Nazi officials under indictment at the famous postwar trial. The architects of one of history’s greatest atrocities speak out about their lives, their careers in the Nazi Party, and their views on the Holocaust. Their reflections are recorded in a set of interviews conducted by a U.S. Army psychiatrist. Dr. Leon Goldensohn was entrusted with monitoring the mental health of the two dozen German leaders charged with carrying out genocide, as well as that of many of the defense and prosecution witnesses. These recorded conversations have gone largely unexamined for more than fifty years. Now, Robert Gellately–one of the premier historians of Nazi Germany–has transcribed, edited, and annotated the interviews, and makes them available to the public for the first time in this volume. Here are interviews with the highest-ranking Nazi officials in the Nuremberg jails, including Hans Frank, Hermann Goering, Ernst Kaltenbrunner, and Joachim von Ribbentrop. Here, too, are interviews with the lesser-known officials who were, nonetheless, essential to the workings of the Third Reich. Goldensohn was a particularly astute interviewer, his training as a psychiatrist leading him to probe the motives, the rationales, and the skewing of morality that allowed these men to enact an unfathomable evil. Candid and often shockingly truthful, these interviews are deeply disturbing in their illumination of an ideology gone mad. Each interview is annotated with biographical information that places the man and his actions in their historical context. These interviews are a profoundly important addition to our understanding of the Nazi mind and mission. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nuremberg Interviews: An American Psychiatrist's Conversations with the Defendants and Witnesses Author: Leon Goldensohn Narrator: Joshua Kane, Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 16 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Nuremberg Interviews reveals the chilling innermost thoughts of the former Nazi officials under indictment at the famous postwar trial. The architects of one of history’s greatest atrocities speak out about their lives, their careers in the Nazi Party, and their views on the Holocaust. Their reflections are recorded in a set of interviews conducted by a U.S. Army psychiatrist. Dr. Leon Goldensohn was entrusted with monitoring the mental health of the two dozen German leaders charged with carrying out genocide, as well as that of many of the defense and prosecution witnesses. These recorded conversations have gone largely unexamined for more than fifty years. Now, Robert Gellately–one of the premier historians of Nazi Germany–has transcribed, edited, and annotated the interviews, and makes them available to the public for the first time in this volume. Here are interviews with the highest-ranking Nazi officials in the Nuremberg jails, including Hans Frank, Hermann Goering, Ernst Kaltenbrunner, and Joachim von Ribbentrop. Here, too, are interviews with the lesser-known officials who were, nonetheless, essential to the workings of the Third Reich. Goldensohn was a particularly astute interviewer, his training as a psychiatrist leading him to probe the motives, the rationales, and the skewing of morality that allowed these men to enact an unfathomable evil. Candid and often shockingly truthful, these interviews are deeply disturbing in their illumination of an ideology gone mad. Each interview is annotated with biographical information that places the man and his actions in their historical context. These interviews are a profoundly important addition to our understanding of the Nazi mind and mission. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra el fascismo Author: Umberto Eco Narrator: Eugenio Barona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las catorce claves de Umberto Eco para reconocer el fascismo: un manifiesto urgente. «Umberto Eco cambió nuestra mirada sobre los libros: imprescindibles, pequeños, frágiles, a veces criminales, casi siempre salvadores. Un maestro que nos enseñó a entrelazar la sabiduría y el juego con su estilo sagaz y lúdico, con su asombrosa inventiva y certera lucidez.» Irene Vallejo «Uno de los pensadores más influyentes de nuestro tiempo.» Los Angeles Times «El fascismo eterno aún nos rodea, aunque lleve traje de paisano. Puede volver en cualquier momento, aunque se disfrace de las formas más inocuas. Nuestro deber es detectarlo, quitarle la máscara y denunciar en voz alta cada una de sus gestas.» En esta conferencia dirigida a los alumnos de una universidad norteamericana en 1995, Umberto Eco alertaba frente a la sombra alargada de un fenómeno que no se restringe al ámbito político ni tiene fecha de caducidad, porque tras un régimen y una ideología hay siempre un cierto modo de pensar y de sentir, un sustrato cultural que puede ser el germen de una nueva ola fascista. El gran pensador de nuestro tiempo, aquel que nos enseñó a «reflexionar antes de pensar», nos ofrece catorce claves para reconocer el fantasma del «fascismo eterno» y nos brinda instrumentos para que el presente y el futuro no se parezcan a nuestro peor pasado. La crítica ha dicho... «El fascismo es un monstruo con muchas caras. Hace casi 25 años, Umberto Eco advertía sobre esta cuestión que a día de hoy ha adquirido una importancia caudal y una urgencia realmente inquietante.» Diari de Girona «Una invitación a la memoria, para que nunca demos algo por superado.» Furio Colombo, Il Fatto Quotidiano «Muy convincente y con la clase de destellos de inteligencia y conocimiento que los lectores esperan de una de las mentes más brillantes de Italia.» Library Journal «Eco mezcla recuerdos personales de su juventud bajo el régimen fascista y analiza estructuralmente los catorce arquetipos del fascismo primitivo y eterno.» Babelio «Cabe enel bolsillo de una americana, tiene 61 páginas y concreción suficiente para funcionar como un ibuprofeno.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Voz Pópuli «Sesenta y cuatro páginas fáciles de leer que nos recuerdan que el fascismo tiene más de una cara y que puede volver a surgir bajo otros hábitos.» France Inter «Umberto Eco sugiere que existe un fascismo eterno cuyas características, aunque en aparencia contradictorias o inocentes, siguen entre nosotros.» Il Manifesto «Eco explica el nexo inseparable entre libertad y Liberación (del fascismo).» Paolo di Paolo, L'Espresso «Un genio inagotable, voraz, que construye y deconstruye sin cesar, de inteligencia deslumbrante y humorística cuando hace falta.» Mercedes Monmany, ABC «Un manifiesto urgente, y yo añadiría que necesario, en la actualidad que vivimos.» Jesús Cabaleiro Larrán, Periodistas en Español Umberto Eco Thu, 09 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536433 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra el fascismo Author: Umberto Eco Narrator: Eugenio Barona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las catorce claves de Umberto Eco para reconocer el fascismo: un manifiesto urgente. «Umberto Eco cambió nuestra mirada sobre los libros: imprescindibles, pequeños, frágiles, a veces criminales, casi siempre salvadores. Un maestro que nos enseñó a entrelazar la sabiduría y el juego con su estilo sagaz y lúdico, con su asombrosa inventiva y certera lucidez.» Irene Vallejo «Uno de los pensadores más influyentes de nuestro tiempo.» Los Angeles Times «El fascismo eterno aún nos rodea, aunque lleve traje de paisano. Puede volver en cualquier momento, aunque se disfrace de las formas más inocuas. Nuestro deber es detectarlo, quitarle la máscara y denunciar en voz alta cada una de sus gestas.» En esta conferencia dirigida a los alumnos de una universidad norteamericana en 1995, Umberto Eco alertaba frente a la sombra alargada de un fenómeno que no se restringe al ámbito político ni tiene fecha de caducidad, porque tras un régimen y una ideología hay siempre un cierto modo de pensar y de sentir, un sustrato cultural que puede ser el germen de una nueva ola fascista. El gran pensador de nuestro tiempo, aquel que nos enseñó a «reflexionar antes de pensar», nos ofrece catorce claves para reconocer el fantasma del «fascismo eterno» y nos brinda instrumentos para que el presente y el futuro no se parezcan a nuestro peor pasado. La crítica ha dicho... «El fascismo es un monstruo con muchas caras. Hace casi 25 años, Umberto Eco advertía sobre esta cuestión que a día de hoy ha adquirido una importancia caudal y una urgencia realmente inquietante.» Diari de Girona «Una invitación a la memoria, para que nunca demos algo por superado.» Furio Colombo, Il Fatto Quotidiano «Muy convincente y con la clase de destellos de inteligencia y conocimiento que los lectores esperan de una de las mentes más brillantes de Italia.» Library Journal «Eco mezcla recuerdos personales de su juventud bajo el régimen fascista y analiza estructuralmente los catorce arquetipos del fascismo primitivo y eterno.» Babelio «Cabe enel bolsillo de una americana, tiene 61 páginas y concreción suficiente para funcionar como un ibuprofeno.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Voz Pópuli «Sesenta y cuatro páginas fáciles de leer que nos recuerdan que el fascismo tiene más de una cara y que puede volver a surgir bajo otros hábitos.» France Inter «Umberto Eco sugiere que existe un fascismo eterno cuyas características, aunque en aparencia contradictorias o inocentes, siguen entre nosotros.» Il Manifesto «Eco explica el nexo inseparable entre libertad y Liberación (del fascismo).» Paolo di Paolo, L'Espresso «Un genio inagotable, voraz, que construye y deconstruye sin cesar, de inteligencia deslumbrante y humorística cuando hace falta.» Mercedes Monmany, ABC «Un manifiesto urgente, y yo añadiría que necesario, en la actualidad que vivimos.» Jesús Cabaleiro Larrán, Periodistas en Español Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra el fascismo Author: Umberto Eco Narrator: Eugenio Barona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: September 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Las catorce claves de Umberto Eco para reconocer el fascismo: un manifiesto urgente. «Umberto Eco cambió nuestra mirada sobre los libros: imprescindibles, pequeños, frágiles, a veces criminales, casi siempre salvadores. Un maestro que nos enseñó a entrelazar la sabiduría y el juego con su estilo sagaz y lúdico, con su asombrosa inventiva y certera lucidez.» Irene Vallejo «Uno de los pensadores más influyentes de nuestro tiempo.» Los Angeles Times «El fascismo eterno aún nos rodea, aunque lleve traje de paisano. Puede volver en cualquier momento, aunque se disfrace de las formas más inocuas. Nuestro deber es detectarlo, quitarle la máscara y denunciar en voz alta cada una de sus gestas.» En esta conferencia dirigida a los alumnos de una universidad norteamericana en 1995, Umberto Eco alertaba frente a la sombra alargada de un fenómeno que no se restringe al ámbito político ni tiene fecha de caducidad, porque tras un régimen y una ideología hay siempre un cierto modo de pensar y de sentir, un sustrato cultural que puede ser el germen de una nueva ola fascista. El gran pensador de nuestro tiempo, aquel que nos enseñó a «reflexionar antes de pensar», nos ofrece catorce claves para reconocer el fantasma del «fascismo eterno» y nos brinda instrumentos para que el presente y el futuro no se parezcan a nuestro peor pasado. La crítica ha dicho... «El fascismo es un monstruo con muchas caras. Hace casi 25 años, Umberto Eco advertía sobre esta cuestión que a día de hoy ha adquirido una importancia caudal y una urgencia realmente inquietante.» Diari de Girona «Una invitación a la memoria, para que nunca demos algo por superado.» Furio Colombo, Il Fatto Quotidiano «Muy convincente y con la clase de destellos de inteligencia y conocimiento que los lectores esperan de una de las mentes más brillantes de Italia.» Library Journal «Eco mezcla recuerdos personales de su juventud bajo el régimen fascista y analiza estructuralmente los catorce arquetipos del fascismo primitivo y eterno.» Babelio «Cabe enel bolsillo de una americana, tiene 61 páginas y concreción suficiente para funcionar como un ibuprofeno.» Karina Sainz Borgo, Voz Pópuli «Sesenta y cuatro páginas fáciles de leer que nos recuerdan que el fascismo tiene más de una cara y que puede volver a surgir bajo otros hábitos.» France Inter «Umberto Eco sugiere que existe un fascismo eterno cuyas características, aunque en aparencia contradictorias o inocentes, siguen entre nosotros.» Il Manifesto «Eco explica el nexo inseparable entre libertad y Liberación (del fascismo).» Paolo di Paolo, L'Espresso «Un genio inagotable, voraz, que construye y deconstruye sin cesar, de inteligencia deslumbrante y humorística cuando hace falta.» Mercedes Monmany, ABC «Un manifiesto urgente, y yo añadiría que necesario, en la actualidad que vivimos.» Jesús Cabaleiro Larrán, Periodistas en Español https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hangman and His Wife: The Life and Death of Reinhard Heydrich Author: Nancy Dougherty Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An astonishing journey into the heart of Nazi evil: a portrait of one of the darkest figures of Hitler’s Nazi elite—Reinhard Heydrich, the designer and executor of the Holocaust, chief of the Reich Main Security, including the Gestapo—interwoven with commentary by his wife, Lina, from the author's in-depth interviews. He was called the Hangman of the Gestapo, the 'butcher of Prague,' with a reputation as a ruthlessly efficient killer. He was the head of the SS, and the Gestapo, second in command to Heinrich Himmler. His orders set in motion the Kristallnacht pogrom of 1938 and, as the lead planner of Hitler's Final Solution, he chaired the Wannsee Conference, at which details of the murder of millions of Jews across Nazi-occupied Europe were toasted with cognac.   In The Hangman and His Wife, Nancy Dougherty, and, following her death, Christopher Lehmann-Haupt, masterfully explore who Heydrich was and how he came to be, and how he came to do what he did. We see Heydrich from his rarefied musical family origins and his ugly-duckling childhood and adolescence, to his sudden flameout as a promising Naval officer (he was forced to resign his Naval commission after dishonoring the office corps by having sex with the unmarried daughter of a shipyard director and refusing to marry her).   Dougherty writes of his seemingly hopeless job prospects as an untrained civilian during Germany’s hyperinflation and unemployment, and his joining the Nazi party through the attraction to Nazism of his fiancée, Lina von Osten, and her father, along with the rumor shadowing him of a strain of Jewishness inherited from his father’s side. And we follow Heydrich’s meteoric rise through the Nazi high command—from SS major, to colonel to brigadier general, before he was thirty, deputy to Heinrich Himmler, expanding the SS, the Gestapo, and developing the Reich's plans for 'the Jewish solution.'   And throughout, we hear the voice of Lina Heydrich, who was by his side until his death at the age of thirty-eight, living inside the Nazi inner circles as she waltzed with Rudolf Hess, feuded with Hermann Göring, and drank vintage wine with Albert Speer. Nancy Dougherty Tue, 24 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536373 thebookvoice.com 26:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hangman and His Wife: The Life and Death of Reinhard Heydrich Author: Nancy Dougherty Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An astonishing journey into the heart of Nazi evil: a portrait of one of the darkest figures of Hitler’s Nazi elite—Reinhard Heydrich, the designer and executor of the Holocaust, chief of the Reich Main Security, including the Gestapo—interwoven with commentary by his wife, Lina, from the author's in-depth interviews. He was called the Hangman of the Gestapo, the 'butcher of Prague,' with a reputation as a ruthlessly efficient killer. He was the head of the SS, and the Gestapo, second in command to Heinrich Himmler. His orders set in motion the Kristallnacht pogrom of 1938 and, as the lead planner of Hitler's Final Solution, he chaired the Wannsee Conference, at which details of the murder of millions of Jews across Nazi-occupied Europe were toasted with cognac.   In The Hangman and His Wife, Nancy Dougherty, and, following her death, Christopher Lehmann-Haupt, masterfully explore who Heydrich was and how he came to be, and how he came to do what he did. We see Heydrich from his rarefied musical family origins and his ugly-duckling childhood and adolescence, to his sudden flameout as a promising Naval officer (he was forced to resign his Naval commission after dishonoring the office corps by having sex with the unmarried daughter of a shipyard director and refusing to marry her).   Dougherty writes of his seemingly hopeless job prospects as an untrained civilian during Germany’s hyperinflation and unemployment, and his joining the Nazi party through the attraction to Nazism of his fiancée, Lina von Osten, and her father, along with the rumor shadowing him of a strain of Jewishness inherited from his father’s side. And we follow Heydrich’s meteoric rise through the Nazi high command—from SS major, to colonel to brigadier general, before he was thirty, deputy to Heinrich Himmler, expanding the SS, the Gestapo, and developing the Reich's plans for 'the Jewish solution.'   And throughout, we hear the voice of Lina Heydrich, who was by his side until his death at the age of thirty-eight, living inside the Nazi inner circles as she waltzed with Rudolf Hess, feuded with Hermann Göring, and drank vintage wine with Albert Speer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hangman and His Wife: The Life and Death of Reinhard Heydrich Author: Nancy Dougherty Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An astonishing journey into the heart of Nazi evil: a portrait of one of the darkest figures of Hitler’s Nazi elite—Reinhard Heydrich, the designer and executor of the Holocaust, chief of the Reich Main Security, including the Gestapo—interwoven with commentary by his wife, Lina, from the author's in-depth interviews. He was called the Hangman of the Gestapo, the 'butcher of Prague,' with a reputation as a ruthlessly efficient killer. He was the head of the SS, and the Gestapo, second in command to Heinrich Himmler. His orders set in motion the Kristallnacht pogrom of 1938 and, as the lead planner of Hitler's Final Solution, he chaired the Wannsee Conference, at which details of the murder of millions of Jews across Nazi-occupied Europe were toasted with cognac.   In The Hangman and His Wife, Nancy Dougherty, and, following her death, Christopher Lehmann-Haupt, masterfully explore who Heydrich was and how he came to be, and how he came to do what he did. We see Heydrich from his rarefied musical family origins and his ugly-duckling childhood and adolescence, to his sudden flameout as a promising Naval officer (he was forced to resign his Naval commission after dishonoring the office corps by having sex with the unmarried daughter of a shipyard director and refusing to marry her).   Dougherty writes of his seemingly hopeless job prospects as an untrained civilian during Germany’s hyperinflation and unemployment, and his joining the Nazi party through the attraction to Nazism of his fiancée, Lina von Osten, and her father, along with the rumor shadowing him of a strain of Jewishness inherited from his father’s side. And we follow Heydrich’s meteoric rise through the Nazi high command—from SS major, to colonel to brigadier general, before he was thirty, deputy to Heinrich Himmler, expanding the SS, the Gestapo, and developing the Reich's plans for 'the Jewish solution.'   And throughout, we hear the voice of Lina Heydrich, who was by his side until his death at the age of thirty-eight, living inside the Nazi inner circles as she waltzed with Rudolf Hess, feuded with Hermann Göring, and drank vintage wine with Albert Speer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536363 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Experiment: Why Diverse Democracies Fall Apart and How They Can Endure Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of Barack Obama's Recommended Reads for Summer  “[A] brave and necessary book . . . Anyone interested in the future of liberal democracy, in the US or anywhere else, should read this book.” —Anne Applebaum “A convincing, humane, and hopeful guide to the present and future by one of our foremost democratic thinkers.” —George Packer “A rare thing: [an] academic treatise . . . that may actually have influence in the arena of practical politics. . . . Passionate and personal.” —Joe Klein, New York Times Book Review From one of our sharpest political thinkers, a brilliant big-picture vision of how to bridge the bitter divides within diverse democracies Never in history has a democracy succeeded in being both diverse and equal, treating different ethnic or religious groups fairly. And yet achieving that goal is now central to the democratic project. It is, Yascha Mounk argues, the greatest experiment of our time. Drawing on history, social psychology, and comparative politics, Mounk explains why we need to create a world in which our ascriptive identities come to matter less—not because we ignore global injustices, but because we have succeeded in addressing them. The Great Experiment is that rare book that offers both a profound understanding of an urgent problem and genuine hope for our human capacity to solve it. As Mounk contends, it is up to us and the institutions we build whether we come to see each other as strangers or compatriots. Giving up on the prospect of diverse democracies is simply not an option—and that is why we must strive to realize a more ambitious vision for the future of our societies. Yascha Mounk Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536363 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Experiment: Why Diverse Democracies Fall Apart and How They Can Endure Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of Barack Obama's Recommended Reads for Summer  “[A] brave and necessary book . . . Anyone interested in the future of liberal democracy, in the US or anywhere else, should read this book.” —Anne Applebaum “A convincing, humane, and hopeful guide to the present and future by one of our foremost democratic thinkers.” —George Packer “A rare thing: [an] academic treatise . . . that may actually have influence in the arena of practical politics. . . . Passionate and personal.” —Joe Klein, New York Times Book Review From one of our sharpest political thinkers, a brilliant big-picture vision of how to bridge the bitter divides within diverse democracies Never in history has a democracy succeeded in being both diverse and equal, treating different ethnic or religious groups fairly. And yet achieving that goal is now central to the democratic project. It is, Yascha Mounk argues, the greatest experiment of our time. Drawing on history, social psychology, and comparative politics, Mounk explains why we need to create a world in which our ascriptive identities come to matter less—not because we ignore global injustices, but because we have succeeded in addressing them. The Great Experiment is that rare book that offers both a profound understanding of an urgent problem and genuine hope for our human capacity to solve it. As Mounk contends, it is up to us and the institutions we build whether we come to see each other as strangers or compatriots. Giving up on the prospect of diverse democracies is simply not an option—and that is why we must strive to realize a more ambitious vision for the future of our societies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536363]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great Experiment: Why Diverse Democracies Fall Apart and How They Can Endure Author: Yascha Mounk Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: One of Barack Obama's Recommended Reads for Summer  “[A] brave and necessary book . . . Anyone interested in the future of liberal democracy, in the US or anywhere else, should read this book.” —Anne Applebaum “A convincing, humane, and hopeful guide to the present and future by one of our foremost democratic thinkers.” —George Packer “A rare thing: [an] academic treatise . . . that may actually have influence in the arena of practical politics. . . . Passionate and personal.” —Joe Klein, New York Times Book Review From one of our sharpest political thinkers, a brilliant big-picture vision of how to bridge the bitter divides within diverse democracies Never in history has a democracy succeeded in being both diverse and equal, treating different ethnic or religious groups fairly. And yet achieving that goal is now central to the democratic project. It is, Yascha Mounk argues, the greatest experiment of our time. Drawing on history, social psychology, and comparative politics, Mounk explains why we need to create a world in which our ascriptive identities come to matter less—not because we ignore global injustices, but because we have succeeded in addressing them. The Great Experiment is that rare book that offers both a profound understanding of an urgent problem and genuine hope for our human capacity to solve it. As Mounk contends, it is up to us and the institutions we build whether we come to see each other as strangers or compatriots. Giving up on the prospect of diverse democracies is simply not an option—and that is why we must strive to realize a more ambitious vision for the future of our societies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536361 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Fight: The Roots of War and the Paths to Peace Author: Christopher Blattman Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A seasoned peacebuilder and acclaimed expert on violence explains the five reasons why conflict (rarely) blooms into war and how to interrupt that deadly process It’s easy to overlook the underlying strategic forces of war, to see it solely as a series of errors, accidents, and emotions gone awry. It’s also easy to forget that war shouldn’t happen—and most of the time it doesn’t. Around the world, there are millions of hostile rivalries, yet only a fraction erupt into violence, a fact too many accounts overlook.   With a counterintuitive approach, Christopher Blattman reminds us that most rivals loathe one another in peace. War is too costly to fight, so enemies almost always find it better to split the pie than spoil it for everyone or struggle over thin slices. In those rare instances when fighting ensues, we should ask: What kept rivals from compromise? Why We Fight draws on decades of economics, political science, psychology, and real-world interventions to lay out the root causes and remedies for war, showing that violence is not the norm; that there are only five reasons why conflict wins over compromise; and how peacemakers turn the tides through tinkering, not transformation.   From warring states to street gangs, ethnic groups and religious sects to political factions, there are common dynamics to heed and lessons to learn. Along the way, through Blattman’s time studying Medellín, Chicago, Sudan, England, and more, we learn from vainglorious monarchs, dictators, mobs, pilots, football hooligans, ancient peoples, and fanatics. What of remedies that shift incentives away from violence and get parties back to dealmaking? Societies are surprisingly good at interrupting and ending violence when they want to—even gangs do it. Realistic and optimistic, this is a book that lends new meaning to the adage “Give peace a chance.” * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of maps and pie charts from the book. Christopher Blattman Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536361 thebookvoice.com 12:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Fight: The Roots of War and the Paths to Peace Author: Christopher Blattman Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A seasoned peacebuilder and acclaimed expert on violence explains the five reasons why conflict (rarely) blooms into war and how to interrupt that deadly process It’s easy to overlook the underlying strategic forces of war, to see it solely as a series of errors, accidents, and emotions gone awry. It’s also easy to forget that war shouldn’t happen—and most of the time it doesn’t. Around the world, there are millions of hostile rivalries, yet only a fraction erupt into violence, a fact too many accounts overlook.   With a counterintuitive approach, Christopher Blattman reminds us that most rivals loathe one another in peace. War is too costly to fight, so enemies almost always find it better to split the pie than spoil it for everyone or struggle over thin slices. In those rare instances when fighting ensues, we should ask: What kept rivals from compromise? Why We Fight draws on decades of economics, political science, psychology, and real-world interventions to lay out the root causes and remedies for war, showing that violence is not the norm; that there are only five reasons why conflict wins over compromise; and how peacemakers turn the tides through tinkering, not transformation.   From warring states to street gangs, ethnic groups and religious sects to political factions, there are common dynamics to heed and lessons to learn. Along the way, through Blattman’s time studying Medellín, Chicago, Sudan, England, and more, we learn from vainglorious monarchs, dictators, mobs, pilots, football hooligans, ancient peoples, and fanatics. What of remedies that shift incentives away from violence and get parties back to dealmaking? Societies are surprisingly good at interrupting and ending violence when they want to—even gangs do it. Realistic and optimistic, this is a book that lends new meaning to the adage “Give peace a chance.” * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of maps and pie charts from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/536361]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Fight: The Roots of War and the Paths to Peace Author: Christopher Blattman Narrator: Landon Woodson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A seasoned peacebuilder and acclaimed expert on violence explains the five reasons why conflict (rarely) blooms into war and how to interrupt that deadly process It’s easy to overlook the underlying strategic forces of war, to see it solely as a series of errors, accidents, and emotions gone awry. It’s also easy to forget that war shouldn’t happen—and most of the time it doesn’t. Around the world, there are millions of hostile rivalries, yet only a fraction erupt into violence, a fact too many accounts overlook.   With a counterintuitive approach, Christopher Blattman reminds us that most rivals loathe one another in peace. War is too costly to fight, so enemies almost always find it better to split the pie than spoil it for everyone or struggle over thin slices. In those rare instances when fighting ensues, we should ask: What kept rivals from compromise? Why We Fight draws on decades of economics, political science, psychology, and real-world interventions to lay out the root causes and remedies for war, showing that violence is not the norm; that there are only five reasons why conflict wins over compromise; and how peacemakers turn the tides through tinkering, not transformation.   From warring states to street gangs, ethnic groups and religious sects to political factions, there are common dynamics to heed and lessons to learn. Along the way, through Blattman’s time studying Medellín, Chicago, Sudan, England, and more, we learn from vainglorious monarchs, dictators, mobs, pilots, football hooligans, ancient peoples, and fanatics. What of remedies that shift incentives away from violence and get parties back to dealmaking? Societies are surprisingly good at interrupting and ending violence when they want to—even gangs do it. Realistic and optimistic, this is a book that lends new meaning to the adage “Give peace a chance.” * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of maps and pie charts from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535841 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Конституция Российской Федерации Author: коллектив авторов Narrator: иван забелин, илья прудовский Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 16, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Официальный текст. Конституция Российской Федерации с изменениями, одобренными в ходе общероссийского голосования 01.07.2020. Содержание: РАЗДЕЛ ПЕРВЫЙ Глава 1. Основы конституционного строя Глава 2. Права и свободы человека и гражданина Глава коллектив авторов Mon, 16 Nov 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535841 thebookvoice.com 3:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Конституция Российской Федерации Author: коллектив авторов Narrator: иван забелин, илья прудовский Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 16, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Официальный текст. Конституция Российской Федерации с изменениями, одобренными в ходе общероссийского голосования 01.07.2020. Содержание: РАЗДЕЛ ПЕРВЫЙ Глава 1. Основы конституционного строя Глава 2. Права и свободы человека и гражданина Глава Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535841]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Russian] - Конституция Российской Федерации Author: коллектив авторов Narrator: иван забелин, илья прудовский Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 16, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Официальный текст. Конституция Российской Федерации с изменениями, одобренными в ходе общероссийского голосования 01.07.2020. Содержание: РАЗДЕЛ ПЕРВЫЙ Глава 1. Основы конституционного строя Глава 2. Права и свободы человека и гражданина Глава https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535279 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forward: Notes on the Future of Our Democracy Author: Andrew Yang Narrator: Andrew Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A lively and bold blueprint for moving beyond the “era of institutional failure” by transforming our outmoded political and economic systems to be resilient to twenty-first-century problems, from the popular entrepreneur, bestselling author, and political truth-teller “A vitally important book.”—Mark Cuban   Despite being written off by the media, Andrew Yang’s shoestring 2020 presidential campaign—powered by his proposal for a universal basic income of $1,000 a month for all Americans—jolted the political establishment, growing into a massive, diverse movement.    In Forward, Yang reveals that UBI and the threat of job automation are only the beginning, diagnosing how a series of cascading problems within our antiquated systems keeps us stuck in the past—imperiling our democracy at every level. With America’s stagnant institutions failing to keep pace with technological change, we grow more polarized as tech platforms supplant our will while feasting on our data. Yang introduces us to the various “priests of the decline” of America, including politicians whose incentives have become divorced from the people they supposedly serve.    The machinery of American democracy is failing, Yang argues, and we need bold new ideas to rewire it for twenty-first-century problems. Inspired by his experience running for office and as an entrepreneur, and by ideas drawn from leading thinkers, Yang offers a series of solutions, including data rights, ranked-choice voting, and fact-based governance empowered by modern technology, writing that “there is no cavalry”—it’s up to us. This is a powerful and urgent warning that we must step back from the brink and plot a new way forward for our democracy. Andrew Yang Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535279 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forward: Notes on the Future of Our Democracy Author: Andrew Yang Narrator: Andrew Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A lively and bold blueprint for moving beyond the “era of institutional failure” by transforming our outmoded political and economic systems to be resilient to twenty-first-century problems, from the popular entrepreneur, bestselling author, and political truth-teller “A vitally important book.”—Mark Cuban   Despite being written off by the media, Andrew Yang’s shoestring 2020 presidential campaign—powered by his proposal for a universal basic income of $1,000 a month for all Americans—jolted the political establishment, growing into a massive, diverse movement.    In Forward, Yang reveals that UBI and the threat of job automation are only the beginning, diagnosing how a series of cascading problems within our antiquated systems keeps us stuck in the past—imperiling our democracy at every level. With America’s stagnant institutions failing to keep pace with technological change, we grow more polarized as tech platforms supplant our will while feasting on our data. Yang introduces us to the various “priests of the decline” of America, including politicians whose incentives have become divorced from the people they supposedly serve.    The machinery of American democracy is failing, Yang argues, and we need bold new ideas to rewire it for twenty-first-century problems. Inspired by his experience running for office and as an entrepreneur, and by ideas drawn from leading thinkers, Yang offers a series of solutions, including data rights, ranked-choice voting, and fact-based governance empowered by modern technology, writing that “there is no cavalry”—it’s up to us. This is a powerful and urgent warning that we must step back from the brink and plot a new way forward for our democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535279]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forward: Notes on the Future of Our Democracy Author: Andrew Yang Narrator: Andrew Yang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A lively and bold blueprint for moving beyond the “era of institutional failure” by transforming our outmoded political and economic systems to be resilient to twenty-first-century problems, from the popular entrepreneur, bestselling author, and political truth-teller “A vitally important book.”—Mark Cuban   Despite being written off by the media, Andrew Yang’s shoestring 2020 presidential campaign—powered by his proposal for a universal basic income of $1,000 a month for all Americans—jolted the political establishment, growing into a massive, diverse movement.    In Forward, Yang reveals that UBI and the threat of job automation are only the beginning, diagnosing how a series of cascading problems within our antiquated systems keeps us stuck in the past—imperiling our democracy at every level. With America’s stagnant institutions failing to keep pace with technological change, we grow more polarized as tech platforms supplant our will while feasting on our data. Yang introduces us to the various “priests of the decline” of America, including politicians whose incentives have become divorced from the people they supposedly serve.    The machinery of American democracy is failing, Yang argues, and we need bold new ideas to rewire it for twenty-first-century problems. Inspired by his experience running for office and as an entrepreneur, and by ideas drawn from leading thinkers, Yang offers a series of solutions, including data rights, ranked-choice voting, and fact-based governance empowered by modern technology, writing that “there is no cavalry”—it’s up to us. This is a powerful and urgent warning that we must step back from the brink and plot a new way forward for our democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535272 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fossil Future: Why Global Human Flourishing Requires More Oil, Coal, and Natural Gas--Not Less Author: Alex Epstein Narrator: Alex Epstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Moral Case for Fossil Fuels draws on the latest data and new insights to challenge everything you thought you knew about the future of energy For over a decade, philosopher and energy expert Alex Epstein has predicted that any negative impacts of fossil fuel use on our climate will be outweighed by the unique benefits of fossil fuels to human flourishing--including their unrivaled ability to provide low-cost, reliable energy to billions of people around the world, especially the world’s poorest people.   And contrary to what we hear from media “experts” about today’s “renewable revolution” and “climate emergency,” reality has proven Epstein right:   - Fact: Fossil fuels are still the dominant source of energy around the world, and growing fast—while much-hyped renewables are causing skyrocketing electricity prices and increased blackouts. - Fact: Fossil-fueled development has brought global poverty to an all-time low. - Fact: While fossil fuels have contributed to the 1 degree of warming in the last 170 years, climate-related deaths are at all-time lows thanks to fossil-fueled development.   What does the future hold? In Fossil Future, Epstein, applying his distinctive “human flourishing framework” to the latest evidence, comes to the shocking conclusion that the benefits of fossil fuels will continue to far outweigh their side effects—including climate impacts—for generations to come. The path to global human flourishing, Epstein argues, is a combination of using more fossil fuels, getting better at “climate mastery,” and establishing “energy freedom” policies that allow nuclear and other truly promising alternatives to reach their full long-term potential.   Today’s pervasive claims of imminent climate catastrophe and imminent renewable energy dominance, Epstein shows, are based on what he calls the “anti-impact framework”—a set of faulty methods, false assumptions, and anti-human values that have caused the media’s designated experts to make wildly wrong predictions about fossil fuels, climate, and renewables for the last fifty years. Deeply researched and wide-ranging, this book will cause you to rethink everything you thought you knew about the future of our energy use, our environment, and our climate. Alex Epstein Tue, 24 May 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535272 thebookvoice.com 16:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fossil Future: Why Global Human Flourishing Requires More Oil, Coal, and Natural Gas--Not Less Author: Alex Epstein Narrator: Alex Epstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Moral Case for Fossil Fuels draws on the latest data and new insights to challenge everything you thought you knew about the future of energy For over a decade, philosopher and energy expert Alex Epstein has predicted that any negative impacts of fossil fuel use on our climate will be outweighed by the unique benefits of fossil fuels to human flourishing--including their unrivaled ability to provide low-cost, reliable energy to billions of people around the world, especially the world’s poorest people.   And contrary to what we hear from media “experts” about today’s “renewable revolution” and “climate emergency,” reality has proven Epstein right:   - Fact: Fossil fuels are still the dominant source of energy around the world, and growing fast—while much-hyped renewables are causing skyrocketing electricity prices and increased blackouts. - Fact: Fossil-fueled development has brought global poverty to an all-time low. - Fact: While fossil fuels have contributed to the 1 degree of warming in the last 170 years, climate-related deaths are at all-time lows thanks to fossil-fueled development.   What does the future hold? In Fossil Future, Epstein, applying his distinctive “human flourishing framework” to the latest evidence, comes to the shocking conclusion that the benefits of fossil fuels will continue to far outweigh their side effects—including climate impacts—for generations to come. The path to global human flourishing, Epstein argues, is a combination of using more fossil fuels, getting better at “climate mastery,” and establishing “energy freedom” policies that allow nuclear and other truly promising alternatives to reach their full long-term potential.   Today’s pervasive claims of imminent climate catastrophe and imminent renewable energy dominance, Epstein shows, are based on what he calls the “anti-impact framework”—a set of faulty methods, false assumptions, and anti-human values that have caused the media’s designated experts to make wildly wrong predictions about fossil fuels, climate, and renewables for the last fifty years. Deeply researched and wide-ranging, this book will cause you to rethink everything you thought you knew about the future of our energy use, our environment, and our climate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fossil Future: Why Global Human Flourishing Requires More Oil, Coal, and Natural Gas--Not Less Author: Alex Epstein Narrator: Alex Epstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The New York Times bestselling author of The Moral Case for Fossil Fuels draws on the latest data and new insights to challenge everything you thought you knew about the future of energy For over a decade, philosopher and energy expert Alex Epstein has predicted that any negative impacts of fossil fuel use on our climate will be outweighed by the unique benefits of fossil fuels to human flourishing--including their unrivaled ability to provide low-cost, reliable energy to billions of people around the world, especially the world’s poorest people.   And contrary to what we hear from media “experts” about today’s “renewable revolution” and “climate emergency,” reality has proven Epstein right:   - Fact: Fossil fuels are still the dominant source of energy around the world, and growing fast—while much-hyped renewables are causing skyrocketing electricity prices and increased blackouts. - Fact: Fossil-fueled development has brought global poverty to an all-time low. - Fact: While fossil fuels have contributed to the 1 degree of warming in the last 170 years, climate-related deaths are at all-time lows thanks to fossil-fueled development.   What does the future hold? In Fossil Future, Epstein, applying his distinctive “human flourishing framework” to the latest evidence, comes to the shocking conclusion that the benefits of fossil fuels will continue to far outweigh their side effects—including climate impacts—for generations to come. The path to global human flourishing, Epstein argues, is a combination of using more fossil fuels, getting better at “climate mastery,” and establishing “energy freedom” policies that allow nuclear and other truly promising alternatives to reach their full long-term potential.   Today’s pervasive claims of imminent climate catastrophe and imminent renewable energy dominance, Epstein shows, are based on what he calls the “anti-impact framework”—a set of faulty methods, false assumptions, and anti-human values that have caused the media’s designated experts to make wildly wrong predictions about fossil fuels, climate, and renewables for the last fifty years. Deeply researched and wide-ranging, this book will cause you to rethink everything you thought you knew about the future of our energy use, our environment, and our climate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100,000 First Bosses: My Unlikely Path as a 22-Year-Old Lawmaker Author: Will Haskell Narrator: Will Haskell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The underdog story of Will Haskell, who became a Democratic state Senator in 2018 at age twenty-two—taking on an incumbent who had been undefeated for Haskell’s entire life and earning an endorsement from President Obama—is “an inspiring and wise blueprint for how you can change the world...get engaged and fight for the future you want” (Tammy Duckworth). President Obama left office with these parting words for Americans: “If you’re disappointed by your elected officials, grab a clipboard, get some signatures, and run for office yourself.” Twenty-two-year-old Will Haskell decided to do just that. If he ran for office and won, he would become the youngest state Senator in Connecticut history. For years, Haskell’s hometown had reelected the same politician who opposed passing paid family leave, fought increases in the minimum wage, and voted down expansions of voting rights. Haskell’s own vision for Connecticut’s future couldn’t be more different, and he couldn’t stand the idea of an uncontested election. In 2018, he would be a college grad looking for his first job. Why not state Senator? When Haskell kicks off his campaign in the spring of his senior year, he’s an unknown college kid facing a popular incumbent who’s been in office for over two decades—as long as Haskell’s been alive. Haskell’s campaign manager is his roommate, and his treasurer is his girlfriend’s mom. He doesn’t have any professional experience. But he does have a powerful message: there’s no minimum age to being on the right side of history. Six months later, Haskell’s shocking upset victory gives him a historic seat in the state Senate and the responsibility to serve the 100,000 constituents in his district. Like any first job, his first term as a legislator is filled with trial and error. Creating a program that funds free tuition at Connecticut’s community colleges—nice work. Falling asleep on the senate floor—needs improvement. In the tradition of Pete Buttigieg’s Shortest Way Home and Greta Thunberg’s No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference, this is “a call to action for young people to engage fully in public life at this critical moment for our democracy and our planet” (Jon Ossoff). Will Haskell Tue, 18 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535158 thebookvoice.com 6:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100,000 First Bosses: My Unlikely Path as a 22-Year-Old Lawmaker Author: Will Haskell Narrator: Will Haskell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The underdog story of Will Haskell, who became a Democratic state Senator in 2018 at age twenty-two—taking on an incumbent who had been undefeated for Haskell’s entire life and earning an endorsement from President Obama—is “an inspiring and wise blueprint for how you can change the world...get engaged and fight for the future you want” (Tammy Duckworth). President Obama left office with these parting words for Americans: “If you’re disappointed by your elected officials, grab a clipboard, get some signatures, and run for office yourself.” Twenty-two-year-old Will Haskell decided to do just that. If he ran for office and won, he would become the youngest state Senator in Connecticut history. For years, Haskell’s hometown had reelected the same politician who opposed passing paid family leave, fought increases in the minimum wage, and voted down expansions of voting rights. Haskell’s own vision for Connecticut’s future couldn’t be more different, and he couldn’t stand the idea of an uncontested election. In 2018, he would be a college grad looking for his first job. Why not state Senator? When Haskell kicks off his campaign in the spring of his senior year, he’s an unknown college kid facing a popular incumbent who’s been in office for over two decades—as long as Haskell’s been alive. Haskell’s campaign manager is his roommate, and his treasurer is his girlfriend’s mom. He doesn’t have any professional experience. But he does have a powerful message: there’s no minimum age to being on the right side of history. Six months later, Haskell’s shocking upset victory gives him a historic seat in the state Senate and the responsibility to serve the 100,000 constituents in his district. Like any first job, his first term as a legislator is filled with trial and error. Creating a program that funds free tuition at Connecticut’s community colleges—nice work. Falling asleep on the senate floor—needs improvement. In the tradition of Pete Buttigieg’s Shortest Way Home and Greta Thunberg’s No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference, this is “a call to action for young people to engage fully in public life at this critical moment for our democracy and our planet” (Jon Ossoff). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/535158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100,000 First Bosses: My Unlikely Path as a 22-Year-Old Lawmaker Author: Will Haskell Narrator: Will Haskell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The underdog story of Will Haskell, who became a Democratic state Senator in 2018 at age twenty-two—taking on an incumbent who had been undefeated for Haskell’s entire life and earning an endorsement from President Obama—is “an inspiring and wise blueprint for how you can change the world...get engaged and fight for the future you want” (Tammy Duckworth). President Obama left office with these parting words for Americans: “If you’re disappointed by your elected officials, grab a clipboard, get some signatures, and run for office yourself.” Twenty-two-year-old Will Haskell decided to do just that. If he ran for office and won, he would become the youngest state Senator in Connecticut history. For years, Haskell’s hometown had reelected the same politician who opposed passing paid family leave, fought increases in the minimum wage, and voted down expansions of voting rights. Haskell’s own vision for Connecticut’s future couldn’t be more different, and he couldn’t stand the idea of an uncontested election. In 2018, he would be a college grad looking for his first job. Why not state Senator? When Haskell kicks off his campaign in the spring of his senior year, he’s an unknown college kid facing a popular incumbent who’s been in office for over two decades—as long as Haskell’s been alive. Haskell’s campaign manager is his roommate, and his treasurer is his girlfriend’s mom. He doesn’t have any professional experience. But he does have a powerful message: there’s no minimum age to being on the right side of history. Six months later, Haskell’s shocking upset victory gives him a historic seat in the state Senate and the responsibility to serve the 100,000 constituents in his district. Like any first job, his first term as a legislator is filled with trial and error. Creating a program that funds free tuition at Connecticut’s community colleges—nice work. Falling asleep on the senate floor—needs improvement. In the tradition of Pete Buttigieg’s Shortest Way Home and Greta Thunberg’s No One Is Too Small to Make a Difference, this is “a call to action for young people to engage fully in public life at this critical moment for our democracy and our planet” (Jon Ossoff). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Legal Analyst: A Toolkit for Thinking about the Law Author: Ward Farnsworth Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of knowledge law school teaches: legal rules on the one hand, and tools for thinking about legal problems on the other. Although the tools are far more interesting and useful than the rules, they tend to be neglected in favor of other aspects of the curriculum. In The Legal Analyst, Ward Farnsworth brings together in one place all of the most powerful of those tools for thinking about law. From classic ideas in game theory such as the 'Prisoner's Dilemma' and the 'Stag Hunt' to psychological principles such as hindsight bias and framing effects, from ideas in jurisprudence such as the slippery slope to more than two dozen other such principles, Farnsworth's guide leads listeners through the fascinating world of legal thought. Each chapter introduces a single tool and shows how it can be used to solve different types of problems. The explanations are written in clear, lively language and illustrated with a wide range of examples. The Legal Analyst is an indispensable user's manual for law students, experienced practitioners seeking a one-stop guide to legal principles, or anyone else with an interest in the law. Ward Farnsworth Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534846 thebookvoice.com 13:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Legal Analyst: A Toolkit for Thinking about the Law Author: Ward Farnsworth Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of knowledge law school teaches: legal rules on the one hand, and tools for thinking about legal problems on the other. Although the tools are far more interesting and useful than the rules, they tend to be neglected in favor of other aspects of the curriculum. In The Legal Analyst, Ward Farnsworth brings together in one place all of the most powerful of those tools for thinking about law. From classic ideas in game theory such as the 'Prisoner's Dilemma' and the 'Stag Hunt' to psychological principles such as hindsight bias and framing effects, from ideas in jurisprudence such as the slippery slope to more than two dozen other such principles, Farnsworth's guide leads listeners through the fascinating world of legal thought. Each chapter introduces a single tool and shows how it can be used to solve different types of problems. The explanations are written in clear, lively language and illustrated with a wide range of examples. The Legal Analyst is an indispensable user's manual for law students, experienced practitioners seeking a one-stop guide to legal principles, or anyone else with an interest in the law. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Legal Analyst: A Toolkit for Thinking about the Law Author: Ward Farnsworth Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: There are two kinds of knowledge law school teaches: legal rules on the one hand, and tools for thinking about legal problems on the other. Although the tools are far more interesting and useful than the rules, they tend to be neglected in favor of other aspects of the curriculum. In The Legal Analyst, Ward Farnsworth brings together in one place all of the most powerful of those tools for thinking about law. From classic ideas in game theory such as the 'Prisoner's Dilemma' and the 'Stag Hunt' to psychological principles such as hindsight bias and framing effects, from ideas in jurisprudence such as the slippery slope to more than two dozen other such principles, Farnsworth's guide leads listeners through the fascinating world of legal thought. Each chapter introduces a single tool and shows how it can be used to solve different types of problems. The explanations are written in clear, lively language and illustrated with a wide range of examples. The Legal Analyst is an indispensable user's manual for law students, experienced practitioners seeking a one-stop guide to legal principles, or anyone else with an interest in the law. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534807 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich: How the Bourgeois Deal Enriched the World Author: Deirdre N. Mccloskey, Art Carden Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The economist and historian Deirdre Nansen McCloskey has been best known recently for her Bourgeois Era trilogy, a vigorous defense, unrivaled in scope, of commercially tested betterment. Its massive volumes, The Bourgeois Virtues, Bourgeois Dignity, and Bourgeois Equality, solve Adam Smith's puzzle of the nature and causes of the wealth of nations, and of the moral sentiments of modernity. The world got rich, she argues, not chiefly by material causes but by an idea and a sentiment, a new admiration for the middle class and its egalitarian liberalism. For listeners looking for a distillation of McCloskey's magisterial work, Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich is what you've been waiting for. In this lively volume, McCloskey and the economist and journalist Carden bring together the trilogy's key ideas and its most provocative arguments. Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich draws in entertaining fashion on history, economics, literature, philosophy, and popular culture, from growth theory to The Simpsons. It is the perfect introduction for a broad audience to McCloskey's influential explanation of how we got rich. Deirdre N. Mccloskey, Art Carden Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534807 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich: How the Bourgeois Deal Enriched the World Author: Deirdre N. Mccloskey, Art Carden Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The economist and historian Deirdre Nansen McCloskey has been best known recently for her Bourgeois Era trilogy, a vigorous defense, unrivaled in scope, of commercially tested betterment. Its massive volumes, The Bourgeois Virtues, Bourgeois Dignity, and Bourgeois Equality, solve Adam Smith's puzzle of the nature and causes of the wealth of nations, and of the moral sentiments of modernity. The world got rich, she argues, not chiefly by material causes but by an idea and a sentiment, a new admiration for the middle class and its egalitarian liberalism. For listeners looking for a distillation of McCloskey's magisterial work, Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich is what you've been waiting for. In this lively volume, McCloskey and the economist and journalist Carden bring together the trilogy's key ideas and its most provocative arguments. Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich draws in entertaining fashion on history, economics, literature, philosophy, and popular culture, from growth theory to The Simpsons. It is the perfect introduction for a broad audience to McCloskey's influential explanation of how we got rich. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich: How the Bourgeois Deal Enriched the World Author: Deirdre N. Mccloskey, Art Carden Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The economist and historian Deirdre Nansen McCloskey has been best known recently for her Bourgeois Era trilogy, a vigorous defense, unrivaled in scope, of commercially tested betterment. Its massive volumes, The Bourgeois Virtues, Bourgeois Dignity, and Bourgeois Equality, solve Adam Smith's puzzle of the nature and causes of the wealth of nations, and of the moral sentiments of modernity. The world got rich, she argues, not chiefly by material causes but by an idea and a sentiment, a new admiration for the middle class and its egalitarian liberalism. For listeners looking for a distillation of McCloskey's magisterial work, Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich is what you've been waiting for. In this lively volume, McCloskey and the economist and journalist Carden bring together the trilogy's key ideas and its most provocative arguments. Leave Me Alone and I'll Make You Rich draws in entertaining fashion on history, economics, literature, philosophy, and popular culture, from growth theory to The Simpsons. It is the perfect introduction for a broad audience to McCloskey's influential explanation of how we got rich. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meatpacking America: How Migration, Work, and Faith Unite and Divide the Heartland Author: Kristy Nabhan-Warren Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Whether valorized as the heartland or derided as flyover country, the Midwest became instantly notorious when COVID-19 infections skyrocketed among workers in meatpacking plants-and Americans feared for their meat supply. But the Midwest is not simply the place where animals are fed corn and then butchered. Native midwesterner Kristy Nabhan-Warren spent years interviewing Iowans who work in the meatpacking industry, both native-born residents and recent migrants from Latin America, Africa, and Asia. In Meatpacking America, she digs deep below the stereotype and reveals the grit and grace of a heartland that is a major global hub of migration and food production-and also, it turns out, of religion. Across the flatlands, Protestants, Catholics, and Muslims share space every day as worshippers, employees, and employers. On the bloody floors of meatpacking plants, in bustling places of worship, and in modest family homes, longtime and newly arrived Iowans spoke to Nabhan-Warren about their passion for religious faith and desire to work hard for their families. Their stories expose how faith-based aspirations for mutual understanding blend uneasily with rampant economic exploitation and racial biases. Still, these new and old midwesterners say that a mutual language of faith and morals brings them together more than any of them would have ever expected. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Kristy Nabhan-Warren Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534732 thebookvoice.com 11:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meatpacking America: How Migration, Work, and Faith Unite and Divide the Heartland Author: Kristy Nabhan-Warren Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Whether valorized as the heartland or derided as flyover country, the Midwest became instantly notorious when COVID-19 infections skyrocketed among workers in meatpacking plants-and Americans feared for their meat supply. But the Midwest is not simply the place where animals are fed corn and then butchered. Native midwesterner Kristy Nabhan-Warren spent years interviewing Iowans who work in the meatpacking industry, both native-born residents and recent migrants from Latin America, Africa, and Asia. In Meatpacking America, she digs deep below the stereotype and reveals the grit and grace of a heartland that is a major global hub of migration and food production-and also, it turns out, of religion. Across the flatlands, Protestants, Catholics, and Muslims share space every day as worshippers, employees, and employers. On the bloody floors of meatpacking plants, in bustling places of worship, and in modest family homes, longtime and newly arrived Iowans spoke to Nabhan-Warren about their passion for religious faith and desire to work hard for their families. Their stories expose how faith-based aspirations for mutual understanding blend uneasily with rampant economic exploitation and racial biases. Still, these new and old midwesterners say that a mutual language of faith and morals brings them together more than any of them would have ever expected. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meatpacking America: How Migration, Work, and Faith Unite and Divide the Heartland Author: Kristy Nabhan-Warren Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Whether valorized as the heartland or derided as flyover country, the Midwest became instantly notorious when COVID-19 infections skyrocketed among workers in meatpacking plants-and Americans feared for their meat supply. But the Midwest is not simply the place where animals are fed corn and then butchered. Native midwesterner Kristy Nabhan-Warren spent years interviewing Iowans who work in the meatpacking industry, both native-born residents and recent migrants from Latin America, Africa, and Asia. In Meatpacking America, she digs deep below the stereotype and reveals the grit and grace of a heartland that is a major global hub of migration and food production-and also, it turns out, of religion. Across the flatlands, Protestants, Catholics, and Muslims share space every day as worshippers, employees, and employers. On the bloody floors of meatpacking plants, in bustling places of worship, and in modest family homes, longtime and newly arrived Iowans spoke to Nabhan-Warren about their passion for religious faith and desire to work hard for their families. Their stories expose how faith-based aspirations for mutual understanding blend uneasily with rampant economic exploitation and racial biases. Still, these new and old midwesterners say that a mutual language of faith and morals brings them together more than any of them would have ever expected. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534728 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thanks for Everything (Now Get Out): Can We Restore Neighborhoods without Destroying Them? Author: Joseph Margulies Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When a distressed urban neighborhood gentrifies, all the ratios change: poor to rich; Black and Brown to white; unskilled to professional; vulnerable to secure. Vacant lots and toxic dumps become condos and parks. Upscale restaurants open and pawn shops close. But the low-income residents who held on when the neighborhood was at its worst, who worked so hard to make it better, are gradually driven out. For them, the neighborhood hasn’t been restored so much as destroyed. Tracing the history of Olneyville, a neighborhood in Providence, Rhode Island, that has traveled the long arc from urban decay to the cusp of gentrification, Joseph Margulies asks the most important question facing cities today: Can we restore distressed neighborhoods without setting the stage for their destruction? Is failure the inevitable cost of success? Based on years of interviews and on-the-ground observation, Margulies argues that to save Olneyville and thousands of neighborhoods like it, we need to empower low-income residents by giving them ownership and control of neighborhood assets. His model for a new form of neighborhood organization—the 'neighborhood trust'—is already gaining traction nationwide and promises to give the poor what they have never had in this country: the power to control their future. Joseph Margulies Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534728 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thanks for Everything (Now Get Out): Can We Restore Neighborhoods without Destroying Them? Author: Joseph Margulies Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When a distressed urban neighborhood gentrifies, all the ratios change: poor to rich; Black and Brown to white; unskilled to professional; vulnerable to secure. Vacant lots and toxic dumps become condos and parks. Upscale restaurants open and pawn shops close. But the low-income residents who held on when the neighborhood was at its worst, who worked so hard to make it better, are gradually driven out. For them, the neighborhood hasn’t been restored so much as destroyed. Tracing the history of Olneyville, a neighborhood in Providence, Rhode Island, that has traveled the long arc from urban decay to the cusp of gentrification, Joseph Margulies asks the most important question facing cities today: Can we restore distressed neighborhoods without setting the stage for their destruction? Is failure the inevitable cost of success? Based on years of interviews and on-the-ground observation, Margulies argues that to save Olneyville and thousands of neighborhoods like it, we need to empower low-income residents by giving them ownership and control of neighborhood assets. His model for a new form of neighborhood organization—the 'neighborhood trust'—is already gaining traction nationwide and promises to give the poor what they have never had in this country: the power to control their future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thanks for Everything (Now Get Out): Can We Restore Neighborhoods without Destroying Them? Author: Joseph Margulies Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: When a distressed urban neighborhood gentrifies, all the ratios change: poor to rich; Black and Brown to white; unskilled to professional; vulnerable to secure. Vacant lots and toxic dumps become condos and parks. Upscale restaurants open and pawn shops close. But the low-income residents who held on when the neighborhood was at its worst, who worked so hard to make it better, are gradually driven out. For them, the neighborhood hasn’t been restored so much as destroyed. Tracing the history of Olneyville, a neighborhood in Providence, Rhode Island, that has traveled the long arc from urban decay to the cusp of gentrification, Joseph Margulies asks the most important question facing cities today: Can we restore distressed neighborhoods without setting the stage for their destruction? Is failure the inevitable cost of success? Based on years of interviews and on-the-ground observation, Margulies argues that to save Olneyville and thousands of neighborhoods like it, we need to empower low-income residents by giving them ownership and control of neighborhood assets. His model for a new form of neighborhood organization—the 'neighborhood trust'—is already gaining traction nationwide and promises to give the poor what they have never had in this country: the power to control their future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coronavirus Criminals and Pandemic Profiteers: Accountability for Those Who Caused the Crisis Author: John Nichols Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A furious denunciation of coronavirus criminals The rogues gallery begins with Donald Trump, who deliberately downplayed the coronavirus crisis despite knowing its dangers, as well as his international political allies, above all Boris Johnson. Billionaire politicians like Georgia senator Kelly Loeffler moved stocks at the same time they were telling Americans all was well. Political charlatans like Education Secretary Betsy DeVos undermined public safety in order to advance their agenda. Libertarian 'think tanks' like the Ayn Rand Institute decried public expenditures but were first in line to get bailout checks. Pharmaceutical companies gamed the vaccine race, and the most rapacious global corporations like Facebook, Visa, and Pfizer have found the pandemic to be very profitable indeed, vastly enriching the already grotesquely bloated fortunes of trillionaires like Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg, and Charles Koch. Guilty Men closes with a call for a version of the Pecora Commission, initiated by newly elected Franklin Roosevelt, that took aim at what FDR called 'speculation, reckless banking, class antagonism, and profiteering' that stoked the Depression. The commission led to some of the most far-reaching reforms in US history, as well as sensational hearings that led to the fall of the leading bankers and financiers of that era. John Nichols Tue, 25 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534722 thebookvoice.com 9:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coronavirus Criminals and Pandemic Profiteers: Accountability for Those Who Caused the Crisis Author: John Nichols Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A furious denunciation of coronavirus criminals The rogues gallery begins with Donald Trump, who deliberately downplayed the coronavirus crisis despite knowing its dangers, as well as his international political allies, above all Boris Johnson. Billionaire politicians like Georgia senator Kelly Loeffler moved stocks at the same time they were telling Americans all was well. Political charlatans like Education Secretary Betsy DeVos undermined public safety in order to advance their agenda. Libertarian 'think tanks' like the Ayn Rand Institute decried public expenditures but were first in line to get bailout checks. Pharmaceutical companies gamed the vaccine race, and the most rapacious global corporations like Facebook, Visa, and Pfizer have found the pandemic to be very profitable indeed, vastly enriching the already grotesquely bloated fortunes of trillionaires like Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg, and Charles Koch. Guilty Men closes with a call for a version of the Pecora Commission, initiated by newly elected Franklin Roosevelt, that took aim at what FDR called 'speculation, reckless banking, class antagonism, and profiteering' that stoked the Depression. The commission led to some of the most far-reaching reforms in US history, as well as sensational hearings that led to the fall of the leading bankers and financiers of that era. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coronavirus Criminals and Pandemic Profiteers: Accountability for Those Who Caused the Crisis Author: John Nichols Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: January 25, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A furious denunciation of coronavirus criminals The rogues gallery begins with Donald Trump, who deliberately downplayed the coronavirus crisis despite knowing its dangers, as well as his international political allies, above all Boris Johnson. Billionaire politicians like Georgia senator Kelly Loeffler moved stocks at the same time they were telling Americans all was well. Political charlatans like Education Secretary Betsy DeVos undermined public safety in order to advance their agenda. Libertarian 'think tanks' like the Ayn Rand Institute decried public expenditures but were first in line to get bailout checks. Pharmaceutical companies gamed the vaccine race, and the most rapacious global corporations like Facebook, Visa, and Pfizer have found the pandemic to be very profitable indeed, vastly enriching the already grotesquely bloated fortunes of trillionaires like Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg, and Charles Koch. Guilty Men closes with a call for a version of the Pecora Commission, initiated by newly elected Franklin Roosevelt, that took aim at what FDR called 'speculation, reckless banking, class antagonism, and profiteering' that stoked the Depression. The commission led to some of the most far-reaching reforms in US history, as well as sensational hearings that led to the fall of the leading bankers and financiers of that era. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534716 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 'Mr. Big' Sting: The Cases, the Killers, the Controversial Confessions Author: Mark Stobbe Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the police create an imaginary criminal gang to trick homicide suspects into a confession and a prison cell There are people in prison who got away with murder until they told the boss of a powerful criminal gang all about it. When the handcuffs were snapped on, the killers learned they'd been duped—that 'Mr. Big' was actually an undercover police officer. These killers ended up with lots of time to think about how tricky police can be. In this captivating book, we learn why Mr. Big is so good at getting killers to confess—and why he occasionally gets confessions from the innocent as well. We meet murderers such as Michael Bridges, who strangled his girlfriend and buried her in another person's grave. Bridges remained free until he told Mr. Big where the body was buried. We also meet people like Kyle Unger, who lied while confessing to Mr. Big and went to prison for a crime he did not commit. The 'Mr. Big' Sting is essential for anyone interested in unorthodox approaches to justice, including their successes and failures. It sheds light on how homicide investigators might catch and punish the guilty while avoiding convicting the innocent. Mark Stobbe Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534716 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 'Mr. Big' Sting: The Cases, the Killers, the Controversial Confessions Author: Mark Stobbe Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the police create an imaginary criminal gang to trick homicide suspects into a confession and a prison cell There are people in prison who got away with murder until they told the boss of a powerful criminal gang all about it. When the handcuffs were snapped on, the killers learned they'd been duped—that 'Mr. Big' was actually an undercover police officer. These killers ended up with lots of time to think about how tricky police can be. In this captivating book, we learn why Mr. Big is so good at getting killers to confess—and why he occasionally gets confessions from the innocent as well. We meet murderers such as Michael Bridges, who strangled his girlfriend and buried her in another person's grave. Bridges remained free until he told Mr. Big where the body was buried. We also meet people like Kyle Unger, who lied while confessing to Mr. Big and went to prison for a crime he did not commit. The 'Mr. Big' Sting is essential for anyone interested in unorthodox approaches to justice, including their successes and failures. It sheds light on how homicide investigators might catch and punish the guilty while avoiding convicting the innocent. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 'Mr. Big' Sting: The Cases, the Killers, the Controversial Confessions Author: Mark Stobbe Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: How the police create an imaginary criminal gang to trick homicide suspects into a confession and a prison cell There are people in prison who got away with murder until they told the boss of a powerful criminal gang all about it. When the handcuffs were snapped on, the killers learned they'd been duped—that 'Mr. Big' was actually an undercover police officer. These killers ended up with lots of time to think about how tricky police can be. In this captivating book, we learn why Mr. Big is so good at getting killers to confess—and why he occasionally gets confessions from the innocent as well. We meet murderers such as Michael Bridges, who strangled his girlfriend and buried her in another person's grave. Bridges remained free until he told Mr. Big where the body was buried. We also meet people like Kyle Unger, who lied while confessing to Mr. Big and went to prison for a crime he did not commit. The 'Mr. Big' Sting is essential for anyone interested in unorthodox approaches to justice, including their successes and failures. It sheds light on how homicide investigators might catch and punish the guilty while avoiding convicting the innocent. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534708 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Force!: A Quirky and Opinionated Look at America's Newest Military Service Author: Taylor Dinerman Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States Space Force has a noble mission—to protect America, to support our allies, and to support our nation's interest as we, along with other nations, move out into the little patch of the universe that is our home system. The desire to establish a US Space Force has been around for decades, in both science fiction and in the minds of people who attempt to seriously consider what our nation needs in order to deter future wars (and if necessary, to fight and win them). As an institution, the US Space Force has gotten off to a shaky start; however, prolific space writer Taylor Dinerman has great confidence that someday soon, it will find the right leadership and eventually be emancipated from the Department of the Air Force. At that point, the institution can begin to truly serve the great cause of creating a spacefaring civilization—as it was always meant to. Taylor Dinerman Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534708 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Force!: A Quirky and Opinionated Look at America's Newest Military Service Author: Taylor Dinerman Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States Space Force has a noble mission—to protect America, to support our allies, and to support our nation's interest as we, along with other nations, move out into the little patch of the universe that is our home system. The desire to establish a US Space Force has been around for decades, in both science fiction and in the minds of people who attempt to seriously consider what our nation needs in order to deter future wars (and if necessary, to fight and win them). As an institution, the US Space Force has gotten off to a shaky start; however, prolific space writer Taylor Dinerman has great confidence that someday soon, it will find the right leadership and eventually be emancipated from the Department of the Air Force. At that point, the institution can begin to truly serve the great cause of creating a spacefaring civilization—as it was always meant to. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534708]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Force!: A Quirky and Opinionated Look at America's Newest Military Service Author: Taylor Dinerman Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The United States Space Force has a noble mission—to protect America, to support our allies, and to support our nation's interest as we, along with other nations, move out into the little patch of the universe that is our home system. The desire to establish a US Space Force has been around for decades, in both science fiction and in the minds of people who attempt to seriously consider what our nation needs in order to deter future wars (and if necessary, to fight and win them). As an institution, the US Space Force has gotten off to a shaky start; however, prolific space writer Taylor Dinerman has great confidence that someday soon, it will find the right leadership and eventually be emancipated from the Department of the Air Force. At that point, the institution can begin to truly serve the great cause of creating a spacefaring civilization—as it was always meant to. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Relations: A Very Short Introduction Author: Christian Reus-Smit Narrator: Johnathan Rufus Welsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: International relations affects everyone's lives: their security, economic well-being, rights and freedoms, and the environment they share. Recently we have seen the transformation from a world of empires to today's world of sovereign states, which are enmeshed in a complex array of international institutions, all exercising degrees of political authority. The new global organization of political authority has far-reaching consequences. This Very Short Introduction untangles this complex world, providing an accessible framework for understanding the contours of global political change. Christian Reus-Smit treats theory as an indispensable tool for grasping international relations, but demystifies theorizing, introducing it as an everyday human practice. He surveys a range of theories, from realism to feminism: reading them as contrasting perspectives on the global organization of political authority. Historically, such organization has been shaped by diverse social forces, four of which are discussed in detail: shifting patterns of warfare, changing economic conditions, struggles for rights, and the politics of culture. Reus-Smit concludes with a reflection on the future of international relations in an era of profound global change. Christian Reus-Smit Tue, 31 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534699 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Relations: A Very Short Introduction Author: Christian Reus-Smit Narrator: Johnathan Rufus Welsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: International relations affects everyone's lives: their security, economic well-being, rights and freedoms, and the environment they share. Recently we have seen the transformation from a world of empires to today's world of sovereign states, which are enmeshed in a complex array of international institutions, all exercising degrees of political authority. The new global organization of political authority has far-reaching consequences. This Very Short Introduction untangles this complex world, providing an accessible framework for understanding the contours of global political change. Christian Reus-Smit treats theory as an indispensable tool for grasping international relations, but demystifies theorizing, introducing it as an everyday human practice. He surveys a range of theories, from realism to feminism: reading them as contrasting perspectives on the global organization of political authority. Historically, such organization has been shaped by diverse social forces, four of which are discussed in detail: shifting patterns of warfare, changing economic conditions, struggles for rights, and the politics of culture. Reus-Smit concludes with a reflection on the future of international relations in an era of profound global change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Relations: A Very Short Introduction Author: Christian Reus-Smit Narrator: Johnathan Rufus Welsh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: International relations affects everyone's lives: their security, economic well-being, rights and freedoms, and the environment they share. Recently we have seen the transformation from a world of empires to today's world of sovereign states, which are enmeshed in a complex array of international institutions, all exercising degrees of political authority. The new global organization of political authority has far-reaching consequences. This Very Short Introduction untangles this complex world, providing an accessible framework for understanding the contours of global political change. Christian Reus-Smit treats theory as an indispensable tool for grasping international relations, but demystifies theorizing, introducing it as an everyday human practice. He surveys a range of theories, from realism to feminism: reading them as contrasting perspectives on the global organization of political authority. Historically, such organization has been shaped by diverse social forces, four of which are discussed in detail: shifting patterns of warfare, changing economic conditions, struggles for rights, and the politics of culture. Reus-Smit concludes with a reflection on the future of international relations in an era of profound global change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Migration: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Khalid Koser Narrator: Emmanuel Chumaceiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, global migration has transformed in terms of its numbers and reach, its political significance, and its impact. The rising rates of international migration have been matched by growing public and media interest around the world. Today, the political and media attention on migration and greater public interest and concern feed into an international debate that is all too often poorly informed and one-sided. This Very Short Introduction looks at the phenomenon of international human migration—both legal and illegal—and offers an objective stance on the topic, and its benefits and challenges. Khalid Koser reveals the opportunities migration presents that must be taken advantage of in the current economic climate, and debunks common myths to demonstrate that society, as we now know it, cannot function without migrants. Using interviews with migrants from around the world, Koser presents the human side of issues such as asylum, human trafficking, migrant smuggling, and the international labour force, inviting listeners to come to their own conclusions on the international migration situation today. Khalid Koser Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534698 thebookvoice.com 3:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Migration: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Khalid Koser Narrator: Emmanuel Chumaceiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, global migration has transformed in terms of its numbers and reach, its political significance, and its impact. The rising rates of international migration have been matched by growing public and media interest around the world. Today, the political and media attention on migration and greater public interest and concern feed into an international debate that is all too often poorly informed and one-sided. This Very Short Introduction looks at the phenomenon of international human migration—both legal and illegal—and offers an objective stance on the topic, and its benefits and challenges. Khalid Koser reveals the opportunities migration presents that must be taken advantage of in the current economic climate, and debunks common myths to demonstrate that society, as we now know it, cannot function without migrants. Using interviews with migrants from around the world, Koser presents the human side of issues such as asylum, human trafficking, migrant smuggling, and the international labour force, inviting listeners to come to their own conclusions on the international migration situation today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Migration: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Khalid Koser Narrator: Emmanuel Chumaceiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In recent years, global migration has transformed in terms of its numbers and reach, its political significance, and its impact. The rising rates of international migration have been matched by growing public and media interest around the world. Today, the political and media attention on migration and greater public interest and concern feed into an international debate that is all too often poorly informed and one-sided. This Very Short Introduction looks at the phenomenon of international human migration—both legal and illegal—and offers an objective stance on the topic, and its benefits and challenges. Khalid Koser reveals the opportunities migration presents that must be taken advantage of in the current economic climate, and debunks common myths to demonstrate that society, as we now know it, cannot function without migrants. Using interviews with migrants from around the world, Koser presents the human side of issues such as asylum, human trafficking, migrant smuggling, and the international labour force, inviting listeners to come to their own conclusions on the international migration situation today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Advocating for the Environment: How to Gather Your Power and Take Action Author: Susan Inches Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible, solutions-oriented guide for addressing the earth's environmental crisis and enacting meaningful change What can we as ordinary citizens do about climate change?' While countless environmental books focus on the causes of our current crisis, Advocating for the Environment is one of the first to focus on advocacy and policy-based solutions, arming readers with the tools they need to take action and enact change.   In Part I, environmental policy expert Susan Inches discusses storytelling, empathy, mindset, and how effective communication can help us collaborate with others, even those with opposing views. Part II focuses on practical skills like coalition building, media relations, communication strategy, and navigating political and bureaucratic obstacles that block large-scale legislation. The book also includes case studies, research, and templates to deepen learning. Professors and teachers, students, legislators, environmental clubs, and church groups will also find useful ideas and strategies on every page. Susan Inches Tue, 30 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534601 thebookvoice.com 10:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Advocating for the Environment: How to Gather Your Power and Take Action Author: Susan Inches Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible, solutions-oriented guide for addressing the earth's environmental crisis and enacting meaningful change What can we as ordinary citizens do about climate change?' While countless environmental books focus on the causes of our current crisis, Advocating for the Environment is one of the first to focus on advocacy and policy-based solutions, arming readers with the tools they need to take action and enact change.   In Part I, environmental policy expert Susan Inches discusses storytelling, empathy, mindset, and how effective communication can help us collaborate with others, even those with opposing views. Part II focuses on practical skills like coalition building, media relations, communication strategy, and navigating political and bureaucratic obstacles that block large-scale legislation. The book also includes case studies, research, and templates to deepen learning. Professors and teachers, students, legislators, environmental clubs, and church groups will also find useful ideas and strategies on every page. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Advocating for the Environment: How to Gather Your Power and Take Action Author: Susan Inches Narrator: Diana Gardiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An accessible, solutions-oriented guide for addressing the earth's environmental crisis and enacting meaningful change What can we as ordinary citizens do about climate change?' While countless environmental books focus on the causes of our current crisis, Advocating for the Environment is one of the first to focus on advocacy and policy-based solutions, arming readers with the tools they need to take action and enact change.   In Part I, environmental policy expert Susan Inches discusses storytelling, empathy, mindset, and how effective communication can help us collaborate with others, even those with opposing views. Part II focuses on practical skills like coalition building, media relations, communication strategy, and navigating political and bureaucratic obstacles that block large-scale legislation. The book also includes case studies, research, and templates to deepen learning. Professors and teachers, students, legislators, environmental clubs, and church groups will also find useful ideas and strategies on every page. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534491 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich weiss, wie du tickst (Ungekürzt) Author: Martin Betschart Narrator: Peter Wachsmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 14, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wer wundert sich nicht manchmal über die Reaktion des Gegenübers. Hat das Gefühl, er dringe nicht durch. Oder redet am anderen vorbei, ohne es zu merken. Menschen zu durchschauen ist eben nicht so einfach. Oder doch? Motivationsexperte Martin Betschart führt in die Kunst der Menschenkenntnis ein. Ob Gemütstyp, Machertyp oder Verstandestyp: Den anderen zu erkennen ist leicht, wenn man weiß, worauf man achten soll. Ihn zu überzeugen ein Kinderspiel, wenn man weiß, was ihn motiviert. Dies gilt selbstverständlich auch für den eigenen Persönlichkeitstyp. Mit Selbsttests und Fallbeispielen aus seiner langjährigen Coaching- und Seminarpraxis führt Betschart dem Leser seine eigenen Talente und Fähigkeiten vor Augen. Sodass dieser das Potenzial, das in ihm steckt, in jeder Lebenslage erfolgreich nutzen kann. Martin Betschart Wed, 14 Dec 2011 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534491 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich weiss, wie du tickst (Ungekürzt) Author: Martin Betschart Narrator: Peter Wachsmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 14, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wer wundert sich nicht manchmal über die Reaktion des Gegenübers. Hat das Gefühl, er dringe nicht durch. Oder redet am anderen vorbei, ohne es zu merken. Menschen zu durchschauen ist eben nicht so einfach. Oder doch? Motivationsexperte Martin Betschart führt in die Kunst der Menschenkenntnis ein. Ob Gemütstyp, Machertyp oder Verstandestyp: Den anderen zu erkennen ist leicht, wenn man weiß, worauf man achten soll. Ihn zu überzeugen ein Kinderspiel, wenn man weiß, was ihn motiviert. Dies gilt selbstverständlich auch für den eigenen Persönlichkeitstyp. Mit Selbsttests und Fallbeispielen aus seiner langjährigen Coaching- und Seminarpraxis führt Betschart dem Leser seine eigenen Talente und Fähigkeiten vor Augen. Sodass dieser das Potenzial, das in ihm steckt, in jeder Lebenslage erfolgreich nutzen kann. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534491]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ich weiss, wie du tickst (Ungekürzt) Author: Martin Betschart Narrator: Peter Wachsmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 14, 2011 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Wer wundert sich nicht manchmal über die Reaktion des Gegenübers. Hat das Gefühl, er dringe nicht durch. Oder redet am anderen vorbei, ohne es zu merken. Menschen zu durchschauen ist eben nicht so einfach. Oder doch? Motivationsexperte Martin Betschart führt in die Kunst der Menschenkenntnis ein. Ob Gemütstyp, Machertyp oder Verstandestyp: Den anderen zu erkennen ist leicht, wenn man weiß, worauf man achten soll. Ihn zu überzeugen ein Kinderspiel, wenn man weiß, was ihn motiviert. Dies gilt selbstverständlich auch für den eigenen Persönlichkeitstyp. Mit Selbsttests und Fallbeispielen aus seiner langjährigen Coaching- und Seminarpraxis führt Betschart dem Leser seine eigenen Talente und Fähigkeiten vor Augen. Sodass dieser das Potenzial, das in ihm steckt, in jeder Lebenslage erfolgreich nutzen kann. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534449 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rente ohne Roulette: Wie Du Deine Altersvorsorge nicht aufs Spiel setzt Author: Anette Weiß Narrator: Anette Weiß Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fachbücher über Finanzen gibt es genug. Mindset-Ratgeber über Deine Beziehung zu Geld gibt es genug. Romane, in denen der Gewinn die Hauptrolle spielt, gibt es genug. Mathematikbücher gibt es genug. Das Buch, das all das vereint und dort beginnt, wo wir alle stehen - nämlich mitten im Leben - gibt es noch nicht. Bis jetzt. Altersarmut, leere Rentenkassen, Finanzkrise und Falschberatung sind hausgemachte - und unterm Strich gesellschaftliche - Probleme, deren Lösung für jeden einzelnen nicht darin liegen kann, darauf zu hoffen, dass der Sozialstaat es richten wird. Am Ende können wir uns selbst und das große Ganze nur retten, wenn jeder für sich selbst schaut, sich für seine Rentenzeit sicher aufzustellen. Die etablierte Finanzbranche ist dabei allerdings keine große Hilfe: Hier geht es nur ums Verkaufen, um Provisionen und Gewinnmaximierung. Es hilft also nichts: um Dich gut und sicher in Deinem eigenen Finanzleben einzurichten und souverän für Deine Zukunft zu sorgen, darfst Du Dich nicht (nur) auf die Beratung von Finanzprofis verlassen, Du musst selbst Deinen Weg festlegen. Wie man so etwas macht, haben wir aber alle nicht gelernt: Weder in der Schule, noch in der Ausbildung oder dem Studium wurde uns 'Finanzbildung' beigebracht. Dieses Buch ändert das. Auf humorvolle, herzliche und unterhaltsame Weise bringt Dir Anette Weiß alles bei, was Du wissen musst, um Deinen eigenen finanziellen Lebensplan aufzustellen.Dieses Buch vermittelt Dir, was vor jedem Altersvorsorgegespräch, jeder Finanzberatung und jedem Vermögensaufbau stehen sollte: Hier lernst Du, die finanziellen Grundlagen deines Lebens und Deiner Zukunft zu berechnen. Du lernst, was Inflation für Dich bedeutet, wie Du Deine gesetzliche Rentenversicherung bewerten kannst, was Deine Rentenversicherungen wert sind und wie du Lösungen für Deine finanziellen Probleme findest. Anette Weiß Sat, 19 Dec 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534449 thebookvoice.com 3:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rente ohne Roulette: Wie Du Deine Altersvorsorge nicht aufs Spiel setzt Author: Anette Weiß Narrator: Anette Weiß Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fachbücher über Finanzen gibt es genug. Mindset-Ratgeber über Deine Beziehung zu Geld gibt es genug. Romane, in denen der Gewinn die Hauptrolle spielt, gibt es genug. Mathematikbücher gibt es genug. Das Buch, das all das vereint und dort beginnt, wo wir alle stehen - nämlich mitten im Leben - gibt es noch nicht. Bis jetzt. Altersarmut, leere Rentenkassen, Finanzkrise und Falschberatung sind hausgemachte - und unterm Strich gesellschaftliche - Probleme, deren Lösung für jeden einzelnen nicht darin liegen kann, darauf zu hoffen, dass der Sozialstaat es richten wird. Am Ende können wir uns selbst und das große Ganze nur retten, wenn jeder für sich selbst schaut, sich für seine Rentenzeit sicher aufzustellen. Die etablierte Finanzbranche ist dabei allerdings keine große Hilfe: Hier geht es nur ums Verkaufen, um Provisionen und Gewinnmaximierung. Es hilft also nichts: um Dich gut und sicher in Deinem eigenen Finanzleben einzurichten und souverän für Deine Zukunft zu sorgen, darfst Du Dich nicht (nur) auf die Beratung von Finanzprofis verlassen, Du musst selbst Deinen Weg festlegen. Wie man so etwas macht, haben wir aber alle nicht gelernt: Weder in der Schule, noch in der Ausbildung oder dem Studium wurde uns 'Finanzbildung' beigebracht. Dieses Buch ändert das. Auf humorvolle, herzliche und unterhaltsame Weise bringt Dir Anette Weiß alles bei, was Du wissen musst, um Deinen eigenen finanziellen Lebensplan aufzustellen.Dieses Buch vermittelt Dir, was vor jedem Altersvorsorgegespräch, jeder Finanzberatung und jedem Vermögensaufbau stehen sollte: Hier lernst Du, die finanziellen Grundlagen deines Lebens und Deiner Zukunft zu berechnen. Du lernst, was Inflation für Dich bedeutet, wie Du Deine gesetzliche Rentenversicherung bewerten kannst, was Deine Rentenversicherungen wert sind und wie du Lösungen für Deine finanziellen Probleme findest. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rente ohne Roulette: Wie Du Deine Altersvorsorge nicht aufs Spiel setzt Author: Anette Weiß Narrator: Anette Weiß Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 31 minutes Release date: December 19, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Fachbücher über Finanzen gibt es genug. Mindset-Ratgeber über Deine Beziehung zu Geld gibt es genug. Romane, in denen der Gewinn die Hauptrolle spielt, gibt es genug. Mathematikbücher gibt es genug. Das Buch, das all das vereint und dort beginnt, wo wir alle stehen - nämlich mitten im Leben - gibt es noch nicht. Bis jetzt. Altersarmut, leere Rentenkassen, Finanzkrise und Falschberatung sind hausgemachte - und unterm Strich gesellschaftliche - Probleme, deren Lösung für jeden einzelnen nicht darin liegen kann, darauf zu hoffen, dass der Sozialstaat es richten wird. Am Ende können wir uns selbst und das große Ganze nur retten, wenn jeder für sich selbst schaut, sich für seine Rentenzeit sicher aufzustellen. Die etablierte Finanzbranche ist dabei allerdings keine große Hilfe: Hier geht es nur ums Verkaufen, um Provisionen und Gewinnmaximierung. Es hilft also nichts: um Dich gut und sicher in Deinem eigenen Finanzleben einzurichten und souverän für Deine Zukunft zu sorgen, darfst Du Dich nicht (nur) auf die Beratung von Finanzprofis verlassen, Du musst selbst Deinen Weg festlegen. Wie man so etwas macht, haben wir aber alle nicht gelernt: Weder in der Schule, noch in der Ausbildung oder dem Studium wurde uns 'Finanzbildung' beigebracht. Dieses Buch ändert das. Auf humorvolle, herzliche und unterhaltsame Weise bringt Dir Anette Weiß alles bei, was Du wissen musst, um Deinen eigenen finanziellen Lebensplan aufzustellen.Dieses Buch vermittelt Dir, was vor jedem Altersvorsorgegespräch, jeder Finanzberatung und jedem Vermögensaufbau stehen sollte: Hier lernst Du, die finanziellen Grundlagen deines Lebens und Deiner Zukunft zu berechnen. Du lernst, was Inflation für Dich bedeutet, wie Du Deine gesetzliche Rentenversicherung bewerten kannst, was Deine Rentenversicherungen wert sind und wie du Lösungen für Deine finanziellen Probleme findest. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534447 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Normalität Author: Dr. Stephan Kaußen Narrator: Dr. Stephan Kaußen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das Ende der Normalität Dieses Hörbuch ist top-aktuell: Es beschreibt die wirklichen Folgen der 'Corona-Krise', wirtschaftlich, politisch, medial. Ohne Political Correctness. Ohne Rücksicht auf die 'Etablierte Republik Deutschland'. Millionen von Menschen spüren derzeit die Überforderung: Und jedes Mal, wenn sie eine vermeintliche Antwort auf die eigene Verwirrung gefunden haben, wechseln die Fragen. Das Gefühl macht sich immer schneller breit. Niemand weiß, was geht, was bleibt und was kommt. Es ist Zeit für einen grundsätzlichen Wandel. Nach Jahrzehnten des überdrehten Neoliberalismus und des erweiterten Egoismus brauchen wir dringend ein Umsteuern. Das merken immer mehr Menschen in Deutschland, Europa und dem Rest der Welt. Tauchen Sie ein in die bewegenden und aufrüttelnden Worte des renommierten Politwissenschaftlers und Journalisten Dr. Stephan Kaußen. Er plädiert für eine globale Entschleunigung - in Echtzeit! Dr. Stephan Kaußen Sun, 27 Dec 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534447 thebookvoice.com 3:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Normalität Author: Dr. Stephan Kaußen Narrator: Dr. Stephan Kaußen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das Ende der Normalität Dieses Hörbuch ist top-aktuell: Es beschreibt die wirklichen Folgen der 'Corona-Krise', wirtschaftlich, politisch, medial. Ohne Political Correctness. Ohne Rücksicht auf die 'Etablierte Republik Deutschland'. Millionen von Menschen spüren derzeit die Überforderung: Und jedes Mal, wenn sie eine vermeintliche Antwort auf die eigene Verwirrung gefunden haben, wechseln die Fragen. Das Gefühl macht sich immer schneller breit. Niemand weiß, was geht, was bleibt und was kommt. Es ist Zeit für einen grundsätzlichen Wandel. Nach Jahrzehnten des überdrehten Neoliberalismus und des erweiterten Egoismus brauchen wir dringend ein Umsteuern. Das merken immer mehr Menschen in Deutschland, Europa und dem Rest der Welt. Tauchen Sie ein in die bewegenden und aufrüttelnden Worte des renommierten Politwissenschaftlers und Journalisten Dr. Stephan Kaußen. Er plädiert für eine globale Entschleunigung - in Echtzeit! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/534447]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Normalität Author: Dr. Stephan Kaußen Narrator: Dr. Stephan Kaußen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 27 minutes Release date: December 27, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Das Ende der Normalität Dieses Hörbuch ist top-aktuell: Es beschreibt die wirklichen Folgen der 'Corona-Krise', wirtschaftlich, politisch, medial. Ohne Political Correctness. Ohne Rücksicht auf die 'Etablierte Republik Deutschland'. Millionen von Menschen spüren derzeit die Überforderung: Und jedes Mal, wenn sie eine vermeintliche Antwort auf die eigene Verwirrung gefunden haben, wechseln die Fragen. Das Gefühl macht sich immer schneller breit. Niemand weiß, was geht, was bleibt und was kommt. Es ist Zeit für einen grundsätzlichen Wandel. Nach Jahrzehnten des überdrehten Neoliberalismus und des erweiterten Egoismus brauchen wir dringend ein Umsteuern. Das merken immer mehr Menschen in Deutschland, Europa und dem Rest der Welt. Tauchen Sie ein in die bewegenden und aufrüttelnden Worte des renommierten Politwissenschaftlers und Journalisten Dr. Stephan Kaußen. Er plädiert für eine globale Entschleunigung - in Echtzeit! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gustave le Bon: Psychologie der Massen: Ein klassisches Grundlagenwerk der Sozialpsychologie Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was passiert mit dem Individuum, wenn es sich in einer Gruppe wiederfindet? Wie ist es zu erklären, dass intelligente Menschen sich in der Masse zu Dingen hinreißen lassen, die sie als Einzelne niemals tun würden? Gustave le Bon beschrieb 1895 in seinem Standardwerk diese Mechanismen. Es ist erstaunlich und spricht für den Autor, dass die eingängig erklärte Analyse zeitlos wirkt und die Hörer den Eindruck gewinnen, das Buch sei tatsächlich viel jünger. Mit dabei: Ein pdf-Dokument mit Titelliste. Gustave Le Bon Fri, 13 Nov 2020 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533936 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gustave le Bon: Psychologie der Massen: Ein klassisches Grundlagenwerk der Sozialpsychologie Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was passiert mit dem Individuum, wenn es sich in einer Gruppe wiederfindet? Wie ist es zu erklären, dass intelligente Menschen sich in der Masse zu Dingen hinreißen lassen, die sie als Einzelne niemals tun würden? Gustave le Bon beschrieb 1895 in seinem Standardwerk diese Mechanismen. Es ist erstaunlich und spricht für den Autor, dass die eingängig erklärte Analyse zeitlos wirkt und die Hörer den Eindruck gewinnen, das Buch sei tatsächlich viel jünger. Mit dabei: Ein pdf-Dokument mit Titelliste. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Gustave le Bon: Psychologie der Massen: Ein klassisches Grundlagenwerk der Sozialpsychologie Author: Gustave Le Bon Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 13, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Was passiert mit dem Individuum, wenn es sich in einer Gruppe wiederfindet? Wie ist es zu erklären, dass intelligente Menschen sich in der Masse zu Dingen hinreißen lassen, die sie als Einzelne niemals tun würden? Gustave le Bon beschrieb 1895 in seinem Standardwerk diese Mechanismen. Es ist erstaunlich und spricht für den Autor, dass die eingängig erklärte Analyse zeitlos wirkt und die Hörer den Eindruck gewinnen, das Buch sei tatsächlich viel jünger. Mit dabei: Ein pdf-Dokument mit Titelliste. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533812 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemies and Allies: An Unforgettable Journey inside the Fast-Moving & Immensely Turbulent Modern Middle East Author: Joel C. Rosenberg Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award Finalist - Audio - 2022!!! Do recent changes in the Middle East signal peace? One Arab country after another is signing historic, game-changing peace, trade, investment, and tourism deals with Israel. At the same time, Russia, Iran, and Turkey are forming a highly dangerous alliance that could threaten the Western powers. Meanwhile, the U.S. is drawing down its military forces in the Mideast and focusing on matters closer to home. Where’s it all heading? New York Times bestselling author Joel C. Rosenberg, based in Jerusalem, skillfully and clearly explains the sometimes-encouraging, sometimes-violent, yet rapidly shifting landscape in Israel and the Arab/Muslim world. Enemies and Allies will take readers behind closed doors in the Middle East and introduce them to the very kings and crown princes, presidents and prime ministers who are leading the change. Includes exclusive, never-before-published quotes, insights, and analysis from the author’s conversations with some of the most complex and controversial leaders in the world: - Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman (MBS) - Egypt’s President Abdel Fattah el-Sisi - Jordan’s King Abdullah II - United Arab Emirates’ Crown Prince Mohammed bin Zayed (MBZ) - Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu - Israeli president Reuven Rivlin Joel C. Rosenberg Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533812 thebookvoice.com 13:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemies and Allies: An Unforgettable Journey inside the Fast-Moving & Immensely Turbulent Modern Middle East Author: Joel C. Rosenberg Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award Finalist - Audio - 2022!!! Do recent changes in the Middle East signal peace? One Arab country after another is signing historic, game-changing peace, trade, investment, and tourism deals with Israel. At the same time, Russia, Iran, and Turkey are forming a highly dangerous alliance that could threaten the Western powers. Meanwhile, the U.S. is drawing down its military forces in the Mideast and focusing on matters closer to home. Where’s it all heading? New York Times bestselling author Joel C. Rosenberg, based in Jerusalem, skillfully and clearly explains the sometimes-encouraging, sometimes-violent, yet rapidly shifting landscape in Israel and the Arab/Muslim world. Enemies and Allies will take readers behind closed doors in the Middle East and introduce them to the very kings and crown princes, presidents and prime ministers who are leading the change. Includes exclusive, never-before-published quotes, insights, and analysis from the author’s conversations with some of the most complex and controversial leaders in the world: - Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman (MBS) - Egypt’s President Abdel Fattah el-Sisi - Jordan’s King Abdullah II - United Arab Emirates’ Crown Prince Mohammed bin Zayed (MBZ) - Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu - Israeli president Reuven Rivlin Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533812]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enemies and Allies: An Unforgettable Journey inside the Fast-Moving & Immensely Turbulent Modern Middle East Author: Joel C. Rosenberg Narrator: Michael Beck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Christian Book Award Finalist - Audio - 2022!!! Do recent changes in the Middle East signal peace? One Arab country after another is signing historic, game-changing peace, trade, investment, and tourism deals with Israel. At the same time, Russia, Iran, and Turkey are forming a highly dangerous alliance that could threaten the Western powers. Meanwhile, the U.S. is drawing down its military forces in the Mideast and focusing on matters closer to home. Where’s it all heading? New York Times bestselling author Joel C. Rosenberg, based in Jerusalem, skillfully and clearly explains the sometimes-encouraging, sometimes-violent, yet rapidly shifting landscape in Israel and the Arab/Muslim world. Enemies and Allies will take readers behind closed doors in the Middle East and introduce them to the very kings and crown princes, presidents and prime ministers who are leading the change. Includes exclusive, never-before-published quotes, insights, and analysis from the author’s conversations with some of the most complex and controversial leaders in the world: - Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman (MBS) - Egypt’s President Abdel Fattah el-Sisi - Jordan’s King Abdullah II - United Arab Emirates’ Crown Prince Mohammed bin Zayed (MBZ) - Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu - Israeli president Reuven Rivlin https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533652 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wrong Turn (Ungekürzt) Author: Lars Vollmer Narrator: Lars Vollmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 10, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Messbare Ursachen erzeugen vorhersagbare Ergebnisse? Falsch! - Wrong Turn! Fakt ist: Fast alle Bereiche von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft werden heute rasant komplexer. Doch wir haben nicht gelernt, in chaotischen Systemen sinnvoll zu agieren. Die Folge: Karriereknicks, Firmenpleiten, Branchensterben, Wirtschaftskrisen und Milliardensummen verbrannten Geldes. Komplexität nicht nur zu überstehen, sondern als Chance zu erkennen und zu nutzen, das ist die Fähigkeit, die Entscheider heute dringend entwickeln müssen. Denn sonst könnte der nächste Wrong Turn in die Katastrophe führen. Lars Vollmer Thu, 10 Apr 2014 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533652 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wrong Turn (Ungekürzt) Author: Lars Vollmer Narrator: Lars Vollmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 10, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Messbare Ursachen erzeugen vorhersagbare Ergebnisse? Falsch! - Wrong Turn! Fakt ist: Fast alle Bereiche von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft werden heute rasant komplexer. Doch wir haben nicht gelernt, in chaotischen Systemen sinnvoll zu agieren. Die Folge: Karriereknicks, Firmenpleiten, Branchensterben, Wirtschaftskrisen und Milliardensummen verbrannten Geldes. Komplexität nicht nur zu überstehen, sondern als Chance zu erkennen und zu nutzen, das ist die Fähigkeit, die Entscheider heute dringend entwickeln müssen. Denn sonst könnte der nächste Wrong Turn in die Katastrophe führen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533652]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wrong Turn (Ungekürzt) Author: Lars Vollmer Narrator: Lars Vollmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 10, 2014 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Messbare Ursachen erzeugen vorhersagbare Ergebnisse? Falsch! - Wrong Turn! Fakt ist: Fast alle Bereiche von Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft werden heute rasant komplexer. Doch wir haben nicht gelernt, in chaotischen Systemen sinnvoll zu agieren. Die Folge: Karriereknicks, Firmenpleiten, Branchensterben, Wirtschaftskrisen und Milliardensummen verbrannten Geldes. Komplexität nicht nur zu überstehen, sondern als Chance zu erkennen und zu nutzen, das ist die Fähigkeit, die Entscheider heute dringend entwickeln müssen. Denn sonst könnte der nächste Wrong Turn in die Katastrophe führen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533257 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Burn This Country: Surviving and Thriving in Our Woke Dystopia Author: Dave Rubin Narrator: Dave Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A guide for anyone who wants to revive the American dream while the woke mob tries to burn down the country. You don't have to be a conspiracy theorist to see that something dark is happening in America. Just look around: Massive corporations monitor our every move. The Thought Police stand ready to cancel any who dare think for themselves. Brainwashed activists openly attack the American experiment.   The dystopian future we've been warned of is here.   Dave Rubin has been on the front lines of the culture wars for years. Now, he offers tactics you can use to protect yourself from today’s authoritarian rule—from resisting the grip of Big Tech to staying sane in a post-truth world. What’s more, he offers a vision for the next generation of patriots who will need to face the future head-on, holding fast to their values and creating a meaningful life no matter how frenzied and fabricated the news of the day is.   In order for free-thinking people to thrive in this era of woke lunacy, we need to step up and create freedom for ourselves. While exposing Progressive lies and offering practical advice you can employ right now, this book is a call for Americans to live the freest life possible—and a roadmap for saving the greatest country in the history of the world. Dave Rubin Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533257 thebookvoice.com 6:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Burn This Country: Surviving and Thriving in Our Woke Dystopia Author: Dave Rubin Narrator: Dave Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A guide for anyone who wants to revive the American dream while the woke mob tries to burn down the country. You don't have to be a conspiracy theorist to see that something dark is happening in America. Just look around: Massive corporations monitor our every move. The Thought Police stand ready to cancel any who dare think for themselves. Brainwashed activists openly attack the American experiment.   The dystopian future we've been warned of is here.   Dave Rubin has been on the front lines of the culture wars for years. Now, he offers tactics you can use to protect yourself from today’s authoritarian rule—from resisting the grip of Big Tech to staying sane in a post-truth world. What’s more, he offers a vision for the next generation of patriots who will need to face the future head-on, holding fast to their values and creating a meaningful life no matter how frenzied and fabricated the news of the day is.   In order for free-thinking people to thrive in this era of woke lunacy, we need to step up and create freedom for ourselves. While exposing Progressive lies and offering practical advice you can employ right now, this book is a call for Americans to live the freest life possible—and a roadmap for saving the greatest country in the history of the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533257]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Don't Burn This Country: Surviving and Thriving in Our Woke Dystopia Author: Dave Rubin Narrator: Dave Rubin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A guide for anyone who wants to revive the American dream while the woke mob tries to burn down the country. You don't have to be a conspiracy theorist to see that something dark is happening in America. Just look around: Massive corporations monitor our every move. The Thought Police stand ready to cancel any who dare think for themselves. Brainwashed activists openly attack the American experiment.   The dystopian future we've been warned of is here.   Dave Rubin has been on the front lines of the culture wars for years. Now, he offers tactics you can use to protect yourself from today’s authoritarian rule—from resisting the grip of Big Tech to staying sane in a post-truth world. What’s more, he offers a vision for the next generation of patriots who will need to face the future head-on, holding fast to their values and creating a meaningful life no matter how frenzied and fabricated the news of the day is.   In order for free-thinking people to thrive in this era of woke lunacy, we need to step up and create freedom for ourselves. While exposing Progressive lies and offering practical advice you can employ right now, this book is a call for Americans to live the freest life possible—and a roadmap for saving the greatest country in the history of the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533240 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seek and Hide: The Tangled History of the Right to Privacy Author: Amy Gajda Narrator: Amy Gajda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES TOP 100 NOTABLE BOOKS OF 2022 “Gajda’s chronicle reveals an enduring tension between principles of free speech and respect for individuals’ private lives. …just the sort of road map we could use right now.”—The Atlantic “Wry and fascinating…Gajda is a nimble storyteller [and] an insightful guide to a rich and textured history that gets easily caricatured, especially when a culture war is raging.”—The New York Times An urgent book for today's privacy wars, and essential reading on how the courts have--for centuries--often protected privileged men's rights at the cost of everyone else's. Should everyone have privacy in their personal lives? Can privacy exist in a public place? Is there a right to be left alone even in the United States? You may be startled to realize that the original framers were sensitive to the importance of   privacy interests relating to sexuality and intimate life, but mostly just for powerful and privileged (and usually white) men.    The battle between an individual’s right to privacy and the public’s right to know has been fought for centuries. The founders demanded privacy for all the wrong press-quashing reasons. Supreme Court jus­tice Louis Brandeis famously promoted First Amend­ment freedoms but argued strongly for privacy too; and presidents from Thomas Jefferson through Don­ald Trump confidently hid behind privacy despite intense public interest in their lives.     Today privacy seems simultaneously under siege and surging. And that’s doubly dangerous, as legal expert Amy Gajda argues. Too little privacy leaves ordinary people vulnerable to those who deal in and publish soul-crushing secrets. Too much means the famous and infamous can cloak themselves in secrecy and dodge accountability. Seek and Hide carries us from the very start, when privacy concepts first entered American law and society, to now, when the law al­lows a Silicon Valley titan to destroy a media site like Gawker out of spite. Muckraker Upton Sinclair, like Nellie Bly before him, pushed the envelope of privacy and propriety and then became a privacy advocate when journalists used the same techniques against him.  By the early 2000s we were on our way to today’s full-blown crisis in the digital age, worrying that smartphones, webcams, basement publishers, and the forever internet had erased the right to privacy completely. Amy Gajda Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533240 thebookvoice.com 12:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seek and Hide: The Tangled History of the Right to Privacy Author: Amy Gajda Narrator: Amy Gajda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES TOP 100 NOTABLE BOOKS OF 2022 “Gajda’s chronicle reveals an enduring tension between principles of free speech and respect for individuals’ private lives. …just the sort of road map we could use right now.”—The Atlantic “Wry and fascinating…Gajda is a nimble storyteller [and] an insightful guide to a rich and textured history that gets easily caricatured, especially when a culture war is raging.”—The New York Times An urgent book for today's privacy wars, and essential reading on how the courts have--for centuries--often protected privileged men's rights at the cost of everyone else's. Should everyone have privacy in their personal lives? Can privacy exist in a public place? Is there a right to be left alone even in the United States? You may be startled to realize that the original framers were sensitive to the importance of   privacy interests relating to sexuality and intimate life, but mostly just for powerful and privileged (and usually white) men.    The battle between an individual’s right to privacy and the public’s right to know has been fought for centuries. The founders demanded privacy for all the wrong press-quashing reasons. Supreme Court jus­tice Louis Brandeis famously promoted First Amend­ment freedoms but argued strongly for privacy too; and presidents from Thomas Jefferson through Don­ald Trump confidently hid behind privacy despite intense public interest in their lives.     Today privacy seems simultaneously under siege and surging. And that’s doubly dangerous, as legal expert Amy Gajda argues. Too little privacy leaves ordinary people vulnerable to those who deal in and publish soul-crushing secrets. Too much means the famous and infamous can cloak themselves in secrecy and dodge accountability. Seek and Hide carries us from the very start, when privacy concepts first entered American law and society, to now, when the law al­lows a Silicon Valley titan to destroy a media site like Gawker out of spite. Muckraker Upton Sinclair, like Nellie Bly before him, pushed the envelope of privacy and propriety and then became a privacy advocate when journalists used the same techniques against him.  By the early 2000s we were on our way to today’s full-blown crisis in the digital age, worrying that smartphones, webcams, basement publishers, and the forever internet had erased the right to privacy completely. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533240]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seek and Hide: The Tangled History of the Right to Privacy Author: Amy Gajda Narrator: Amy Gajda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES TOP 100 NOTABLE BOOKS OF 2022 “Gajda’s chronicle reveals an enduring tension between principles of free speech and respect for individuals’ private lives. …just the sort of road map we could use right now.”—The Atlantic “Wry and fascinating…Gajda is a nimble storyteller [and] an insightful guide to a rich and textured history that gets easily caricatured, especially when a culture war is raging.”—The New York Times An urgent book for today's privacy wars, and essential reading on how the courts have--for centuries--often protected privileged men's rights at the cost of everyone else's. Should everyone have privacy in their personal lives? Can privacy exist in a public place? Is there a right to be left alone even in the United States? You may be startled to realize that the original framers were sensitive to the importance of   privacy interests relating to sexuality and intimate life, but mostly just for powerful and privileged (and usually white) men.    The battle between an individual’s right to privacy and the public’s right to know has been fought for centuries. The founders demanded privacy for all the wrong press-quashing reasons. Supreme Court jus­tice Louis Brandeis famously promoted First Amend­ment freedoms but argued strongly for privacy too; and presidents from Thomas Jefferson through Don­ald Trump confidently hid behind privacy despite intense public interest in their lives.     Today privacy seems simultaneously under siege and surging. And that’s doubly dangerous, as legal expert Amy Gajda argues. Too little privacy leaves ordinary people vulnerable to those who deal in and publish soul-crushing secrets. Too much means the famous and infamous can cloak themselves in secrecy and dodge accountability. Seek and Hide carries us from the very start, when privacy concepts first entered American law and society, to now, when the law al­lows a Silicon Valley titan to destroy a media site like Gawker out of spite. Muckraker Upton Sinclair, like Nellie Bly before him, pushed the envelope of privacy and propriety and then became a privacy advocate when journalists used the same techniques against him.  By the early 2000s we were on our way to today’s full-blown crisis in the digital age, worrying that smartphones, webcams, basement publishers, and the forever internet had erased the right to privacy completely. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Is Not Lost: 20 Ways to Revolutionize Disaster Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Chris Baetens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An uplifting look at how organizers in the past have successfully leveraged crises into emancipatory politics, and a plea for continued progressive movement building in our tumultuous social climate From the climate apocalypse and COVID-19 to double-digit unemployment to Donald Trump and the rise of far-right white nationalists—disasters are everywhere we look. While these disasters often leave us feeling hopeless and withdrawn, scholar Alex Zamalin argues that pessimism cannot be the only response. Silence and inaction only perpetuate mass suffering and inequality. Instead, All Is Not Lost suggests that following every crisis emerges new political opportunity for changing our politics and everyday lives. Blending intellectual history, biography, and political critique, Zamalin offers 20 specific lessons for our present moment, turning to moments in history to demonstrate how various figures in the past have successfully leveraged struggles into sources of political action and freedom. The lessons—on how to resist, organize, treat others, think politically, memorialize, dream, write, occupy, build, and act—all build toward one truth: though disaster is something we cannot prevent from arriving, we can control how we confront it and what we build in its place. Using examples from the 17th century to the present, All Is Not Lost reminds readers to not back down in the face of crisis and offers radical lessons of continued resistance and movement building to create a successful progressive coalition. Alex Zamalin Tue, 09 Aug 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533215 thebookvoice.com 3:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Is Not Lost: 20 Ways to Revolutionize Disaster Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Chris Baetens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An uplifting look at how organizers in the past have successfully leveraged crises into emancipatory politics, and a plea for continued progressive movement building in our tumultuous social climate From the climate apocalypse and COVID-19 to double-digit unemployment to Donald Trump and the rise of far-right white nationalists—disasters are everywhere we look. While these disasters often leave us feeling hopeless and withdrawn, scholar Alex Zamalin argues that pessimism cannot be the only response. Silence and inaction only perpetuate mass suffering and inequality. Instead, All Is Not Lost suggests that following every crisis emerges new political opportunity for changing our politics and everyday lives. Blending intellectual history, biography, and political critique, Zamalin offers 20 specific lessons for our present moment, turning to moments in history to demonstrate how various figures in the past have successfully leveraged struggles into sources of political action and freedom. The lessons—on how to resist, organize, treat others, think politically, memorialize, dream, write, occupy, build, and act—all build toward one truth: though disaster is something we cannot prevent from arriving, we can control how we confront it and what we build in its place. Using examples from the 17th century to the present, All Is Not Lost reminds readers to not back down in the face of crisis and offers radical lessons of continued resistance and movement building to create a successful progressive coalition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All Is Not Lost: 20 Ways to Revolutionize Disaster Author: Alex Zamalin Narrator: Chris Baetens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 9, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: An uplifting look at how organizers in the past have successfully leveraged crises into emancipatory politics, and a plea for continued progressive movement building in our tumultuous social climate From the climate apocalypse and COVID-19 to double-digit unemployment to Donald Trump and the rise of far-right white nationalists—disasters are everywhere we look. While these disasters often leave us feeling hopeless and withdrawn, scholar Alex Zamalin argues that pessimism cannot be the only response. Silence and inaction only perpetuate mass suffering and inequality. Instead, All Is Not Lost suggests that following every crisis emerges new political opportunity for changing our politics and everyday lives. Blending intellectual history, biography, and political critique, Zamalin offers 20 specific lessons for our present moment, turning to moments in history to demonstrate how various figures in the past have successfully leveraged struggles into sources of political action and freedom. The lessons—on how to resist, organize, treat others, think politically, memorialize, dream, write, occupy, build, and act—all build toward one truth: though disaster is something we cannot prevent from arriving, we can control how we confront it and what we build in its place. Using examples from the 17th century to the present, All Is Not Lost reminds readers to not back down in the face of crisis and offers radical lessons of continued resistance and movement building to create a successful progressive coalition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire and Flood: A People's History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present Author: Eugene Linden Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the American Meteorological Society's Louis J. Batton Book of the Year Award From a writer and expert who has been at the center of the fight for more than thirty years, a brilliant, big-picture reckoning with our shocking failure to address climate change. Fire and Flood focuses on the malign power of key business interests, arguing that those same interests could flip the story very quickly—if they can get ahead of a looming economic catastrophe. Eugene Linden wrote his first story on climate change, for Time magazine, in 1988; it was just the beginning of his investigative work, exploring all ramifications of this impending disaster. Fire and Flood represents his definitive case for the prosecution as to how and why we have arrived at our current dire pass, closing with his argument that the same forces that have confused the public’s mind and slowed the policy response are poised to pivot with astonishing speed, as long-term risks have become present-day realities and the cliff’s edge is now within view. Starting with the 1980s, Linden tells the story, decade by decade, by looking at four clocks that move at different speeds: the reality of climate change itself; the scientific consensus about it, which always lags reality; public opinion and political will, which lag further still; and, perhaps most important, business and finance. Reality marches on at its own pace, but the public will and even the science are downstream from the money, and Fire and Flood shows how devilishly effective moneyed climate-change deniers have been at slowing and even reversing the progress of our collective awakening. When a threat means certain but future disaster, but addressing it means losing present-tense profit, capitalism’s response has been sadly predictable. Now, however, the seasons of fire and flood have crossed the threshold into plain view. Linden focuses on the insurance industry as one loud canary in the coal mine: fire and flood zones in Florida and California, among other regions, are now seeing what many call “climate redlining.” The whole system is teetering on the brink, and the odds of another housing collapse, for starters, are much higher than most people understand. There is a path back from the cliff, but we must pick up the pace. Fire and Flood shows us why, and how. Eugene Linden Tue, 05 Apr 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533023 thebookvoice.com 9:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire and Flood: A People's History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present Author: Eugene Linden Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the American Meteorological Society's Louis J. Batton Book of the Year Award From a writer and expert who has been at the center of the fight for more than thirty years, a brilliant, big-picture reckoning with our shocking failure to address climate change. Fire and Flood focuses on the malign power of key business interests, arguing that those same interests could flip the story very quickly—if they can get ahead of a looming economic catastrophe. Eugene Linden wrote his first story on climate change, for Time magazine, in 1988; it was just the beginning of his investigative work, exploring all ramifications of this impending disaster. Fire and Flood represents his definitive case for the prosecution as to how and why we have arrived at our current dire pass, closing with his argument that the same forces that have confused the public’s mind and slowed the policy response are poised to pivot with astonishing speed, as long-term risks have become present-day realities and the cliff’s edge is now within view. Starting with the 1980s, Linden tells the story, decade by decade, by looking at four clocks that move at different speeds: the reality of climate change itself; the scientific consensus about it, which always lags reality; public opinion and political will, which lag further still; and, perhaps most important, business and finance. Reality marches on at its own pace, but the public will and even the science are downstream from the money, and Fire and Flood shows how devilishly effective moneyed climate-change deniers have been at slowing and even reversing the progress of our collective awakening. When a threat means certain but future disaster, but addressing it means losing present-tense profit, capitalism’s response has been sadly predictable. Now, however, the seasons of fire and flood have crossed the threshold into plain view. Linden focuses on the insurance industry as one loud canary in the coal mine: fire and flood zones in Florida and California, among other regions, are now seeing what many call “climate redlining.” The whole system is teetering on the brink, and the odds of another housing collapse, for starters, are much higher than most people understand. There is a path back from the cliff, but we must pick up the pace. Fire and Flood shows us why, and how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/533023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fire and Flood: A People's History of Climate Change, from 1979 to the Present Author: Eugene Linden Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 5, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Winner of the American Meteorological Society's Louis J. Batton Book of the Year Award From a writer and expert who has been at the center of the fight for more than thirty years, a brilliant, big-picture reckoning with our shocking failure to address climate change. Fire and Flood focuses on the malign power of key business interests, arguing that those same interests could flip the story very quickly—if they can get ahead of a looming economic catastrophe. Eugene Linden wrote his first story on climate change, for Time magazine, in 1988; it was just the beginning of his investigative work, exploring all ramifications of this impending disaster. Fire and Flood represents his definitive case for the prosecution as to how and why we have arrived at our current dire pass, closing with his argument that the same forces that have confused the public’s mind and slowed the policy response are poised to pivot with astonishing speed, as long-term risks have become present-day realities and the cliff’s edge is now within view. Starting with the 1980s, Linden tells the story, decade by decade, by looking at four clocks that move at different speeds: the reality of climate change itself; the scientific consensus about it, which always lags reality; public opinion and political will, which lag further still; and, perhaps most important, business and finance. Reality marches on at its own pace, but the public will and even the science are downstream from the money, and Fire and Flood shows how devilishly effective moneyed climate-change deniers have been at slowing and even reversing the progress of our collective awakening. When a threat means certain but future disaster, but addressing it means losing present-tense profit, capitalism’s response has been sadly predictable. Now, however, the seasons of fire and flood have crossed the threshold into plain view. Linden focuses on the insurance industry as one loud canary in the coal mine: fire and flood zones in Florida and California, among other regions, are now seeing what many call “climate redlining.” The whole system is teetering on the brink, and the odds of another housing collapse, for starters, are much higher than most people understand. There is a path back from the cliff, but we must pick up the pace. Fire and Flood shows us why, and how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532820 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gunfight: My Battle Against the Industry that Radicalized America Author: Ryan Busse Narrator: Ryan Busse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former firearms executive pulls back the curtain on America's multibillion-dollar gun industry, exposing how it fostered extremism and racism, radicalizing the nation and bringing cultural division to a boiling point.   As an avid hunter, outdoorsman, and conservationist–all things that the firearms industry was built on–Ryan Busse chased a childhood dream and built a successful career selling millions of firearms for one of America’s most popular gun companies. But blinded by the promise of massive profits, the gun industry abandoned its self-imposed decency in favor of hardline conservatism and McCarthyesque internal policing, sowing irreparable division in our politics and society. That drove Busse to do something few other gun executives have done: he's ending his 30-year career in the industry to show us how and why we got here.   Gunfight is an insider’s call-out of a wild, secretive, and critically important industry. It shows us how America's gun industry shifted from prioritizing safety and ethics to one that is addicted to fear, conspiracy, intolerance, and secrecy. It recounts Busse's personal transformation and shows how authoritarianism spreads in the guise of freedom, how voicing one's conscience becomes an act of treason in a culture that demands sameness and loyalty. Gunfight offers a valuable perspective as the nation struggles to choose between armed violence or healing. Ryan Busse Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532820 thebookvoice.com 9:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gunfight: My Battle Against the Industry that Radicalized America Author: Ryan Busse Narrator: Ryan Busse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former firearms executive pulls back the curtain on America's multibillion-dollar gun industry, exposing how it fostered extremism and racism, radicalizing the nation and bringing cultural division to a boiling point.   As an avid hunter, outdoorsman, and conservationist–all things that the firearms industry was built on–Ryan Busse chased a childhood dream and built a successful career selling millions of firearms for one of America’s most popular gun companies. But blinded by the promise of massive profits, the gun industry abandoned its self-imposed decency in favor of hardline conservatism and McCarthyesque internal policing, sowing irreparable division in our politics and society. That drove Busse to do something few other gun executives have done: he's ending his 30-year career in the industry to show us how and why we got here.   Gunfight is an insider’s call-out of a wild, secretive, and critically important industry. It shows us how America's gun industry shifted from prioritizing safety and ethics to one that is addicted to fear, conspiracy, intolerance, and secrecy. It recounts Busse's personal transformation and shows how authoritarianism spreads in the guise of freedom, how voicing one's conscience becomes an act of treason in a culture that demands sameness and loyalty. Gunfight offers a valuable perspective as the nation struggles to choose between armed violence or healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532820]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gunfight: My Battle Against the Industry that Radicalized America Author: Ryan Busse Narrator: Ryan Busse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.89 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A former firearms executive pulls back the curtain on America's multibillion-dollar gun industry, exposing how it fostered extremism and racism, radicalizing the nation and bringing cultural division to a boiling point.   As an avid hunter, outdoorsman, and conservationist–all things that the firearms industry was built on–Ryan Busse chased a childhood dream and built a successful career selling millions of firearms for one of America’s most popular gun companies. But blinded by the promise of massive profits, the gun industry abandoned its self-imposed decency in favor of hardline conservatism and McCarthyesque internal policing, sowing irreparable division in our politics and society. That drove Busse to do something few other gun executives have done: he's ending his 30-year career in the industry to show us how and why we got here.   Gunfight is an insider’s call-out of a wild, secretive, and critically important industry. It shows us how America's gun industry shifted from prioritizing safety and ethics to one that is addicted to fear, conspiracy, intolerance, and secrecy. It recounts Busse's personal transformation and shows how authoritarianism spreads in the guise of freedom, how voicing one's conscience becomes an act of treason in a culture that demands sameness and loyalty. Gunfight offers a valuable perspective as the nation struggles to choose between armed violence or healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progressive Capitalism: How to Make Tech Work for All of Us Author: Ro Khanna Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Congressman Ro Khanna offers a revolutionary, “progressive” (James J. Heckman, Nobel Prize winner and professor of economics at the University of Chicago) roadmap to facing America’s digital divide, offering greater economic prosperity to all. In Khanna’s vision, “just as people can move to technology, technology can move to people” (from the foreword by Amartya Sen, Nobel Laureate in Economics) where “Khanna envisions redistributing opportunities from coastal cities to rural middle-America…An exciting vision, brilliantly rendered.” (Arlie Russell Hochschild, author of Strangers in Their Own Land). Unequal access to technology and the revenue it creates is one of the most pressing issues in the United States. An economic gulf exists between those who have struck gold in the tech industry and those left behind by the digital revolution; a geographic divide between those in the coastal tech industry and those in the heartland whose jobs have been automated; and existing inequalities in the technological access—students without computers, rural workers with spotty WiFi, and many workers without the luxury to work remotely. Congressman Ro Khanna’s Progressive Capitalism tackles these challenges head-on and imagines how the digital economy can create opportunities for people across the country without uprooting them. Anchored by an approach Khanna calls “progressive capitalism,” he shows how democratizing access to tech can strengthen every sector of economy and culture. By expanding technological jobs nationwide through public and private partnerships, we can close the wealth gap in America and begin to repair the fractured, distrusting relationships that have plagued our country for fall too long. Inspired by his own story born into an immigrant family, Khanna understands how economic opportunity can change the course of a person’s life. Moving deftly between storytelling, policy, and some of the country’s greatest thinkers in political philosophy and economics, Khanna presents a vision we can’t afford to ignore. Progressive Capitalism is a “practical and aspirational” (Kimberlé Crenshaw, professor of law at UCLA and Columbia University) roadmap to how we can seek dignity for every American in an era in which technology shapes every aspect of our lives. Ro Khanna Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532754 thebookvoice.com 11:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progressive Capitalism: How to Make Tech Work for All of Us Author: Ro Khanna Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Congressman Ro Khanna offers a revolutionary, “progressive” (James J. Heckman, Nobel Prize winner and professor of economics at the University of Chicago) roadmap to facing America’s digital divide, offering greater economic prosperity to all. In Khanna’s vision, “just as people can move to technology, technology can move to people” (from the foreword by Amartya Sen, Nobel Laureate in Economics) where “Khanna envisions redistributing opportunities from coastal cities to rural middle-America…An exciting vision, brilliantly rendered.” (Arlie Russell Hochschild, author of Strangers in Their Own Land). Unequal access to technology and the revenue it creates is one of the most pressing issues in the United States. An economic gulf exists between those who have struck gold in the tech industry and those left behind by the digital revolution; a geographic divide between those in the coastal tech industry and those in the heartland whose jobs have been automated; and existing inequalities in the technological access—students without computers, rural workers with spotty WiFi, and many workers without the luxury to work remotely. Congressman Ro Khanna’s Progressive Capitalism tackles these challenges head-on and imagines how the digital economy can create opportunities for people across the country without uprooting them. Anchored by an approach Khanna calls “progressive capitalism,” he shows how democratizing access to tech can strengthen every sector of economy and culture. By expanding technological jobs nationwide through public and private partnerships, we can close the wealth gap in America and begin to repair the fractured, distrusting relationships that have plagued our country for fall too long. Inspired by his own story born into an immigrant family, Khanna understands how economic opportunity can change the course of a person’s life. Moving deftly between storytelling, policy, and some of the country’s greatest thinkers in political philosophy and economics, Khanna presents a vision we can’t afford to ignore. Progressive Capitalism is a “practical and aspirational” (Kimberlé Crenshaw, professor of law at UCLA and Columbia University) roadmap to how we can seek dignity for every American in an era in which technology shapes every aspect of our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progressive Capitalism: How to Make Tech Work for All of Us Author: Ro Khanna Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Congressman Ro Khanna offers a revolutionary, “progressive” (James J. Heckman, Nobel Prize winner and professor of economics at the University of Chicago) roadmap to facing America’s digital divide, offering greater economic prosperity to all. In Khanna’s vision, “just as people can move to technology, technology can move to people” (from the foreword by Amartya Sen, Nobel Laureate in Economics) where “Khanna envisions redistributing opportunities from coastal cities to rural middle-America…An exciting vision, brilliantly rendered.” (Arlie Russell Hochschild, author of Strangers in Their Own Land). Unequal access to technology and the revenue it creates is one of the most pressing issues in the United States. An economic gulf exists between those who have struck gold in the tech industry and those left behind by the digital revolution; a geographic divide between those in the coastal tech industry and those in the heartland whose jobs have been automated; and existing inequalities in the technological access—students without computers, rural workers with spotty WiFi, and many workers without the luxury to work remotely. Congressman Ro Khanna’s Progressive Capitalism tackles these challenges head-on and imagines how the digital economy can create opportunities for people across the country without uprooting them. Anchored by an approach Khanna calls “progressive capitalism,” he shows how democratizing access to tech can strengthen every sector of economy and culture. By expanding technological jobs nationwide through public and private partnerships, we can close the wealth gap in America and begin to repair the fractured, distrusting relationships that have plagued our country for fall too long. Inspired by his own story born into an immigrant family, Khanna understands how economic opportunity can change the course of a person’s life. Moving deftly between storytelling, policy, and some of the country’s greatest thinkers in political philosophy and economics, Khanna presents a vision we can’t afford to ignore. Progressive Capitalism is a “practical and aspirational” (Kimberlé Crenshaw, professor of law at UCLA and Columbia University) roadmap to how we can seek dignity for every American in an era in which technology shapes every aspect of our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Reflexiones sobre las causas de la libertad y de la opresión social Author: Simone Weil Narrator: Cecilia Bona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este texto siempre fue considerado por Simone Weil como su obra principal. En 1940, cuando pensaba irse de Francia, le escribió a un amigo para hacerle saber que le concedía un valor particular. Aunque fue escrito hace cerca de medio siglo, este ensayo llama la atención por su inmediata actualidad. Tras leer el manuscrito, Alain (Émile Chartier) le escribió a la autora: 'Su trabajo es de la mayor importancia' y forma parte de esos pocos trabajos que abren 'el futuro próximo' y preparan la 'auténtica Revolución'. El período presente es de esos en los que todo lo que parece suponer una razón para vivir se evapora y, si no queremos caer en el desasosiego o la inconsciencia, debemos cuestionarlo todo. Que el triunfo de los movimientos autoritarios y nacionalistas arruine por todas partes la esperanza que las buenas gentes habían depositado en la democracia y el pacifismo no es más que una parte del mal que nos aqueja; este es mucho más profundo y amplio. Podemos preguntarnos si existe un solo ámbito de la vida pública o privada en el que las fuentes mismas de la actividad y la esperanza no estén envenenadas por las condiciones en que vivimos. Simone Weil Fri, 09 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532691 thebookvoice.com 4:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Reflexiones sobre las causas de la libertad y de la opresión social Author: Simone Weil Narrator: Cecilia Bona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este texto siempre fue considerado por Simone Weil como su obra principal. En 1940, cuando pensaba irse de Francia, le escribió a un amigo para hacerle saber que le concedía un valor particular. Aunque fue escrito hace cerca de medio siglo, este ensayo llama la atención por su inmediata actualidad. Tras leer el manuscrito, Alain (Émile Chartier) le escribió a la autora: 'Su trabajo es de la mayor importancia' y forma parte de esos pocos trabajos que abren 'el futuro próximo' y preparan la 'auténtica Revolución'. El período presente es de esos en los que todo lo que parece suponer una razón para vivir se evapora y, si no queremos caer en el desasosiego o la inconsciencia, debemos cuestionarlo todo. Que el triunfo de los movimientos autoritarios y nacionalistas arruine por todas partes la esperanza que las buenas gentes habían depositado en la democracia y el pacifismo no es más que una parte del mal que nos aqueja; este es mucho más profundo y amplio. Podemos preguntarnos si existe un solo ámbito de la vida pública o privada en el que las fuentes mismas de la actividad y la esperanza no estén envenenadas por las condiciones en que vivimos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Reflexiones sobre las causas de la libertad y de la opresión social Author: Simone Weil Narrator: Cecilia Bona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: July 9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este texto siempre fue considerado por Simone Weil como su obra principal. En 1940, cuando pensaba irse de Francia, le escribió a un amigo para hacerle saber que le concedía un valor particular. Aunque fue escrito hace cerca de medio siglo, este ensayo llama la atención por su inmediata actualidad. Tras leer el manuscrito, Alain (Émile Chartier) le escribió a la autora: 'Su trabajo es de la mayor importancia' y forma parte de esos pocos trabajos que abren 'el futuro próximo' y preparan la 'auténtica Revolución'. El período presente es de esos en los que todo lo que parece suponer una razón para vivir se evapora y, si no queremos caer en el desasosiego o la inconsciencia, debemos cuestionarlo todo. Que el triunfo de los movimientos autoritarios y nacionalistas arruine por todas partes la esperanza que las buenas gentes habían depositado en la democracia y el pacifismo no es más que una parte del mal que nos aqueja; este es mucho más profundo y amplio. Podemos preguntarnos si existe un solo ámbito de la vida pública o privada en el que las fuentes mismas de la actividad y la esperanza no estén envenenadas por las condiciones en que vivimos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532670 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Stand Up to a Dictator: Radio 4 Book of the Week Author: Maria Ressa Narrator: Maria Ressa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. WINNER of the Nobel Peace Prize 2021 and the UNESCO Press Freedom Award 2021 What will you sacrifice for the truth? Maria Ressa has spent decades speaking truth to power. But her work tracking disinformation networks seeded by her own government, spreading lies to its own citizens laced with anger and hate, has landed her in trouble with the most powerful man in the country: President Duterte. Now, hounded by the state, she has 10 arrest warrants against her name, and a potential 100+ years behind bars to prepare for - while she stands trial for speaking the truth. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is the story of how democracy dies by a thousand cuts, and how an invisible atom bomb has exploded online that is killing our freedoms. It maps a network of disinformation - a heinous web of cause and effect - that has netted the globe: from Duterte's drug wars, to America's Capitol Hill, to Britain's Brexit, to Russian and Chinese cyber-warfare, to Facebook and Silicon Valley, to our own clicks and our own votes. Told from the frontline of the digital war, this is Maria Ressa's urgent cry for us to wake up and hold the line, before it is too late. Praise for Maria Ressa: 'A personal hero of mine ... she's an important warning for the rest of us' Hillary Clinton 'Maria Ressa is 5ft 2in, but she stands taller than most in her pursuit of the truth' Amal Clooney 'Maria is a key voice ... she is so incredible in so many ways' Carole Cadwalladr © Maria Ressa 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Maria Ressa Thu, 17 Nov 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532670 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Stand Up to a Dictator: Radio 4 Book of the Week Author: Maria Ressa Narrator: Maria Ressa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. WINNER of the Nobel Peace Prize 2021 and the UNESCO Press Freedom Award 2021 What will you sacrifice for the truth? Maria Ressa has spent decades speaking truth to power. But her work tracking disinformation networks seeded by her own government, spreading lies to its own citizens laced with anger and hate, has landed her in trouble with the most powerful man in the country: President Duterte. Now, hounded by the state, she has 10 arrest warrants against her name, and a potential 100+ years behind bars to prepare for - while she stands trial for speaking the truth. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is the story of how democracy dies by a thousand cuts, and how an invisible atom bomb has exploded online that is killing our freedoms. It maps a network of disinformation - a heinous web of cause and effect - that has netted the globe: from Duterte's drug wars, to America's Capitol Hill, to Britain's Brexit, to Russian and Chinese cyber-warfare, to Facebook and Silicon Valley, to our own clicks and our own votes. Told from the frontline of the digital war, this is Maria Ressa's urgent cry for us to wake up and hold the line, before it is too late. Praise for Maria Ressa: 'A personal hero of mine ... she's an important warning for the rest of us' Hillary Clinton 'Maria Ressa is 5ft 2in, but she stands taller than most in her pursuit of the truth' Amal Clooney 'Maria is a key voice ... she is so incredible in so many ways' Carole Cadwalladr © Maria Ressa 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532670]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Stand Up to a Dictator: Radio 4 Book of the Week Author: Maria Ressa Narrator: Maria Ressa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. WINNER of the Nobel Peace Prize 2021 and the UNESCO Press Freedom Award 2021 What will you sacrifice for the truth? Maria Ressa has spent decades speaking truth to power. But her work tracking disinformation networks seeded by her own government, spreading lies to its own citizens laced with anger and hate, has landed her in trouble with the most powerful man in the country: President Duterte. Now, hounded by the state, she has 10 arrest warrants against her name, and a potential 100+ years behind bars to prepare for - while she stands trial for speaking the truth. How to Stand Up to a Dictator is the story of how democracy dies by a thousand cuts, and how an invisible atom bomb has exploded online that is killing our freedoms. It maps a network of disinformation - a heinous web of cause and effect - that has netted the globe: from Duterte's drug wars, to America's Capitol Hill, to Britain's Brexit, to Russian and Chinese cyber-warfare, to Facebook and Silicon Valley, to our own clicks and our own votes. Told from the frontline of the digital war, this is Maria Ressa's urgent cry for us to wake up and hold the line, before it is too late. Praise for Maria Ressa: 'A personal hero of mine ... she's an important warning for the rest of us' Hillary Clinton 'Maria Ressa is 5ft 2in, but she stands taller than most in her pursuit of the truth' Amal Clooney 'Maria is a key voice ... she is so incredible in so many ways' Carole Cadwalladr © Maria Ressa 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532301 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Community Food Webs Author: Ken Meter Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Building Community Food Webs, Ken Meter shows how grassroots food and farming leaders across the US are tackling these challenges by constructing civic networks. Overturning extractive economic structures, these inspired leaders are engaging low-income residents, farmers, and local organizations in their quest to build stronger communities. Community food webs strive to build health, wealth, capacity, and connection. Their essential element is building greater respect and mutual trust, so community members can more effectively empower themselves and address local challenges. Farmers and researchers may convene to improve farming practices collaboratively. Health clinics help clients grow food for themselves and attain better health. Food banks engage their customers to challenge the root causes of poverty. Municipalities invest large sums to protect farmland from development. Developers forge links among local businesses to strengthen economic trade. Leaders in communities marginalized by our current food system are charting a new path forward. Building Community Food Webs captures the essence of these efforts, underway in diverse places including Montana, Hawai'i, Vermont, Arizona, Colorado, Indiana, and Minnesota. Ken Meter Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532301 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Community Food Webs Author: Ken Meter Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Building Community Food Webs, Ken Meter shows how grassroots food and farming leaders across the US are tackling these challenges by constructing civic networks. Overturning extractive economic structures, these inspired leaders are engaging low-income residents, farmers, and local organizations in their quest to build stronger communities. Community food webs strive to build health, wealth, capacity, and connection. Their essential element is building greater respect and mutual trust, so community members can more effectively empower themselves and address local challenges. Farmers and researchers may convene to improve farming practices collaboratively. Health clinics help clients grow food for themselves and attain better health. Food banks engage their customers to challenge the root causes of poverty. Municipalities invest large sums to protect farmland from development. Developers forge links among local businesses to strengthen economic trade. Leaders in communities marginalized by our current food system are charting a new path forward. Building Community Food Webs captures the essence of these efforts, underway in diverse places including Montana, Hawai'i, Vermont, Arizona, Colorado, Indiana, and Minnesota. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532301]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Building Community Food Webs Author: Ken Meter Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In Building Community Food Webs, Ken Meter shows how grassroots food and farming leaders across the US are tackling these challenges by constructing civic networks. Overturning extractive economic structures, these inspired leaders are engaging low-income residents, farmers, and local organizations in their quest to build stronger communities. Community food webs strive to build health, wealth, capacity, and connection. Their essential element is building greater respect and mutual trust, so community members can more effectively empower themselves and address local challenges. Farmers and researchers may convene to improve farming practices collaboratively. Health clinics help clients grow food for themselves and attain better health. Food banks engage their customers to challenge the root causes of poverty. Municipalities invest large sums to protect farmland from development. Developers forge links among local businesses to strengthen economic trade. Leaders in communities marginalized by our current food system are charting a new path forward. Building Community Food Webs captures the essence of these efforts, underway in diverse places including Montana, Hawai'i, Vermont, Arizona, Colorado, Indiana, and Minnesota. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them Author: Barbara F. Walter Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A leading political scientist examines the dramatic rise in violent extremism around the globe and sounds the alarm on the increasing likelihood of a second civil war in the United States “Required reading for anyone invested in preserving our 246-year experiment in self-government.”—The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) WINNER OF THE GLOBAL POLICY INSTITUTE AWARD • THE SUNDAY TIMES BOOK OF THE YEAR • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Financial Times, The Times (UK), Esquire, Prospect (UK) Political violence rips apart several towns in southwest Texas. A far-right militia plots to kidnap the governor of Michigan and try her for treason. An armed mob of Trump supporters and conspiracy theorists storms the U.S. Capitol. Are these isolated incidents? Or is this the start of something bigger? Barbara F. Walter has spent her career studying civil conflict in places like Iraq, Ukraine, and Sri Lanka, but now she has become increasingly worried about her own country. Perhaps surprisingly, both autocracies and healthy democracies are largely immune from civil war; it’s the countries in the middle ground that are most vulnerable. And this is where more and more countries, including the United States, are finding themselves today. Over the last two decades, the number of active civil wars around the world has almost doubled. Walter reveals the warning signs—where wars tend to start, who initiates them, what triggers them—and why some countries tip over into conflict while others remain stable. Drawing on the latest international research and lessons from over twenty countries, Walter identifies the crucial risk factors, from democratic backsliding to factionalization and the politics of resentment. A civil war today won’t look like America in the 1860s, Russia in the 1920s, or Spain in the 1930s. It will begin with sporadic acts of violence and terror, accelerated by social media. It will sneak up on us and leave us wondering how we could have been so blind. In this urgent and insightful book, Walter redefines civil war for a new age, providing the framework we need to confront the danger we now face—and the knowledge to stop it before it’s too late. Barbara F. Walter Tue, 11 Jan 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532078 thebookvoice.com 7:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them Author: Barbara F. Walter Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A leading political scientist examines the dramatic rise in violent extremism around the globe and sounds the alarm on the increasing likelihood of a second civil war in the United States “Required reading for anyone invested in preserving our 246-year experiment in self-government.”—The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) WINNER OF THE GLOBAL POLICY INSTITUTE AWARD • THE SUNDAY TIMES BOOK OF THE YEAR • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Financial Times, The Times (UK), Esquire, Prospect (UK) Political violence rips apart several towns in southwest Texas. A far-right militia plots to kidnap the governor of Michigan and try her for treason. An armed mob of Trump supporters and conspiracy theorists storms the U.S. Capitol. Are these isolated incidents? Or is this the start of something bigger? Barbara F. Walter has spent her career studying civil conflict in places like Iraq, Ukraine, and Sri Lanka, but now she has become increasingly worried about her own country. Perhaps surprisingly, both autocracies and healthy democracies are largely immune from civil war; it’s the countries in the middle ground that are most vulnerable. And this is where more and more countries, including the United States, are finding themselves today. Over the last two decades, the number of active civil wars around the world has almost doubled. Walter reveals the warning signs—where wars tend to start, who initiates them, what triggers them—and why some countries tip over into conflict while others remain stable. Drawing on the latest international research and lessons from over twenty countries, Walter identifies the crucial risk factors, from democratic backsliding to factionalization and the politics of resentment. A civil war today won’t look like America in the 1860s, Russia in the 1920s, or Spain in the 1930s. It will begin with sporadic acts of violence and terror, accelerated by social media. It will sneak up on us and leave us wondering how we could have been so blind. In this urgent and insightful book, Walter redefines civil war for a new age, providing the framework we need to confront the danger we now face—and the knowledge to stop it before it’s too late. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/532078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them Author: Barbara F. Walter Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 11, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A leading political scientist examines the dramatic rise in violent extremism around the globe and sounds the alarm on the increasing likelihood of a second civil war in the United States “Required reading for anyone invested in preserving our 246-year experiment in self-government.”—The New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice) WINNER OF THE GLOBAL POLICY INSTITUTE AWARD • THE SUNDAY TIMES BOOK OF THE YEAR • ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: Financial Times, The Times (UK), Esquire, Prospect (UK) Political violence rips apart several towns in southwest Texas. A far-right militia plots to kidnap the governor of Michigan and try her for treason. An armed mob of Trump supporters and conspiracy theorists storms the U.S. Capitol. Are these isolated incidents? Or is this the start of something bigger? Barbara F. Walter has spent her career studying civil conflict in places like Iraq, Ukraine, and Sri Lanka, but now she has become increasingly worried about her own country. Perhaps surprisingly, both autocracies and healthy democracies are largely immune from civil war; it’s the countries in the middle ground that are most vulnerable. And this is where more and more countries, including the United States, are finding themselves today. Over the last two decades, the number of active civil wars around the world has almost doubled. Walter reveals the warning signs—where wars tend to start, who initiates them, what triggers them—and why some countries tip over into conflict while others remain stable. Drawing on the latest international research and lessons from over twenty countries, Walter identifies the crucial risk factors, from democratic backsliding to factionalization and the politics of resentment. A civil war today won’t look like America in the 1860s, Russia in the 1920s, or Spain in the 1930s. It will begin with sporadic acts of violence and terror, accelerated by social media. It will sneak up on us and leave us wondering how we could have been so blind. In this urgent and insightful book, Walter redefines civil war for a new age, providing the framework we need to confront the danger we now face—and the knowledge to stop it before it’s too late. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531897 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spoils of War: Power, Profit and the American War Machine Author: Andrew Cockburn Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the last decades, America has gone to war as supposed defenders of democracy. The War on Terror was waged to protect the west from the dangers of Islamists. US soldiers are stationed in over 800 locations across the world to act as the righteous arbiters of the rule of law. In this book, Andrew Cockburn brilliantly dissects the intentions behind Washington's martial appetites. The American war machine can only be understood in terms of the private passions and interests of those who control it—principally a passionate interest in money. Thus, as Cockburn witheringly reports, Washington expanded NATO to satisfy an arms manufacturer's urgent financial requirements; the U.S. Navy's Pacific fleet deployments were for years dictated by a corrupt contractor who bribed high-ranking officers with cash and prostitutes; senior marine commanders agreed to a troop surge in Afghanistan in 2017 because it will do us good at budget time. After years of wide-ranging research, Cockburn lays bare the ugly reality of the largest military machine in history: squalid and, at the same time, terrifyingly dangerous. Andrew Cockburn Tue, 02 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531897 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spoils of War: Power, Profit and the American War Machine Author: Andrew Cockburn Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the last decades, America has gone to war as supposed defenders of democracy. The War on Terror was waged to protect the west from the dangers of Islamists. US soldiers are stationed in over 800 locations across the world to act as the righteous arbiters of the rule of law. In this book, Andrew Cockburn brilliantly dissects the intentions behind Washington's martial appetites. The American war machine can only be understood in terms of the private passions and interests of those who control it—principally a passionate interest in money. Thus, as Cockburn witheringly reports, Washington expanded NATO to satisfy an arms manufacturer's urgent financial requirements; the U.S. Navy's Pacific fleet deployments were for years dictated by a corrupt contractor who bribed high-ranking officers with cash and prostitutes; senior marine commanders agreed to a troop surge in Afghanistan in 2017 because it will do us good at budget time. After years of wide-ranging research, Cockburn lays bare the ugly reality of the largest military machine in history: squalid and, at the same time, terrifyingly dangerous. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spoils of War: Power, Profit and the American War Machine Author: Andrew Cockburn Narrator: Qarie Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: In the last decades, America has gone to war as supposed defenders of democracy. The War on Terror was waged to protect the west from the dangers of Islamists. US soldiers are stationed in over 800 locations across the world to act as the righteous arbiters of the rule of law. In this book, Andrew Cockburn brilliantly dissects the intentions behind Washington's martial appetites. The American war machine can only be understood in terms of the private passions and interests of those who control it—principally a passionate interest in money. Thus, as Cockburn witheringly reports, Washington expanded NATO to satisfy an arms manufacturer's urgent financial requirements; the U.S. Navy's Pacific fleet deployments were for years dictated by a corrupt contractor who bribed high-ranking officers with cash and prostitutes; senior marine commanders agreed to a troop surge in Afghanistan in 2017 because it will do us good at budget time. After years of wide-ranging research, Cockburn lays bare the ugly reality of the largest military machine in history: squalid and, at the same time, terrifyingly dangerous. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Raise a Conservative Daughter Author: Michelle Easton Narrator: Becky White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As someone who has spent over a quarter-century preparing thousands of conservative girls and women for effective conservative leadership, Michelle Easton knows the daunting challenges parents face. Toxic social media, radical feminist indoctrination in schools, corrosive messages from Hollywood and the entertainment world—the dizzying array of cultural forces aligned against families are real and immediate. But so are the remedies. President Ronald Reagan once said Freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn't pass it to our children in the bloodstream. It must be fought for, protected, and handed on for them to do the same. The clear principles and practical tools this book provides will help you and your family raise smart, fun, conservative daughters—young women whose strength of character will keep the flame of liberty alight for generations to come. Michelle Easton Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531846 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Raise a Conservative Daughter Author: Michelle Easton Narrator: Becky White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As someone who has spent over a quarter-century preparing thousands of conservative girls and women for effective conservative leadership, Michelle Easton knows the daunting challenges parents face. Toxic social media, radical feminist indoctrination in schools, corrosive messages from Hollywood and the entertainment world—the dizzying array of cultural forces aligned against families are real and immediate. But so are the remedies. President Ronald Reagan once said Freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn't pass it to our children in the bloodstream. It must be fought for, protected, and handed on for them to do the same. The clear principles and practical tools this book provides will help you and your family raise smart, fun, conservative daughters—young women whose strength of character will keep the flame of liberty alight for generations to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Raise a Conservative Daughter Author: Michelle Easton Narrator: Becky White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: As someone who has spent over a quarter-century preparing thousands of conservative girls and women for effective conservative leadership, Michelle Easton knows the daunting challenges parents face. Toxic social media, radical feminist indoctrination in schools, corrosive messages from Hollywood and the entertainment world—the dizzying array of cultural forces aligned against families are real and immediate. But so are the remedies. President Ronald Reagan once said Freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn't pass it to our children in the bloodstream. It must be fought for, protected, and handed on for them to do the same. The clear principles and practical tools this book provides will help you and your family raise smart, fun, conservative daughters—young women whose strength of character will keep the flame of liberty alight for generations to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communist China's War Inside America Author: Brian T. Kennedy Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is a war that’s being fought with the use of information, politics, and finance. The Chinese believe that, as with all war, it would be better to win without engaging the enemy on the battlefield or having to resort to the likes of nuclear weapons, if it can be avoided. To achieve this, China has engaged in a decades-long campaign to manipulate and corrupt America’s ruling elite. This broadside describes the degree to which Chinese influence has penetrated American society and reveals what will be required to prevent Communist China from winning the struggle in which we find ourselves today. Brian T. Kennedy Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531836 thebookvoice.com 0:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communist China's War Inside America Author: Brian T. Kennedy Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is a war that’s being fought with the use of information, politics, and finance. The Chinese believe that, as with all war, it would be better to win without engaging the enemy on the battlefield or having to resort to the likes of nuclear weapons, if it can be avoided. To achieve this, China has engaged in a decades-long campaign to manipulate and corrupt America’s ruling elite. This broadside describes the degree to which Chinese influence has penetrated American society and reveals what will be required to prevent Communist China from winning the struggle in which we find ourselves today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Communist China's War Inside America Author: Brian T. Kennedy Narrator: Claton Butcher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: It is a war that’s being fought with the use of information, politics, and finance. The Chinese believe that, as with all war, it would be better to win without engaging the enemy on the battlefield or having to resort to the likes of nuclear weapons, if it can be avoided. To achieve this, China has engaged in a decades-long campaign to manipulate and corrupt America’s ruling elite. This broadside describes the degree to which Chinese influence has penetrated American society and reveals what will be required to prevent Communist China from winning the struggle in which we find ourselves today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Survived Communism & Even Laughed Author: Slavenka Drakulic Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This essay collection from renowned journalist and novelist Slavenka Drakulic, which quickly became a modern (and feminist) classic, draws back the Iron Curtain for a glimpse at the lives of Eastern European women under Communist regimes. Provocative, often witty, and always intensely personal, How We Survived Communism and Even Laughed cracks open a paradoxical world that through its rejection of capitalism and commoditization ends up fetishizing both. Examining the relationship between material goods and expressions of happiness and individuality in a society where even bananas were an alien luxury, Drakulic hones in on the eradication of female identity, drawing on her own experiences as well as broader cultural observations. Enforced communal housing that allowed for little privacy, the banishment of many time-saving devices, and a focus on manual labor left no room for such bourgeois affectations as cosmetics or clothes, but Drakulic’s remarkable exploration of the reality behind the rhetoric reveals that women still went to desperate lengths to feel “feminine.” How We Survived Communism and Even Laughed also chronicles the lingering consequences of such regimes. The Berlin Wall may have fallen, but Drakulic’s power pieces testify that ideology cannot be dismantled so quickly; a lifetime lived in fear cannot be so easily forgotten. Slavenka Drakulic Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531832 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Survived Communism & Even Laughed Author: Slavenka Drakulic Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This essay collection from renowned journalist and novelist Slavenka Drakulic, which quickly became a modern (and feminist) classic, draws back the Iron Curtain for a glimpse at the lives of Eastern European women under Communist regimes. Provocative, often witty, and always intensely personal, How We Survived Communism and Even Laughed cracks open a paradoxical world that through its rejection of capitalism and commoditization ends up fetishizing both. Examining the relationship between material goods and expressions of happiness and individuality in a society where even bananas were an alien luxury, Drakulic hones in on the eradication of female identity, drawing on her own experiences as well as broader cultural observations. Enforced communal housing that allowed for little privacy, the banishment of many time-saving devices, and a focus on manual labor left no room for such bourgeois affectations as cosmetics or clothes, but Drakulic’s remarkable exploration of the reality behind the rhetoric reveals that women still went to desperate lengths to feel “feminine.” How We Survived Communism and Even Laughed also chronicles the lingering consequences of such regimes. The Berlin Wall may have fallen, but Drakulic’s power pieces testify that ideology cannot be dismantled so quickly; a lifetime lived in fear cannot be so easily forgotten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Survived Communism & Even Laughed Author: Slavenka Drakulic Narrator: Lesa Lockford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: This essay collection from renowned journalist and novelist Slavenka Drakulic, which quickly became a modern (and feminist) classic, draws back the Iron Curtain for a glimpse at the lives of Eastern European women under Communist regimes. Provocative, often witty, and always intensely personal, How We Survived Communism and Even Laughed cracks open a paradoxical world that through its rejection of capitalism and commoditization ends up fetishizing both. Examining the relationship between material goods and expressions of happiness and individuality in a society where even bananas were an alien luxury, Drakulic hones in on the eradication of female identity, drawing on her own experiences as well as broader cultural observations. Enforced communal housing that allowed for little privacy, the banishment of many time-saving devices, and a focus on manual labor left no room for such bourgeois affectations as cosmetics or clothes, but Drakulic’s remarkable exploration of the reality behind the rhetoric reveals that women still went to desperate lengths to feel “feminine.” How We Survived Communism and Even Laughed also chronicles the lingering consequences of such regimes. The Berlin Wall may have fallen, but Drakulic’s power pieces testify that ideology cannot be dismantled so quickly; a lifetime lived in fear cannot be so easily forgotten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Monsters: Five Men Who Turned Liberation Into Tyranny Author: Donald Critchlow Narrator: Chris Lutkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All sparked movements in the name of liberating their people from their oppressors—capitalists, foreign imperialists, or dictators in their own country. These revolutionaries rallied the masses in the name of freedom, only to become more tyrannical than those they replaced. Much has been written about the anatomy of revolution from Edmund Burke to Crane Brinton Crane, Franz Fanon, and contemporary theorists of revolution found in the modern academy. Yet what is missing is a dissection of the revolutionary minds that destroyed the old for the creation of a more harmful new. Revolutionary Monsters presents a collective biography of five modern-day revolutionaries who came into power calling for the liberation of the people only to end up killing millions of people in the name of revolution: Lenin (Russia), Mao (China), Castro (Cuba), Mugabe (Zimbabwe), and Khomeini (Iran). Revolutionary Monsters explores basic questions about the revolutionary personality and examines how these revolutionaries came to envision themselves as prophets of a new age. Donald Critchlow Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531827 thebookvoice.com 8:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Monsters: Five Men Who Turned Liberation Into Tyranny Author: Donald Critchlow Narrator: Chris Lutkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All sparked movements in the name of liberating their people from their oppressors—capitalists, foreign imperialists, or dictators in their own country. These revolutionaries rallied the masses in the name of freedom, only to become more tyrannical than those they replaced. Much has been written about the anatomy of revolution from Edmund Burke to Crane Brinton Crane, Franz Fanon, and contemporary theorists of revolution found in the modern academy. Yet what is missing is a dissection of the revolutionary minds that destroyed the old for the creation of a more harmful new. Revolutionary Monsters presents a collective biography of five modern-day revolutionaries who came into power calling for the liberation of the people only to end up killing millions of people in the name of revolution: Lenin (Russia), Mao (China), Castro (Cuba), Mugabe (Zimbabwe), and Khomeini (Iran). Revolutionary Monsters explores basic questions about the revolutionary personality and examines how these revolutionaries came to envision themselves as prophets of a new age. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Monsters: Five Men Who Turned Liberation Into Tyranny Author: Donald Critchlow Narrator: Chris Lutkin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: All sparked movements in the name of liberating their people from their oppressors—capitalists, foreign imperialists, or dictators in their own country. These revolutionaries rallied the masses in the name of freedom, only to become more tyrannical than those they replaced. Much has been written about the anatomy of revolution from Edmund Burke to Crane Brinton Crane, Franz Fanon, and contemporary theorists of revolution found in the modern academy. Yet what is missing is a dissection of the revolutionary minds that destroyed the old for the creation of a more harmful new. Revolutionary Monsters presents a collective biography of five modern-day revolutionaries who came into power calling for the liberation of the people only to end up killing millions of people in the name of revolution: Lenin (Russia), Mao (China), Castro (Cuba), Mugabe (Zimbabwe), and Khomeini (Iran). Revolutionary Monsters explores basic questions about the revolutionary personality and examines how these revolutionaries came to envision themselves as prophets of a new age. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531822 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531822]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great U.S.-China Tech War Author: Gordon G. Chang Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Beijing was not considered a tech contender a decade ago. Now, some call it a leader. America is already behind in critical areas. It is no surprise how Chinese leaders made their regime a tech powerhouse. They first developed and then implemented multiyear plans and projects, adopting a determined, methodical, and disciplined approach. As a result, China’s political leaders and their army of technocrats could soon possess the technologies of tomorrow. America can still catch up. Unfortunately, Americans, focused on other matters, are not meeting the challenges China presents. A whole-of-society mobilization will be necessary for the U.S. to regain what it once had: control of cutting-edge technologies. It is how America got to the moon, and it is the key to winning this century. Americans may not like the fact that they’re once again in a Cold War–type struggle, but they will either adjust to that reality or get left behind. Gordon G. Chang Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531822 thebookvoice.com 1:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531822]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great U.S.-China Tech War Author: Gordon G. Chang Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Beijing was not considered a tech contender a decade ago. Now, some call it a leader. America is already behind in critical areas. It is no surprise how Chinese leaders made their regime a tech powerhouse. They first developed and then implemented multiyear plans and projects, adopting a determined, methodical, and disciplined approach. As a result, China’s political leaders and their army of technocrats could soon possess the technologies of tomorrow. America can still catch up. Unfortunately, Americans, focused on other matters, are not meeting the challenges China presents. A whole-of-society mobilization will be necessary for the U.S. to regain what it once had: control of cutting-edge technologies. It is how America got to the moon, and it is the key to winning this century. Americans may not like the fact that they’re once again in a Cold War–type struggle, but they will either adjust to that reality or get left behind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531822]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great U.S.-China Tech War Author: Gordon G. Chang Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 6 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Beijing was not considered a tech contender a decade ago. Now, some call it a leader. America is already behind in critical areas. It is no surprise how Chinese leaders made their regime a tech powerhouse. They first developed and then implemented multiyear plans and projects, adopting a determined, methodical, and disciplined approach. As a result, China’s political leaders and their army of technocrats could soon possess the technologies of tomorrow. America can still catch up. Unfortunately, Americans, focused on other matters, are not meeting the challenges China presents. A whole-of-society mobilization will be necessary for the U.S. to regain what it once had: control of cutting-edge technologies. It is how America got to the moon, and it is the key to winning this century. Americans may not like the fact that they’re once again in a Cold War–type struggle, but they will either adjust to that reality or get left behind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531815 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facing Reality: Two Truths about Race in America Author: Charles Murray Narrator: Robert Rivington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two known facts, long since documented beyond reasonable doubt, need to be brought into the open and incorporated into the way we think about public policy: American whites, blacks, Hispanics, and Asians have different violent crime rates and different means and distributions of cognitive ability. The allegations of racism in policing, college admissions, segregation in housing, and hiring and promotions in the workplace ignore the ways in which the problems that prompt the allegations of systemic racism are driven by these two realities. What good can come of bringing them into the open? America’s most precious ideal is what used to be known as the American Creed: people are not to be judged by where they came from, what social class they come from, or by race, color, or creed. They must be judged as individuals. The prevailing progressive ideology repudiates that ideal, demanding instead that the state should judge people by their race, social origins, religion, sex, and sexual orientation. We on the center left and center right who are the American Creed’s natural defenders have painted ourselves into a corner. We have been unwilling to say openly that different groups have significant group differences. Since we have not been willing to say that, we have been left defenseless against the claims that racism is to blame. What else could it be? We have been afraid to answer. We must. Facing Reality is a step in that direction. Charles Murray Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531815 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facing Reality: Two Truths about Race in America Author: Charles Murray Narrator: Robert Rivington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two known facts, long since documented beyond reasonable doubt, need to be brought into the open and incorporated into the way we think about public policy: American whites, blacks, Hispanics, and Asians have different violent crime rates and different means and distributions of cognitive ability. The allegations of racism in policing, college admissions, segregation in housing, and hiring and promotions in the workplace ignore the ways in which the problems that prompt the allegations of systemic racism are driven by these two realities. What good can come of bringing them into the open? America’s most precious ideal is what used to be known as the American Creed: people are not to be judged by where they came from, what social class they come from, or by race, color, or creed. They must be judged as individuals. The prevailing progressive ideology repudiates that ideal, demanding instead that the state should judge people by their race, social origins, religion, sex, and sexual orientation. We on the center left and center right who are the American Creed’s natural defenders have painted ourselves into a corner. We have been unwilling to say openly that different groups have significant group differences. Since we have not been willing to say that, we have been left defenseless against the claims that racism is to blame. What else could it be? We have been afraid to answer. We must. Facing Reality is a step in that direction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531815]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facing Reality: Two Truths about Race in America Author: Charles Murray Narrator: Robert Rivington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Two known facts, long since documented beyond reasonable doubt, need to be brought into the open and incorporated into the way we think about public policy: American whites, blacks, Hispanics, and Asians have different violent crime rates and different means and distributions of cognitive ability. The allegations of racism in policing, college admissions, segregation in housing, and hiring and promotions in the workplace ignore the ways in which the problems that prompt the allegations of systemic racism are driven by these two realities. What good can come of bringing them into the open? America’s most precious ideal is what used to be known as the American Creed: people are not to be judged by where they came from, what social class they come from, or by race, color, or creed. They must be judged as individuals. The prevailing progressive ideology repudiates that ideal, demanding instead that the state should judge people by their race, social origins, religion, sex, and sexual orientation. We on the center left and center right who are the American Creed’s natural defenders have painted ourselves into a corner. We have been unwilling to say openly that different groups have significant group differences. Since we have not been willing to say that, we have been left defenseless against the claims that racism is to blame. What else could it be? We have been afraid to answer. We must. Facing Reality is a step in that direction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flipped: How Georgia Turned Purple and Broke the Monopoly on Republican Power Author: Greg Bluestein Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The untold story of the unlikely heroes, the cutthroat politics, and the cultural forces that turned a Deep South state purple—by a top reporter at The Atlanta Journal-Constitution Flipped is the definitive account of how the election of Reverend Raphael Warnock and Jon Ossoff transformed Georgia from one of the staunchest Republican strongholds to the nation’s most watched battleground state—and ground zero for the disinformation wars certain to plague statewide and national elections in the future. The Atlanta Journal-Constitution reporter Greg Bluestein charts how progressive activists and organizers worked to mobilize hundreds of thousands of new voters and how Joe Biden’s victory in Georgia may shape Democratic strategy for years to come. He also chronicles how Georgia’s Republicans countered with a move to the far right that culminated in state leaders defying Donald Trump’s demands to overturn his defeat. Bluestein tells the story of all the key figures in this election, including Stacey Abrams, Brian Kemp, David Perdue, Jon Ossoff, Raphael Warnock, and Kelly Loeffler, through hundreds of interviews with the people closest to the election. Flipped also features such fascinating characters as political activist turned U.S. congresswoman Nikema Williams; perma-tanned baseball star turned lieutenant governor Geoff Duncan; and the volunteers and voters who laid the groundwork for Biden’s triumphant Georgia campaign.   Flipped tells a story that will resonate through the rest of the decade and beyond, as most political experts see Georgia headed toward years of close elections, and Democrats have developed a deep bench of strong candidates to challenge a still deeply entrenched GOP. Interest in the state only figures to increase if and when Stacey Abrams mounts a rematch against Governor Brian Kemp in the fall of 2022 and Trump promotes his own slate of candidates against Republicans who stood against his efforts to overturn Georgia’s election. Greg Bluestein Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531779 thebookvoice.com 12:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flipped: How Georgia Turned Purple and Broke the Monopoly on Republican Power Author: Greg Bluestein Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The untold story of the unlikely heroes, the cutthroat politics, and the cultural forces that turned a Deep South state purple—by a top reporter at The Atlanta Journal-Constitution Flipped is the definitive account of how the election of Reverend Raphael Warnock and Jon Ossoff transformed Georgia from one of the staunchest Republican strongholds to the nation’s most watched battleground state—and ground zero for the disinformation wars certain to plague statewide and national elections in the future. The Atlanta Journal-Constitution reporter Greg Bluestein charts how progressive activists and organizers worked to mobilize hundreds of thousands of new voters and how Joe Biden’s victory in Georgia may shape Democratic strategy for years to come. He also chronicles how Georgia’s Republicans countered with a move to the far right that culminated in state leaders defying Donald Trump’s demands to overturn his defeat. Bluestein tells the story of all the key figures in this election, including Stacey Abrams, Brian Kemp, David Perdue, Jon Ossoff, Raphael Warnock, and Kelly Loeffler, through hundreds of interviews with the people closest to the election. Flipped also features such fascinating characters as political activist turned U.S. congresswoman Nikema Williams; perma-tanned baseball star turned lieutenant governor Geoff Duncan; and the volunteers and voters who laid the groundwork for Biden’s triumphant Georgia campaign.   Flipped tells a story that will resonate through the rest of the decade and beyond, as most political experts see Georgia headed toward years of close elections, and Democrats have developed a deep bench of strong candidates to challenge a still deeply entrenched GOP. Interest in the state only figures to increase if and when Stacey Abrams mounts a rematch against Governor Brian Kemp in the fall of 2022 and Trump promotes his own slate of candidates against Republicans who stood against his efforts to overturn Georgia’s election. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Flipped: How Georgia Turned Purple and Broke the Monopoly on Republican Power Author: Greg Bluestein Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The untold story of the unlikely heroes, the cutthroat politics, and the cultural forces that turned a Deep South state purple—by a top reporter at The Atlanta Journal-Constitution Flipped is the definitive account of how the election of Reverend Raphael Warnock and Jon Ossoff transformed Georgia from one of the staunchest Republican strongholds to the nation’s most watched battleground state—and ground zero for the disinformation wars certain to plague statewide and national elections in the future. The Atlanta Journal-Constitution reporter Greg Bluestein charts how progressive activists and organizers worked to mobilize hundreds of thousands of new voters and how Joe Biden’s victory in Georgia may shape Democratic strategy for years to come. He also chronicles how Georgia’s Republicans countered with a move to the far right that culminated in state leaders defying Donald Trump’s demands to overturn his defeat. Bluestein tells the story of all the key figures in this election, including Stacey Abrams, Brian Kemp, David Perdue, Jon Ossoff, Raphael Warnock, and Kelly Loeffler, through hundreds of interviews with the people closest to the election. Flipped also features such fascinating characters as political activist turned U.S. congresswoman Nikema Williams; perma-tanned baseball star turned lieutenant governor Geoff Duncan; and the volunteers and voters who laid the groundwork for Biden’s triumphant Georgia campaign.   Flipped tells a story that will resonate through the rest of the decade and beyond, as most political experts see Georgia headed toward years of close elections, and Democrats have developed a deep bench of strong candidates to challenge a still deeply entrenched GOP. Interest in the state only figures to increase if and when Stacey Abrams mounts a rematch against Governor Brian Kemp in the fall of 2022 and Trump promotes his own slate of candidates against Republicans who stood against his efforts to overturn Georgia’s election. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531541 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No es cuento, es Historia Author: Ines Quintero Narrator: Andrea Méndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro nació en el aire: en las ondas hertzianas que transmitían los micros sobre el pasado de Venezuela que escribió Inés Quintero. Ahora, esta edición permite volver a disfrutar de todos esos divertidos y asombrosos asomos a la historia nacional con toda la frescura, inteligencia y sentido del humor de esta académica tan prestigiosa y tan hábil para comunicarse con el gran público.Los episodios aquí descritos pueden parecer insólitos pero están suficientemente documentados, y revelan un país en el que ya ocurrían muchas cosas que siguen pasando, y en el que los venezolanos también tenían que pelearse con el gobierno, seducirse o engañarse entre sí, buscarse el pan de alguna manera no siempre lícita y arreglárselas para adelantar sus agendas privadas -la libertad personal, el orgullo, el amor, la prosperidad- en medio de circunstancias a menudo desastrosas, como un terremoto o, más comúnmente, una guerra que acaba con todo.Con No es cuento, es Historia, Editorial Dahbar se enorgullece en sumar a su catálogo a Inés Quintero, enjundiosa detective de lo que hemos sido y no menos sagaz intérprete de lo que terminamos siendo. Ines Quintero Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531541 thebookvoice.com 3:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No es cuento, es Historia Author: Ines Quintero Narrator: Andrea Méndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro nació en el aire: en las ondas hertzianas que transmitían los micros sobre el pasado de Venezuela que escribió Inés Quintero. Ahora, esta edición permite volver a disfrutar de todos esos divertidos y asombrosos asomos a la historia nacional con toda la frescura, inteligencia y sentido del humor de esta académica tan prestigiosa y tan hábil para comunicarse con el gran público.Los episodios aquí descritos pueden parecer insólitos pero están suficientemente documentados, y revelan un país en el que ya ocurrían muchas cosas que siguen pasando, y en el que los venezolanos también tenían que pelearse con el gobierno, seducirse o engañarse entre sí, buscarse el pan de alguna manera no siempre lícita y arreglárselas para adelantar sus agendas privadas -la libertad personal, el orgullo, el amor, la prosperidad- en medio de circunstancias a menudo desastrosas, como un terremoto o, más comúnmente, una guerra que acaba con todo.Con No es cuento, es Historia, Editorial Dahbar se enorgullece en sumar a su catálogo a Inés Quintero, enjundiosa detective de lo que hemos sido y no menos sagaz intérprete de lo que terminamos siendo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - No es cuento, es Historia Author: Ines Quintero Narrator: Andrea Méndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro nació en el aire: en las ondas hertzianas que transmitían los micros sobre el pasado de Venezuela que escribió Inés Quintero. Ahora, esta edición permite volver a disfrutar de todos esos divertidos y asombrosos asomos a la historia nacional con toda la frescura, inteligencia y sentido del humor de esta académica tan prestigiosa y tan hábil para comunicarse con el gran público.Los episodios aquí descritos pueden parecer insólitos pero están suficientemente documentados, y revelan un país en el que ya ocurrían muchas cosas que siguen pasando, y en el que los venezolanos también tenían que pelearse con el gobierno, seducirse o engañarse entre sí, buscarse el pan de alguna manera no siempre lícita y arreglárselas para adelantar sus agendas privadas -la libertad personal, el orgullo, el amor, la prosperidad- en medio de circunstancias a menudo desastrosas, como un terremoto o, más comúnmente, una guerra que acaba con todo.Con No es cuento, es Historia, Editorial Dahbar se enorgullece en sumar a su catálogo a Inés Quintero, enjundiosa detective de lo que hemos sido y no menos sagaz intérprete de lo que terminamos siendo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531523 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A sangre y fuego: Heroes, bestias y martires de España (Heroes, Beasts and Martyrs of Spain) Author: Manuel Chaves Nogales Narrator: Carlos Alsina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los relatos que componen este libro están considerados por muchos como lo mejor que se ha escrito en España sobre nuestra guerra civil. Redactados entre 1936 y 1937 y publicados inicialmente en varias revistas internacionales, retratan distintos sucesos de la guerra que Chaves Nogales conoció directamente: «Cada uno de sus episodios ha sido extraído fielmente de un hecho verídico; cada uno de sus héroes tiene una existencia real y una personalidad auténtica», dirá en el prólogo. «Pequeño burgués liberal, ciudadano de una república democrática y parlamentaria», Chaves fue uno de los más importantes escritores y periodistas españoles de la primera mitad del siglo XX. Como director del periódico Ahora permaneció en Madrid desde el inicio de la guerra hasta finales de 1936, cuando el gobierno de la República se traslada a Valencia y él decide exilarse. La solidaridad y compasión por quienes sufren en carne propia los horrores de la guerra permiten a Chaves observar los acontecimientos de la contienda con una equidistancia y una lucidez asombrosas. A sangre y fuego es sin duda una de las narraciones más inteligentes y llenas de vida de cuantas se han escrito sobre el tema; un verdadero clásico de la literatura española. Edición ampliada con dos cuentos inéditos. Manuel Chaves Nogales Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531523 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A sangre y fuego: Heroes, bestias y martires de España (Heroes, Beasts and Martyrs of Spain) Author: Manuel Chaves Nogales Narrator: Carlos Alsina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los relatos que componen este libro están considerados por muchos como lo mejor que se ha escrito en España sobre nuestra guerra civil. Redactados entre 1936 y 1937 y publicados inicialmente en varias revistas internacionales, retratan distintos sucesos de la guerra que Chaves Nogales conoció directamente: «Cada uno de sus episodios ha sido extraído fielmente de un hecho verídico; cada uno de sus héroes tiene una existencia real y una personalidad auténtica», dirá en el prólogo. «Pequeño burgués liberal, ciudadano de una república democrática y parlamentaria», Chaves fue uno de los más importantes escritores y periodistas españoles de la primera mitad del siglo XX. Como director del periódico Ahora permaneció en Madrid desde el inicio de la guerra hasta finales de 1936, cuando el gobierno de la República se traslada a Valencia y él decide exilarse. La solidaridad y compasión por quienes sufren en carne propia los horrores de la guerra permiten a Chaves observar los acontecimientos de la contienda con una equidistancia y una lucidez asombrosas. A sangre y fuego es sin duda una de las narraciones más inteligentes y llenas de vida de cuantas se han escrito sobre el tema; un verdadero clásico de la literatura española. Edición ampliada con dos cuentos inéditos. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531523]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - A sangre y fuego: Heroes, bestias y martires de España (Heroes, Beasts and Martyrs of Spain) Author: Manuel Chaves Nogales Narrator: Carlos Alsina Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Los relatos que componen este libro están considerados por muchos como lo mejor que se ha escrito en España sobre nuestra guerra civil. Redactados entre 1936 y 1937 y publicados inicialmente en varias revistas internacionales, retratan distintos sucesos de la guerra que Chaves Nogales conoció directamente: «Cada uno de sus episodios ha sido extraído fielmente de un hecho verídico; cada uno de sus héroes tiene una existencia real y una personalidad auténtica», dirá en el prólogo. «Pequeño burgués liberal, ciudadano de una república democrática y parlamentaria», Chaves fue uno de los más importantes escritores y periodistas españoles de la primera mitad del siglo XX. Como director del periódico Ahora permaneció en Madrid desde el inicio de la guerra hasta finales de 1936, cuando el gobierno de la República se traslada a Valencia y él decide exilarse. La solidaridad y compasión por quienes sufren en carne propia los horrores de la guerra permiten a Chaves observar los acontecimientos de la contienda con una equidistancia y una lucidez asombrosas. A sangre y fuego es sin duda una de las narraciones más inteligentes y llenas de vida de cuantas se han escrito sobre el tema; un verdadero clásico de la literatura española. Edición ampliada con dos cuentos inéditos. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Antisocial: La extrema derecha y la 'libertad de expresión' en internet Author: Andrew Marantz Narrator: Adrian Ogazon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trinchera e inteligente.' --The New York TimesComo se ve/escucha en NPR, New Yorker Radio Hour, The New York Book Review Podcast, PBS Newshour, CNBC y más.Una elección de editores de reseñas de libros del New York TimesUn libro notable del New York Times de 2019Desde una estrella en ascenso en The New Yorker, una crónica profundamente inmersiva de cómo los empresarios optimistas de Silicon Valley se propusieron crear un internet libre y democrático, y cómo los propagandistas cínicos de la alt-right explotaron esa libertad para impulsar el extremo hacia la corriente principal. Durante varios años, Andrew Marantz, un escritor neoyorquino, ha estado incrustado en dos mundos. El primero es el mundo de los empresarios de las redes sociales, que, actuando por ambición ingenua e imprudente, mejoraron todos los medios tradicionales de recibir y transmitir información. El segundo es el mundo de las personas a las que llama 'los que se estrellan la puerta',los conspiradores, supremacistas blancos y trolls nihilistas que se han convertido en expertos en usar las redes sociales para avanzar en su corrosiva agenda. Los rangos antisociales en general, desde los primeros libros impresos en masa hasta los hashtags de tendencia del presente; desde reuniones secretas de neofascistas hasta la sala de prensa de la Casa Blanca, y traza cómo lo impensable se vuelve impensable, y luego cómo se convierte en realidad. Combinando el agudo detalle narrativo de Entre los matones de Bill Buford y el barrido de The Unwinding de George Packer, Antisocial revela cómo se han borrado los límites entre la tecnología, los medios de comunicación y la política, lo que resulta en un paisaje informativo profundamente roto: el paisaje en el que todos vivimos ahora. Marantz muestra cómo los jóvenes alienados son llevados por el agujero del conejo de la radicalización en línea, y cómo se propagan las ideas marginales, desde rincones anónimos de las redes sociales hasta la televisión por cable y el twitter del presidente. Marantz también se sienta con los creadores de las redes sociales mientras comienzan a contar con las fuerzas que han desatado. ¿Serán capaces de resolver la crisis de comunicación que ayudaron a provocar o sus intervenciones son demasiado tarde? Andrew Marantz Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531513 thebookvoice.com 18:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Antisocial: La extrema derecha y la 'libertad de expresión' en internet Author: Andrew Marantz Narrator: Adrian Ogazon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trinchera e inteligente.' --The New York TimesComo se ve/escucha en NPR, New Yorker Radio Hour, The New York Book Review Podcast, PBS Newshour, CNBC y más.Una elección de editores de reseñas de libros del New York TimesUn libro notable del New York Times de 2019Desde una estrella en ascenso en The New Yorker, una crónica profundamente inmersiva de cómo los empresarios optimistas de Silicon Valley se propusieron crear un internet libre y democrático, y cómo los propagandistas cínicos de la alt-right explotaron esa libertad para impulsar el extremo hacia la corriente principal. Durante varios años, Andrew Marantz, un escritor neoyorquino, ha estado incrustado en dos mundos. El primero es el mundo de los empresarios de las redes sociales, que, actuando por ambición ingenua e imprudente, mejoraron todos los medios tradicionales de recibir y transmitir información. El segundo es el mundo de las personas a las que llama 'los que se estrellan la puerta',los conspiradores, supremacistas blancos y trolls nihilistas que se han convertido en expertos en usar las redes sociales para avanzar en su corrosiva agenda. Los rangos antisociales en general, desde los primeros libros impresos en masa hasta los hashtags de tendencia del presente; desde reuniones secretas de neofascistas hasta la sala de prensa de la Casa Blanca, y traza cómo lo impensable se vuelve impensable, y luego cómo se convierte en realidad. Combinando el agudo detalle narrativo de Entre los matones de Bill Buford y el barrido de The Unwinding de George Packer, Antisocial revela cómo se han borrado los límites entre la tecnología, los medios de comunicación y la política, lo que resulta en un paisaje informativo profundamente roto: el paisaje en el que todos vivimos ahora. Marantz muestra cómo los jóvenes alienados son llevados por el agujero del conejo de la radicalización en línea, y cómo se propagan las ideas marginales, desde rincones anónimos de las redes sociales hasta la televisión por cable y el twitter del presidente. Marantz también se sienta con los creadores de las redes sociales mientras comienzan a contar con las fuerzas que han desatado. ¿Serán capaces de resolver la crisis de comunicación que ayudaron a provocar o sus intervenciones son demasiado tarde? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Antisocial: La extrema derecha y la 'libertad de expresión' en internet Author: Andrew Marantz Narrator: Adrian Ogazon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 6 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: 'Trinchera e inteligente.' --The New York TimesComo se ve/escucha en NPR, New Yorker Radio Hour, The New York Book Review Podcast, PBS Newshour, CNBC y más.Una elección de editores de reseñas de libros del New York TimesUn libro notable del New York Times de 2019Desde una estrella en ascenso en The New Yorker, una crónica profundamente inmersiva de cómo los empresarios optimistas de Silicon Valley se propusieron crear un internet libre y democrático, y cómo los propagandistas cínicos de la alt-right explotaron esa libertad para impulsar el extremo hacia la corriente principal. Durante varios años, Andrew Marantz, un escritor neoyorquino, ha estado incrustado en dos mundos. El primero es el mundo de los empresarios de las redes sociales, que, actuando por ambición ingenua e imprudente, mejoraron todos los medios tradicionales de recibir y transmitir información. El segundo es el mundo de las personas a las que llama 'los que se estrellan la puerta',los conspiradores, supremacistas blancos y trolls nihilistas que se han convertido en expertos en usar las redes sociales para avanzar en su corrosiva agenda. Los rangos antisociales en general, desde los primeros libros impresos en masa hasta los hashtags de tendencia del presente; desde reuniones secretas de neofascistas hasta la sala de prensa de la Casa Blanca, y traza cómo lo impensable se vuelve impensable, y luego cómo se convierte en realidad. Combinando el agudo detalle narrativo de Entre los matones de Bill Buford y el barrido de The Unwinding de George Packer, Antisocial revela cómo se han borrado los límites entre la tecnología, los medios de comunicación y la política, lo que resulta en un paisaje informativo profundamente roto: el paisaje en el que todos vivimos ahora. Marantz muestra cómo los jóvenes alienados son llevados por el agujero del conejo de la radicalización en línea, y cómo se propagan las ideas marginales, desde rincones anónimos de las redes sociales hasta la televisión por cable y el twitter del presidente. Marantz también se sienta con los creadores de las redes sociales mientras comienzan a contar con las fuerzas que han desatado. ¿Serán capaces de resolver la crisis de comunicación que ayudaron a provocar o sus intervenciones son demasiado tarde? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Doble crimen: Tortura, esclavitud sexual e impunidad en la historia de Linda Loaiza Author: Luisa Kislinger, Linda Loaiza Narrator: Lina Franco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro es el testimonio de una mujer que fue torturada y esclavizada sexualmente durante 112 días, en 2001. Linda Loaiza fue rescatada y conoció otro horror: el de la impunidad institucional. Veinte años después entrega su testimonio. Se convierte -probablemente- en el reflejo de muchas mujeres venezolanas que padecieron tortura, esclavitud sexual e intento de asesinato. Más de 100 horas de entrevistas con Linda Loaiza López, sus familiares y otras personas cercanas al caso, necesitó Luisa Kislinger, activista de los derechos de las mujeres, para escribir este libro. También desarrolló una investigación documental de los dos procesos legales en Venezuela, estudió el caso ante instancias internacionales y leyó innumerables artículos de prensa. Así logró armar una historia que eriza la piel y que parece imposible de haber ocurrido, por su crueldad y primitivismo, en los albores del siglo xxi. Todo lo que parece imposible en esta historia es cierto. El hijo de un matrimonio de intelectuales venezolanos, escritores y funcionarios públicos, Luis Antonio Carrera Almoina, se convierte en el verdugo que secuestra, viola y mutila a la joven que llegó del interior a Caracas para iniciar sus estudios de Veterinaria en la universidad. No era la primera vez que agredía a una mujer. Pero esta vez su víctima, a quien dio prácticamente por muerta, logró escapar y salvarse, solo para conocer la otra cara de la violencia institucional venezolana. Los fiscales, los jueces, los funcionarios públicos, intentaron callar sus denuncias y minimizar los hechos. Una red de complicidad intentó ocultar una verdad atroz. Lo que nadie se esperaba es que Linda Loaiza López desarrollara en su padecimiento la fuerza para salvarse, confrontar a su verdugo y enfrentar a un sistema cómplice y corrupto que eligió no creerle. Hoy es una mujer que estudió Derecho y que tiene una historia que contar: la de su descenso al infierno y de cómo revivió para buscar justicia. Luisa Kislinger, Linda Loaiza Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531506 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Doble crimen: Tortura, esclavitud sexual e impunidad en la historia de Linda Loaiza Author: Luisa Kislinger, Linda Loaiza Narrator: Lina Franco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro es el testimonio de una mujer que fue torturada y esclavizada sexualmente durante 112 días, en 2001. Linda Loaiza fue rescatada y conoció otro horror: el de la impunidad institucional. Veinte años después entrega su testimonio. Se convierte -probablemente- en el reflejo de muchas mujeres venezolanas que padecieron tortura, esclavitud sexual e intento de asesinato. Más de 100 horas de entrevistas con Linda Loaiza López, sus familiares y otras personas cercanas al caso, necesitó Luisa Kislinger, activista de los derechos de las mujeres, para escribir este libro. También desarrolló una investigación documental de los dos procesos legales en Venezuela, estudió el caso ante instancias internacionales y leyó innumerables artículos de prensa. Así logró armar una historia que eriza la piel y que parece imposible de haber ocurrido, por su crueldad y primitivismo, en los albores del siglo xxi. Todo lo que parece imposible en esta historia es cierto. El hijo de un matrimonio de intelectuales venezolanos, escritores y funcionarios públicos, Luis Antonio Carrera Almoina, se convierte en el verdugo que secuestra, viola y mutila a la joven que llegó del interior a Caracas para iniciar sus estudios de Veterinaria en la universidad. No era la primera vez que agredía a una mujer. Pero esta vez su víctima, a quien dio prácticamente por muerta, logró escapar y salvarse, solo para conocer la otra cara de la violencia institucional venezolana. Los fiscales, los jueces, los funcionarios públicos, intentaron callar sus denuncias y minimizar los hechos. Una red de complicidad intentó ocultar una verdad atroz. Lo que nadie se esperaba es que Linda Loaiza López desarrollara en su padecimiento la fuerza para salvarse, confrontar a su verdugo y enfrentar a un sistema cómplice y corrupto que eligió no creerle. Hoy es una mujer que estudió Derecho y que tiene una historia que contar: la de su descenso al infierno y de cómo revivió para buscar justicia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Doble crimen: Tortura, esclavitud sexual e impunidad en la historia de Linda Loaiza Author: Luisa Kislinger, Linda Loaiza Narrator: Lina Franco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Este libro es el testimonio de una mujer que fue torturada y esclavizada sexualmente durante 112 días, en 2001. Linda Loaiza fue rescatada y conoció otro horror: el de la impunidad institucional. Veinte años después entrega su testimonio. Se convierte -probablemente- en el reflejo de muchas mujeres venezolanas que padecieron tortura, esclavitud sexual e intento de asesinato. Más de 100 horas de entrevistas con Linda Loaiza López, sus familiares y otras personas cercanas al caso, necesitó Luisa Kislinger, activista de los derechos de las mujeres, para escribir este libro. También desarrolló una investigación documental de los dos procesos legales en Venezuela, estudió el caso ante instancias internacionales y leyó innumerables artículos de prensa. Así logró armar una historia que eriza la piel y que parece imposible de haber ocurrido, por su crueldad y primitivismo, en los albores del siglo xxi. Todo lo que parece imposible en esta historia es cierto. El hijo de un matrimonio de intelectuales venezolanos, escritores y funcionarios públicos, Luis Antonio Carrera Almoina, se convierte en el verdugo que secuestra, viola y mutila a la joven que llegó del interior a Caracas para iniciar sus estudios de Veterinaria en la universidad. No era la primera vez que agredía a una mujer. Pero esta vez su víctima, a quien dio prácticamente por muerta, logró escapar y salvarse, solo para conocer la otra cara de la violencia institucional venezolana. Los fiscales, los jueces, los funcionarios públicos, intentaron callar sus denuncias y minimizar los hechos. Una red de complicidad intentó ocultar una verdad atroz. Lo que nadie se esperaba es que Linda Loaiza López desarrollara en su padecimiento la fuerza para salvarse, confrontar a su verdugo y enfrentar a un sistema cómplice y corrupto que eligió no creerle. Hoy es una mujer que estudió Derecho y que tiene una historia que contar: la de su descenso al infierno y de cómo revivió para buscar justicia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531290 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oldest Code of Laws in the World Author: Hammurabi, King Of Babylon. Translated By C. H. W. Johns. Narrator: Douglas Harvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 34 minutes Release date: June 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Code of Hammurabi is a codification of the laws enacted by Hammurabi, the king of Babylonia and is one of mankind’s oldest known writings. It was inscribed on a stone stele, or monument, in approximately 1754 B. C. and was discovered by archeologists in 1901. The code was inscribed using cuneiform script in the Akkadian languages into a diorite stele that stands 7.4 feet tall. A small portion of the code is considered missing. Famous for the concept of “an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth” the code itself consists of 282 laws. Criminal offenses are described in detail with associated physical punishments that are quite harsh and vary according to gender and social and economic status. It was one of the first code of law to emphasize physical punishment of the perpetrator as well as among the first to establish a presumption of innocence. Previous codes had focused on compensation to victims. Nearly half the code addresses contract issues such as prices for services and liabilities for damages or non-performance. About a third of the code consists of matters relating to household and family relationships such as marriage, divorce, paternity, inheritance, and reproduction. Several pertain to military service. Only one pertains to judicial conduct. The monument is on display in the Louvre in Paris; replicas are displayed in numerous institutions throughout the world. Hammurabi, King Of Babylon. Translated By C. H. W. Johns. Sun, 27 Jun 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531290 thebookvoice.com 1:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oldest Code of Laws in the World Author: Hammurabi, King Of Babylon. Translated By C. H. W. Johns. Narrator: Douglas Harvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 34 minutes Release date: June 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Code of Hammurabi is a codification of the laws enacted by Hammurabi, the king of Babylonia and is one of mankind’s oldest known writings. It was inscribed on a stone stele, or monument, in approximately 1754 B. C. and was discovered by archeologists in 1901. The code was inscribed using cuneiform script in the Akkadian languages into a diorite stele that stands 7.4 feet tall. A small portion of the code is considered missing. Famous for the concept of “an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth” the code itself consists of 282 laws. Criminal offenses are described in detail with associated physical punishments that are quite harsh and vary according to gender and social and economic status. It was one of the first code of law to emphasize physical punishment of the perpetrator as well as among the first to establish a presumption of innocence. Previous codes had focused on compensation to victims. Nearly half the code addresses contract issues such as prices for services and liabilities for damages or non-performance. About a third of the code consists of matters relating to household and family relationships such as marriage, divorce, paternity, inheritance, and reproduction. Several pertain to military service. Only one pertains to judicial conduct. The monument is on display in the Louvre in Paris; replicas are displayed in numerous institutions throughout the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531290]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Oldest Code of Laws in the World Author: Hammurabi, King Of Babylon. Translated By C. H. W. Johns. Narrator: Douglas Harvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 34 minutes Release date: June 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The Code of Hammurabi is a codification of the laws enacted by Hammurabi, the king of Babylonia and is one of mankind’s oldest known writings. It was inscribed on a stone stele, or monument, in approximately 1754 B. C. and was discovered by archeologists in 1901. The code was inscribed using cuneiform script in the Akkadian languages into a diorite stele that stands 7.4 feet tall. A small portion of the code is considered missing. Famous for the concept of “an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth” the code itself consists of 282 laws. Criminal offenses are described in detail with associated physical punishments that are quite harsh and vary according to gender and social and economic status. It was one of the first code of law to emphasize physical punishment of the perpetrator as well as among the first to establish a presumption of innocence. Previous codes had focused on compensation to victims. Nearly half the code addresses contract issues such as prices for services and liabilities for damages or non-performance. About a third of the code consists of matters relating to household and family relationships such as marriage, divorce, paternity, inheritance, and reproduction. Several pertain to military service. Only one pertains to judicial conduct. The monument is on display in the Louvre in Paris; replicas are displayed in numerous institutions throughout the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nixon Conspiracy: Watergate and the Plot to Remove the President Author: Geoff Shepard Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Geoff Shepard’s shocking exposé of corrupt collusion between prosecutors, judges, and congressional staff to void Nixon’s 1972 landslide reelection. Their success changed the course of American history.Geoff Shepard had a ringside seat to the unfolding Watergate debacle. As the youngest lawyer on Richard Nixon’s staff, he personally transcribed the Oval Office tape in which Nixon appeared to authorize getting the CIA to interfere with the ongoing FBI investigation, and even coined the phrase “the smoking gun.” Like many others, the idealistic Shepard was deeply disappointed in the president. But as time went on, the meticulous lawyer was nagged by the persistent sense that something wasn’t right with the case against Nixon.The Nixon Conspiracy is a detailed and definitive account of the Watergate prosecutors’ internal documents uncovered after years of painstaking research in previously sealed archives. Shepard reveals the untold story of how a flawed but honorable president was needlessly brought down by a corrupt, deep state, big media alliance—a circumstance that looks all too familiar today. In this hard-hitting exposé, Shepard reveals the real smoking gun: the prosecutors’ secret, but erroneous, “Road Map” which caused grand jurors to name Nixon a co-conspirator in the Watergate cover-up and the House Judiciary Committee to adopt its primary Article of Impeachment.Shepard’s startling conclusion is that Nixon didn’t actually have to resign. The proof of his good faith is right there on the tapes. Instead, he should have taken his case to a Senate impeachment trial—where, if everything we know now had come out—he would easily have won. Geoff Shepard Tue, 23 Nov 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531247 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nixon Conspiracy: Watergate and the Plot to Remove the President Author: Geoff Shepard Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Geoff Shepard’s shocking exposé of corrupt collusion between prosecutors, judges, and congressional staff to void Nixon’s 1972 landslide reelection. Their success changed the course of American history.Geoff Shepard had a ringside seat to the unfolding Watergate debacle. As the youngest lawyer on Richard Nixon’s staff, he personally transcribed the Oval Office tape in which Nixon appeared to authorize getting the CIA to interfere with the ongoing FBI investigation, and even coined the phrase “the smoking gun.” Like many others, the idealistic Shepard was deeply disappointed in the president. But as time went on, the meticulous lawyer was nagged by the persistent sense that something wasn’t right with the case against Nixon.The Nixon Conspiracy is a detailed and definitive account of the Watergate prosecutors’ internal documents uncovered after years of painstaking research in previously sealed archives. Shepard reveals the untold story of how a flawed but honorable president was needlessly brought down by a corrupt, deep state, big media alliance—a circumstance that looks all too familiar today. In this hard-hitting exposé, Shepard reveals the real smoking gun: the prosecutors’ secret, but erroneous, “Road Map” which caused grand jurors to name Nixon a co-conspirator in the Watergate cover-up and the House Judiciary Committee to adopt its primary Article of Impeachment.Shepard’s startling conclusion is that Nixon didn’t actually have to resign. The proof of his good faith is right there on the tapes. Instead, he should have taken his case to a Senate impeachment trial—where, if everything we know now had come out—he would easily have won. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nixon Conspiracy: Watergate and the Plot to Remove the President Author: Geoff Shepard Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: Geoff Shepard’s shocking exposé of corrupt collusion between prosecutors, judges, and congressional staff to void Nixon’s 1972 landslide reelection. Their success changed the course of American history.Geoff Shepard had a ringside seat to the unfolding Watergate debacle. As the youngest lawyer on Richard Nixon’s staff, he personally transcribed the Oval Office tape in which Nixon appeared to authorize getting the CIA to interfere with the ongoing FBI investigation, and even coined the phrase “the smoking gun.” Like many others, the idealistic Shepard was deeply disappointed in the president. But as time went on, the meticulous lawyer was nagged by the persistent sense that something wasn’t right with the case against Nixon.The Nixon Conspiracy is a detailed and definitive account of the Watergate prosecutors’ internal documents uncovered after years of painstaking research in previously sealed archives. Shepard reveals the untold story of how a flawed but honorable president was needlessly brought down by a corrupt, deep state, big media alliance—a circumstance that looks all too familiar today. In this hard-hitting exposé, Shepard reveals the real smoking gun: the prosecutors’ secret, but erroneous, “Road Map” which caused grand jurors to name Nixon a co-conspirator in the Watergate cover-up and the House Judiciary Committee to adopt its primary Article of Impeachment.Shepard’s startling conclusion is that Nixon didn’t actually have to resign. The proof of his good faith is right there on the tapes. Instead, he should have taken his case to a Senate impeachment trial—where, if everything we know now had come out—he would easily have won. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Love Dead Jews: Reports from a Haunted Present Author: Dara Horn Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A startling and profound exploration of how Jewish history is exploited to appease the living.Renowned and beloved as a prizewinning novelist, Dara Horn has also been publishing penetrating essays since she was a teenager. Often asked by major publications to write on subjects related to Jewish culture—and increasingly in response to a recent wave of deadly antisemitic attacks—Horn was troubled to realize what all of these assignments had in common: she was being asked to write about dead Jews, never about living ones. In these essays, Horn reflects on subjects as far-flung as the international veneration of Anne Frank, the mythology that Jewish family names were changed at Ellis Island, the blockbuster traveling exhibition Auschwitz, the marketing of the Jewish history of Harbin, China, and the little-known life of the “righteous Gentile” Varian Fry. Throughout, she challenges us to confront the reasons why there might be so much fascination with Jewish deaths, and so little respect for Jewish lives unfolding in the present.Horn draws upon her travels, her research, and also her own family life—trying to explain Shakespeare’s Shylock to a curious ten-year-old, her anger when swastikas are drawn on desks in her children’s school, the profound perspective offered by traditional religious practice and study—to assert the vitality, complexity, and depth of Jewish life against an antisemitism that, far from being disarmed by the mantra of “Never forget,” is on the rise. As Horn explores the (not so) shocking attacks on the American Jewish community in recent years, she reveals the subtler dehumanization built into the public piety that surrounds the Jewish past—making the radical argument that the benign reverence we give to past horrors is itself a profound affront to human dignity. Dara Horn Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531212 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Love Dead Jews: Reports from a Haunted Present Author: Dara Horn Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A startling and profound exploration of how Jewish history is exploited to appease the living.Renowned and beloved as a prizewinning novelist, Dara Horn has also been publishing penetrating essays since she was a teenager. Often asked by major publications to write on subjects related to Jewish culture—and increasingly in response to a recent wave of deadly antisemitic attacks—Horn was troubled to realize what all of these assignments had in common: she was being asked to write about dead Jews, never about living ones. In these essays, Horn reflects on subjects as far-flung as the international veneration of Anne Frank, the mythology that Jewish family names were changed at Ellis Island, the blockbuster traveling exhibition Auschwitz, the marketing of the Jewish history of Harbin, China, and the little-known life of the “righteous Gentile” Varian Fry. Throughout, she challenges us to confront the reasons why there might be so much fascination with Jewish deaths, and so little respect for Jewish lives unfolding in the present.Horn draws upon her travels, her research, and also her own family life—trying to explain Shakespeare’s Shylock to a curious ten-year-old, her anger when swastikas are drawn on desks in her children’s school, the profound perspective offered by traditional religious practice and study—to assert the vitality, complexity, and depth of Jewish life against an antisemitism that, far from being disarmed by the mantra of “Never forget,” is on the rise. As Horn explores the (not so) shocking attacks on the American Jewish community in recent years, she reveals the subtler dehumanization built into the public piety that surrounds the Jewish past—making the radical argument that the benign reverence we give to past horrors is itself a profound affront to human dignity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Love Dead Jews: Reports from a Haunted Present Author: Dara Horn Narrator: Xe Sands Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: A startling and profound exploration of how Jewish history is exploited to appease the living.Renowned and beloved as a prizewinning novelist, Dara Horn has also been publishing penetrating essays since she was a teenager. Often asked by major publications to write on subjects related to Jewish culture—and increasingly in response to a recent wave of deadly antisemitic attacks—Horn was troubled to realize what all of these assignments had in common: she was being asked to write about dead Jews, never about living ones. In these essays, Horn reflects on subjects as far-flung as the international veneration of Anne Frank, the mythology that Jewish family names were changed at Ellis Island, the blockbuster traveling exhibition Auschwitz, the marketing of the Jewish history of Harbin, China, and the little-known life of the “righteous Gentile” Varian Fry. Throughout, she challenges us to confront the reasons why there might be so much fascination with Jewish deaths, and so little respect for Jewish lives unfolding in the present.Horn draws upon her travels, her research, and also her own family life—trying to explain Shakespeare’s Shylock to a curious ten-year-old, her anger when swastikas are drawn on desks in her children’s school, the profound perspective offered by traditional religious practice and study—to assert the vitality, complexity, and depth of Jewish life against an antisemitism that, far from being disarmed by the mantra of “Never forget,” is on the rise. As Horn explores the (not so) shocking attacks on the American Jewish community in recent years, she reveals the subtler dehumanization built into the public piety that surrounds the Jewish past—making the radical argument that the benign reverence we give to past horrors is itself a profound affront to human dignity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531140 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peril Author: Robert Costa, Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 199 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The transition from President Donald J. Trump to President Joseph R. Biden Jr. stands as one of the most dangerous periods in American history. But as #1 internationally bestselling author Bob Woodward and acclaimed reporter Robert Costa reveal for the first time, it was far more than just a domestic political crisis. Woodward and Costa interviewed more than 200 people at the center of the turmoil, resulting in more than 6,000 pages of transcripts—and a spellbinding and definitive portrait of a nation on the brink. This classic study of Washington takes readers deep inside the Trump White House, the Biden White House, the 2020 campaign, and the Pentagon and Congress, with eyewitness accounts of what really happened. Intimate scenes are supplemented with never-before-seen material from secret orders, transcripts of confidential calls, diaries, emails, meeting notes and other personal and government records, making Peril an unparalleled history. It is also the first inside look at Biden’s presidency as he began his presidency facing the challenges of a lifetime: the continuing deadly pandemic and millions of Americans facing soul-crushing economic pain, all the while navigating a bitter and disabling partisan divide, a world rife with threats, and the hovering, dark shadow of the former president. Robert Costa, Bob Woodward Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:19 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531140 thebookvoice.com 13:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peril Author: Robert Costa, Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 199 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The transition from President Donald J. Trump to President Joseph R. Biden Jr. stands as one of the most dangerous periods in American history. But as #1 internationally bestselling author Bob Woodward and acclaimed reporter Robert Costa reveal for the first time, it was far more than just a domestic political crisis. Woodward and Costa interviewed more than 200 people at the center of the turmoil, resulting in more than 6,000 pages of transcripts—and a spellbinding and definitive portrait of a nation on the brink. This classic study of Washington takes readers deep inside the Trump White House, the Biden White House, the 2020 campaign, and the Pentagon and Congress, with eyewitness accounts of what really happened. Intimate scenes are supplemented with never-before-seen material from secret orders, transcripts of confidential calls, diaries, emails, meeting notes and other personal and government records, making Peril an unparalleled history. It is also the first inside look at Biden’s presidency as he began his presidency facing the challenges of a lifetime: the continuing deadly pandemic and millions of Americans facing soul-crushing economic pain, all the while navigating a bitter and disabling partisan divide, a world rife with threats, and the hovering, dark shadow of the former president. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531140]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Peril Author: Robert Costa, Bob Woodward Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 199 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 24 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, & Politics Publisher's Summary: The transition from President Donald J. Trump to President Joseph R. Biden Jr. stands as one of the most dangerous periods in American history. But as #1 internationally bestselling author Bob Woodward and acclaimed reporter Robert Costa reveal for the first time, it was far more than just a domestic political crisis. Woodward and Costa interviewed more than 200 people at the center of the turmoil, resulting in more than 6,000 pages of transcripts—and a spellbinding and definitive portrait of a nation on the brink. This classic study of Washington takes readers deep inside the Trump White House, the Biden White House, the 2020 campaign, and the Pentagon and Congress, with eyewitness accounts of what really happened. Intimate scenes are supplemented with never-before-seen material from secret orders, transcripts of confidential calls, diaries, emails, meeting notes and other personal and government records, making Peril an unparalleled history. It is also the first inside look at Biden’s presidency as he began his presidency facing the challenges of a lifetime: the continuing deadly pandemic and millions of Americans facing soul-crushing economic pain, all the while navigating a bitter and disabling partisan divide, a world rife with threats, and the hovering, dark shadow of the former president.